Xerox 6279 - Service - Manual

WARNING
Xerox 6279 Wide Format Solution Service Documentation
Danger: This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if
not installed and used in accordance with the instructions documentation, may cause
interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to subpart J of part 15 of FCC rules,
which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when
operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area
is likely to cause interference in which case the user, at his own expense, will be
required to correct the interference.
Service Documentation
705P01249
V3.0
November 2008
Xerox Global Knowledge and Language Services 800 Phillips Road Webster, New York 14580
2008 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Xerox and all identifying numbers used in
connection with the Xerox products mentioned in this publication are trademarks of the Xerox
Corporation.
DANGER: Cet quipement gnre, utilise et peut mettre des frquences radio, et, s'il
n'est pas install et utilis selon les recommandations du manuel d'instructions, peut
causer des interfrences aux communications radio. Il a t test et jug conforme aux
limites des systmes de catgorie A, conformment la partie 15 de l'alina J des rglements FCC, tablis pour protger contre de telles interfrences pendant le fonctionnement en milieu commercial. Dans une zone rsidentielle, il peut causer des
interfrences; dans ce cas, l'utilisateur devra corriger le problme ses propres frais.
***Xerox Private Data***

All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes
only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product-trained service personnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer
any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or modules, components, or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix
machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You
should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided
service.
Xerox
While Xerox has tried to make the documentation accurate, Xerox will have no liability arising
out of any inaccuracies or omissions.
V3.0
November 2008
5-1
November 2008
5-2
V3.0
Introduction
About this Manual ...........................................................................................................
Organization....................................................................................................................
How to Use this Documentation......................................................................................
Symbology and Nomenclature ........................................................................................
Translated Warnings .......................................................................................................
V3.0
iii
iii
iv
v
viii
November 2008
i
Introduction
Introduction
October 2008
ii
V2.0
About this Manual
Organization
This Service Manual is part of the multinational documentation system for
This Service Manual is divided into eight sections. The titles of the sections and a description
of the information contained in each section are contained in the following paragraphs:
WorkCentre 7132. The Service Documentation is used in order to diagnose machine malfunctions, adjust components and has information which is used to maintain the product in superior
operating condition. It is the controlling publication for a service call. Information on its use is
found in the Introduction of the Service Documentation.
This manual contains information that applies to NASG (XC) and ESG (XE) copiers.
Section 1: Service Call Procedures

This section contains procedures that determine what actions are to be taken during a service
call on the machine and in what sequence they are to be completed. This is the entry level for
all service calls.
Section 2: Status Indicator RAPs
Service Manual Revision

The Service Manual will be updated as the machine changes or as problem areas are identified.
This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting the Fault Code and non-Fault
Code related faults (with the exception of image quality problems).
Section 3: Image Quality

This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting any image quality problems, as
well as image quality specifications and image defect samples.
Section 4: Repairs/Adjustments
This section contains all the Adjustments and Repair procedures.
Repairs
Repairs include procedures for removal and replacement of parts which have the following
special conditions:
When there is a personnel or machine safety issue.
When removal or replacement cannot be determined from the exploded view of the
Parts List.
When there is a cleaning or a lubricating activity associated with the procedure.
When the part requires an adjustment after replacement.
When a special tool is required for removal or replacement.
Use the repair procedures for the correct order of removal and replacement, for warnings, cautions, and notes.
Adjustments
Adjustments include procedures for adjusting the parts that must be within specification for the
correct operation of the system.
Use the adjustment procedures for the correct sequence of operation for specifications, warnings, cautions and notes.
Section 5: Parts Lists

This section contains the Copier/Printer Parts List.
Section 6: General Procedures/Information

This section contains General Procedures, Diagnostic Programs, and Copier/Printer Information.
V3.0
November 2008
iii
Introduction
Section 7: Wiring Data
How to Use this Documentation
This section contains drawings, lists of plug/jack locations, and diagrams of the power distribution wire networks in the machine. This section also contains the Block Schematic Diagrams.
The Service Call Procedures in Section 1 describe the sequence of activities used during the
service call. The call must be entered using these procedures.
Section 8: Options and Accessories
Use of the Circuit Diagrams
This section contains installation information for option and accessory.
All wirenets are shown on the Circuit Diagrams (CDs). Power distribution wirenets are shown
in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Manual. The power distribution wirenets on the CDs
will end at the terminal board for the power being distributed. Find the wirenet for that power
and locate the terminal board on the wirenet. Use the wirenet to troubleshoot any power distribution wiring not shown on the CD.
Use of the Block Schematic Diagrams

Block Schematic Diagrams (BSDs) are included in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Manual. The BSDs show the functional relationship of the electrical circuitry to any mechanical, or
non-mechanical, inputs or outputs throughout the machine. Inputs and outputs such as motor
drive, mechanical linkages, operator actions, and air flow are shown. The BSDs will provide an
overall view of how the entire subsystem works.
It should be noted that the BSDs no longer contain an Input Power Block referring to Chain 1. It
will be necessary to refer to the Wirenets in order to trace a wire back to its source.
Introduction
November 2008
iv
V3.0
Symbology and Nomenclature
CAUTION
The following reference symbols are used throughout the documentation.
The use of controls or adjustments other than those specified in the Laser Safety Training Program may result in an exposure to dangerous laser radiation.
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes
For additional information, review the Laser Safety Training program.
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes will be found throughout the Service Documentation. The
words WARNING or CAUTION may be listed on an illustration when the specific component
associated with the potential hazard is pointed out; however, the message of the WARNING or
CAUTION is always located in the text. Their definitions are as follows:
An arrow points to the location to install, to gain access to, or to release an object.
WARNING
A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
CAUTION
Figure 2 Customer Access Label
A Caution is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or

statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment.
This symbol indicates that a surface can be hot. Use caution when reaching in the machine to
avoid touching the hot surfaces.
NOTE: A Note is used whenever it is necessary to highlight an operating or maintenance procedure, practice, condition, or statement.
Machine Safety Icons

The following safety icons are displayed on the machine:
WARNING
This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser
beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the
invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service procedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative
must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the
machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do
not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized.
Figure 3 Heated Surface Label

Danger label indicates where electrical currents exist when the machine is closed and operating. Use caution when reaching in the machine.
The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by
itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation
and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is
warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam.
WARNING
Figure 4 Shock Hazard Label
Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could
result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye.
These symbols indicate components that may be damaged by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).
Figure 1 Laser Hazard Symbol

Laser Hazard Statement
Figure 5 ESD warning Label
DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO
BEAM.
V3.0
November 2008
v
Introduction
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Field Service Kit

The purpose of the ESD Protection Program is to preserve the inherent reliability and quality of
electronic components that are handled by the Field Service Personnel. This program is being
implemented now as a direct result of advances in microcircuitry technology, as well as a new
acknowledgment of the magnitude of the ESD problem in the electronics industry today.
This program will reduce Field Service costs that are charged to PWB failures. Ninety percent
of all PWB failures that are ESD related do not occur immediately. Using the ESD Field Service
Kit will eliminate these delayed failures and intermittent problems caused by ESD. This will
improve product reliability and reduce callbacks.
The ESD Field Service Kit should be used whenever Printed Wiring Boards or ESD sensitive
components are being handled. This includes activities like replacing or reseating of circuit
boards or connectors. The kit should also be used in order to prevent additional damage when
circuit boards are returned for repair.
The instructions for using the ESD Field Service Kit can be found in ESD Field Service Kit
Usage in the General Procedures section of the Service Documentation.
Illustration Symbols
Figure 6 shows symbols and conventions that are commonly used in illustrations.
Figure 6 Illustration Symbols

Introduction
November 2008
vi
V3.0
Signal Nomenclature
DC Voltage Measurements in RAPs
Refer to Figure 7 for an example of Signal Nomenclature used in Circuit Diagrams and BSDs.
The RAPs have been designed so that when it is required to use the DMM to measure a DC
voltage, the first test point listed is the location for the red (+) meter lead and the second test
point is the location for the black meter lead. For example, the following statement may be
found in a RAP:
There is +5 VDC from TP7 to TP68.
In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP7 and the black meter lead on TP68.
Another example of a statement found in a RAP might be:
There is -15 VDC from TP21 to TP33.
In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP21 and the black meter lead would
be placed on TP33.
If a second test point is not given, it is assumed that the black meter lead may be attached to
the copier frame.
Figure 7 Signal Nomenclature
Voltage Measurement and Specifications

Measurements of DC voltage must be made with reference to the specified DC Common,
unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure. All measurements of AC voltage should be made with respect to the adjacent return or ACN wire.
Table 1 Voltage Measurement and Specifications
VOLTAGE
SPECIFICATION
INPUT POWER 220 V
198 VAC TO 242 VAC
INPUT POWER 100 V
90 VAC TO 135 VAC
INPUT POWER 120 V
90 VAC TO 135 VAC
+5 VDC
+4.75 VDC TO +5.25 VDC
+24 VDC
+23.37 VDC TO +27.06 VDC
Logic Voltage Levels

Measurements of logic levels must be made with reference to the specified DC Common,
unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure.
Table 2 Logic Levels
VOLTAGE
H/L SPECIFICATIONS
+5 VDC
H= +3.00 TO +5.25 VDC

L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC
+24 VDC
H= +23.37 TO +27.06 VDC

L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC
V3.0
November 2008
vii
Introduction
Translated Warnings
Introduction
November 2008
viii
V3.0
Warnings
WARNING
English: WARNING This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency
energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with the manufacturers documentation, may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to
comply with the limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to subpart J of part 15 of
Federal Communications Commission (USA) rules, which are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference, in
which case the user, at their own expense, will be required to correct the interference.
English: WARNING Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS
opening. Do not look in to the area of the ROS window if the power is switched on and
the laser is energized. This machine contains an invisible laser beam that could cause
serious permanent damage to the eyes if directly viewed or viewed from a surface that
may have reflected the beam. This is a class 3B laser. There are no visual indications
that the laser beam is present. Follow all service procedures exactly as written. Service
personnel must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing
the machine.
English: WARNING Do not touch the cutter when a Cutter Interlock Switch is actuated.
The Cutter Motor may start and cause personal injury.
French: DANGER Cet quipement gnre, utilise et peut mettre des frquences radio,
et, s'il n'est pas install et utilis selon les recommandations du fabricant, peut causer
des interfrences aux communications radio. Il a t test et jug conforme aux limites
des systmes de catgorie A, conformment la partie 15 de l'alina J des rglements
FCC (Federal Communications Commission aux tatsUnis), tablis pour protger contre de telles interfrences pendant le fonctionnement en milieu commercial. Dans une
zone rsidentielle, il peut causer des interfrences; dans ce cas, l'utilisateur devra corriger le problme ses propres frais.
French: DANGER Ne pas placer d'objet rflchissant dans la zone du ROS quand il est
ouvert. Ne pas regarder dans la zone du ROS lorsque la machine est sous tension et
que le laser est en fonctionnement. Cette machine contient un rayon laser invisible qui
peut causer de graves blessures permanentes aux yeux s'il est regard directement ou
par le biais d'une surface qui le rflchit. Ce laser est class produit 3B. Il n'y a aucune
indication visuelle de sa prsence. Les procdures d'intervention doivent tre suivies
strictement telles qu'elles sont dcrites. Le technicien intervenant sur l'quipement doit
respecter les consignes de scurit locales concernant les faisceaux laser.
French: DANGER Ne pas toucher le massicot si son contact de scurit est actionn. Le
moteur du massicot peut dmarrer et causer des blessures.
Italian: AVVERTENZA La presente apparecchiatura genera, utilizza e pu emettere energia di radiofrequenza e, se non installata e utilizzata in conformit con la documentazione del produttore, pu generare interferenze dannose alle comunicazioni radio. stata
testata ed risultata conforme ai limiti di emissione relativi ai dispositivi di Classe A stabiliti dalla normativa FCC Parte 15, Sezione J. Tali limiti sono stati definiti in modo tale
da garantire un'adeguata protezione contro interferenze dannose nell'ambito di installazioni dell'apparecchiatura in zone commerciali. Il funzionamento di questa apparecchiatura in zona residenziale potrebbe causare interferenze, nel qual caso lutente dovr
prendere le opportune contromisure a sue spese.
Italian: AVVERTENZA Non collocare oggetti con una superficie riflettente in prossimit
dell'apertura del ROS. Non guardare la fessura del ROS quando l'apparecchiatura acc-
V3.0
esa e il raggio laser in azione. Questo sistema contiene un raggio laser invisibile che
potrebbe causare lesioni serie e permanenti agli occhi nel caso in cui l'utente lo fissasse direttamente o attraverso una superficie riflettente. Il laser appartiene alla classe
3B. Nessuna indicazione visiva comunica la presenza del raggio laser. Attenersi scrupolosamente alle procedure di assistenza. Durante gli interventi di assistenza, il personale
tecnico deve attenersi alle istruzioni di sicurezza locali previste in presenza di raggi
laser.
Italian: AVVERTENZA Non toccare la taglierina se l'interruttore di sicurezza della taglierina attivato. Il motore della taglierina potrebbe accendersi e causare lesioni.
German: VORSICHT Dieses Gert erzeugt und nutzt Hochfrequenzenergie und kann
diese ausstrahlen. Bei nicht vorschriftsmiger Installation und Nutzung sind Frequenzstrungen mglich. Laut Prfung liegen die Werte innerhalb der Grenzen, die in den
FCC-Bestimmungen (Federal Communications Commission der USA) fr Datenverarbeitungsgerte der Klasse A, Teil 15, Unterabschnitt J festgelegt sind. Diese Grenzwerte
sollen den angemessenen Schutz vor Interferenzerscheinungen gewhrleisten, wenn
das Gert in einer gewerblichen Umgebung betrieben wird. Falls es durch den Betrieb
des Gerts in einer Wohnumgebung zu Frequenzstrungen kommt (wahrscheinlich),
obliegt dem Verbraucher die Verantwortung, diese auf eigene Kosten zu beheben.
German: VORSICHT Gegenstnde mit reflektierender Oberflche vom Bereich der ffnung fr den Rasterausgabescanner (ROS) fernhalten. Bei eingeschaltetem Gert, d. h.
wenn der Laser aktiviert ist, nicht direkt in den ROS-Fensterbereich sehen. Das Gert
arbeitet mit einem unsichtbaren Laserstrahl, der irreparable Augenschden verursachen kann, wenn direkt oder ber eine Spiegelflche hineingesehen wird. Es handelt
sich um einen Laser der Klasse 3B. Die Wellenlnge liegt im unsichtbaren Bereich. Alle
Betriebs und Wartungsarbeiten genauestens befolgen. Fr Wartungstechniker gelten
bei Arbeiten am Gert die blichen Vorschriften zum Umgang mit gefhrlicher Laserstrahlung.
German: VORSICHT Die Schneideeinrichtung bei deaktivierter Schutzeinrichtung
(Sicherheitsschalter wurde bettigt) nicht berhren, da sonst Verletzungsgefahr durch
den Schneidmotor besteht.
Spanish: AVISO Este equipo genera, utiliza y puede irradiar energa de radiofrecuencia,
y si no se instala y usa de acuerdo con la documentacin del usuario, puede causar
interferencia en las comunicaciones de radio. El equipo ha sido probadoy cumple con
los lmites para un dispositivo digital de la clase A, en relacin a la Seccin 15 de las
reglas de la FCC (en EE.UU.), las cuales han sido diseadas para proporcionar la proteccin adecuada contra dichas interferencias cuando el equipo se hace funcionar en
un ambiente comercial. El funcionamiento de este equipo en un rea residencial puede
ocasionar interferencias, en cuyo caso se requerir al usuario que repare las mismas, y
los gastos corrern por su cuenta.
Spanish: AVISO No coloque herramientas con superficie reflexiva en el rea de apertura
del ROS. No mire directamente hacia el rea de la ventana del ROS si el equipo est
encendido y el lser cargado. Esta mquina contiene un rayo lser invisible que puede
causar dao grave permanente a los ojos si se lo mira directamente o desde una superficie que refleje el rayo lser. Este en un lser de la clase 3B. No hay indicacin visual de
que hay un rayo lser presente. Siga todos los procedimientos de servicio exactamente
como se describen. El personal de servicio debe observar las precauciones de seguridad con respecto al rayo lser establecidas al dar servicio a la mquina.
Spanish: AVISO No toque el cortador cuando el interruptor de seguridad del cortador
est activado. El motor del cortador puede arrancar y ocasionar dao personal.
November 2008
ix
Introduction
Introduction
November 2008
x
V3.0
1. Service Call Procedures

Safety Precautions ..........................................................................................................
Recommended Work Practices.......................................................................................
Service Call Procedures..................................................................................................
Initial Actions ...................................................................................................................
Call Flow .........................................................................................................................
Call Close........................................................................................................................
Maintenance Activities Checklist .....................................................................................
HFSIs ..............................................................................................................................
System Checks ...............................................................................................................
Final Actions....................................................................................................................
1-3
1-4
1-4
1-5
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-7
1-8
1-10
V2.0
October 2008
1-1
Service Call Procedures
October 2008
1-2
V2.0
Safety Precautions
Always follow the Warnings and Cautions in this manual to prevent accidents and reduce the
chance of personal injury.
Store organic solvents in a well ventilated, secure environment, away from all ignition
sources.
Power Supply
Turn the power to the machine off by switching the Circuit Breaker to the off position before
beginning maintenance. Also disconnect the machine power cords from the AC supply.
Driving Units
Do not inspect or lubricate the driving units, e.g., chains, belts, sprockets, and gears, while
operating the device.
Heavy Parts
When removing and installing parts, use good lifting practices to prevent personal injury.
Safety Devices
Ensure that safety devices (fuses, circuit breakers, and interlock switches) operate correctly
and that covers are securely installed to protect users. Any modification that might interfere
with the safety features of the printer is strictly prohibited.
Parts Installation and Removal
Handle parts and covers carefully to prevent injury.
Remove oil, grease, etc., from your hand(s) remove servicing the machine.
When removing parts, cables, etc., do not force them; pull them out slowly and carefully.
Specified Tools
When tools are specified, follow the instructions.
Modifications
If any modifications are deemed necessary for the printer, submit an Application for Approval of
Modification prior to performing any work.
Organic Solvents
Observe the following precautions when working with organic solvents, e.g., drum cleaner:
Always wear protective gloves.
Avoid breathing the vapors and ensure that the work area is well ventilated.
Never use organic solvents where they may be exposed to sparks or flame.
Never heat an organic solvent.
V3.0
November 2008
1-3
Safety Precautions
Recommended Work Practices
Documentation
Use the Service Call Procedure as a maintenance guide when performing service on the 6279
WIDE FORMAT. The procedure has been designed for use with the 6279 WIDE FORMAT Service documentation.
Before beginning to service the machine, read all pertinent service materials, e.g., the Service
Manual(s) and any related service bulletins. The service documentation will assist you in taking
a systematic approach to diagnosis and service.
Removal
Initial Actions - This procedure is designed to identify the printer problem.
Call Flow - The Call Flow is a list of activities to be performed on each service call.
System Checks - These procedures are designed to refer you to the appropriate RAPs in
order to repair the problem. When the problem has been repaired, perform the System
Checkout/Final Actions. When the printer is being serviced, Subsystem Checks should be
performed based on the meter read count +/- 1K.
System Checkout - This procedure should be completed at the end of every service call to
ensure that the print is transported correctly and to ensure that image quality is within
specification.
Final Actions - This procedure is to ensure that the media count and a record of the service performed is recorded.
Be sure to note the initial location of any part before removing it.
Installation/Adjustment
After completing installation and/or adjustment of any part, make sure that there is no tool or
part left inside the printer or assembly before starting the printer.
Handling of Removed Parts and Consumables
Inform the customer that Xerox accepts replaced parts and consumables, then collect and
remove all of them, including packing materials.
Recommended Work Practices, Service Call Procedures
November 2008
1-4
V3.0
Initial Actions
Call Flow
Procedure
This procedure should be performed at every service call.
1.
Ask the operator or customer to describe the problem. (If possible, ask the customer to
demonstrate the problem.)
2.
Record the meter readings. (Go to the SGS PTO, APS Accxes Print Sever, APS Billing
Meters to record the Meter Reads).
3.
Review the logbook for previous service activities.
4.
Go to Call Flow.
Initial Actions
Perform the Initial Actions.
Go to the Status Codes list if an error/fault code is displayed on the UI.
Procedure
The UI is functioning properly and displays Machine Info (printer only) or Machine Info
and Copy (copier/printer only).
Y
N
Go to the UI Power RAP.
Make a selection on the UI Touch Screen. The Touch Screen response to the selection.
Y
N
Go to ADJ 2.2 UI Calibration.
Enter diagnostics, select Printer Information tab, and select dC606 Test Copy. Run one each of
ROM Patterns 2, 7, and 13. The Test Copies printed.
Y
N
A Fault Code or Status Code is displayed on the UI.
Y
N
IOT Power RAP
Troubleshoot the Displayed Code.
The image quality is good on all three prints.
Y
N
Go to Image Quality Initialization Procedure and perform the checks and procedures as
required.
If the problem continues, go to the Image Quality Isolation RAP.
For a Copier/Printer Configuration, run a Configuration Sheet from the UI. On the Config
Sheet, under SCANNER CONFIGURATION, TYPE= 6279 is displayed indicating a scanner available.
Y
N
The Config Sheet indicates: TYPE=Synergix Scanner System Configuration,.
Y
N
IIT Power RAP
Go to Freeflow Service Manual, Section 2, No Communication with Scanner RAP.
For a Copier/Printer Configuration, run a test copy using the IIT. The copy printed successfully.
Y
N
A Fault Code or Status Code is displayed on the UI.
Y
N
UI Power RAP
Troubleshoot the Displayed Code.
A
V3.0
November 2008
1-5
Initial Actions, Call Flow
A
Open the WebPMT using the Customers workstation. The WebPMT opens.
Y
N
Connect the Service Laptop using the crossover cable and setup the Network setting to
same IP Address range as the Controller. The WebPMT opens.
Y
N
Go to FreeFlow Accxes Service Manual CD-ROM and troubleshoot for a controller
problem.
Call Close
This procedure is used to close a call.
Procedure
All Problems have been resolved.
Y
N
Go to Call Flow and follow the procedure.
Have customer troubleshoot the workstation or network connectivity for a problem.

In WebPMT, Select Utilities/Test Print/Minimal. The Test Print printed.
Y
N
Troubleshoot any Fault Codes and/or Status Codes generated by the IOT or controller.
Refer the FreeFlow Accxes Service Manual CD-ROM for additional troubleshooting procedures.
If the problem the customer reported still exists then use the Service Laptop in the same IP and
Subnet address range of the controller, connected with a network crossover cable to the APS
controller. Use the installed 6279 Drivers and/or ACT to simulate if the problem occurs in the
same manner with the customers file. Reported problem has been resolved.
Y
N
Still utilizing the Service Laptop, submit a file of the same file format from the FreeFlow
Accxes Service CD, Samples folder. The file of the same file format prints successfully.
Y
N
Capture the boot record by performing the Boot Record Capture that matches
the machine's print server configuration below. Observe the boot spew for error
messages or other indications. Use these indications to resolve the problem. If
unsuccessful, go to the FreeFlow Accxes Service Manual, Section 2, Print Job
Does Not Complete Over a Network RAP.
If the problem continues, escalate the call.
Capture the Accxes Print Server Boot Records using the FreeFlow Accxes Service Manual - Section 6 - Diagnostics - Serial Connection, establish a Putty terminal emulation session and use Section 1 - Error Message and Normal Boot
Messages to aid in interpreting the boot spew and any messages that display
when the problem file is submitted.
If unsuccessful, go to the FreeFlow Accxes Service Manual, Section 2, Print

Job Does Not Complete Over a Network RAP.
FreeFlow Accxes Service Manual, Section 6, AccXes Debug Commands to

execute tests that are related to the problem. If the problem continues, escalate
the call.
The HFSIs are up to date.

Y
N
Perform the HFSIs as required.
The Billing Meter Reporting is complete.
Y
N
Record the Billing Meter Readings (SGS, 10 oclock, PTO, Accxes Print Server, APS Billing Meters).
The Call History Log has been filled out.
Y
N
Fill out the Call History Log.
The customer letter has been printed and delivered.
Y
N
Print the Customer Letter and deliver the letter to the customer.
Go to Final Actions.
Explain to the customer that a known good file of the same format works OK.
Escalate the call.
Go to Call Close.
Explain that the file submitted in a submission method (ex. using drive, or ACT) worked properly and that a System Administrator needs to resolve a Workstation Image or Network problem.
Go to Call Close.
Call Flow, Call Close
November 2008
1-6
V3.0
Maintenance Activities Checklist

1.
2.
Initial Activities
a.
Review the machine logbook and check the service meter reading and the date of
the last service activity.
b.
Determine the type of call (callback or normal call).
Callback (If less than 5 working days and less than 500 linear feet, (150 meters) since the
last service call.)
a.
b.
Functional Checks
i.
Perform the dC120 Error Log Counters and the dC122 IIT Error History checks.
Record those areas that have high jam numbers. Clear these counters when
exiting the diagnostic mode.
ii.
Perform the dC135 HFSI Counters. Replace any part or supply that is past its
life and reset the dC135 counter for this part or supply.
Subsystem Checks
i.
3.
Normal Call (If more than 5 working days or more than 500 linear feet, (150 meters) since
the last service call.)
a.
b.
Functional Checks
i.
Perform the dC120 Error Log Counters and the dC122 IIT Error History checks.
Record those areas that have high jam numbers. Clear these counters when
exiting the diagnostic mode.
ii.
Perform the checks in dC135 HFSI Counters. Replace any part or supply that is
past its life and reset the dC135 counter for this part or supply.
Subsystem Checks
i.
4.
Perform the Every Call activity for any subsystem that was repaired (do not perform all of the subsystem checks).
Perform the Every Call activity for ALL subsystems.
System Checkout/ Final Action

a.
Make copies of test pattern 499T286 (Figure 2) and evaluate the copy quality.
b.
Print copies from the Control Panel of embedded test pattern 2 (Basic Pattern) and
evaluate print quality.
c.
Record the Service Meter reading in the logbook.
d.
Record the service activity in the machine logbook.
V3.0
November 2008
1-7
Maintenance Activities Checklist
HFSIs
Table 1 High Frequency Service Items
Name
Part Number
PL Reference
UI Displayed
Value
Average Life
(7D/min.)
Average Life
(9D/min.)
30km/98K ft.
950-800 Drum
001R00596
PL 3.2
180
18km/58K ft.
Toner (1 Cartridge)
006R01374
---
---
3.6km/800g
3.6km/800g
950-801 Cleaner Blade/Cleaning Blade
033K93831
PL 6.1
180
18km/58.4 ft.
30km/98K ft.
Waste Toner Bottle
008R13058
PL 6.3
---
30km/98.4K ft.
30km/98.4K ft.
950-808 Fuser Roll
059K53940
PL 5.2
100
48km/157.5K ft.
80km/262.5K ft.
950-809 Pressure Roll
059K54130
PL 5.4
240
---
---
950-802 BCR
022K75470
PL 3.3
247
24km/80K ft.
41km/134.8K ft.
950-806 BTR
022K67510
PL 3.5
120
36km/118.1K ft.
60km/196.9K ft.
950-804 Deve Blade
033K94760
PL 4.2
460
72km/236.2K ft.
120km/393.7K ft.
950-807 DTS
848K04570
PL 3.5
10
36km/118.1K ft.
60km/196.9K ft.
950-805 Deve Magnet Roll
121K34531
PL 4.2
460
72km/236.2K ft.
120km/394K ft.
950-803 Drum Finger
019K06901
PL 6.1
721
72km/236.2K ft.
120km/394K ft.
950-810 Fuser Finger
019E92900
PL 5.3
100
48km/157.5K ft.
80km/262.5K ft.
950-811 Fuser Thermistor (STS)
130K86451
PL 5.2
60
48km/157.5K ft.
80km/262.5K ft.
950-812 RFC1 Cutter
037K01240
PL 10.1
150
150K times
150K times
950-813 RFC2 Cutter
037K01240
PL 10.1
150
150K times
150K times
950-814 Tray 3 Feed Roll
022K65340
PL 11.5
40
22.2km/72.8K ft.
22.2km/72.8K ft.
950-815 Tray 3 Nudger Roll
022K65340
PL 11.5
40
22.2km/72.8K ft.
22.2km/72.8K ft.
950-816 Tray 3 Retard Roll
022K94821
PL 11.6
40
22.2km/72.8K ft.
22.2km/72.8K ft.
950-817 Tray 4 Feed Roll
022K65340
PL 11.5
40
22.2km/72.8K ft.
22.2km/72.8K ft.
950-818 Tray 4 Nudger Roll
022K65340
PL 11.5
40
22.2km/72.8K ft.
22.2km/72.8K ft.
950-819 Tray 4 Retard Roll
022K94821
PL 11.6
40
22.2km/72.8K ft.
22.2km/72.8K ft.
950-820 Fuser Exhaust Filter
053K93080
PL 5.1
200
28.2km/92.52K ft.
47km/154.2K ft.
HFSIs
November 2008
1-8
V3.0
System Checks
Table 1 General System Checks
Component
PL Ref
Interval
Activity
Cautions/Descriptions
Problem Indicators
General operation
check
---
Every call
Make a print from each roll in the offline mode and

check print quality, paper feed, abnormal noises, etc.
---
---
History file check
---
Every call
Check the history files for jams, parts that are close to --end of life, etc., and take the necessary actions.
Refer to 6 General Procedures, GP7 DC Routines,
dC120 Error Log Counter, dC122 IIT Fail History, dC123
IIT Jam History, and dC135 HFSI Counters.
---
Table 2 LED Print Heads

Component
PL Ref
Interval
LED Print Heads
PL 1.1
10km/32.8K ft. Clean with a lint-free cloth and Film Remover

as needed
(8R00027)
Activity
Problem Indicators
Wipe lenses lightly to prevent joint

misalignment.
White streaks in solid areas.

1-dot line becomes thinner.
Black streaks in halftones and solids.
Component
PL Ref
Interval
Problem Indicators
BCRs
PL 3.3
10km/32.8K ft. Clean a badly contaminated BCR with a soft, damp

as needed
cloth (water ONLY), then dry it completely with a soft,
dry cloth.
Clean the shafts with a dry cloth.
Clean the inner side of the bearing with a dry cloth.
Inspect and clean at intervals of 20K copies/prints.
Do not allow oil or grease to get on

the BCRs.
Density differences
High background
Abnormal noise
Horizontal lines
BTR
PL 3.5
10km/32.8K ft. Inspect for contamination.

as needed
Clean the BTR with a dry, lint-free, non-cotton cloth.
---
Poor transfer
Uneven density
DTS
PL 3.5
10km/32.8K ft. Remove the detack guide.

Mandatory
Clean it with a soft brush.
Do not deform the DTS.
Lead Edge finger marks

Faulty stripping
Drum Fingers
PL 6.1
10km/32.8K ft. Clean using a soft brush.

as needed
Brush lightly to avoid damaging the

fingers.
Lead Edge finger marks

Faulty stripping
Drum (Photoreceptor)
PL 3.2
10km/32.8K ft. Wipe toner off both ends of the Photoreceptor.

When removing the Photoreceptor,
as needed
If the Photoreceptor is badly contaminated, clean it with cover it or store it in an RFC to prea soft, lint-free cloth.
vent light shock.
Do not use Photoreceptor cleaner or
refiner.
Metering Blade
PL 4.2
Uneven density
10km/32.8K ft. When replacing the blade, first apply a layer of toner on Replace only. Do not clean.
as needed
the Magnet Roll. Be sure that the toner is uniform in
Assemble so that the layer of toner
thickness.
on the magnet roll is uniform in thickness.
Inspect for and remove any foreign
objects which may be adhering to the
roll, e.g., screws.
Table 3 Xerographics
Activity
V3.0
November 2008
1-9
Background
System Checks
Table 3 Xerographics
Component
PL Ref
Interval
Magnet Roll
PL 4.2
24km/78.7K ft. Clean the Magnet Roll and the Metering Blade following Clean the Metering Blade and the
or 6 months
the procedure in Magnet Roll Cleaning.
Magnet Roll carefully to prevent damage that might cause image quality
defects. Use lint-free cloths and
Film Remover only, per the procedure Magnet Roll Cleaning.
Activity
Problem Indicators
Light banding in the process direction
at both sides of copies/prints. The
defect is most visible and easily confirmed by viewing the LPH test pattern print. Mid- to high-density
customer prints/copies will be light at
the sides.
Waste Toner Bottle
PL 6.3
As needed
Typically, when a Toner Bottle Full

condition is detected, no more print
requests will be accepted.
Cleaning Blade
PL 6.1
10km/32.8K ft. Take note so as not to cause the blade edge to chip.
as needed
Toner Seal
PL 6.1
Do not deform.
10km/32.8K ft. After cleaning the blade with a brush, wipe stubborn
As needed
toner off it with a damp cloth and then dry it completely.
If the seal is corrugated, bent, or cracked where it contacts the Photoreceptor, replace it.
Photoreceptor damage
Toner leakage
Toner Supply
---
As needed
---
Check the uniformity of the toner.
---
Component
PL Ref
Interval
Activity
Problem Indicators
Registration Roller
PL 2.4
10km/32.8K ft. Clean off paper dust and toner with a damp cloth. Allow --As needed
it to dry completely.
Registration failure
Contaminated prints
Manual Feed Roller
PL 2.3
10km/32.8K ft. Clean off paper dust with a damp cloth. Allow it to dry
As needed
completely.
---
Media jams
Problem Indicators
Advise the customer to order another bottle if the bottle --is 1/2 full.
Do not damage the blade edge.
Black steaks
Residual image
Table 4 Paper Transport
Table 5 RFC/Paper Tray

Component
PL Ref
Interval
Cutter
PL 10.1
10km/32.8K ft. Check for and remove any paper residue or contamina- Be careful with the blade of the CutAs needed
tion.
ter.
Activity
Media jam in the RFC
Table 6 Fuser
Component
PL Ref
Interval
Problem Indicators
Fuser Inlet Chute

(Upper and Lower)
PL 5.4
10km/32.8K ft. Clean stubborn toner, paper dust, etc., with a damp
As needed
cloth and dry the chute completely.
Activity
Wait for the Fuser to cool before

working on or near it.
Wrinkle
Fuser Fingers
PL 5.3
10km/32.8K ft. Wipe toner off the finger tips with a dry cloth.
As needed
Do not damage the Finger Tips.
Fuser Roll
PL 5.2
10km/32.8K ft. Wipe toner off the surface of the Fuser Roll and the
As needed
Pressure Roll with a dry, lint-free cloth.
Fuser Thermistors
PL 5.2
10km/32.8K ft. Using a damp cloth, wipe toner off the surface that conAs needed
tacts the Fuser Roll.
Lower Exit Chute
PL 5.4
10km/32.8K ft. Clean toner, paper dust, etc., with a damp cloth and dry --As needed
the chute completely.
System Checks
November 2008
1-10
Do not damage the surface of the

Fuser Roll.
Media jams
Fuser Roll damage
Light, black spots
Wrinkle
Media jams
Overheat
---
V3.0
Table 6 Fuser
Component
PL Ref
Interval
Decurler Rolls
PL 5.3
10km/32.8K ft. Carefully clean off toner, paper dust, etc., with a damp
As needed
cloth and dry completely.
Activity
V3.0
November 2008
1-11
Problem Indicators
Do not damage the Exit Jam Switch

or the Exit Motion Sensor.
Exit jams
Waves in the print
Improper print stacking
System Checks
Final Actions
1.
Check the machine appearance.
2.
Check the customers stock of consumables.
3.
Perform operator training, as necessary.
4.
Fill in the machine log history and the service report.
5.
Show the print samples to the customer.
Final Actions
November 2008
1-12
V3.0
2. Status Indicator RAPs

Fault Code List
Status Codes...................................................................................................................
2-3
2-17
IIT RAP IIT Troubleshooting RAP

IIT Power RAP ................................................................................................................
2-23
072-103 Roll 2 A3 Size Sensor Off Jam (Rewind) ..........................................................

072-104 Roll 2 Feed Jam (Peeled Core).........................................................................
072-311 RFC 2 Cutter Un-Reach Error...........................................................................
2-25
075-xxx Manual Stop

075-100 Manual Feed Stop Sensor Fault .......................................................................
001-xxx Power RAPs

001-001 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(A) Power Supply RAP ....................................
001-002 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(B) Power Supply RAP ....................................
001-003 220VAC Power to the +5VDC Power Supply RAP ...........................................
001-004 220VAC Power to the +3.3VDC Power Supply RAP ........................................
2-27
2-27
2-28
2-28
2-29
005-900 IIT Sensor Failure .............................................................................................
2-31
010-xxx Fusing
010-310 Overheated Thermistor 1 (Software) ................................................................
010-313 Overheated Thermostat (Hardware) .................................................................
010-314 Overheated Thermistor 2 (Hardware) ...............................................................
010-315 Overheated Thermistor 4 (Hardware) ...............................................................
010-316 Low Temp. Thermistor 1 ...................................................................................
010-317 Low Temp. Thermistor 3 ...................................................................................
010-322 Warm-up Timeout Thermistor 1 ........................................................................
010-323 Warm-up Timeout Thermistor 3 ........................................................................
010-324 Fuser Drive Motor Lock Error............................................................................
077-900 Static Jam .........................................................................................................
2-33
2-33
2-34
2-34
2-35
2-35
2-36
2-37
2-38
2-39
2-40
2-53
2-55
091-xxx Motor-BTR-Air sensing

2-57
116-xxx Print Control

116-365 Print Control Error .............................................................................................
005-xxx IIT Scanner
2-49
2-49
2-50
077-xxx Static Jam
091-316 Main Motor Fault ...............................................................................................
002-xxx UI
002-001 UI Button Failure RAP.......................................................................................
2-47
2-47
2-48
072-xxx Roll 2 Sensing
UI RAP UI Troubleshooting RAP

UI Power RAP .................................................................................................................
071-103 Roll 1 A3 Size Sensor Off Jam (Rewind) ..........................................................

071-104 Roll 1 Feed Jam (Peeled Core).........................................................................
071-311 RFC 1 Cutter Un-Reach Error...........................................................................
2-21
IOT RAP IOT Troubleshooting RAP

IOT Power RAP...............................................................................................................
2-45
2-46
071-xxx Roll 1 Sensing
APS
APS Power On RAP (Accxes Print Server).....................................................................
061-323 LPH Thermistor Open Error ..............................................................................

061-324 LPH Thermistor Short Error ..............................................................................
2-59
other-faults
Generic Switch RAP........................................................................................................
Generic Clutch RAP ........................................................................................................
Generic Sensor RAP .......................................................................................................
Short Circuit Checkout ....................................................................................................
Open Circuit Checkout Procedure...................................................................................
2-61
2-61
2-62
2-63
2-64
042-xxx Main Drive

042-327 Main Motor Fault ...............................................................................................
2-41
046-xxx LVPS Monitor

046-310 LVPS 24A F2 Monitor Error ..............................................................................
046-311 LVPS 24B F3 Monitor Error ..............................................................................
046-312 LVPS 24B F4 Monitor Error ..............................................................................
2-43
2-43
2-44
061-xxx LPH
061-310 LPH 3.3V Monitor Error.....................................................................................
V3.0
2-45
November 2008
2-1
Status Indicator RAPs
November 2008
2-2
V3.0
Status Codes
Table 1 Status Code List

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Link
Down
Fault Description
Refer to APS Power On Fault RAP or IOT Power On Fault RAP
RAP
BSD
APS
Power
On
RAPIOT
Power
RAP
1.1
1.6
APS Power On Fault RAP
APS
1.1
Power
1.6
On RAP
IIT Power On Fault RAP
IIT
Power
RAP
IIT1.1
IIT1.2
IIT 1.3
IOT Power On Fault RAP
IOT
Power
RAP
1.1
1.6
UI Power On Fault RAP
UI
Power
RAP
2.1
002-001
UI Button Failure RAP
REP 2.1
The button(s) on the UI, failed to respond.
Check that the Button PWB Cable is seated properly to the Button
PWB. If the cable is seated properly, replace the Button PWB (PL
13.2).
000-000 Check IIT Scanner for an open Upper Transport Housing Assem- N
bly, open Interlock on the 6279
001-001 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(A) Power Supply RAP
001-001 1.1
001-002 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(B) Power Supply RAP
001-001 1.1
001-003 220VAC Power to the +5VDC Power Supply RAP
001-003 1.1
001-004 220VAC Power to the +3.3VDC Power Supply RAP
001-004 1.1
N
005-102 IIT Sensor Static Jam 2A
The Right Skew Sensor detected a document during original feed.
The R/H Cover Sensor was not actuated. Ensure that the Upper
Transport Housing Assembly is seated correctly.
Check the following: obstruction in document transport, damaged
original, damaged or contaminated document transport rolls.
V3.0
IIT 3.1
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
005-103 IIT Sensor Static Jam 2B

N
The Left Skew Sensor detected a document during original
feed.
The R/H Cover Sensor was not actuated. Ensure that the Upper
Transport Housing Assembly is seated correctly.
Check the following: obstruction in document transport, damaged
original, damaged or contaminated document transport rolls.
IIT 3.1
005-104 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 2A

Detected a setting error of document in the period between
receiving the next request for the controller and the scan transfer
start.
Check the following: document drives binding, damaged original,
damaged or contaminated document transport rolls.
IIT 5.2
005-105 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 2B

Detected a setting error of document in the period between
receiving the next request for the controller and the scan transfer
start.
IIT 5.2
005-106 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 2A

Detected the document being pulled out from the insertion slot
before detection of document insertion, Prefeeding, and Receiving next request.
IIT 5.3
005-107 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 2B

before Detection of document insertion, Prefeeding, and Receiving next request.
IIT 5.3
N
005-108 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 2A
Registration sensor / output sensor detected a pushing in of document during operation stop after prefeeding is completed after
receiving next request.
IIT 5.3
005-109 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 2B

N
Registration sensor / output sensor detected a pushing in of document during operation stop after prefeeding is completed after
receiving next request.
IIT 5.3
November 2008
2-3
Status Codes

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
005-120 IIT Feed Right Over Skew

Right skew sensor detected a document during document transfer.
Check for obstructions in the document path, originals inserted
incorrectly, damaged or contaminated document transport rolls.
RAP
BSD
IIT 5.4
N
005-121 IIT Feed Left Over Skew
Left skew sensor detected a document during document transfer.
Check for obstructions in the document path, originals inserted
incorrectly, damaged or contaminated document transport rolls.
IIT 5.4
005-122 IIT Feed MAX Length Over

N
Registration sensor detected a document transfer which is longer
than the maximum length.
IIT 5.4
N
005-131 IIT Feed-In Sensor Tail Edge Jam
Feed in sensor does not detect the trail edge of document when it
is time to feed.
IIT 5.3
005-132 IIT Registration Sensor Lead Edge Jam

Registration sensor does not detect the lead edge of document
when it is time to feed.
IIT 5.4
005-133 IIT Registration Sensor Tail Edge Jam

Registration sensor does not detect the trail edge of document
when it is time to feed.
IIT 5.4
005-134 IIT Exit Sensor Lead Edge Jam

N
Output sensor does not detect the lead edge of document when it
is time to feed.
IIT 5.5
005-135 IIT Exit Sensor Tail Edge Jam

N
Output sensor does not detect the trail edge of document when it
is time to feed.
IIT 5.5
005-300 IIT Cover Open Jam

The IIT Cover Open Sensor was detected to be open while the
machine was in operation.
The IIT Cover Open Sensor was not actuated. Ensure that the
Upper Transport Housing Assembly is seated correctly.
IIT 1.6
005-301 IIT Cover Door Open

The IIT Cover Open Sensor was detected to be open while the
machine was in standby.
The IIT Cover Open Sensor was not actuated. Ensure that the
Upper Transport Housing Assembly is seated correctly.
IIT 1.6
005-900 IIT Sensor Stay Jam A

005-900 IIT 1.6
Paper was detected on any IIT sensor when power was switched
IIT 3.1
on or when original feed is stopped while the machine was not in
IIT 5.2
operation.
IIT 5.3
An IIT Sensor was blocked while the power was switched on and
IIT 5.4
the boot-up was complete.
IIT 5.5
Status Codes
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
RAP
BSD
005-901 IIT Sensor Stay Jam B

Document sensor detected a document immediately after power
ON/ when closing a cover. Refer to 005-900 IIT Sensor Failure.
IIT 3.1
005-902 IIT Sensor Static Jam 1A

Detected a document jam, which is not caused by document
transfer, in the time other than between receiving next request
and end of document transfer. Refer to 005-900 IIT Sensor Failure.
IIT 3.1
005-903 IIT Sensor Static Jam 1B

Detected a document jam, which is not caused by document
transfer, in the time other than between receiving next request
and end of document transfer. Refer to 005-900 IIT Sensor Failure.
IIT 3.1
005-904 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 1A

Detected a setting error of document before detection of document insertion, Prefeeding, and Receiving next request. Refer to
005-900 IIT Sensor Failure.
IIT 3.1
005-905 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 1B

Detected a setting error of document before detection of document insertion, Prefeeding, and Receiving next request.Refer to
IIT 3.1
005-906 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 1A

before detection of document insertion, Prefeeding, and Receiving next request. Refer to 005-900 IIT Sensor Failure.
IIT 5.3
005-907 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 1B

before detection of document insertion, Prefeeding, and Receiving next request. Refer to 005-900 IIT Sensor Failure.
IIT 5.3
005-908 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 1A

Feed-In sensor detected a pushing in of document in the period
between Document detection and Start prefeeding. Refer to
IIT 5.3
005-909 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 1B

Feed-In sensor detected a pushing in of document in the period
between Document detection and Start prefeeding. Refer to
IIT 5.3
005-910 IIT Feed-In Sensor Lead Edge Jam Feed in sensor does not
N
detect the lead edge of document when it is time to feed. Refer to
IIT 5.3
005-940 IIT Plate Position Error. Detected a detection error of HP of platen N

plate
IIT 6.1
November 2008
2-4
Fault Description
V3.0

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
010-310 Overheated Thermistor 1 (Software)

The Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (Center) detected an over temperature fault. The temperature was 249C or higher.
010-310 10.5
010-325 R/H Exhaust Fan Error
10.8

The Heat Roll Thermistor 2 (Center) detected an over temperature fault. The temperature was 249C or higher.
010-311 10.5
010-326 L/H Exhaust Fan Error
10.8
10.5

The Heat Roll Thermistor 3 detected an over temperature fault.
The temperature was 249C or higher.
010-312 10.5
010-970 Re Warm Up Error

N
The fusing temperature dropped below a point where the toner
does not fuse correctly. The printing stops and the paper is
ejected. The machine goes to the print ready state when the temperature reaches the specified value.
N
041-312 Command Data Length Error
There is an IOT PWB communication command length error.
Ensure that the USB cable is seated correctly at the CP control
PWB and the IOT PWB. If the problem continues, replace the IOT
PWB (PL 7.1). If the problem continues, replace the CP Control
PWB.
1.2
3.1
010-313 10.3
010-313 Overheated Thermostat (Hardware)
10.4
An overheat condition caused the Overheat Thermostat to open.
This removed power from the Fuser Relay, K3 that supplies power
to the LVPS 5C. The machine does not go to a ready condition.
010-324 Fuser Drive Motor Lock Error

There is a Fuser Drive Motor fault.
010-324 10.2
010-314 Overheated Thermistor 2 (Hardware)

The Heat Roll Thermistor 2 (Center) detected an overheat fault.
010-314 10.5
010-315 10.5
041-313 Dray Cut Length Error

N
A cut length error causes the machine to cut and eject the paper.
Re-install the APS firmware.
3.1

The Heat Roll Thermistor 4 (Center) detected an overheat fault.
010-316 Low Temp. Thermistor 1
The Heat Roll Thermistor 1 detected a low Fuser temperature.
The temperature was 90C or lower.
010-316 10.5
041-314 No Image Length Error

No Report on Image Length Error. Replace the IOT PWB
(PL 7.1).
1.2
3.1

The Heat Roll Thermistor 3 detected a low Fuser temperature.
The temperature was 90C or lower.
010-317 10.5
042-210 RFC 1 Feed Motor Stop Error
8.1
042-211 RFC 2 Feed Motor Stop Error
8.4
3.1
010-318 Thermistor 1 Open

N
There is an open circuit in the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 or in its wiring.
10.5
N
042-310 Watch Dog Timer Error
The hardware reset did not cause the IOT PWB Watch Dog Timer
to reset. Re-install IOT PWB firmware
N
3.1

N
10.5
042-311 Flash ROM Error

There was an IOT PWB Flash ROM Error. Switch the power off
then on. Replace the IOT PWB (PL 7.1).
3.1

N
10.5
042-312 USB Disconnect Error

The USB cable is disconnected between the APS and the IOT
PWB. Ensure that the cable is seated correctly and is not damaged.
10.5
N
042-313 USB Under Run Error
USB Video Control: Interrupt Status Underrun Error. Replace the
IOT PWB (PL 7.1). If the problem still exists, replace the APS or
BPS.
3.1

N
010-322 Warm Up Timeout Thermistor 1

010-322 10.5
The temperature at Heat Roll Thermistor 1 did not reach the ready
temperature in a specified amount of time.
042-314 EEPROM No Initialized Error

The EEPROM failed to initialize or may be blank (w/o data).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL 7.1) and the EEPROM.
3.1
010-323 Warm Up Timeout Thermistor 3

010-323 10.5
The temperature at Heat Roll Thermistor 3 did not reach the ready
temperature in a specified amount of time.
042-315 NVRAMN Both Error

Check Sum Error of NVRAM data on Flash ROM and EEPROM.
3.1
V3.0
November 2008
2-5
Status Codes

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
042-334 Toner Empty Error

IO Port Error / Sensor Toner Empty.
9.3
042-335 Finisher Ready Error

IO Port Error / Finisher Ready.
3.5
042-336 Pixel Count Error

IO Port Error / Pixel Count.
6.1
RAP
BSD
042-316 I/O EXP Disconnect Error

IO Exp-1 is not detected (disconnected).
3.2
3.3
3.4
042-317 I/O EXP Communication Error

Communication Error for IO Exp.
3.2
3.3
3.4
042-318 BTR DCV Monitor Error

IO Port Error / BTR DCV Monitor.
9.4
042-337 Tray4 Error / Disconnect.
1.11
3.1
042-319 24B F4 Interlock Monitor Error

IO Port Error / Monitor 24B F4 and Interlock.
Refer to 046-312 RAP
1.10
042-600 EEPROM Read No ACK Error

There is a Timeout Error when the data/address is sent to the
EEPROM Device.
042-320 24B F3 Monitor Error

IO Port Error / Monitor 24B F3.
Refer to 046-311 RAP.
1.8
N
042-601 EEPROM Read Timeout Error
There is no response from the ACK when the data/address is sent
to the EEPROM Device, re-install the original IOT PWB (PL 7.1)
and replace the EEPROM.
1.2
3.1
042-321 24B RFC 1 Monitor Error

IO Port Error / Monitor 24B RFC 1 Feeder.
1.8
1.2
3.1
042-322 24B RFC 2 Feeder Monitor Error

IO Port Error / Monitor 24B RFC2 Feeder.
1.9
042-602 EEPROM Write No ACK Error

N
There is a Timeout Error when the data/address is sent to the
EEPROM Device, replace the IOT PWB (PL 7.1) or the EEPROM.
042-323 24B RFC 1 Vertical Monitor Error

IO Port Error / Monitor 24B RFC 1 Vertical.
1.8
1.2
3.1
042-324 24B RFC 2 Vertical Monitor Error

IO Port Error / Monitor 24B RFC 2 Vertical.
1.9
042-603 EEPROM Write Timeout Error

N
There is no response from the ACK when the data/address is sent
to the EEPROM Device, re-install the original IOT PWB (PL 7.1)
and replace the EEPROM.
3.1
6.1
042-326 Fuser Driver Motor Lock Error

IO Port Error / Motor Fuser Drive Lock.
Refer to 010-324 RAP.
10.2
042-604 NVRAM Check Sum Error

There was checksum error that caused the IOT PWB NVRAM
Error (EEPROM). Enter IOT dC131 and save the NVM values. If
the fault still exists, replace the EEPROM.
042-325 LPH 3.3V Monitor Error

IO Port Error / Monitor 3.3V.
3.1
042-327 Main Motor Lock Error

IO Port Error / Motor Main Drive Lock.
042-327 4.1
042-605 NVRAM Flash ROM Error

There was checksum error that caused the IOT PWB EEPROM
Verify Error (Recycling Label). Replace the EEPROM.
3.1
10.8
042-606 NVRAM EEPROM Error

Verify Error (Recycling Data). Replace the EEPROM.
042-328 L/H Exhaust Fan Error

IO Port Error / Fan Fuser Exhaust LH Fail.
042-329 R/H Exhaust Fan Error
IO Port Error / Fan Fuser Exhaust RH Fail.
10.8
3.1
042-330 Tray 3 Latch Error

IO Port Error / Switch Tray3 Latch.
1.11
042-607 EEPROM Verify Serial Error

Verify Error (NVRAM). Replace the EEPROM.
3.1
042-331 Tray 4 Latch Error

IO Port Error / Switch Tray4 Latch.
1.11
042-608 EEPROM Verify Recycle Error

EEPROM Verifies an Error during the write cycle, Recycle Data.
3.1
042-332 RFC 1 Cutter Interlock Error

IO Port Error / Switch RFC1 Door Interlock.
1.11
042-609 EEPROM Verify NVRAM Error

EEPROM Verifies an Error during the write cycle, NVRAM.
042-333 RFC 2 Cutter Interlock Error

IO Port Error / Switch RFC2 Door Interlock.
1.11
Status Codes
Fault Description
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
046-310 LVPS 24A F2 Monitor Error

046-310 1.6
The +24 VDC signal from the LVPS 24A is missing or below specification.
November 2008
2-6
V3.0

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
6.1
6.1
046-311 LVPS 24B F3 Monitor Error

The +24 VDC (HVPS) signal from the LVPS 24B is missing or
below specification at the HVPS.
046-311 1.8
046-312 LVPS 24B F4 Interlock Monitor Error

The +5 VDC detect signal is missing or below specification.
046-312 1.10
046-313 LVPS 24B RFC 1 Feeder Monitor Error

LVPS RFC 1 Feeder Monitor Signal is OFF.
1.8
061-318 Clear Feature Delay Error

N
A ROS on interruption occurred before requesting Clear Feature.
046-314 LVPS 24B RFC 2 Feeder Monitor Error

PSLV RFC 2 Feeder Monitor Signal is OFF
1.9
046-315 LVPS 24B RFC 1 Vertical Monitor Error

PSLV RFC 1 Vertical Monitor Signal is OFF.
1.8
046-316 LVPS 24B RFC 2 Vertical Monitor Error

PSLV RFC 2 Vertical Monitor Signal is OFF.
1.9
061-319 LPH FPGA Ready Error

N
An error in the LPH Controller on the IOT Control PWB was
detected. (FPGA Initialize)
Ensure that the ribbon cable is seated correctly between the LPH
Driver PWBs and the IOT PWB and is not damaged.
An LVPS 5C fault. Check for AC power to LVPS 5C.
046-317 LVPS 5V F6 Monitor Error

PSLV 5V Main Monitor Signal is OFF.
1.3
046-318 LVPS 5V F5 Monitor Error

PSLV 5V Tray/RFC Monitor Signal is OFF.
1.3

The +5 VDC (5C) detect signal is missing or below specification.
061-310 6.1
061-311 ROS On Timing Error (Roll 1)

A ROS on interruption occurred during the exposure preparation
operation for Roll 1. The IOT waits for a print recovery state from
the APS or BPS. Re-install the IOT PWB firmware.
6.1

operation for Roll 2. The IOT waits for a print recovery state from
the APS. Re-install the IOT PWB firmware.
6.1

N
operation for Manual feed (Roll 3). The IOT waits for a print recovery state from the APS. Re-install the IOT PWB firmware.
6.1

operation for Manual feed (ROll 4). The IOT waits for a print
recovery state from the APS. Re-install the IOT PWB firmware.
6.1

operation for Manual feed (Tray 3). The IOT waits for a print
6.1

operation for Manual feed (Tray 4). The IOT waits for a print
6.1
V3.0
061-317 ROS On Timing Error (Manual)

operation for Manual feed (Manual Bypass). The IOT waits for a
print recovery state from the APS. Re-install the IOT PWB firmware.
6.1
061-320 LPH Data Get Error

N
detected. (Data Receiving)
6.1
061-321 LPH Data Read Error

N
detected. (Data Correction)
6.1
061-322 LPH Data Put Error

N
detected. (Data Transfer)
6.1
061-323 LPH Thermistor Open Error

There is an open circuit to the LPH Thermistor Error.
Abnormally high temperature was detected for the LPH. Thermistor Error (LPH Overheat). dC330 061-250 indicated 1000 or
higher.
061-323 6.1
061-324 LPH Thermistor Ground Error

061-324 6.1
Low temperature was detected for the LPH Thermistor Error (LPH
low-temp). dC330 061-250 indicated 150 or less.
061-325 LPH Delay Access Ready Error
A ROS on interruption occurred before receiving TxOK.
6.1
061-326 LPH Delay TxOK Error

A ROS on interruption occurred before receiving ACCEN.
6.1
November 2008
2-7
Status Codes

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
061-327 ROS On Timing Error (USB)

A ROS on interruption occurred before initialing USB H/W.
061-328 ROS On Timing Error (Expose)

A ROS on interruption occurred when ROS is ON.
6.1
062-220 IIT FPGA Failure

Detected an operations error caused by ASIC SDC6W SHDC
module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL
20.6).
IIT 3.1

Detected an operations error caused by ASIC SDC6W SHDC
20.6).
6.1
IIT 3.1
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
062-232 IIT ASIC Failure

N
Detected an opera ion error caused by ASIC IPS6W2 DF module.
Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1

N
Detected an opera ion error caused by ASIC IPS6W2 SG module.
IIT 3.1
062-234 IIT Post Code Failure

Detected an operation error caused by Post-Code Encoder
(PM-36). Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL
20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-235 IIT FPGA SHIGA Out Failure

N
Detected an operation error caused by FPGA SHIGA OUT1
(CONT output) module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT
PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1

N
Detected an operations error caused by FPGA SHIGA DMAC2
module.Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-236 IIT FPGA SHIGA Out Failure

N
Detected an operation error caused by FPGA SHIGA OUT2
(HOST output) module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT
PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1

Detected an operations error caused by FPGA SHIGA SDRAM
20.6).
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-237 IIT USB IC Failure

Detected an operation error caused by HOST-USB IC. Run
dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).

Detected an opera ion error caused by ASIC IPS6W1 BKG module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-238 IIT USB IC Failure

Detected an operation error caused by CONT-USB IC. Run

N
Detected an opera ion error caused by ASIC IPS6W1 RE module.
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-290 IIT Watch Dog Failure

S/W has reset the Watch Dog timer in the CPU. Install the latest
IIT firmware. If the problem continues, replace the IIT PWB (PL
20.6).

Detected an opera ion error caused by ASIC IPS6W1 TRC module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).

N
Detected an opera ion error caused by ASIC IPS6W1 DF module.
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1

N
Detected an opera ion error caused by ASIC IPS6W1 SG module.
IIT 3.1
062-295 IIT IPS Data Not Support

N
Detected the unsupported version of IPS module. Install the latest
IIT firmware. If the problem continues, replace the IIT PWB (PL
20.6).
IIT 1.2

Detected an opera ion error caused by ASIC IPS6W2 BKG module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-310 IIT LVPS Fan Failure

N
An abnormal SUM value was detected in the user part program on
the IIT PWB. Reinstall IIT firmware. Check for +24VDC to the
Cooling Fan. If the fault still exists, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
If the problem continues, replace the IIT LVPS (PL 20.5).

N
Detected an opera ion error caused by ASIC IPS6W2 RE module.
IIT 3.1
062-311 IIT Cooling Fan Failure

N
An abnormal SUM value was detected in the boot part program on
the IIT PWB. Replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.5).
IIT 1.6
IIT 3.1

Detected an opera ion error caused by ASIC IPS6W2 TRC module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
Status Codes
November 2008
2-8
V3.0

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
N
062-312 Power source +3.3VDC is not output
An abnormal SUM value was detected in IPS data on the IIT
PWB. Reinstall IIT firmware. If the fault still exists, replace the IIT
LVPS (PL 20.5).
IIT 1.2
IIT 3.1
062-328 IIT HOST USB IC / Check NG

N
IIT USB IC Check. R/W check error of register/ embedded memory in USB IC for HOST I/F, Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the
IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-313 An error was detected during the CPU built-in RAM Read/Write
check on the IIT PWB. Replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-314 Error was detected during Read/Write check for the areas except N
the data backup area of the External RAM. (IIT PWB). Replace
the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-329 IIT CONT USB IC / Check NG

IIT USB IC Check. R/W check error of register/ embedded memory in USB IC for CONT I/F, Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace
IIT 3.1
062-330 IIT Post-Codec-SRAM / Check NG

N
IIT USB IC Check. R/W check error of SDRAM connected to Jpeg
decoder at final output, Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT
PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-315 An abnormal SUM value was detected in the system data stored N
in the EEPROM on the IIT PWB. Initialize IIT NVM. If the fault still
exists, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
062-317 Abnormal data was detected in the error history/error log stored in N
the EEPROM on the IIT PWB. Initialize IIT NVM. If the fault still
exists, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-340 There was a read/write check error for the ASIC SDC6W register/built-in memory on the IIT PWB. Replace the IIT PWB (PL
20.6)
IIT 3.1
062-318 Error was detected in the feed count/recycle data stored in the
EEPROM on the IIT PWB. Replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-320 An error was detected while erasing the Flash ROM on the IIT
PWB. Reinstall IIT firmware. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace
IIT 3.1
062-341 There was a read/write check error for the ASIC IPS6W register/built-in memory on the IIT PWB. Replace the IIT PWB (PL
20.6).
062-342 There was a read/write check error for the SDRAM used in the
ASIC IPS6W BKG module. Replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-321 An error was detected while writing data into the Flash ROM on
the IIT PWB. Reinstall IIT firmware. Run dC315. If dC315 fails,
replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-343 There was a bus check error between the ASIC SDC6W and the
ASIC IPS6W. Replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-344 There was a bus check error between ASIC IPS6W and the FPGA N
USBC. Replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-322 The value written in the Flash ROM on the IIT PWB is different
N
from the one written by user. Reinstall IIT firmware. Run dC315. If
dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
062-345 There was a bus check error between the FPGA USBC and the
USB IC. Replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-323 IIT ASIC Check NG

The value written in the R/W check error of register/ embedded
memory in ASIC IPS6W1. Reinstall IIT firmware. Run dC315. If
IIT 3.1
062-350 There was an operation error caused by the ASIC SDC6W SHDC N
module. Reinstall IIT firmware. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-351 There was an operation error caused by the ASIC SDC6W VDAC N
IIT 3.1

N
Error was detected while writing data into the EEPROM on the IIT
PWB. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-352 There was an operation error caused by the ASIC SDC6W TRC N
IIT 3.1

N
The value written in the EEPROM on the IIT PWB is different from
the one written by user. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT
PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-327 IIT Post-Codec-Encode / Check NG

IIT Post Code Check. R/W check error of register/ embedded
memory in Jpeg decoder at final output. Run dC315. If dC315
fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-353 IIT Bus Failure

N
There was an operation error caused by the ASIC SDC6W DF
module.Reinstall IIT firmware. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace
N
There was an operation error caused by the ASIC IPS6W BKG
IIT 1.6
IIT 3.1
V3.0
November 2008
2-9
Status Codes

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
RAP
BSD
062-374 IIT Image Sensor Communication

Serial communication between the sensor is not allowed.
IIT 6.2
062-375 IIT Image Sensor Control Error

Cannot control the sensor (Not able to register R/W. Cannot perform the operation)
IIT 6.2
062-376 IIT Image Sensor Pattern Error

Cannot control the Pattern.
IIT 6.2
062-380 IIT EEPROM Check Sum NG

Detected SUM error of system data stored in EEPROM.
IIT 3.1
062-381 IIT SRAM Check Sum NG

Detected SUM error of system data stored in backup RAM.
IIT 3.1
062-382 IIT EEPROM Failure

Detected an error while writing data in EEPROM.
IIT 3.1

Value in EEPROM is not correct.
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1

Detected an error of error history/ error log stored in EEPROM.
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1

N
There was an operation error caused by the USB IC. Replace the
IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1

Detected an error of feed count/ recycle information stored in
EEPROM.
IIT 3.1
062-370 IIT Exposure Lamp Front Failure

N
The average output value for IC units in the CIS was lower than or
equal to the limit value in every IC. Use component control to try
to switch on the lamps. Check for +5 VDC at the CIS PWB.
IIT 6.1
IIT 6.2

Setting error of system data avoiding the operation.
062-390 IIT User Check Sum NG
Detected SUM value error of User Program. Reinstall IIT firmware. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
062-371 IIT Exposure Lamp Right Failure

N
The average output value for IC units in the CIS was lower than or
equal to the limit value in a least on IC. Use component control to
try to switch on the lamps. Also check for +5 VDC at the CIS
PWB.
IIT 6.1
IIT 6.2
062-391 IIT Boot Check Sum NG

Detected SUM value error of Boot Program. Reinstall IIT firmware. Run dC315. If dC351 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-372 IIT Image Sensor Failure

N
Sensor error detected (initialization of input FIFO from the sensor
was not completed). Ensure that the cable is seated correctly
between the CIS PWB and IIT PWB and that it is not damaged. If
the wiring is OK, replace the CIS PWB. If the problem still exists,
replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 6.2
062-392 IIT IPS Data Check Sum NG

N
Detected SUM value error of IPS Data. Reinstall IIT firmware. Run
N
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-373 IIT Image Sensor Failure

N
No sensor connections were detected (initialization of input FIFO
from the sensor was not completed). Ensure that the cable is
seated correctly between the CIS PWB and IIT PWB and that it is
not damaged. If the wiring is OK, replace the CIS PWB. If the
problem still exists, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 6.2
062-394 IIT External RAM Check NG

N
Detected an error in R/W check in the range excluded the data
backup area of external RAM. Run dC315. If dC351 fails, replace
062-395 IIT Flash ROM Failure
Detected an error while erasing FLASH ROM. Reinstall IIT firmware. Run dC315. If dC351 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
N
There was an operation error caused by the ASIC IPS6W RE
IIT 3.1
N
There was an operation error caused by the ASIC IPS6W TRC
IIT 3.1
N
There was an operation error caused by the ASIC IPS6W DF
IIT 3.1

There was an operation error caused by the ASIC IPS6W SG
module.Reinstall IIT firmware. If the fault still exists, replace the
IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1

There was an operation error caused by the FPGA USBC.
Replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
Status Codes
Fault Description
062-393 IIT CPU RAM Check NG

Detected an error in R/W check of RAM in CPU. Run dC315. If
November 2008
2-10
V3.0

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
IIT 3.1
N
Detected an error while writing data in FLASH ROM. Reinstall IIT
firmware. Run dC315. If dC351 fails, replace the IIT PWB (PL
20.6).
IIT 3.1
N
Value written in FLASH ROM is not correct. Reinstall IIT firmware.
IIT 3.1
062-952 CONT Communication: Not Ready

Received an inoperable acknowledgement from CP Cont (CP
Cont error)
The notification that operation is unavailable was received from
the APS. No action required.
IIT 3.1
062-940 Diagnostic: Sequence Error

Detected an error while erasing FLASH ROM.
Reinstall IIT firmware. If the problem still exists, reinstall the APS
firmware.
IIT 3.1
062-955 Host Communication Error: Data Stop

Received a request from HOST to stop transferring data when in
Scan Mode, Scan and Copy, use an alternate output Mode
062-956 Host Communication Error: Timed Out
Communication between HOST went off for a certain period of
time when in Scan Mode, Scan and Copy Mode.
IIT 3.1
062-941 Diagnostic: Parameter Error

Parameter error has occurred when receiving Diag Parameter.
If the problem still exists, reinstall the APS firmware.
IIT 3.1
062-957 Host Communication Error: Not Connected

Communication between Host is not established.
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-960 Overflow occurred during image transfer via the USB. (Data read N
delay occurred at the APS) No action required.
IIT 3.1
062-942 Diagnostic: Stop Request

The diagnosis was aborted by the abort diagnostic request. The
error occurred during self diagnosis. No action required.
IIT 3.1
N
062-943 Diagnostic: Document Jam
An original was jammed during the diagnosis that requires feeding
an original. The error occurred during self diagnosis. No action
required.
IIT 3.1
062-961 USB Transfer Over Flow.

The IPS parameter resetting process did not complete within a
specified time. No action required.
062-962 IPS Parameter Renew Failure
Resetting of IPS parameter was not completed within the specified time.
IIT 3.1
062-944 Diagnostic: Cover Open

N
A cover was opened during the diagnosis that requires feeding an
original. The error occurred during self diagnosis. No action
required.
IIT 3.1
062-963 CONT USB Image Transfer: Time Out

CONT USB does not have data output for a specified period of
time.
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
062-964 HOST USB Image Transfer: Time Out

HOST USB does not have data output for a specified period of
time.
062-945 Diagnostic: Other Failure

N
An error occurred during diagnosis. The error occurred during self
diagnosis. No action required.
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
063-250 IIT FPGA HAPPO ENC / Failure

Detected an operation error caused by FPGA HAPPO Encoder
module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the PMEM PWB (PL
20.6) If the problem continues. replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
062-946 Diagnostic: Config Failure

N
Diagnosis is not available because the item targeted for diagnosis
is missing. The error occurred during self diagnosis. No action
required.
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
063-251 IIT FPGA HAPPO DEC / Failure

Detected an operation error caused by FPGA HAPPO Decoder
module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the PMEM PWB (PL
062-950 CONT Communication: Not Connect

Communication between CP Cont was not established.
APS communication has not been established since power was
switched on. No action required.
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
063-252 IIT Pre-Codec Encoder Failure

Detected an operation error caused by Post-Codec Encoder
ADV-212 encoding module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace
the PMEM PWB (PL 20.6) If the problem continues. replace the
IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
062-951 CONT Communication: Link Error

Failed to communicate with CP Cont(Text,ACK,NAK)for three
times.
Communication still failed after three retries when transferring
data (Text, ACK, NAK) to the APS. No action required.
V3.0
November 2008
2-11
Status Codes

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
063-283 IIT DIMM Slot3 Check NG

Detected an error in R/W check for DIMM installed in Slot 3. Run
dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the PMEM PWB (PL 20.6) If the
problem continues. replace the DIMM PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1

IIT 3.1
063-289 IIT DIMM Not Implemented

Memory is not installed to all DIMM slot. PMEM board is not
installed. Install a PMEM PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
063-340 IIT FPGA HAPPO Check NG

N
R/W check error of register/ embedded memory in FPGA HAPPO.
Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the PMEM PWB (PL 20.6) If
the problem continues. replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
063-341 IIT Pre Code Encoder Check NG

R/W check error of register embedded memory in Jpeg encoder
prior to page memory. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the
PMEM PWB (PL 20.6) If the problem continues. replace the IIT
PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
063-342 IIT Pre Code Decoder Check NG

R/W check error of register embedded memory in Jpeg encoder
prior to R/W memory. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the
PMEM PWB (PL 20.6) If the problem continues. replace the IIT
PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
N
063-253 IIT Pre-Codec Decoder Failure
Detected an operation error caused by Post-Codec Decoder
ADV-212 decoding. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the PMEM
PWB (PL 20.6) If the problem continues. replace the IIT PWB (PL
20.6).
IIT 3.1
063-254 IIT FPGA MADARAO PRE Failure

Detected an operation error caused by FPGA MADARAO PRE
module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the CIPS PWB (PL
IIT 3.1
063-255 IIT FPGA MADARAO POST Failure

Detected an operation error caused by FPGA MADARAO POST
module. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the CIPS PWB (PL
IIT 3.1
063-256 IIT ASIC TOTO1 Failure

Detected an operation error caused by ASIC TOTO 1. Run
dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the CIPS PWB (PL 20.6). If the
problem continues. replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).

dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the CIPS PWB (PL 20.6) If the
IIT 3.1

IIT 3.1
063-259 IIT Color Module Not Implemented

CIPS is not implemented. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the
CIPS PWB (PL 20.6) If the problem continues. replace the IIT
PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
N
063-343 IIT FPGA MADARAO Check NG
R/W check error of register embedded memory in FPGA
MADARAO. Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the CIPS PWB
(PL 20.6) If the problem continues. replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
063-280 IIT DIMM Combination Error

N
DIMM combination error in all DIMM slot. Run dC315. If dC315
fails, replace the PMEM PWB (PL 20.6) If the problem continues.
replace the DIMM PWB (PL 20.6).
IIT 3.1
N
063-344 IIT ASIC TOTO1 Check NG
R/W check error of register/ embedded memory in ASIC TOTO1.
Run dC315. If dC315 fails, replace the CIPS PWB (PL 20.6) If the
IIT 3.1

IIT 3.1
N
IIT 3.1

IIT 3.1
N
IIT 3.1
063-347 IIT HAPPO SDRAM / Check NG

R/W check error of SDRAM used in FPGA HAPPO
IIT 3.1
Status Codes
IIT 3.1
November 2008
2-12
V3.0

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
IIT 3.1
N
063-351 IIT HAPPO-PM36E Bus Failure
Bus check error between FPGA HAPPO and JPEG IC(ENC). Run
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
RAP
BSD
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
063-368 IIT TOTO3-MADARAO Bus / Failure

Bus check error between FPGA HAPPO and FPGA SHIGA. Run
IIT 3.1
N
063-352 IIT PM36E-PMEM Bus Failure
Bus check error between JPEG IC(ENC) and Page Memory. Run
IIT 3.1
063-368 IIT MADARAO-SHIGA Bus / Failure

063-960 IIT HAPPO-TOTO1 Bus Failure
Bus check error between FPGA HAPPO and ASIC TOTO 1.
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1

N
063-353 IIT PMEM-PM36D Bus Failure
Bus check error between Page Memory and JPEG IC(DEC). Run

IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
063-963 IIT NOZAWA-TOTO1 Bus / Failure

Bus check error between FPGA NOZAWA and ASIC TOTO 1.
N
063-354 IIT PM36D-HAPPO Bus / Failure
Bus check error between JPEG IC(DEC) and FPGA HAPPO. Run

IIT 3.1
063-355 IIT HAPPO-SHIGA Bus / Failure

IIT 3.1

IIT 3.1
063-966 IIT TOTO1-MADARAO Bus Failure

Bus check error between ASIC TOTO 1 and FPGA MADARAO.
IIT 3.1


IIT 3.1

IIT 3.1

063-969 IIT MADARAO-SHIGA Bus Failure

Bus check error between FPGA MADARAO and FPGA SHIGA.
IIT 3.1
7.1

071-102 Roll 1 A3 Size Sensor Off Jam (Rewind)

The Roll 1 A3 Size Sensor was not actuated within a specified
time. Refer to 071-103.
The Roll 1 A3 Size Sensor did not detect paper.
071-103 7.1


The Roll 1 A3 Size Sensor was not actuated within a specified
time.
071-104 Roll 1 Feed Jam (Peeled Core)
The Roll 1 Feed Jam Sensor was not de-actuated within a specified time.
071-104 7.1

071-300 RFC 1 Cutter Door Open

RFC 1 Cutter Cover was detected to be open during printing.
1.11
071-301 RFC 1 Drawer Open

RFC 1 Drawer was detected to be open during printing.
1.11
063-350 IIT NOZAWA-HAPPO Bus Failure

Bus check error between FPGA NOZAWA and FPGA HAPPO.
V3.0
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
IIT 3.1
November 2008
2-13
Fault Description
Status Codes

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
RAP
BSD
072-301 RFC 2 Drawer Open

1.11
1.11
072-302 RFC 2 Cutter Door Open (During Print)

RFC 2 Cutter Door was detected to be open during printing.
1.11
8.1
072-303 RFC 2 Drawer Open (During Print)

1.11
072-310 RFC 2 Feed Motor Pulse Error

RFC 2 Feed Motor Clock signal cannot be detected.
8.4
RAP
BSD
071-302 RFC 1 Cutter Door Open (During Print)

RFC 1 Cutter Door was detected to be open during printing.
1.11
071-303 RFC 1 Drawer Open (During Print)

071-310 RFC 1 Feed Motor Pulse Error

RFC 1 Feed Motor Clock signal cannot be detected.
071-311 RFC 1 Cutter Un Reach Error

071-311 8.2
Cutter was moved but its completion was not detected. (The RFC
1 Cutter R/H Switch or RFC 1 Cutter RLH Switch was not actuated.)
The cutter is not at the left hand or right hand position. Neither left
hand nor right hand cutter switch is actuated.
Fault Description
072-311 RFC 2 Cutter Un Reach Error

072-311 8.5
Cutter was moved but its completion was not detected. (The RFC
2 Cutter R/H Switch or the RFC 2 Cutter L/H Switch was not actuated.)
8.2
072-312 RFC 2 Cutter Over Run Error

N
Bounce was detected after the cutter motion had completed (It
was detected that the RFC 2 Cutter R/H Switch or the RFC 2 Cutter L/H Switch was actuated then deactuated). Refer to the
072-311 RAP.
8.5
N
071-313 RFC 1 Cutter Position Error
There is a cutter position fault. Both the RFC 1 Cutter R/H Switch
and the RFC 1 Cutter L/H Switch were actuated or deactuated at
the same time. Refer to the 071-311 RAP.
8.2
072-313 RFC 2 Cutter Position Error

N
There is a cutter position fault. Both the RFC 2 Cutter R/H Switch
and the RFC 2 Cutter L/H Switch were actuated or deactuated at
the same time. Refer to the 072-311 RAP.
8.5
071-900 RFC 1 Static Jam

The RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor or Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor
was blocked when the RFC 1 Door was closed.
3.2
8.13
072-900 RFC 2 Static Jam

The RFC 2 Cutter Jam Sensor or Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor
was blocked when the RFC 2 Door was closed.
3.3
7.1
N
072-940 Roll 2 No Paper
There were no pulses from the Roll 2 No Paper Sensor. Ensure
that the wheel that blocks the Roll 2 No Paper Sensor moves
freely and is not damaged. Check the Roll 2 No Paper Sensor and
the Roll 2 Set Sensor.
The Roll 2 Set Sensor did not detect paper.
7.2
071-312 RFC 1 Cutter Overrun Error

Bounce was detected after the cutter motion had completed (It
was detected that the RFC 1 Cutter R/H Switch or RFC 1 Cutter
L/H Switch was actuated then deactuated). Refer to the 071-311
RAP.

N
There were no pulses from the Roll 1 No Paper Sensor. Ensure
that the wheel that blocks the Roll 1 No Paper Sensor moves
freely and is not damaged. Check the Roll 1 No Paper Sensor and
the Roll 1 Set Sensor.
The Roll 1 Set Sensor did not detect paper.
072-101 Roll 2 Auto Loading Feed Jam
7.2
7.3

The RFC 2 A3 Size Sensor was not actuated within a specified
time. Refer to 072-103.
The RFC2 A3 Size Sensor did not detect paper.
7.2
7.3
073-105 Tray 3 Sensor On Jam. Lead edge paper jam

Ensure that there are no obstructions to the sensor.
8.8
073-106 Tray 3 Sensor On Jam. Lead edge paper jam

8.8
073-107 Tray 3 Sensor On Jam. Trail edge paper jam

8.8
073-108 Tray 3 Sensor On Jam. Trail edge paper jam

8.8
073-300 Tray 3 Latch Open

Tray 3 Latch was detected to be open.
1.11

072-103 7.2
The RFC 2 Cutter Jam Sensor was not actuated within a specified
time.
072-104 7.2
The RFC 2 Cutter Jam Sensor was not de-actuated within a specified time.
072-300 RFC 2 Cutter Door Open
RFC 2 Cutter Cover was detected to be open during printing.
Status Codes
1.11
November 2008
2-14
V3.0

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
073-301 Tray 3 Latch Open (During Print)

Tray 3 Latch was detected to be open during printing.
1.11
073-310 Tray 3 Up Time Out Error

Tray 3 failed to raise within the specified time.
7.8
073-900 Tray 3 Static Jam
3.4
7.3
7.4
7.4
074-105 Tray 4 Jam Sensor On Jam. Lead edge paper jam

8.10
074-106 Tray 4 Jam Sensor On Jam. Lead edge paper jam

8.10
074-107 Tray 4 Jam Sensor On Jam. Trail edge paper jam

8.10
074-108 Tray 4 Jam Sensor On Jam. Trail edge paper jam

8.10
074-300 Tray 4 Latch was detected to be open.

Ensure that Tray 4 is closed.
1.11
074-301 Tray 4 Latch was detected to be open during printing.

Ensure that Tray 4 is closed.
1.11
074-310 Tray 4 Up Time Out Error

Tray 4 failed to raise within the specified time.
7.9
074-900 Tray 4 Static Jam
3.4
7.4
075-100 Manual Feed Stop Sensor On Jam

075-100
The Manual Feed Stop Sensor was not blocked within a specified
time after Pre-feed had started.
Check the Manual Feed Clutch and the Manual Feed Stop Sensor.
8.11
Check for damage to the drive to the Manual Feed assembly.
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
075-941 Manual Paper Size Mismatch

N
The width of loaded paper was narrower than the image width during manual printing. check the Manual width sensors.
7.7
077-100 RFC 1 Vertical Jam Sensor Off Jam (Rewind)

The RFC Vertical Jam Sensor was not blocked within a specified
time.
Check the Vertical Jam Sensor and the RFC Vertical Motor.
Check for an obstruction in the paper path.
Check the RFC Vertical Rolls drives for damage (PL 10.3 .
8.3
077-101 RFC 2 Vertical Jam Sensor Off Jam (Rewind)

N
The Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor was not blocked within a specified time.
Check the Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor.
Check the RFC Vertical Rolls drives for damage (PL 10.3).
8.6
077-102 RFC 1 Miss Cut Jam

The Exit Jam Sensor was not blocked within a specified time.
Check the Fuser Drive Control circuit.
8.2
077-103 RFC 2 Miss Cut Jam

The Exit Jam Switch was not blocked within a specified time.
Check the Fuser Drive Control circuit.
8.5
077-104 RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor On Jam

The RFC Vertical Jam Sensor was not unblocked within a specified time.
Check the Vertical Jam Sensor.
Check the RFC Vertical Rolls drives for damage.
8.2
8.3
075-101 Manual Page Sync Sensor On Jam

N
The Manual Page Sync Sensor was not blocked within a specified
time.
8.13
077-105 RFC 1 Vertical Jam Sensor On Jam

The Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor was not unblocked within a
specified time.
Check the Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor.
Check the Registration Roll drives for damage.
8.5
10.7
075-102 Manual Page Sync Sensor Off Jam

N
The Manual Page Sync Sensor was not unblocked within a specified time.
8.13
077-106 RFC 2 Cutter Jam Sensor On Jam

The Exit Jam Switch was not unblocked within a specified time.
Check the Exit Jam Switch and the Fuser Drive Control circuit.
8.6
10.7
075-900 Manual Static Jam

N
The Manual Feed Stop Sensor or Manual Page Sync Sensor was
detected to be blocked when paper was loaded.
3.1
077-106 RFC 2 Vertical Jam Sensor On Jam

The Exit Jam Switch was not unblocked within a specified time.
Check the Exit Jam Switch and the Fuser Drive Control circuit.
077-108 Tray Vertical Jam Sensor On Jam
8.8
077-109 A-Tra. Swing Sensor On Jam
8.12
075-940 Manual No Paper

Paper was not loaded within a specified time after missing paper
had been detected (during printing).
7.7
077-110 Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor On Jam
8.13
077-111 Registration Sensor on Jam
8.13
V3.0
November 2008
2-15
Status Codes

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
077-112 B-Tra. Sensor On Jam
10.1
077-113 Exit Jam Switch On Jam
10.7
Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
091-300 Top Cover Open

N
Rear Top Cover was detected to be open.
Ensure that the Top Cover Sensor is mounted correctly and is not
damaged (PL 9.1).
9.3
9.5
077-114 RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor Off Jam
8.2
077-115 RFC 1 Vertical Jam Sensor Off Jam
8.3
077-116 RFC 2 Cutter Jam Sensor Off Jam
8.5
8.6
077-118 Tray Vertical Jam Sensor Off Jam
8.8
091-301 No Waste Toner Pot

N
Rear Top Cover was detected to be open during printing.
Ensure that the Top Cover Sensor is mounted correctly and is not
damaged (PL 9.1).
077-119 A-Tra. Swing Sensor Off Jam
8.12
091-302 Top Cover Open (During Print)
9.3
091-303 No Waste Toner Pot (During Print)
9.5
091-310 Open Air Sensor Humidity 1 Error

N
An Open Air Sensor Humidity error was detected (IOT dC330
091-250 was 700 or higher).
Ensure that the sensor is mounted correctly and is not damaged.
Refer to BSD 9.5 and check the wiring to the Open Air Sensor.
If the wiring is OK, replace the Open Air Sensor (PL 7.4).
9.5
091-311 Open Air Sensor Humidity 2 Error

N
An Open Air Sensor Humidity error was detected (IOT dC330
091-250 was 10 or lower).
9.5
091-312 Open Air Sensor Disconnect Error

N
An Open Air Sensor Air error was detected (IOT dC330 091-251
was 1000 or higher).
9.5
091-313 Open Air Sensor Short Circuit Error

N
An Open Air Sensor Air error was detected (IOT dC330 091-251
100 or lower).
9.5
091-314 BTR DCV Monitor 1 Error

BTR Monitor failure is detected (Step 1000 or more).
9.4
091-315 BTR DCV Monitor 2 Error

BTR Monitor failure is detected (Step 10 or less).
9.4
077-120 Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor Off Jam
8.13
077-121 Registration Sensor Off Jam
8.13
077-122 Exit Jam Switch Off Jam
10.7
077-123 Exit Motion Sensor Jam
10.7
077-300 Clam Shell Open

Clam Shell was detected to be open. Ensure that the Clam Shell
is closed.
Check the Clam Shell Interlock circuit.
1.10
077-301 Clam Shell Open (During Print)

Clam Shell was detected to be open. Ensure that the Clam Shell
is closed.
Check the Clam Shell Interlock circuit.
1.10
077-310 RFC Air Sensor Disconnect Error

RFC Air Sensor open error was detected (Step 1000 or more).
7.10
077-311 RFC Air Sensor Short Circuit Error

RFC Air Sensor short error was detected (Step 100 or less).
7.10
077-900 Static Jam

077-900
A paper path sensor detected paper when the machine was
stopped.
A paper path sensor detected paper under one of the following
conditions: at power on, when exiting the low power mode, or after
a print is delivered.
077-901 Static Jam (Low Power Mode)
N
A paper path sensor detected paper when the machine was in the
Low Power Mode. Refer to the 077-900 RAP.
3.1
077-902 Static Jam (After Paper Output)

A paper path sensor detected paper after a print was delivered.
Refer to the 077-900 RAP.
3.1
077-940 RFC 1 Cutter Door Error
1.11
077-941 RFC 2 Cutter Door Error
1.11
Status Codes
091-316 Main Motor Lock Error

091-316 4.1
Main Motor error is detected (The Main Motor was detected to be
out of sync (Lock).
November 2008
2-16
V3.0

Status
Code/
Messag
e Code
Fault Description
RAP
BSD
091-940 Waste Toner Pot Full

N
Printed paper was longer than the IOT dC131 910-364 specified
length was output after the Toner Bottle Full had been detected.
If the Toner Bottle is full, ask the customer to replace it.
Ensure that the value in IOT dC131 910-364 has not changed.
Ensure that the Waste Toner Pot Full Sensor is not contaminated
by toner.
Refer to BSD 9.5 and check the Waste Toner Pot Full Sensor.
If the problem still exists, replace the Waste Toner Pot Full Sensor
(PL 6.3).
9.5
N
091-941 Toner Empty Error
Printed paper longer than the IOT dC131 910-363 specified length
was output after Low Toner had been detected.
Ensure that the value in IOT dC131 910-363 has not changed.
Check the wiring to the Toner Empty Sensor.
If the problem still exists, replace the Toner Empty Sensor (PL
4.2).
9.3
103-311 IIT Communication Error

Error was detected during communication between the APS and
the IIT.
Ensure that the USB Cable is seated correctly between the IIT
PWB and the APS and that it is not damaged.
If the cable is OK, reinstall the firmware.
If the problem still exists, replace the following in order:
IIT PWB (PL 20.6)
IIT 1.6
IIT 3.1
1.2
3.1
199-999 The machine configuration is not set.

N
Enter dC131. Enter the appropriate code for the machine configuration [700-000]:
1 - EP (Engineering Printer)
1.1
CP Control PWB
124-311 IOT Communication Error

Error was detected during communication between the APS and
the IOT PWB.
Ensure that the USB Cable is seated correctly between the IOT
PWB and the CP Control PWB and that it is not damaged.
If the cable is seated correctly, reinstall firmware.
If the problem still exists, replace the IOT PWB (PL 7.1).
2 - EC (Engineering Copier)
5 - MF (Multifunction)
Enter dC361 to initialize the machine.
V3.0
November 2008
2-17
Status Codes
Status Codes
November 2008
2-18
V3.0
APS Power On RAP (Accxes Print Server)
The following procedure can be used to determine the reason for a power-on fault for a 6279
with an Accxes Print Server. If the print server fails to power up the 6279, the printer Control
Panel will indicate a Link Down message. This is the first indication of a power on fault.
If the machine Circuit Breaker is tripped, try to reset it. If it trips again, switch the power off
and unplug the power cord. Refer to wirenet 7.2.1 ACH and check for a short circuit in the
AC wiring.
Verify that the Main Switch on the 6279 Copier/Printer is set to ON.
Verify that the UI Power Save button is not lit. If the Power Save button is lit, the 6279 is in
Sleep Mode. To exit Sleep Mode, press the Power Save button or touch the UI screen.
Use the Accxes Interface PWB Assembly Switch Description and Default Condition, at
the end of this document to verify the default switch settings.
Use the Accxes Interface PWB Assembly LED Description and Normal Operating Condition and Machine Observations, at the end of this document, to verify the normal operating conditions of the LEDs.
The APS Controller initiates the 6279 power-up via a USB cable connected between any USB
port on the print server and the 6279 Access Interface PWB Assembly. Any break in the communication path between the APS Controller and the Access Interface PWB will cause a
power-on fault indication.
6279 Power On Sequence:
1.
IIT AC Power Cord plugged into the IOT AC outlet.
2.
UI Power Brick plugged in; UI Power Save LED should be lit Green.
3.
IOT Power Cord plugged in and Circuit Breaker turned On.
4.
IOT Main Switch turned On.
5.
APS Power Cord plugged in, USB cable(s) plugged into the UI, Scanner, and Accxes IF PWB. The
other end of the USB cable should be plugged into the APS controller. Power Switch on APS is
turned On.
Approximately 30 seconds after the process is completed, IOT Relay KI on the +24V LVPS
(24A) power supply will energize and the IOT turn on. Another two minutes later the UI display
will display the Xerox logo while the controller boots. When the machine is fully booted the following will display, depending on the configuration of the system:
6279 Printer Only The UI will display one icon, Machine Info, and the system should operate
standalone UI and IOT diagnostics from the UI. The printer should function through the APS.
6279 Printer/Scanner - The UI will display two icons, Machine Info and Copy, and the system
should operate standalone UI, IOT, and IIT diagnostics from the UI. Printing and scanning
should be functional.
6279 Printer/Synergix Scanner The UI will display one icon, Machine Info, and the system
should operate standalone UI and IOT diagnostics from the UI. The printer and scanner should
function through the APS.
Figure 1 Accxes Interface PWB LEDs

Table 1 Accxes PWBA Assembly LED Description and Normal Operating Condition
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 1.1 for the AC power on circuit.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 1.6 and 1.7 for the DC power generation circuit.
Initial Actions
Check the following:
Verify that the 6279 AC power source has power.
Verify that one end of the printer power cable is connected to the rear of the printer and
that the other end is connected to an AC power source.
Verify that the USB cable is connected between the Accxes Print Server and the Access
Interface PWB on the 6279 Accxes Interface PWB Assembly (Figure 2).
Verify that the Circuit Breaker on the 6279 Copier/Printer is set to ON.
V3.0
LED Name
Description
Normal
Operating
Condition
+24V Power LED
Will be lit when +24V LVPS (24A) is on
ON
Status LED
Will be lit when the firmware on the PWB is work- 0.5 sec. blink
ing correctly
The following procedure is used to isolate the 6279 printer Power On circuit and the APS controllers ability to power on the 6279.
November 2008
2-17
APS Power On RAP
Procedure
Ensure that the Power cables for the scanner and the IOT are plugged in and that the Circuit
Breaker and the Main Switch are turned on. Ensure that all 4 switches on the Accxes Interface
PWB are set to the OFF (default) position. Press the power ON switch on the front of the
Accxes Print Server. After approximately 2 minutes, the Copier/Printer powers up and the
UI indicates that the machine is ready.
Y
N
Power down the system. Set Diagnostic (DIP) Switch 3 on the Accxes Interface PWB (Figure 2) to
ON. This will override Accxes Print Server control of the AC power-on process. Power up the system. The +24V Power LED on the Accxes Interface PWB is lit.
Y
N
Observe the two LEDs on the Accxes Interface PWB. LED201 is lit solid and
LED603 is blinking on the Accxes Interface PWB.
Y
N
There is 220VAC between P/J42-3 and P/J42-1 at the AC Main PWB.
Y
N
Turn Off the machine and unplug the power cord. There
is
220VAC
across ACH and ACN on the Power cord.
Y
N
Check the Power Source Outlet. 220VAC is measured at the outlet.
Y
N
Have the Power Source tested.
E
Replace the AC Main PWB (PL 7.3).
There is +24 VDC between J501-1 and J501-7 at the +24V LVPS (24A).
Y
N
Check fuse F002 (250V 4A) on the +24V LVPS (24A). IF the fuse is good,
replace the +24V LVPS (24A) (PL 7.3).
There is 24VDC between J512-1 and J512-2 on the Accxes Interface PWB.
Y
N
Switch the power off and unplug the power cord. Refer to BSD 1.6 and
BSD 1.7 and check for an open circuit in the wiring between J501-1 and
J501-7 on the +24V LVPS (24A) (PL 7.3) and J512-1 and J512-2 on the
Accxes Interface PWB (PL7.2).
Replace the Accxes Interface PWB (PL 7.2).
NOTE: The following path checks to see if the IOT will power up with APS control of
power-on bypassed (that is, with Diagnostic Switch 3 on the Accxes Interface PWB
set to the On (bypassed) position). Turn OFF the APS during this troubleshooting
path.
Ensure that the IOT Main Switch On, Switch the IOT Circuit Breaker off then back
on. LED1 and LED2 on the IOT PWB are flashing after power has been on for
at least 5 seconds.
Y
N
Go to the IOT Power RAP
Replace the Power Cord (PL 7.2).

Go to BSD 1.1 and check the wiring from the AC Inlet to J31-1 and J33-1. The
wiring is OK.
Y
N
Repair the wiring.
Go to the FreeFlow Accxes Controller Service Manual Section 6 - perform a Software Recovery, Upgrading Controller firmware, and Get Replacement Feature
Enablement Keys from www.xerox.com. (Return here after work is completed). The
system powers up properly.
Y
N
Go to the FreeFlow Accxes Controller Service Manual Call Flow.
Check the debug spew for the message Cannot open /dev/pwmControl.
If this message is in the debug spew, then you must install the 6279 firmware
With the Power Cord disconnected, unplug P/J42 from the AC Main PWB, and
then turn the circuit breaker on. Go to BSD 1.1 check the wiring from the AC
Inlet to P/J42-3 and P/J42-1. The wiring is OK.
Y
N
Replace the Circuit Breaker.
There is 220VAC between P/J43-6 and P/J43-3 at the AC Main PWB.
Y
N
6279 system firmware needs to be loaded if a message at the end of the

boot spew Standalone Configuration is displayed
Perform Initial Actions from section 1
Hard Disk Drive Failure in APS Controller.
Power down the system and connect the APS, Set switch 3 on the Accxes Interface
PWB to Off (default position). Connect all cables to the IOT, IIT, UI, and APS. With
the IOT Main Switch On, Power the IOT off then back on by the circuit breaker.
Power on the APS
Print a Configuration Test Print from the UI and verify that under the section Print
Engine Configuration, Type=6279, and that under Scanner Configuration,
Type=6279 or Synergix, is displayed according to your machine configuration. If not
then go to appropriate IOT or IIT Power On RAP.
There is 220VAC between P/J1-1 and P/J1-3 at the +24V LVPS (24A).
Y
N
Switch the power off and unplug the power cord. Refer to BSD 1.1 and check the
wiring between P/J43-6 and 3 on the AC Main PWB and P/J1-1 and 3 on the 24V
LVPS (24A). The wiring is OK.
Y
N
Repair the wiring.
Return to 6279 Call Flow to verify all components on the system are functional.
A
B
C
D
E
APS Power On RAP
A
November 2008
2-18
B
V3.0
B
Power down the system and turn off the Circuit Breaker. Set Diagnostic (DIP) Switch 3 on the
Accxes Interface PWB to OFF. Replace the USB Cable from the APS Controller USB Port that
plugs into J411 (the bottom USB connector) on the Accxes Interface PWB. This returns control to the Accxes Print Server for the AC power-on process.
Power the system back on. System boots properly.
Y
N
Print a Configuration Test Print from the UI and verify that under the section Print Engine Configuration, Type=6279, and that under Scanner Configuration, Type=6279 or Synergix, is displayed
according to your machine configuration. If not then go to appropriate IOT Power RAP or IIT
Power RAP.
Print a Configuration Test Print from the UI and verify that under the section Print Engine Configuration, Type=6279, and that under Scanner Configuration, Type=6279 or Synergix, is displayed according
to your machine configuration. If not then go to appropriate IOT Power RAP or IIT Power RAP.
V3.0
November 2008
2-19
APS Power On RAP
J602 (Figure 2) disconnected and all other PJs are connected LED201 (Figure 2) is solid
green, LED603 (Figure 2) is flashing green, UI is blank, IOT powered up, and LED 1 & 2
on the IOT PWB (Figure 3) are flashing.
J604 (Figure 2) disconnected and all other PJs are connected LED201 (Figure 2) is solid
green, LED603 (Figure 2) is flashing green, UI is functional, IOT powered up, and LED 1 &
2 on the IOT PWB (Figure 3) are flashing. IIT can scan a document (no print). If Machine
Information is selected, then Job Information is selected, the Top status line on the UI displays Link Down. In copy mode no Media Status is provided (Figure 3).
Figure 2 Accxes Interface PWB Bypass Switches

NOTE: To set a switch to OFF, use a non-metallic item (e.g., pen cap) to move the switch.
Machine Observation:
J512 (Figure 2) connected and all other PJs disconnected and circuit breaker is On with
APS Off Pin1 has 24VDC, LED201 is solid green, LED603 is flashing green.
All PJs plugged in - J513, Pin 1 (Figure 2) goes from 24VDC to 0VDC when APS turns on
the IOT.
All PJs plugged in - J513, Pin 1 (Figure 2) goes from 24VDC to 0VDC when APS override
power on (switch 3) is in the On position when the circuit breaker is turned on.
J 601 (Figure 2) is disconnected and all other PJs are connected Accxes Interface PWB
LED201 (Figure 2) is solid green and LED603 is flashing green, UI is blank, IOT powered
up, and LED 1 & 2 on the IOT PWB (Figure 3) are On solid. This PJ communicates UI
Data.
J 411 (Figure 2) is disconnected and all other PJs are connected Accxes Interface PWB
LED201 (Figure 2) is solid green and LED603 is flashing green, UI is functional, IOT did
not power on, and LED 1 & 2 on the IOT PWB (Figure 3) are Off. In copy mode no Media
Status is provided. If Machine Information is selected, then Job Information is selected,
the Top status line on the UI displays Link Down. This PJ must provide Power On and status to and from the IOT to the APS.
J 603 (Figure 2) disconnected and all other PJs are connected LED201 (Figure 2) is solid
green, LED603 (Figure 2) is flashing green, UI is functional, IIT can scan a document (no
print), IOT powered up, and LED 1 & 2 on the IOT PWB (Figure 3) are flashing. In copy
mode ReadyInsert document is displayed on the Status Line, Media source status
shows red for all drawers/trays. If Machine Information is selected, then Job Information is
selected, the Top status line on the UI displays Link Down.
APS Power On RAP
Figure 3 IOT PWB LEDS

Table 2 IOT PWB LEDs
LED Status
Description
LED1
LED2
OFF
OFF
Blinking-0.5sec. OFF
Action Required
Power OFF, Power ON Refer to the APS Power On

RAP
Boot Cycle
N/A
Blinking-1.0sec. Blinking-1.0sec. Normal Condition
N/A
Blinking-0.5sec. OFF
Firmware Download
N/A
ON
OFF
FPGA Error
Replace the IOT PWB (PL

7.1)
OFF
ON
Watch Dog Error
Reboot
November 2008
2-20
V3.0
IIT Power RAP
B
Y
BSD-ON:1.1, 1.2, 5.3

This procedure is used to verify that the IIT Power On circuits are working correctly.
NOTE: The APS (Accxes Print Server) provides the power on signal to the IIT PWB through the USB
Cable.
Replace the R/H Cover Sensor (PL 20.5).

Go to Call Flow.
Initial Actions
the AC is plugged into the IIT
the Circuit Breaker in on
the Accxes Controller is on
the USB cable is connected between the IIT PWB and the controller
N
Remove the Right Side Cover. +5VDC is measured between J739-1 and J739-3 at
the R/H Cover Sensor.
Y
N
Go to BSDs 1.4 and 1.6 and troubleshoot the 5VDC circuit.
Replace the USB Cable (PL 20.6). If the problem persists, go to FreeFlow Accxes Call Flow.
The IIT LVPS Fan is on (Figure 4).
Y
N
+24VDC is measured a CN9 on the IIT LVPS.
Y
N
Replace the IIT LVPS (PL 20.5).
Procedure
Ensure that connector is seated properly and that the fan is not obstructed.
Switch off the Circuit Breaker. Remove the AC plug from the IIT. Switch on the power. Measure the
voltage at the IIT Plug. 220VAC is measured at the plug.
Y
N
Go to BSD 1.1 and troubleshoot for AC Power between the J72 on the Circuit Breaker and J700
on the IIT LVPS.
Switch off the Circuit Breaker. Re-connect the AC plug to the IIT. Remove the Lower Rear Cover (REP
16.12) from the IIT. Check the LEDs at the rear of the IIT PWB (Figure 1). Switch on the Circuit
Breaker. LEDs 4601 and 4602 are on.
Y
N
Switch OFF the Circuit Breaker and power down the APS Controller. Access the IIT PWB and
locate the DIP Switches (Figure 1). Place Switch 1 on the ON position and reinstall the IIT PWB.
Switch ON the Circuit Breaker. LEDs 4601 and 4602 are on.
Y
N
The IIT LVPS Fan is on (Figure 4).
Y
N
+24VDC is measured a CN9 on the IIT LVPS.
Y
N
Replace the IIT LVPS (PL 20.5).
Ensure that the connector is seated properly and that the fan is not obstructed.
Enter dC330 [005-011] Feed In Clutch. Press Start. The clutch turns ON.
Y
N
Remove the Left Side Cover. +24VDC is measured between P/J764-3 and P/J764-1 at the Feed
In Clutch.
Y
N
Replace the Feed In Clutch (PL 20.5)
Enter dC330 [005-301] R/H Cover Sensor. Press Start. Open and close the Upper Transport Housing
Assembly. The display changes.
Y
N
Remove the Right Side Cover. +5VDC is measured between J739-1 and J739-3 at the R/H
Cover Sensor.
Y
N
Replace the R/H Cover Sensor (PL 20.5).
Go to Call Flow.
Enter dC330 [005-011] Feed In Clutch. Press Start. The clutch turns ON.
Y
N
Remove the Left Side Cover. +24VDC is measured between P/J764-3 and P/J764-1
at the Feed In Clutch.
Y
N
Replace the Feed In Clutch (PL 20.5)
Enter dC330 [005-301] R/H Cover Sensor. Press Start. Open and close the Upper Transport
Housing Assembly. The display changes.
A
B
V3.0
November 2008
2-21
IIT Power RAP
Switch
No. 1
shown
in the
default
position
LED4601
LED4602
Service Port
P786
Figure 1 IIT PWB (DIP Switches/LED Location)
IIT Power RAP
November 2008
2-22
V3.0
IOT Power RAP

BSD-ON:1.1, 1.6
+5VDC is measured at J513-2 on the Accxes Interface PWB.

Y
N
Power OFF the machine. Unplug the Power Cord. Go to BSD 1.1 check for an open circuit between J513-3 and J125-1 on the Main Switch. The wiring is OK.
Y
N
Repair the wiring.
This procedure is used to verify that the IOT Power On circuits are working properly.
Initial Actions
the AC is plugged into the IOT
the IOT Main Standby Switch is on
the Circuit Breaker is off
the four DIP switches on the Accxes Interface PWB are in the Off (default) position
the Accxes Controller is off
D
Go to BSDs 1.1 and check for an open circuit between J513-1 on the Accxes Interface
PWB and the P/J527-4 on the DC Main PWB
Check the Main Switch between J125-1 and J124-1. The switch is OK.
Y
N
Replace the Main Switch (PL 7.1).
+24VDC is measured at P/J527-3 on the AC Main PWB.
Y
N
Replace the DC Main PWB.
Procedure
Switch on the Circuit Breaker. LED1 and LED2 on the IOT PWB are flashing five seconds after
power on.
Y
N
Check the LEDs on the Accxes Interface PWB. LED201 is on and LED603 is blinking.
Y
N
Go to the APS Power On RAP.
220VAC is measured between P/J43-1 and P/J43-4 on the AC Main PWB.

Y
N
+24VDC is measured at J501-2 on the +24V LVPS (24A).

Y
N
Replace the +24V LVPS (24A) (PL 7.3).
+24VDC is measured at P/J520-3 on the DC Main PWB.
Y
N
Go to BSDs 1.6 and 1.1 and check for an open circuit between J501-2 on the +24V LVPS
(24A) and the P/J520-3 on the DC Main PWB.
+24VDC is measured at P/J521-2 on the DC Main PWB.
Y
N
Replace the DC Main PWB (PL 7.3).
Go to 001-002 +24V LVPS (24B) Power RAP and check the AC voltage input and the
DC voltage output.
Go to 001-003 +5V LVPS Power RAP and check the AC voltage input and the DC
voltage output.
Go to 001-004 +3.3VDC Power Supply RAP and check the AC voltage input and the
DC voltage output

Return to Call Flow.
+24VDC is measured at P/J422-23 on the IOT PWB.

Y
N
Go to BSDs 1.6 and check for an open circuit between P/J521-2 on the DC Main PWB and
the P/J422-23 on the IOT PWB. If the wiring is OK, replace the IOT PWB (PL 7.1).
Power the system OFF. Set the position of DIP Switch 3 on the Accxes Interface PWB to ON.
Power the system ON. LED1 and LED2 on the IOT PWB are flashing five seconds after
power on.
Y
N
+0VDC is measured at P/J527-4 on the AC Main PWB.
Y
N
+0VDC is measured at J513-1 on the Accxes Interface PWB.
Y
N
A
B
V3.0
November 2008
2-23
IOT Power RAP
IOT Power RAP
November 2008
2-24
V3.0
UI Power RAP
BSD-ON:2.1
Check and reseat the Video cable connections carefully on the UI display and on the APS controller. Reseat all remaining cables on the APS Controller. Check and reseat J601 and J602 on the
This procedure is used to verify that the UI Power On circuits are working properly.
Accxes Interface PWB, the USB Cable on the UI, and the USB Cables on the APS controller.
Power the system back on. Video Displays.
Y
N
Connect the VGA cable that is connected to the APS controller to the Service Laptop VGA
port. Initiate External Monitor Mode from the Service Laptop (e.g., on Xerox Dell Service
Laptop, press and hold the Fn key and simultaneously select F8. The video on the Service
laptop should display on the UI). Laptop video displayed on UI.
Y
N
Power down the system. Disconnect the Video cable from the Service Laptop and plug
it back into the APS Controller and UI. Swap the USB cable from the APS Controller
to the Accxes Interface PWB J601 with the USB cable from the APS Controller to the
Accxes Interface PWB J411. Power on the System. Video Displays.
Y
N
If the cable is bad you may have noticed that the IOT did not power on after the
cables were swapped. Replace the USB cable you just swapped that is now connected from the APS Controller to Accxes Interface PWB J411. Power on the
system. Video Displays.
Y
N
Obtain a new UI Video cable. Disconnect the Video cable from the APS
Controller and the UI. Plug the new Video cable into the APS Controller and
the UI. Power the system off then back on. Video Displays.
Y
N
Replace the Video Cable (PL 13.1).
Initial Actions
the AC is plugged into the IIT
the Circuit Breaker in on
the USB cable is connected between the IIT and the controller
the USB cable is connected between the Accxes Interface PWB and the controller
the USB cable is connected between the Accxes Interface PWB and the UI
the Video cable is connected between the UI and the controller
C
Replace the UI (PL 13.1).
NOTE: If any other color than a light blue background is displaying on the UI Screen, e.g. pink,
yellow, blueish green, replace the Video Cable (PL 13.2).
Procedure
There is some form of video on the UI display.
Y
N
Power down the system including the IOT Circuit Breaker and the APS Controller. The Power
Save light on the UI is lit Green.
Y
N
Ensure that 12VDC is available at the output of the UI Power Supply, which resides on top of
the APS controller. +12VDC is measured.
Y
N
Check AC Power to the UI power brick. 120VAC is measured at the Power Outlet.
Y
N
Have customer resolve AC power problem at outlet.
Replace the USB Cable between the Accxes Interface PWB and the UI (PL
13.1). If the problem continues, replace the UI (PL 13.1).
Disconnect UI Power Supply output cable that runs to the intermediate cable that goes
into the IOT UI Power Cable. Unplug the UI Power Supply from AC Power and plug it
back in.
Using a meter, check to ensure that 12VDC is available at the output of the UI Power
Brick which resides on top of the APS controller. Place the Black lead from the meter
on the outside metal shield of the connector and insert the Red lead in the end of the
connector. +12VDC is measured.
Y
N
Replace the UI Power Supply (PL 13.1).
Troubleshoot the APS Video Card problem using the FreeFlow Accxes Service Manual.
Power the system OFF and then ON. The Xerox Logo screen, then Machine Info icon displays after
the system has been powered up for three minutes.
Y
N
Go to the APS Power On RAP.
If the APS Power On RAP fails to solve the problem, go to the IOT Power RAP.
Power cycle the system and troubleshoot any remaining problems.
A
B
V3.0
Unplug the UI Power Cable at the UI. Ensure that 12VDC is available at the output of the UI
Power Supply. +12VDC is measured.
Y
N
Check for an Open Circuit or short in the wiring from the UI Power Supply through the
intermediate IOT UI cable to the UI. Repair or replace the wiring.
Only having a Machine Information icon is normal for a 6279 Printer Only configuration. This system
is a Printer Only machine (6279 printer only).
Y
N
This system is a Copier/Printer configuration (6279 with an IIT Scanner)
Y
N
This system is a 6279 with a Synergix Scan System.
November 2008
2-25
E
UI Power RAP
E
It is normal for the UI Display to only show the Machine Info icon. All Copy and Scan Functions are performed on the Synergix scanner. If problems are related to the Synergix Scan
System functionality or connectivity then refer to the FreeFlow Accxes Service Manual Call
Flow.
The UI displays Machine Info and Copy icons when the Services button is pressed.
Y
N
This would indicate that the IIT is not being recognized by the APS controller.
Reseat the USB cable from the IIT to the APS controller and reboot the system.
IIT Power RAP
APS Power On RAP
Select the Machine Info then the Job Information icons. Ready is displayed in the Status Line.
Y
N
Link Down is displayed. Go to the APS Power On RAP.
Select Machine Info, Print Reports tab, Configuration Test Print. If the print does not output, then
troubleshoot any Fault or Status Codes.
Return To Call Flow.
Select Machine Information, Print Reports tab, Configuration Test Print. If the print does not output,
then troubleshoot any Fault or Status Codes.
Return To Call Flow.
UI Power RAP
November 2008
2-26
V3.0
001-001 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(A) Power Supply RAP
001-002 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(B) Power Supply RAP
BSD-ON:1.6
BSD-ON:1.1, 1.8
This RAP is used to troubleshoot the 220VAC circuit that provides power to the +24VDC(A) Power
Supply.
This RAP is used to troubleshoot the 220VAC circuit that provides power to the +24VDC(B) Power
Supply.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Ensure the machine is plugged in and power is present at the AC Inlet.
Ensure the machine is plunged in and power is present at the AC Inlet (BSD 1.1)
Check the Fuse on the +24VDC(A) Power Supply (BSD 1.6)
Check the fuse on the +24VDC(B) Power Supply (BSD 1.8)
Ensure there is not a 046-310 Fault Code present (BSD 1.6)
Ensure there is no 046-311 Fault Code Present BSD 1.8)
Procedure
Procedure
There is 220VAC at the Machine Outlet.

Y
N
There is 220VAC at P/J42-3 on the AC Main PWB.
Y
N
Troubleshoot the Circuit Breaker and replace if required.
There is 220VAC at the Machine Outlet.

Y
N
Go to the 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(A) Power Supply RAP
Replace the AC Main PWB (PL 7.3)

Check for an open between the AC PWB and the +24VDC Low Voltage Power Supply (A). If OK,
replace the 24VDC Low Voltage Power Supply (A) (PL 7.3).
There is +220VAC at P/J43-1 on the AC Main PWB.

Y
N
There is +5VDC at J125-1 to the Main Switch.
Y
N
Go to 220VAC Power to the +5VDC Power Supply RAP
There is +5VDC J124-1 on the Main Switch.
Y
N
Replace the Main Switch (PL 7.3)
There is +24 VDC at P/J527-4 on the AC Main PWB.
Y
N
Replace the Accexes I/F PWB (PL 7.2)
Replace the AC Main PWB (PL 7.3). If the problem continues, replace the DC Main PWB (PL
7.3)
Check for an open between the AC Main PWB and the +24VDC Low Voltage Power Supply (B). If OK,
replace the 24VDC Low Voltage Power Supply (B) (PL 7.3)
V3.0
November 2008
2-27
001-001, 001-002
001-003 220VAC Power to the +5VDC Power Supply RAP
001-004 220VAC Power to the +3.3VDC Power Supply RAP
BSD-ON:1.3
BSD-ON:1.2, 10.4
This RAP is used to troubleshoot the 220VAC circuit that provides power to the +5VDC Power Supply.
This RAP is used to troubleshoot the 220VAC circuit that provides power to the +3.3VDC Power Supply.
Initial Actions
Check the Fuse on the +5VDC Power Supply.(BSD 1.3)
Initial Actions
Ensure there is no 046-317 or 046-318 Fault Codes present (BSD 1.3)
Ensure there is no 010-313 Fault Code present (BSD 10.4)
Check the 6.3A fuse on the +3.3VDC Power Supply (BSD 1.2)
Procedure
Procedure
There is 220VAC at P/J43-1 on the AC Main PWB.

Y
N
Go to the 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(B) Power Supply RAP
There is 220VAC at the machine AC Outlet.

Y
N
Go to the 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(A) Power Supply RAP
There is +220VAC at P/J43-5 on the AC Main PWB.

Y
N
Replace the AC Main PWB (PL 7.3). If the problem continues, replace the DC Main PWB (PL
7.3).
Check for an open between the AC Main PWB and the +5VDC Low Voltage Power Supply. If OK,
replace the +5VDC Low Voltage Power Supply (PL 7.3).
001-003, 001-004
There is 220VAC at J15B on the +3.3VDC Power Supply.

Y
N
Replace the +3.3VDC Low Voltage Supply (PL 7.4).
November 2008
2-28
V3.0
002-001 UI Button Failure RAP

This RAP is used to troubleshoot the UI Button functionality.
Initial Actions
the USB cable is connected between the Accxes Interface PWB and the controller
the USB cable is connected between the Accxes Interface PWB and the UI
the Video cable is connected between the UI and the controller
Procedure
The button(s) on the UI, failed to respond.
Check that the Button PWB Cable is seated properly to the Button PWB. If the cable is seated properly,
replace the Button PWB (PL 13.2).
V3.0
November 2008
2-29
002-001
002-001
November 2008
2-30
V3.0
005-900 IIT Sensor Failure

An IIT Sensor was blocked while the power was switched on and the boot-up was complete.
Refer to (IIT BSD 5.2, 5.3, 5.4) for the document size sensors, Skew, Feed In and
Registration Sensors.
BSD-Reference:
Primary Causes
A document is blocking an IIT sensor when power is switched on
A defective IIT sensor
A short circuit in an IIT sensor signal wire
Initial Actions
Ensure that a document is not blocking an IIT sensor when power is switched on.
Procedure
Select dC330. Select the sensors in the following table. The signal level should be Low when the sensor
is unblocked. Block and unblock each of the sensors to determine which is causing the fault.
Table 1 IIT Sensors
BSD
Sensor
Component
Control
5.2
A0
dC330 [005-105]
5.2
A1
dC330 [005-104]
5.2
A2
dC330 [005-103]
5.2
A3
dC330 [005-102]
5.2
A4
dC330 [005-101]
5.3
Feed In
dC330 [005-121]
5.4
Left Skew
dC330 [005-112]
5.4
Right Skew
dC330 [005-111]
5.4
Registration
dC330 [005-122]
V3.0
November 2008
2-31
005-900
005-900
November 2008
2-32
V3.0
The Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (Center) detected an over temperature fault. The temperature was 249C or
higher.
The Heat Roll Thermistor 2 detected an over temperature fault. The temperature was 249C or higher.
The Thermistor is reading the temperature correctly. However the heat control circuit is causing the Center Triac to be on for too long a period of time.
NOTE: The Fuser temperature is controlled at different set points, based on environmental conditions
and the media used.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 10.5 for the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 temperature analog signal.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 10.3 (100/120V) or 10.4 (200/240V) for the Fuser heat control circuit.
and the media used.
BSD-Reference:
BSD-Reference:
Primary Causes
Primary Causes
CAUTION
CAUTION
Use caution when working in the Fuser area because components could be very hot.
Dirty or defective Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 5.2)
Defective Fuser heat control circuit
Defective Side Triac (PL 7.3)
Defective Center Triac (PL 7.3)
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Switch the power off and allow the Fuser to cool.
Ensure that the Thermistor is clean and that it is touching the heat roll.
Procedure
Procedure
Disconnect P/J423 from the IOT PWB. There is between 50K and 100K ohms between P/J423-1
and P/J423-2.
Y
N
Check the wire between Thermistor 1 connector P/J191 and P/J423.
If the wire is OK, replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 5.2).
Connect P/J423 to the IOT PWB and switch the power on. Let the machine warm up.
Select dC330. Select the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 temperature analog signal [010-250]. Press Enter. A
value of 33 or less indicates an over temperature condition. Press Close. Select the Center Triac Full
Power, [010-003]. Press Enter. The display indicates High.
Y
N
Press Start to switch the display High and switch off the Triac.
If the display does not go High, replace the IOT PWB (PL 7.1).
Check for a short circuit in the wire between the Center Triac and the IOT PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the Center Triac (PL 7.3).
V3.0
and P/J423-3.
Y
N
Check the wire between Thermistor 2 connector P/j192 and P/J423.
Connect P/J423 to the IOT PWB and switch the power on. Let the machine warm up. Select the Heat
Roll Thermistor 2 temperature analog signal [010-251]. Press Enter. A value of 33 or less indicates an
overheat condition. Press Close. Select the Center Triac Full Power [010-003]. Press Enter. The display indicates High.
Y
N
Press the Start button to switch the display High and switch off the Triac.
November 2008
2-33
010-310, 010-311
010-313 Overheated Thermostat (Hardware)
The Heat Roll Thermistor 3 detected an over temperature fault. The temperature was 249C or higher.
An overheat condition caused the Over Heat Thermostat to open. This removed power from the Fuser
Relay, K2 that supplies power to the LVPS. The machine does not go to a ready condition.
BSD-Reference:
and the media used.
Primary Causes
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 10.3 (100/120V) or 10.4 (200/240V) for the Thermostat Overheat
signal.
CAUTION
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 10.3 (100/120V) or 10.4 (200/240V) for the Fuser heat control circuit
Thermostat (PL 5.2)
Initial Actions
Primary Causes
CAUTION
Ensure that the Thermostat is not touching the heat roll.
Procedure
Switch the power on. Let the machine warm up. Select d330. Select the Over Heat Thermostat Closed
signal [010-202 or 010-205]. A Low signal indicates that an overheat condition occurred.
Check the Thermostat wiring for an open circuit between the IOT PWB (BSD 10.3 or 10.4) BSD 1.8 and
to the HVPS PWB (BSD 10.7).
If the wiring is OK, replace the Over Heat Thermostat (PL 5.2).
Initial Actions
Procedure
and P/J423-5
Y
N
Connect P/J423 to the IOT PWB and switch the power on. Let the machine warm up. Select the Heat
Roll Thermistor 3 temperature analog signal [010-252]. Press Enter. A value of 33 or less indicates an
overheat condition. Press Close. Select the Side Triac Full Power [010-003]. Press Enter. Select the
Triac Side Full Power [010-001]. Press Enter. The display indicates High.
Y
N
Check for a short circuit in the wire between the Side Triac and the IOT PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the Side Triac (PL 7.3).
010-312, 010-313
November 2008
2-34
V3.0
The Heat Roll Thermistor 2 (Center) detected an overheat fault. The temperature was 249C or higher.
The Heat Roll Thermistor 4 (Side) detected an overheat fault. The temperature was 249C or higher.
The Thermistor is reading the temperature correctly. However the heat control circuit is causing the Side
Triac to be on for too long a period of time.
and the media used.
and the media used.
BSD-Reference:
BSD-Reference:
BSD-Reference:
BSD-Reference:
Primary Causes
Primary Causes
CAUTION
CAUTION
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Procedure
Disconnect P/J447 from the IOT PWB. There is between 50K and 100K ohms between J447-17 and
J447-18.
Y
N
Check the wire between Thermistor 2 connector P/J195-2 and J447-17.
and P/J423-7.
Y
N
Connect J447 to the IOT PWB and switch the power on. Let the machine warm up.
Select d330. Select the Heat Roll Thermistor 2 temperature analog signal [010-251]. Press Enter to view
the analog representation for the temperature. A value of 33 or less indicates an over temperature condition. Press Close. Select the Triac Center Full Power [010-003]. Press Enter. The display indicates
High.
Y
N
Connect P/J423 to the IOT PWB and switch the power on. Let the machine warm up.
Select d330. Select the Heat Roll Thermistor 4 overheat signal [010-205]. A low signal indicates a overheat condition. Press Close. Select the Triac Side Full Power [010-001]. Press Enter. The display indicates High.
Y
N
V3.0
Check for a short circuit in the wire between the Side Triac and the IOT PWB.
November 2008
2-35
010-314, 010-315

The Thermistor 1 detected a low Fuser temperature. The Heat Roll temperature was 90C or lower.
and the media used.
BSD-Reference:
BSD-Reference:
CAUTION
Connect P/J423 to the IOT PWB. Switch the power on. The voltage from P/J422-17 (+) to GND (-)
on the IOT PWB goes from approximately +2.0 VDC to approximately +0.2 VDC as the Fuser
warms up.
Y
N
Replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 5.2).
Initial Actions
Check dC120 and dC122 for any of the following codes:
010-310: Overheated Thermistor 1 (Software)
010-313: Overheated Thermostat (Hardware)
010-314: Overheated Thermistor 2 (Hardware)
010-318: Thermistor 1 Open
Refer to BSD 10.3 (100/120V) or 10.4 (200/240V) and check for an open circuit in the wire
between the Center Triac and the IOT PWB.
Switch the power off and wait until the Fuser cools down.
and P/J423-1.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 10.5 and check the wiring for a loose connection between Thermistor 1 and the IOT
PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the Heat Roll Thermistor 1 (PL 5.2).
Primary Causes
All of the heater rods operate.

Y
N
For the heater rod that does not operate, determine if the display indicates a Low signal when the
code is entered. The display indicates a Low signal.
Y
N
Replace the IOT PWB (PL 7.1).
Procedure
the analog representation for the temperature. A value of 968 or more indicates a low temperature condition. Press Close.
Refer to the following table and momentarily enter the code to see if a heater rod operates.
Table 1 Triac Control
Heater Rod
Component
Control
IOT PWB Pin Off Voltage
On Voltage
Side (FP)
010-001
J422-17
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Side (LP) (200 - 240 V)
010-002
J422-18
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Center (FP)
010-003
J422-19
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Center (LP) / Sub
010-004
J422-20
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
010-316
November 2008
2-36
V3.0

The Thermistor 3 detected a low Fuser temperature. The Heat Roll temperature was 90C or lower.
and the media used.
BSD-Reference:
BSD-Reference:
CAUTION
Connect J422 to the IOT PWB. Switch the power on. The voltage from P/J422-19 (+) to GND (-) on
the IOT PWB goes from approximately +2.0 VDC to approximately +0.2 VDC as the Fuser warms
up.
Y
N
Initial Actions
Check dC120 and dC122 for any of the following codes:
between the Side Triac and the IOT PWB.
Disconnect P/J423 from the IOT PWB. There is between 50K and 100K ohms between J423-6 and
J423-5.
Y
N
PWB.
Primary Causes

Y
N
Y
N
Procedure
Heater Rod
Component
Control
On Voltage
Side (FP)
010-001
J422-17
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Side (LP) (200 - 240 V)
010-002
J422-18
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Center (FP)
010-003
J422-19
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Center (LP)/ Sub
010-004
J422-20
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
V3.0
November 2008
2-37
010-317
010-322 Warm-up Timeout Thermistor 1

The temperature at Thermistor 1 did not reach the ready temperature in a specified amount of time.
five minutes
from power on
interlock open/ close
three minutes
completion of a job
temperature decrease during a job
recovery from a low power mode
BSD-Reference:
BSD-Reference:
Primary Causes

Heater Rod
Component
Control
Side (FP)
010-001
J422-17
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Side (LP) (200 - 240 V)
010-002
J422-18
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Center (FP)
010-003
J422-19
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Center (LP)/ Sub
010-004
J422-20
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC

Y
N
Y
N
between the Center Triac and the IOT PWB.
CAUTION
and J423-1.
Y
N
PWB.
Initial Actions
Check the Heat Roll for sticking paper or foreign matter.
Check that the Ready temperature is not set too high.
Check DC120 and DC122 for any of the following codes:
On Voltage
warms up.
Y
N
Procedure
010-322
November 2008
2-38
V3.0
010-323 Warm-up Timeout Thermistor 3

The temperature at Thermistor 3 did not reach the ready temperature in a specified amount of time.
five minutes
from power on
interlock open/ close
three minutes
completion of a job
temperature decrease during a job
recovery from a low power mode
BSD-Reference:
BSD-Reference:
Primary Causes

Heater Rod
Component
Control
Side (FP)
010-001
J422-17
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Side (LP) (200 - 240 V)
010-002
J422-18
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Center (FP)
010-003
J422-19
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC
Center (LP)/ Sub
010-004
J422-20
+4.38 VDC
+0.2 VDC

Y
N
Y
N
between the Side Triac and the IOT PWB.
CAUTION
and P/J423-5.
Y
N
PWB.
Initial Actions
Check DC120 and DC122 for any of the following codes:
On Voltage
warms up.
Y
N
Procedure
Select d330. Select the Heat Roll Thermistor 3 temperature analog signal [010-252]. Press Enter button
to view the analog representation for the temperature. A value of 968 or more indicates a low temperature condition. Press Close.
V3.0
November 2008
2-39
010-323
010-324 Fuser Drive Motor Lock Error

BSD-ON:10.2, 1.10, 1.4
There is a Fuser Drive Motor fault.
Primary Causes
An open circuit in the Fuser Drive Motor or wiring.
Excessive load on the Fuser Drive Motor
Initial Actions
Ensure that the Interlock Circuit is operating properly
Procedure
Select dC330. Select the Fuser Drive Motor On, [010-080]. Press Enter. The Fuser Drive Motor runs.
Y
N
The display indicates Low for the Fuser Drive Motor.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 4.1 and check the control and power circuits for the Fuser Drive Motor.
If the wiring is OK, replace the Fuser Drive Motor (PL 5.1).
The display for the Fuser Drive Motor Lock signal is Low.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 10.2 and check the Fuser Drive Motor Lock wiring for an open circuit between the
Fuser Drive Motor and the IOT PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the IOT PWB (PL 7.1).
Replace the Fuser Drive Motor (PL 5.1).
010-324
November 2008
2-40
V3.0
042-327 Main Motor Fault
BSD-ON: 4.1 for the Main Drive Control circuit.
N
Refer to BSD 4.1 and check the Main Motor Lock wiring for an open circuit between the Main
Motor and the IOT PWB.
IOT PWB has detected that the Main Motor was out of sync (Lock).
Exit dC330 and Diagnostics mode.
Primary Causes
Main Motor is binding
Interlock circuit open.
Main Motor (PL 3.1)
Procedure
Determine if binding is causing the problem.
Power down the system.
Open the Clam Shell.
Remove the Right Upper Cover (REP 16.2) to access the Main Motor.
With the Clam Shell open, turn the rotor of the Main Motor by hand to determine if binding is
caused by one of the following:
Magnet Roll or Agitator
Manual Feed Roller or Manual Feed Clutch
Close the Clam Shell
Turn the rotor of the Main Motor by hand to determine if binding is caused by one of the following:
A-Transport Feed Roller
Registration Roller
NOTE: Ensure that the Clam Shell is closed because the Main Motor uses interlocked +24 VDC.
1.
Power the system on and enter the Diagnostic mode (GP 6).
2.
Select Printer Information and then dC330.
3.
From the list select Main Drive Motor: On [091-081], press ENTER, and press CLOSE.
4.
From the list select Main Drive Motor: Lock [091-200], and press ENTER.
5.
Select Main Drive Motor: On [091-081] and press ENTER, then turn the motor ON by changing
the value from 1 to 0. Observe and record the value for Main Drive Motor: Lock [091-200]
when the Main Motor turns on, then turn the Main Motor OFF by changing the value back
to 1 from 0.
The Main Motor runs.

Y
N
The display indicates Low for the Main Motor.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 4.1 and check the control and power circuits for the Main Motor.
If the wiring is OK, replace the Main Motor (PL 3.1).
While the Main Motor runs, the display for the Main Drive Motor Lock signal is Low.
V3.0
November 2008
2-41
042-327
042-327
November 2008
2-42
V3.0
046-310 LVPS 24A F2 Monitor Error
The +24 VDC signal from the LVPS 24A is missing or below specification.
The +24 VDC (HVPS) signal from the LVPS 24B is missing or below specification at the HVPS.
NOTE: There is a Polyswitch located on the HVPS PWB. The Polyswitch is a device that protects
against overcurrent and overheat conditions by increasing its resistance with the rise of its temperature
and limiting the amount of current flow. This could cause the 046-310 status code.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 1.8 for the +24 VDC (HVPS) signal.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 1.8 for the +24 VDC (24B) Monitor signal.
When the fault is cleared and the temperature of the Polyswitch is reduced, its resistance reduces to the
nominal value.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 1.6 for the +24 VDC (24A) Monitor signal.
Primary Causes
An open circuit in the Interlock On +24 VDC circuit.
A short circuit in the +24 VDC distribution from the DC Main PWB
Primary Causes
An open circuit in the +24 VDC circuit.
A short circuit in the +24 VDC distribution from the HVPS PWB
Procedure
Select d330. Select the 24B-F3 monitor signal [046-202]. A Low signal indicates a fault. There is +24
VDC at J524-7 at the DC Main PWB.
Y
N
There is +24 VDC at P/J520-1 at the DC Main PWB.
Y
N
There is +24 VDC at P/J502-1 at the +24VDC LVPS.
Y
N
Go to 001-002 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(B) Power Supply RAP.
Initial Actions
If there is a 046-312 fault in dC120 or dC122, go to the 046-312 RAP.
Procedure
There is ACH between P/J1-1 and P/J1-3 at the +24 VDC LVPS (24A).
Y
N
Go to Image Quality Isolation RAP 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(A) Power Supply RAP.
Check the wiring between P/J520-1 and P/J502-1 for an open circuit.
There is +24 VDC at P/J520-3 of the DC Main PWB.

Y
N
There is +24 VDC at J501-2 of the LVPS.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 1.10 and check the Interlock Switching wiring for an open circuit.

There is +24VDC at P/J421-20 at the IOT PWB.
Y
N
Go to BSD 1.8 and check the wires and connectors for an open or shorted circuit.
Check the fuse, F002 4A on the LVPS, for an open circuit. If the fuse is OK, replace the LVPS (PL
7.3).
There is +24 VDC at P/J521-2 of the DC Main PWB.

Y
N
There is +24VDC at P/J422-23 of the IOT PWB.
Y
N
Check the wiring between P/J422-23 and P/J521-2 for an open.
Check the 7.2.19 +24 VDC-1 (24A) wires for an intermittent open circuit. If the circuit is OK, replace
the IOT PWB (PL 7.1).
V3.0
November 2008
2-43
046-310, 046-311

The +24 VDC detect signal is missing or below specification.
NOTE: There is a Polyswitch located on the AC Relay PWB. The Polyswitch is a device that protects
against over current and overheat conditions by increasing its resistance with the rise of its temperature
and limiting the amount of current flow. This could cause the 046-312 status code.
When the fault is cleared and the temperature of the Polyswitch is reduced, its resistance reduces to the
nominal value.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 1.8 for the +24VDC (24B-F4) Monitor signal.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 1.10 for the +24VDC (24B-F4) interlock signal.
Primary Causes
Clam Shell Interlock is open
A short circuit in the +24 VDC distribution from the +24 VDC LVPS (B)
Procedure
There is ACH between P/J2-1 and P/J2-3 at the +24 VDC LVPS.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 1.1 and check for an open circuit in the AC wiring to the LVPS.
Select d330. Select the +24VDC B-F4 monitor signal [046-200]. A Low signal indicates a fault. There
is +24 VDC at J522-3 of the DC Main PWB.
Y
N
There is +24VDC at J P/J520-1 at the DC Main PWB.
Y
N
There is +24VDC at J P/J502-1 at the +24VDC LVPS.
Y
N
Go to 001-002 220VAC Power to the +24VDC(B) Power Supply RAP.
Check the wire between P/J502-1 and P/J520-1 for an open circuit.
Refer to BSD 1.10 and check the +24VDC A-F2 Interlock circuit. If the interlock circuit is OK,
replace the DC Main PWB (PL 7.3).
Refer to BSD 1.10 and check for intermittent open circuit in the +24 VDC Interlock circuit.
046-312
November 2008
2-44
V3.0
061-323 LPH Thermistor Open Error
The +3.3VDC (5C) detect signal is missing or below specification.
Abnormally high temperature was detected for the LPH. Thermistor Error (LPH Overheat).
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 1.2 for the +3.3VDC LVPS.
BSD-Reference:
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 6.1 for the +3.3VDC Monitor signal.
Primary Causes
Primary Causes
A short or open circuit in the +3.3VDC distribution from the +3.3VDC LVPS.
Refer to BSD 6.1 for the LPH Thermistor signal.
The LPH temperature is too high.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check dC120 and dC122 IOT to see it there is a Thermistor overheat fault (010-310 to 010-315). Troubleshoot that fault.
There is ACH between J15B-1 and J15B-3 at the +3.3VDC LVPS.

Y
N
Go to 001-004 220VAC Power to the +3.3VDC Power Supply RAP.
Procedure
Select dC330. Select the +3.3VDC monitor signal [061-200]. A High signal indicates a fault. There is
+3.3 VDC at P/J481-29 of the IOT PWB.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 1.2 and 6.1 to check for an open circuit in the +3.3VDC wire between the LPH
Driver PWBs and the +3.3VDC LVPS and the IOT PWB.
NOTE: There could be a short circuit in the +3.3VDC power distribution. This requires using a process
of elimination by disconnecting connectors with power switched off.
Refer to the 7.2.3 Standby +3.3VDC wirenet and check for a short circuit in the +3.3VDC line to the
LPHs.
Refer to BSD 6.1 and check for an open circuit in the +3.3VDC detect wire between the LPH PWBs and
the IOT PWB.
V3.0
Switch the power off and allow the LPH to cool down. Switch the power on. The fault occurs after the
power is switched on.
Y
N
(The fault occurs during machine running.)
Select dC330. Select the LPH Temp Sensed Signal [061-250] Select Enter. Check the monitor
value of the LPH sensor signal. The monitor value is 600 or greater.
Y
N
Replace the LPH Assembly (PL 1.1).
Ensure that the ribbon cable is seated correctly between the LPH Driver PWBs and the IOT PWB is not
damaged.
If the wiring is OK, replace the LPH Assembly (PL 1.1).
November 2008
2-45
061-310, 061-323
061-324 LPH Thermistor Short Error

Low temperature was detected for the LPH. Thermistor Error (LPH low heat).
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 6.1 for the APS for the LPH Thermistor signal.
Primary Causes
The LPH temperature is too high.
Initial Actions
Check dC120 and dC122 IOT to see it there is a Thermistor low-temp fault (010-316). Troubleshoot
that fault.
Procedure
Switch the power off and allow the LPH to cool down. Switch the power on. The fault occurs after the
power is switched on.
Y
N
(The fault occurs during machine running.)
Select dC330. Select the LPH Temp Sensed Signal [061-250] Select Enter. Check the monitor
value of the LPH sensor signal. The monitor value is less that 600.
Y
N
Replace the LPH Assembly (PL 1.1).
Ensure that the ribbon cable is seated correctly between the LPH Assembly and the IOT PWB is not
damaged.
If the wiring is OK, replace the LPH Assembly (PL 1.1).
061-324
November 2008
2-46
V3.0
The RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor was not actuated within a specified time.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 8.1 for the RFC 1 Feed Motor circuit.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 8.3 for the RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor circuit
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 8.3 for the RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor circuit.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 8.3 for the Roll Clutch circuit.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 4.1 for the Main Motor circuit
Primary Causes
The RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor
Primary Causes
Initial Actions
Check the RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor (PL 10.5) for damage or contamination.
Check the paper path for an obstruction.
Check the RFC 1 Feed Motor (PL 10.4) for binding.
Initial Actions
Ensure that the Roll 1 Tube (PL 10.1) is attached and rotates normally.
Ensure the paper conforms to the specifications.
Procedure
Select dC330. Select the RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor, [077-100]. Press Enter. Block and unblock the RFC
1 Cutter Jam Sensor. The display changes from Low to High to Low.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.3 and check the wiring for an open circuit between the RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor
and the IOT PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor (PL 10.5).
Select RFC 1 Feed Motor Bit 0, [071-080]. Press Enter. The RFC 1 Feed Motor rotates.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.1 and check the wiring for an open circuit between the RFC 1 Feed Motor and the
I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB and the IOT PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB (PL 10.6). If the problem continues, replace
the IOT PWB (PL 7.1).
Procedure
Y
N
and the IOT PWB.
Select RFC 1 Feed Motor [042-060]. Press Enter. The RFC 1 Feed Motor rotates.
Y
N
I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC 1 PWB (PL 10.6).
If the problem still exists, replace the RFC 1 Feed Motor (PL 10.4).
With the RFC 1 Feed Motor still running, select the RFC 1 Clutch, [071-001]. Press Enter. The Takeaway Roll rotates.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.1 and check the wiring for an open circuit to the RFC 1 Clutch.
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC 1 Clutch (PL 10.4).
V3.0
November 2008
2-47
071-103, 071-104
071-311 RFC 1 Cutter Un-Reach Error

The cutter is not at the left hand or right hand position. Neither left hand or right hand cutter switch is
actuated.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 8.2 for the RFC 1 Cutter L/H and RFC 1 Cutter R/H Switch circuits.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 8.2 for the RFC 1 Cutter Motor circuit.
Primary Causes
RFC 1 Cutter Motor (PL 10.1)
RFC 1 Cutter L/H Switch (PL 10.1)
RFC 1 Cutter R/H Switch (PL 10.1)
Initial Actions
WARNING
Do not touch the cutter when a Cutter Interlock Switch is actuated as the Cutter Motor may start
and cause personal injury.
Ensure that there is no foreign matter or residual paper at the cutter, gear pulley, or pulley.
Ensure that the cutter blade is not dirty, or damaged, or missing.
Procedure
Open the cutter cover. Select dC330. Select the RFC 1 Cutter L/H Switch, [071-200]. Press Enter. Actuate and de-actuate the RFC 1 Cutter L/H Switch. The display changes from Low to High to Low.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.2 and check the wiring for an open circuit between the RFC 1 Cutter L/H Switch
and the I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC 1 Cutter L/H Switch (PL 10.1).
Select the RFC 1 Cutter R/H Switch, [071-201]. Press Enter. Actuate and de-actuate the RFC 1 Cutter
R/H Switch. The display changes from Low to High to Low.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.2 and check the wiring for an open circuit between the RFC 1 Cutter R/H Switch
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC 1 Cutter R/H Switch (PL 10.1).
Select the RFC 1 Cutter Motor Bit 0, [071-003] or Bit 1, [071-004].
Press Enter. The RFC 1 Cutter Motor moves the cutter.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.2 and check the wiring for an open circuit between the RFC 1 Cutter Motor and the
I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC 1 Cutter Motor (PL 10.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB (PL 10.6).
Replace the I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB (PL 10.1).
071-311
November 2008
2-48
V3.0
The RFC 2 Cutter Jam Sensor was not actuated within a specified time.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 8.4 for the RFC 2 Feed Motor circuit.
BSD-Reference:
BSD-Reference:
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 8.4 for the Takeaway Clutch circuit.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 4.1 for the Main Motor circuit.
Primary Causes
Primary Causes
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Procedure
Y
N
and the IOT PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC 2 Cutter jam Sensor (PL 10.5).
Select RFC 2 Feed Motor Bit 0, [072-001].
Press the Enter button. The RFC 2 Feed Motor rotates.
Y
N
IOT PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC 2 PWB (PL 10.6).
Procedure
Y
N
and the IOT PWB.
Select Main Drive Motor [091-081]. Press Enter. The Main Motor rotates.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 4.1 and check the wiring for an open circuit between the Main Motor and the IOT
PWB.
If the problem still exists, replace the Main Motor (PL 3.1).
With the Main Motor still running, select the RFC Takeaway Clutch, [073-001].
Press the Enter button. The Takeaway Roll rotates.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.4 and check the wiring for an open circuit to the RFC Takeaway Clutch.
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC Takeaway Clutch.
V3.0
November 2008
2-49
072-103, 072-104
072-311 RFC 2 Cutter Un-Reach Error

The cutter is not at the left hand or right hand position. Neither left hand or right hand cutter switch is
actuated.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 8.5 for the RFC 2 Cutter L/H and RFC 2 Cutter R/H Switch circuits.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 8.4 for the RFC 2 Cutter Motor circuit.
Primary Causes
RFC 2 Cutter Motor (PL 10.1)
RFC 2 Cutter L/H Switch (PL 10.1)
RFC 2 Cutter R/H Switch (PL 10.1)
Initial Actions
WARNING
Do not touch the cutter when a Cutter Interlock Switch is actuated as the Cutter Motor may start
and cause personal injury.
Ensure that there is no foreign matter or residual paper at the cutter, gear pulley, or pulley.
Ensure that the cutter blade is not dirty, or damaged, or missing.
Procedure
Open the cutter cover.
Select dC330. Select the RFC 2 Cutter L/H Switch, [072-200]. Press Enter. Actuate and de-actuate the
RFC 2 Cutter L/H Switch. The display changes from Low to High to Low.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.5 and check the wiring for an open circuit between the RFC 2 Cutter L/H Switch
and the IOT PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC 2 Cutter L/H Switch (PL 10.1).
Select the RFC 2 Cutter R/H Switch, [072-201]. Press Enter. Actuate and de-actuate the RFC 2 Cutter
R/H Switch. The display changes from Low to High to Low.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.5 and check the wiring for an open circuit between the RFC 2 Cutter R/H Switch
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC 2 Cutter R/H Switch (PL 10.1).
Select the RFC 2 Cutter Motor Bit 0, [072-003] or Bit 1, [072-004].
Press Enter. The RFC 2 Cutter Motor moves the cutter.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.5 and check the wiring for an open circuit between the RFC 2 Cutter Motor and the
I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the RFC 2 Cutter Motor (PL 10.1).
If the problem still exists, replace the I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB (PL 10.6).
Replace the I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB (PL 10.1).
072-311
November 2008
2-50
V3.0
V3.0
November 2008
2-51
072-311
072-311
November 2008
2-52
V3.0
075-100 Manual Feed Stop Sensor Fault

The Manual Feed Stop Sensor did not detect the document lead edge at the scheduled timing during
original feed.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 8.11 for the Manual Feed Stop Sensor.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to (IIT BSD 5.1) for the IIT Main Motor.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to (IIT BSD 5.1) for the +24VDC power to the IIT PWB.
Primary Causes
Manual Feed Stop Sensor (PL 2.3)
IIT Main Motor (PL 20.4)
IIT Drives (PL 20.4)
Initial Actions
Ensure that there is no damage to the drives assembly and that the drive rolls are not binding.
Procedure
Select dC330. Select the Manual Feed Stop Sensor, [075-105]. Press Enter. Remove the Document
Shelf. Block and unblock the Manual Feed Stop Sensor. The display changes from Low to High to
Low.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.11 and check the wiring for an open circuit between the Manual Feed Stop Sensor
and the IOT PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the Manual Feed Stop Sensor (PL 2.3).
Select the Manual Feed Clutch, [075-001] Press Enter. The Manual Feed Clutch runs.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 8.11 and check the wiring for an open circuit between the Manual Feed Clutch and
the and the IOT PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the Manual Feed Clutch (PL 2.3).
Select the IIT Main Motor, [005-001] or [005-002]. Press Enter. The IIT Main Motor runs.
Y
N
Refer to (IIT BSD 5.1) and check the wiring for an open circuit between the IIT Main Motor and
the and the IIT PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the IIT Main Motor (PL 20.4).
Ensure that there is no damage to the drive belt and that the drive rolls are not damaged or contaminated.
If there is no damage, replace the IIT PWB (PL 20.6).
V3.0
November 2008
2-53
075-100
075-100
November 2008
2-54
V3.0
077-900 Static Jam

A paper path sensor detected paper under one of the following conditions:
at power on
when exiting the low power mode
after a print is delivered
Primary Causes
Incorrect jam clearance
Defective sensor
Initial Actions
Ensure that the sensor is not obstructed.
Procedure
Refer to the following table and check the sensors.
Table 1 Jam Sensors
Sensor
Component
Control
BSD
RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor (PL 10.5)
077-100
8.3
RFC 2 Cutter Jam Sensor (PL 10.5)
077-102
8.6
RFC 1 Vertical Jam Sensor (PL 10.5) 077-101
8.3
RFC 2 Vertical Jam Sensor (PL 10.5) 077-103
8.6
Manual Feed Stop Sensor (PL 2.3)
075-105
8.11
Manual Page Sync Sensor (PL 10.5)
075-106
8.13
RFC Page Sync Sensor (PL 2.2)
075-106
8.13
B-TRA. Jam Sensor (PL 2.5)
077-108
10.1
Exit Jam Switch (PL 5.3)
010-208
10.7
Select dC330. Select each of the sensors listed above. Press Enter. Block and unblock and/or manually
switch the sensors and/or switches, as appropriate. The display changes.
Y
N
Refer to the BSDs and check for an open circuit in the wire between the sensor or switch and the
IOT PWB.
If the wire is OK, replace the appropriate sensor or switch.
V3.0
November 2008
2-55
077-900
077-900
November 2008
2-56
V3.0
A
091-316 Main Motor Fault

IOT PWB has detected that the Main Motor was out of sync (Lock).
BSD-Reference:
Exit dC330 and Diagnostics mode..
Refer to BSD 4.1 for the Main Drive Control circuit.
Primary Causes
Main Motor is binding
Main Motor (PL 3.1)
Open Interlock circuit
Procedure
Determine if binding is causing the problem.
Remove the Right Upper Cover (REP 16.2) to access the Main Motor.
With the Clam Shell open, turn the rotor of the Main Motor by hand to determine if binding is
caused by one of the following:
Magnet Roll or Agitator
Manual Feed Roller or Manual Feed Clutch
Close the Clam Shell
Turn the rotor of the Main Motor by hand to determine if binding is caused by one of the following:
A-Transport Feed Roller
Registration Roller
NOTE: Ensure that the Clam Shell is closed because the Main Motor uses interlocked +24 VDC.
1.
Power the system on and enter the Diagnostic mode (GP 6).
2.
Select Printer Information and then dC330.
3.
From the list select Main Drive Motor: On [091-081], press ENTER, and press CLOSE.
4.
From the list select Main Drive Motor: Lock [091-200], and press ENTER.
5.
Select Main Drive Motor: On [091-081] and press ENTER, then turn the motor on by changing
the value from 1 to 0. Observe and record the value for Main Drive Motor: Lock [091-200]
when the Main Motor turns on, then turn the Main Motor OFF by changing the value back
to 1 from 0.
The Main Motor runs.

Y
N
The display indicates Low for the Main Motor.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 4.1 and check the control and power circuits for the Main Motor.
If the wiring is OK, replace the Main Motor (PL 3.1).
While the Main Motor runs, the display for the Main Drive Motor Lock signal is Low.
Y
N
Refer to BSD 4.1 and check the Main Motor Lock wiring for an open circuit between the Main
Motor and the IOT PWB.
A
V3.0
November 2008
2-57
091-316
091-316
November 2008
2-58
V3.0
116-365 Print Control Error

NOTE: The following RAP applies to the Accxes Print Server (APS).
APS failed to boot up. A conflict occurred in a software operation within the APS.
BSD-Reference:
Refer to BSD 1.7 for the Accxes Print Controller.
Initial Actions
APS configuration, check the USB cable connection between the APS Controller, Accxes Interface
PWB the IOT PWB.
Procedure
Observe LED1 on the IOT PWB. LED1 is flashing.
Y
N
Replace the IOT PWB.
Observe LED2 on the IOT PWB. LED2 is flashing.
Y
N
Replace the IOT PWB.
Reload the software. If the problem still persists, go to the APS Power On RAP.
V3.0
November 2008
2-59
116-365
116-365
November 2008
2-60
V3.0
Generic Switch RAP
Generic Clutch RAP
This is a generic RAP that describes the procedure for checking a switch.
This is a generic RAP that describes the procedure for checking a clutch.
Procedure
Procedure
NOTE: Because of the generic format of this RAP there are no specific ADJ, PL or Diagnostic codes
identified. The PWB names, voltages, connectors, and pin numbers are fictitious. Refer to the appropriate BSD for the actual names and pin numbers.
Enter the diagnostic mode.

Select the appropriate subsystem.
Select dC330.
Select the diagnostic code XXX-YYY to test the switch.
Press the Enter key to start the test. Actuate and deactuate the switch. The
HIGH to LOW to HIGH.
Y
N
Check the wiring to the Switch for an open circuit.
If the wiring is OK, replace the Switch (PL XXX)
If the problem still exists, replace the Main PWB (PL X.X).

Select dC330.
Select the diagnostic code XXX-YYY to test the ABC Clutch.
Press the Enter key to start the test. There is +24 VDC at P1-2.
Y
N
Check the wiring between the SJ42 PWB and the ABC Clutch for an open circuit.
If the wiring is OK, replace the ABC Clutch (PL XXX)
Check the mechanical operation of the switch for damage.

Check the adjustment of the switch.
display
changes
from
Press the Stop button to energize the clutch. There is +0 VDC at P1-2.
Y
N
Check the wiring between the XYZ PWB and the ABC Clutch for an open circuit.
If the wiring is OK, replace the XYZ PWB (PL XXX).
The clutch energizes.
Y
N
Press the Stop button.
Replace the ABC Clutch (PL XXX)
Check for binding of the mechanical items associated with the clutch.
Figure 1 Generic Switch Circuit Diagram
V3.0
November 2008
2-61
Generic Switch RAP, Generic Clutch RAP
Generic Sensor RAP

This is a generic RAP that describes the procedure for checking a sensor.
Initial Actions
Ensure that the sensor is not blocked.
Ensure that the sensor is clean.
Procedure
NOTE: There are some sensors that when the display indicates a LOW, the signal voltage level at the
PWB pin indicates +5 VDC.
Figure 1 Generic Clutch Circuit Diagram

Select dC330.
Select the appropriate diagnostic code for the sensor to test.
Press the Enter key to start the test. Block and unblock the sensor. The display changes from LOW to
HIGH to LOW (or HIGH to LOW to HIGH).
Y
N
There is +5 VDC at P1-2 of the Sensor.
Y
N
Check for an open circuit in the wire between J1-2 of the sensor and P305-15 of the Main
PWB.
If the wiring is OK, replace the Main PWB.
There is +5 VDC at J1-1 of the Sensor.
Y
N
Check for an open circuit in the wire between J1-1 of the sensor and pin 2 of SJ42.
Check for an open circuit in the wire between J1-3 of the sensor and pin 3 of SJ41.
Check the adjustment of the Sensor.
If the problem still exists, replace the Sensor (PL XXX).
Generic Clutch RAP, Generic Sensor RAP
November 2008
2-62
V3.0
Short Circuit Checkout

There are steps in a RAP that indicate to check a wire for a short circuit. This generic procedure
describes how to check for a short circuit. When checking for a short circuit, the power must be switched
off.
Most RAPs indicate a specific wire to check. For example, the RAP might say refer to figure 1 and
check the wire for a short circuit to frame. A pinched signal wire could be shorted to machine frame by
way of the DCCOM line or it could be touching the machine frame
For a power distribution wirenet, it will be necessary to disconnect several connectors to determine
where a short circuit exists. For a short circuit, there could be many components that dont work. Isolate
the short circuit be disconnecting several connectors.
WARNING
Switch off power and disconnect the power cord before disconnecting or reconnecting connectors.
Procedure:
CAUTION
Be careful when using the DMM probes to check the connector socket. Do not insert a probe into the
socket because damage to the socket could occur. This could cause intermittent problems.
Figure 1 Generic Sensor Circuit Diagram
1.
Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord.
2.
Refer to figure 1. Disconnect the connectors at P/J B of the Distribution PWB and P/J C of the
YYY PWB.
3.
Set the DMM to the lowest resistance scale.
4.
Touch one probe to the metal tab for pin 2 of the harness connector P/J B and the other probe to
machine. Ensure that there is good contact between the probe and the tab.
NOTE: The connectors at both ends of the wire should be disconnected otherwise an incorrect
reading could be displayed
5.
V3.0
November 2008
2-63
The DMM should read an open circuit (high resistance) for a non-shorted wire. If the DMM reading is very low (less than a couple of ohms), then there is a short circuit. Check the wire to see if it
is pinched or touching the machine frame.
Generic Sensor RAP, Short Circuit Checkout
Open Circuit Checkout Procedure

There are steps in a RAP that indicate to check a wire for an open circuit. This generic procedure
describes how to check for an open circuit. When checking for an open circuit, the power must be
switched off.
Most RAPs indicate a specific wire to check. For example, the RAP might say refer to figure 1 and
check the wire for an open circuit between the Distribution PWB and the YYY PWB.
For a power distribution wirenet, it will be necessary to disconnect several connectors to determine
where an open circuit exists. For an open circuit, there could be several components that dont work. Try
to determine if only one component or more than one doesnt work.
WARNING
Switch off power and disconnect the power cord before disconnecting or reconnecting connectors.
Procedure:
CAUTION
Be careful when using the DMM probes to check the connector socket. Do not insert a probe into the
socket because damage to the socket could occur. This could cause intermittent problems.
Figure 1 Circuit Diagram
Short Circuit Checkout, Open Circuit Checkout
1.
Switch the power off and disconnect the power cord.
2.
Refer to figure 1. Disconnect the connectors at P/J B of the Distribution PWB and P/J C of the
YYY PWB.
3.
Set the DMM to the lowest resistance scale.
4.
Touch one probe to the metal tab for pin 2 of the harness connector P/J B and the other probe to the
metal tab for pin 3 of the harness connector P/J C. Ensure that there is good contact between the
probes and the tabs.
5.
The DMM should read less than an ohm for a good connection. If the DMM reading is very high,
then there is an open circuit. If necessary, repair the wiring.
November 2008
2-64
V3.0
Figure 1 Circuit Diagram
V3.0
November 2008
2-65
Open Circuit Checkout
Open Circuit Checkout
November 2008
2-66
V3.0
3. Image Quality
Image Quality Initialization Procedure.............................................................................
Image Quality Isolation RAP ...........................................................................................
Image Quality Defects.....................................................................................................
Image Quality Definitions ................................................................................................
Image Quality Diagnostics Program................................................................................
Image Quality Test Pattern Usage ..................................................................................
Image Quality Specification.............................................................................................
3-3
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-16
V2.0
October 2008
3-1
Image Quality
Image Quality
October 2008
3-2
V2.0
Image Quality Initialization Procedure
Image Quality Isolation RAP
Perform this procedure on every service call.
BSD-ON: IIT 1.4, 6.2
Procedure
Procedure
NOTE: Prior to any image quality troubleshooting, ensure that the following are clean (Table
1):
NOTE: If the problem is intermittent you may have to run more prints of each type to help isolate the problem.
Table 1 Component Cleaning

Component
Cleaning
BCR (PL 3.3)
Cleaning the BCR with water and dry with

a soft lint-free cloth.
DO not allow oil or grease to get on the
BCR.
Clean the shafts with a dry cloth.
Clean the inner side of the bearing with a
dry cloth.
BTR (PL 3.5)
Inspect the BTR for contamination. Do not

clean unless it is badly contaminated.
CAUTION
The BTR may be vacuumed gently or
cleaned with a dry, lint-free, non-cotton
cloth. Never use water or any solvent.
DTS (PL 3.5)
Remove the DTS Assembly and then clean

the it with a soft dry brush.
Stripper FInger
Assembly (PL 6.1)
Clean using a soft dry brush
LPH (PL 1.1)
Clean with a lint-free cloth.

Film remover can be used.
Pressure Roll Exit

and Lower Chute
Assembly (PL 5.3)
Remove toner and paper dust with a damp

cloth and then dry completely.
Exit Upper Baffle

Assembly (PL 5.2)
CAUTION
Be careful when cleaning to avoid damaging the Stripper Fingers, Pinch ROlls, Exit
Jam Switch (S10-1), and Exit Motion Sensor (Q10-3).
Gently remove toner and paper dust with a
soft dry brush.
Make nine (9) prints on the system: 3 internal test prints, 3 prints of a known good file sent over
the network from the suspect workstation, and 3 copies.
Expected Life
The image quality defect appears on all three types of prints.

Y
N
The defect only shows on the copies.
Y
N
The defect shows only when printed through a network.
Y
N
Troubleshoot the problem using the defect descriptions in Image Quality
Defects.
Escalate the call if the problem cannot be solved.
Submit the suspect print from another workstation. The defect is gone.
Y
N
Submit a known good file from the suspect workstation. The defect is gone.
Y
N
Connect a PWS to the printer using a Crossover Cable or a Hub and submit a known good file. Submit the file using the same method (e.g., driver)
that the customer is using. The defect is gone.
Y
N
Ensure that the PWS has the latest driver and/or utilities loaded.
Load the latest printer code and resubmit the known good print.
If the defect is still there, escalate the call.
Refer to HFSIs in Section 1.
Inform the customer that the problem may be in their network or in the
application they are using.
Update the customers drivers, utilities, and printer code to the latest versions
available. If the problem still exists, inform the customer that the problem is in
their file.
Fully remove and reload the print driver or document submission tool on the suspect
workstation. If the defect still exists, inform the customer that something is wrong
with the workstation, the operating system, or their application.
IIT Platen Glass (PL Clean on every call with a soft, dry cloth.
20.3)
For stubborn stains, wipe with a well wrung
out damp cloth lightly moistened with a
neutral detergent, then dry completely.
The defect runs the width of the copies (left to right as they exit the printer), such
as a smear or blur.
Y
N
Clean the Platen Glass and inspect it for scratches. Replace as required. The
defect still exists.
Y
N
Complete Call Close.
A
V3.0
November 2008
3-3
C
Image Quality
Image Quality Initialization Procedure, Image Quality
C
Isolate the CIS by performing the following:
If the defect occurs in the first 18 inches of the print (from the right of the print
as it exits the printer), replace the CIS (PL 20.3).
If the defect is located after the first 18 inches, replace the CIS (PL 20.3).
If the defect occurs in the first 12 inches of the print (from the right of the print
as it exits the printer), replace the R/H CIS AD PWB (PL 20.3).
If the defect occurs in the center 12 inches of the print, replace the Center CIS
AD PWB (PL 20.3).
If the defect occurs in the left 12 inches of the print, replace the L/H CIS AD
PWB (PL 20.3).
The defect moves with the image.

Y
N
Reload the printer code. The problem still exists.
Y
N
Complete Call Close.
Image Quality Defects

Image quality refers to the entire print. Defects can occur anywhere on the print. These defects
could be damaged paper or image quality defects.
Always eliminate problems that cause the damaged paper before attempting to fix image quality problems. Some damaged paper problems could cause image quality problems.
Compare the image defect to the Image Quality Definitions and Image Quality Specification on the following pages. After you have determined the definition that best describes the
image defect, go to the Image Quality RAPs. The RAP lists the probable causes and the corrective actions.
The PROBABLE CAUSES are arranged in order of most probable cause to least probable
cause or the ease of the check. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS are given for each cause. Read all of
the probable causes before taking any corrective action.
Go to BSD 6.2 and troubleshoot the image path.
1.
Read all of the probable causes before taking any corrective action.
2.
Start with the first PROBABLE CAUSE and continue through the list until you come to the
cause that best applies to the image defect.
3.
Perform the CORRECTIVE ACTION.
4.
If the defect has been corrected, go to the Maintenance Activities Checklist in the Service Call Procedures in Section 1. If the defect is still present, continue with the other
PROBABLE CAUSES.
Replace the CIS Assembly (PL 20.3).

Troubleshoot the document drive system (Upper Document Transport, Drive Gears, Drive
Belt, Drive Rolls, etc.).
Troubleshoot the problem based on the defect description in Image Quality Defects.
Image Quality
Image Quality Isolation RAP, Image Quality Defects
November 2008
3-4
V3.0
Image Quality Definitions
Ghost (PQ9 Light Image)
The following are some of the most commonly used terms that describe image quality problems.
Generally, a very light positive or negative image displaced in the process direction. The cause
is generally associated with electrostatics or Drum fatigue as opposed to offsetting or residual
image.
Artifact (Image Quality Artifact (6279))

Irregular, typically lighter density at the sides of the print, most evident in the dark bands of the
LPH pattern. Thin black and/or white lines also may appear within the lighter density areas.
Background (PQ1 Background)

Background occurs as darkness or dirtiness on the non-image areas of the print. The background for this printer may appear to be very fine lines in the paper feed direction. The lines are
very closely spaced. This gives the appearance of background. Observe the background with
an eye loupe.
Blue Background (Blue Background)

Areas that should appear white or gray in images that are scanned to mailboxes or network
devices instead appear blue or have a bluish cast.
Black Print (PQ3 Black Print)

This is a print that has black lines that appear at regular intervals in the direction of the paper
feed.
Black Print (PQ4 Black Print)

This is a print that is entirely black except for the lead edge, trail edge and possibly the left and
right edges.
Finger Marks (PQ8 Finger Marks)

Generally, a very light positive or negative image displaced in the process direction. The cause
is generally associated with electrostatics or Drum fatigue as opposed to offsetting or residual
image.
Fuser Fix (PQ16 Unfused Prints)

A measure of how the toner particles adhere to the paper as a result of the fusing process. A
print where the image can easily be wiped off the paper. The image has not adhered to the
paper.
IIT Image Quality (IIT Image Quality RAP)

Image quality problems which originate in the IIT, e.g., deletions, magnification error, misregistration, or skew.
Image Displacement
Part of the image information is being placed elsewhere on the copy or it is completely missing.
The area of the missing information is sharply defined. This is unlike deletions where the image
is not sharply defined or clear.
Image Distortion
There is a distortion of the image from one side of the copy to the other. This defect is a result
of a misadjustment of the paper transportation system components.
Blank Print (PQ5 Blank Print)

This is print entirely without an image.
Ladder-like
Crystallization (PQ2 Bands)

This is a change in the surface characteristics of the Drum usually caused by exposure to heat
or chemicals. When this occurs, the Drum will not be charged evenly across the entire surface.
Dark streaks will appear on the Drum where the surface characteristics are different. These
black streaks will be deposited on the print.
These are closely spaced, fine parallel lines that could appear in the vertical or horizontal direction.
Light Image (PQ9 Light Image)

Print image density is lighter than the specified density for the printer.
Deletions (PQ6 Deletions (Bands))

An area of the image where information has been lost. The areas of deletions could be localized or bands from top to bottom or side to side.
Line Darkness (PQ9 Light Image)

Darkness and uniformity of a line.
Deletions (PQ7 Deletions (Spots))
Misregistration (PQ10 Misregistration)
An area of the image where information has been lost. The areas of deletions could be localized or bands from top to bottom or side to side.
The distance from the lead edge of the image to the lead edge of the paper is not within specification.
Density (PQ9 Light Image)
Offsetting (PQ11 Residual Image)
The relative blackness between the image and non-image areas.
This is the result of toner adhering to the Fuser Roll and transferring to subsequent prints.
V3.0
November 2008
3-5
Image Quality
Image Quality Definitions
Paper Damage (Damaged Paper RAP)
Image Quality Artifact (6279)
Any physical distortion to the paper that is used in making the print. This distortion may include
folds, nicks, wrinkles, etc.
The following Image Quality Defect (Artifact) is specific to the 6279 Printer and Copier Printer:
Paper Handling (Paper Handling RAP)
Uneven density, most pronounced at the sides of the print; easily confirmed by viewing the
dark bands of the LPH pattern (Figure 1). Customer copies/prints may be light at the sides.
The process of transporting the paper from the supply area through the xerographic and fusing
subsystems.
Resolution
The lack of uniformity or clarity in fine line detail.
Residual Image (PQ11 Residual Image)

A residual image is a low image density copy of the primary image that is repeated onto the
same print or consecutive prints. This problem can be caused by poor cleaning of the photoreceptor, a photoreceptor that is worn, a developer roll that is worn, poor cleaning of the Fuser.
Also refer to Offsetting
Skew (PQ12 Skewed Image)

The image is skewed on the paper. The image from side to side or lead edge to trail edge is not
parallel to the edges of the print. This defect is a result of a misadjustment of the paper transportation system components. Skew also may occur in copy mode when the user inserts an
original incorrectly.
Smear (PQ13 Smears)

Areas of the image on the print are blurred. This occurs at the image transfer area and is
caused by a difference of speed between the Drum and the media This could also be caused
by an obstruction in the paper path between the transfer area and the Fuser.
Spots (PQ14 Spots)

Figure 1 6279 Artifact
Defects that are 0.2 inch (5mm) or smaller in diameter.
Streaks
A disturbance in the toner image caused by an obstruction in the area between transfer and
fusing that occurs in the direction of paper feed.
Perform the following Cleaning Procedure to eliminate the artifact problem: Magnet Roll
Cleaning Procedure.
Uneven Density (PQ15 Uneven Density)

A disturbance in the toner image caused by an obstruction in the area between transfer and
fusing that occurs in the direction of paper feed.
Unfused Prints (PQ16 Unfused Prints)

A print where the image can easily be wiped off the paper. The image has not adhered to the
paper.
Wrinkle (PQ17 Wrinkle)

A print where the image can easily be wiped off the paper. The image has not adhered to the
paper.
Image Quality
Image Quality Definitions, Image Quality Artifact (6279)
November 2008
3-6
V3.0
Magnet Roll Cleaning
5.
Clean the Magnet Roll.
Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to clean toner residue from the Magnet Roll to prevent banding at the sides of prints. This procedure must be performed at six (6) month intervals or when
linear media usage reaches 24km/78.7K ft.
a.
Carefully vacuum loose toner from the surface of the Magnet Roll.
b.
(Figure 2) Carefully wipe the surface of the Magnet Roll three times with a lint-free
cloth that has been dampened with Film Remover.
Procedure
1.
Remove the Developer Housing Assembly (REP 9.1).
2.
Remove the Magnet Roll (REP 9.2).

CAUTION
The Metering Blade is fragile. Do not install a Metering Blade that has been bent or kinked.
3.
Remove the Metering Blade Assembly (refer to REP 9.3).
4.
Clean the Metering Blade while it is mounted in the Metering Blade Assembly.
a.
Carefully vacuum any loose toner from the Metering Blade Holder.
b.
(Figure 1) Gently wipe the surface of the Metering Blade with a lint-free cloth that
has been dampened with Film Remover (8R27) until the surface of the Metering
Blade becomes white.
Figure 2 Wiping the Magnet Roll with a lint-free cloth dampened with Film Remover
6.
Install the Magnet Roll in the Developer Housing Assembly (refer to REP 9.2).
7.
Install the Metering Blade Assembly on the Developer Housing Assembly (refer to REP
9.3).
8.
Install the Developer Housing Assembly in the IOT (refer to REP 9.1).
Figure 1 Wiping the Metering Blade with a lint-free cloth dampened with Film Remover
V3.0
November 2008
3-7
Image Quality
Magnet Roll Cleaning
Blue Background
Recovery Procedure Setup
This IIT Gray Area and Hue Adjustment Procedure adjusts the color balance of the 6279 scanner to equalize the red, green, and blue output found in white and gray areas of scanned documents. This procedure should be used if the output from color scans to mailboxes or network
devices appears to be saturated with blue in the background.
1.
Connect the Serial Null Modem cable to COM port #1.
2.
Connect the other end of the Serial Null Modem cable to the serial port on the IIT (there is
a Wrench or Tool icon by this serial port). Do not use the port labeled 123.
3.
If not already done, browse to the folder containing the Tera Term application on the Service Tools CD and install it on your service laptop
Required Components
4.
Open Tera Term and initiate a serial connection.
Serial Null Modem cable
5.
Configure the Tera Term serial connection with the following settings (Table 1):
Tera Term application software (available on the Service Tools CD)
A laptop/desktop PC running Windows XP (SP2 or greater), with a serial port (see Note
below)
NOTE: If your PC does not have a serial port, obtain and use a USB-to-Serial Port Interface (adapter) (see GP15 Required and Special Tools).
The latest 6279 IIT firmware (available on the Service Tools CD)
All relevant Eureka TIPs or bulletins regarding 6279 IIT firmware
Parity - None
Baud - 115200
Stop - 1 bit
Data - 8 bit
Flow Control - None
6.
Configure the Tera Term terminal settings with the following setting:
Procedure Notes
Table 1 Tera Term serial connection settings

Port - COM 1
7.
Send and Receive New Line Transmit - CR LF
Reboot the 6279 system.
This procedure can be verified in raster editing software, e.g., Adobe Photoshop. Retrieve
the scanned image and open it in the raster editing software application. Use a selection
tool to select a white area within the scanned image. View the selection's histogram or
red, green, and blue levels. The levels should be even and not have one color with a
higher saturation. An even distribution of red, green, and blue would be present in the
white and gray areas of the document.
Recovery Procedure
Each of the commands need to be executed at the command prompt. The command
prompt consists of the # character to the left most of the terminal window. One may have
to hit the ENTER key to get to the command prompt before a command can be executed.
1.
NOTE: Execute these commands at the Tera Term command prompt (#).
NOTE: Make sure that the controller is powered on during the procedure to keep the scanner
active.
Type service entry
The following (Figure 1) will display in the Tera Term window:
All efforts have been made to make this procedure simple and straightforward. If questions or problems arise during its execution, please contact Xerox service for assistance.
Figure 1 Tera Term display

2.
Type novram ipsclear


3.
Type ipsdt 200 15

Image Quality
Blue Background
November 2008
3-8
V3.0
4.
Type ipsdt 205 10


5.
Type novram ipssave


6.
Type reset

7.
V3.0
November 2008
3-9
Reboot the 6279 system to initiate the change. To reboot the 6279 system:
a.
On the 6279 UI select Machine Configuration > Administration > Control Panel
> Shutdown.
b.
Toggle the Circuit Breaker off and on.
c.
Manually power down the controller by pressing the power button on the face of the
controller.
Image Quality
Blue Background
Image Quality Diagnostics Program
Image Quality Test Pattern Usage
It is important to understand the orientation of prints in order to troubleshoot image quality

problems. Refer to Figure 1 for terms that will be used when referring to prints made on the
6279 Wide Format Solution.
Test Patterns
It is important to determine if the lOT, the IIT, or the controller caused the defect. Refer to the
Image Quality Isolation RAP to determine where the defect is being generated.
Use the following external test patterns to check the image quality:
Test patterns are classified as either External, meaning they can be scanned, or internal
(embedded), meaning that they reside in ROM in the IOT.
(Figure 1) 82P520 Standard Image Reference (SIR)
(Table 2, Copy Quality Check Items and Figure 2) 499T286 (FX STP 4100)
NOTE: Use the SIR to evaluate image density.
The IOT internal test patterns can be run from diagnostic program dC606 IOT Test Copy; these
include those shown in Table 1.
Figure 1 Print Orientation

Determining the distance between defects could help isolate problems to a specific component. Measure the distance from the lead edge of one defect to the lead edge of the next defect
and use this information to help isolate which component is causing the defect. This could be
the circumference of one of the following components:
Drum - 9.9 inches (251.3mm)
Heat Roll - 4.94 inches (125.6mm)
Magnetic Roll - 3.22 inches (81.8mm)
Bias Transfer Roller - 4.33 inches (110.0mm)
Bias Charge Rollers - 1.73 inches (44mm)
Call Flow is the starting point for all troubleshooting. Ensure that this procedure is performed.
Image Quality
Image Quality Diagnostics Program, Image Quality Test
November 2008
3-10
V3.0
NOTE: Although all of the embedded test patterns which are accessible through dC606 are
listed in Table 1, you will require only those whose applications are defined in the Suggested
Uses column.
Table 1 Test Patterns

Number
Name
Suggested Uses
Sample
13
LPH
LPH density and main and sub scan

direction alignment adjustments
Figure 15
14
All White
Drum Defects
White
Spots, Lines, Streaks
Drum Defects
Deletions
Table 1 Test Patterns

Number
1
Name
H/W All 2 dot
line (default)
Suggested Uses
_
Basic Pattern
(basic)
Print Quality
Pattern (quality)
15
All Black
Figure 4
16
Solid area density

Background
Reproduction of one (1) pixel line
Skip and Smear
Fusing level
Lead Edge Registration (Roll Feed)
(ADJ8.1)
Lead Edge Registration (Cut Sheet

Trays) (ADJ 8.2)
Lead Edge Registration (Manual

Bypass) (ADJ8.3)
Side Registration (ADJ 8.5)
Skew
Magnification
Cut Length (Roll Paper) (ADJ 8.4)
RFC cut squareness
Transfer defects on lead edge and trail

edge
Transfer, LE and TE Deletions
All Ladder
Ladder
Gray Scale
Light or blank copies or prints
Density pattern for dither and error

diffusion
Nip Adjust Hor -
Hasika_4 SEF
10
2 dot half dark
Figure 5
Resolution
Table 2 Copy Quality Check Items
Line density uniformity
(Not in use)
Black
Line density
All 2 dot line

(2_line)
Figure 3
Sample
A: Reduction/Enlargement
G: Line Copy Density
B: Skip and Smear
H: Solid Reproducibility
C: Resolution
J: Line Copy Low Density
D: LE Registration
K: Blue Reproducibility
E: Side Registration
E1: D/A1 Landscape Feed Evaluation
L: Thin Line Reproducibility
E2: D/A1 Portrait Feed Evaluation

F: Skew
Margin: Background
Figure 6
Figure 7
Figure 8
Figure 9
Figure 10
Confirmation of LPH sub scan align- Figure 11
ment (AD J9.2)
Banding
Density variation (Dark/Light)
11
2dot Half
12
1dot Half
Banding
Density variation (Dark/Light)
Figure 12
Figure 13
V3.0
Figure 14
November 2008
3-11
Image Quality
Figure 1 Black SIR 82P520
Image Quality
Figure 2 499T286
November 2008
3-12
V3.0
Figure 3 No. 1 H/W All 2 Dot Line
V3.0
Figure 4 No. 2 Basic Pattern
November 2008
3-13
Image Quality
Figure 5 No. 3 Print Quality Pattern
Figure 6 No. 4 All 2 Dot Line
Image Quality
November 2008
3-14
V3.0
Figure 7 No. 5 All Ladder
V3.0
Figure 8 No. 6 Ladder
November 2008
3-15
Image Quality
Figure 9 No. 7 Black SIR 82P520
Image Quality
Figure 10 No. 8 Nip Adjustment
November 2008
3-16
V3.0
Figure 11 No. 9 Hasika
V3.0
Figure 12 2 No. 10 Dot Half Dark
November 2008
3-17
Image Quality
Figure 13 2 No. 11 Dot Half
Image Quality
Figure 14 1 No. 12 Dot Half
November 2008
3-18
V3.0
Image Quality Specification

Solid Area Density (Area H, Figure 2)
This refers to the image density of the solid black areas.
Internal Test Pattern: 3 - Print Quality Pattern
External Test Pattern: 449T286
Specification:
Bond 1.0 or more (Film 1.0) at the center of the 3 - Print Quality Pattern.
Magnification (Area A, Figure 2)

This is the ration of the original image size to the copy image size.
Make a copy of test pattern 499T286 with LEAD EDGE A as the lead edge. Multiply the distance between the lines indicated by (A) by the percentage of magnification. Record this value.
Compare the distance between the same two lines on the copy to the recorded value. The difference should be the tolerance value shown in the table.
Specification: (Table 1)
Table 1 Mag Specs
Magnification
Figure 15 No. 13 LPH Adjustment
Tolerance
70 - 200
0.4 or less
50 - 70
0.6 or less
Other
0.1 or less
Line Copy Density (Area G, Figure 2 or Black SIR 82P520, Figure 1)
External Test Pattern: 499T286 or Black SIR 82520
Specification:
(Copier/Printer) The copy density of the 0.7 paragraph should be the same as or higher
than the density of the 1.1 patch of the 82P520 SIR.
(Printer) The line print density at the center of the 3 Print Quality Pattern shall be 1.19 or
more. The differences in line print density shall be 0.2 or less.
Skew (Area F, Figure 2)
Internal Test Pattern: 4 - All 2Dot Line
This is the degree to which paper is fed at an angle to the print image.
If using 499T286, ensure that the original is inserted correctly. Make 10 copies/prints. Measure
the distance from the left edge of the paper to the image on the left side of the print. Record
the distance. Again measure the distance from the left edge of the paper to the same image at
V3.0
November 2008
3-19
Image Quality
Image Quality Test Pattern Usage, Image Quality Speci-
a point 200mm from the first measurement point towards the trail edge of the print.
Skip and Smear (Area B, Figure 2)
Specification:
This term means that a print image is partially deleted or runs out at a right angle to the direction in which the print is transported (horizontal).
When a document is inserted in the machine with its edge correctly aligned along the document guide, the skew at 200mm shall be 1.5mm (Copier/Printer), 1.0mm (Printer);
1.2mm for A4 LEF, 8.5 x 11 (LEF), 9 x 12 (LEF). (Excluding Manual Feed Tray)
Background
This is density of the non image area
Table 3 Skip and Smear Specs
Specification:
Printer
Copier/Printer
Magnification ratio:
100.0
AT 3.0 lp: [Size] 10mm or less, [Number] 5 or less
The background level at the margin shall be 2.6 or less. The background of a copy shall
be less than the background of the original.
This refers to the reproducibility of low density characters or fine lines.
50.0 - 69.9
External Test Pattern:499T286
Specification:
At 2.1 lp: completely identified
70.0 - 99.9
Low Density (Area G, Figure 2 or Black SIR 82P520, Figure 1)
3.0 lp/mm (2on/6off): completely identified
The density should be the same as or higher than the density of the 0.57 paragraph on
the SIR.
Lead Edge Registration (Area D, Figure 2)

This is the degree to which the lead edge of a print image is within a specified distance from
Resolution (Area C, Figure 2)

This term refers to the degree to which fine details of an image are reproduced, for example,
lines. The line pair values within the brackets are based on stress test conditions. These conditions include area coverage greater than 10%, lengths greater than 16 feet, etc.
Table 2 Resolution Specs
Printer
Copier/Printer
the lead edge of the paper.
Internal Test Pattern: 4 - All 2dot line
Specification:
Misregistration on the lead edge shall be as follows:
Roll paper: Within 2.0mm (Printer), within 3.0mm (Copier/Printer)
Cut paper: Within 3.0mm (both Printer and Copier/Printer)
5.9 lp/mm (2on/3off): 50 or more
Side Edge Registration (Area E, Figure 2)
4.7 lp/mm (2on/4off): 90 or more
This is the degree to which the copy image shifts in the direction perpendicular to the copy
feeding direction.
Magnification ratio:
100.0
4.3 lp shall be 90 or more
Internal Test Pattern: 4 - All 2dot line
70.0 - 99.9
Specification:
50.0 - 69.9
Image Quality
Image Quality Specification
November 2008
3-20
When a document is inserted in the machine with its edge correctly aligned along the document guide, the variation of side registration in continuous copy shall be 1.5mm or
less. (Excludes Manual Feed Tray.)
V3.0
Image Quality RAPs
Table 1 Paper Handling
Paper Handling RAP
System Check
For paper transportation problems, use the following problem-solving approach. Experience
has shown that many paper transportation problems have more than one cause and must be
handled in a systematic way.
After completing the previous

checks, run several prints with
dry Xerox paper to verify that
the problem is fixed or still
exists. If the problem is fixed,
perform the Final Actions.
Paper transportation problems show up as one of the following symptoms:
Pre-fuser Jams
Print Quality Defects
Physical Distortion of the Paper
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
If the problem still exists, look
for an obstruction in the paper
path. Also check the dC120
Error Log Counters jam history
files for any high values. Examine any area that has a high
value.
When these symptoms occur, perform the following checks of the paper and printer and perform the corrective actions:
Table 1 Paper Handling
System Check
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
Type of paper
Bond paper under 20 lb. may

perform with less reliability
than Xerox 20 lb.
Use Xerox qualified paper.
Other brands of paper may have After all paper checks, test with
different design specifications Xerox Paper.
than Xerox paper and may not
give acceptable performance in
the 6279 Wide Format Solution.
Storage of paper
Wet or Damp Paper
Suggest keeping the paper in the

package in which the Xerox
paper is shipped until the paper
is used.
Paper may have curled ends

because of improper storage
Suggest that the paper be stored

correctly
BTR/DTS
Contaminated or damaged BTR Clean or replace as necessary

or DTS
Bias Charge Rolls
An incorrect electrostatic value Perform the following:

can cause jams or deletions.
Clean or replace the BCRs, as
required
Perform ADJ 9.1 Xerographic
Setup
Check, Clean, or replace the

IOT Components
Fuser Pressure Roll
Replace the Fuser Pressure Roll

if it is damaged
Fuser Roll
Replace the Fuser Roll if it is

glazed or contaminated
Photoreceptor Stripper Fingers
Ensure that the Photoreceptor

Stripper Fingers are not damaged
V3.0
November 2008
3-21
Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs
Damaged Paper RAP
Table 4 PQ2 Bands

Table 2 Damaged Paper
System Check
Probable Cause
Crease Marks A thin irregular

line on the paper caused by
stressing the paper.
This defect can be caused by

Ensure that the paper is stored
incorrect handling of the paper. correctly and is not damaged
when inserted in the printer.
Clean/Replace BCRs.
Defective Cleaning Blade.
Replace the Cleaning Blade.
Contaminated or defective
Drum.
Replace the Drum.
Electrical damage to the Drum

surface caused by incorrect
BCR/DTS NVM settings.
Reset the Drum for self-recovery.

Replace the Drum if it fails to
recovery.
Check and correct the NVM settings for the BTR/DTS/BCR.
Defective IOT PWB.
Ensure that all Connectors are

seated correctly on the IOT
PWB. Replace as required.
Bands are 1mm or more wide

and are perpendicular to the
paper feed direction.
High density bands are called
black bands.
Check the distance between
defects. If they appear at regular
intervals, they may be caused by
a damaged, misadjusted, or contaminated roller or the Drum:
Drum - 9.9 inches (25mm)
Defective Drum Drive Gears,

Drum vibration or irregular
rotation speed due to incorrect
installation.
Inspect the Drum Drive Gears

and replace as required. Check
the installation of the Drum.
Defective Vertical Transport

Drive.
Inspect the Vertical Transport

Drive Gears, belt rollers.
Clean or replace as required.
Defective or Contaminated
Drum.
Replace the Drum.
Poor cleaning.
Go to BSD 9.2and check the

BCRs for an open circuit.
Heat Roll - 4.94 inches

(125.6mm)
Defective IOT PWB.
Poor Drum ground.
Check the conductivity of the

Drum Shaft (RH) and Frame.
Magnetic Roll - 3.22

inches (81.8mm)
Ensure that all connectors are

PWB.
Replace as required.
Contaminated DTS Assembly.
Check and clean the DTS

Assembly.
Bias Transfer Roller - 4.33

inches (110.0mm)
Defective Cleaning Blade
Drum.
Replace the Drum.
Bias Charge Rollers - 1.73

inches (44mm)
Defective IOT PWB.
Ensure that all Connectors are

Try using a new roll of paper

Check for an obstructions used
by the BTR/DTS Assembly
Incorrect paper side to side reg- Ensure that the paper is loaded
istration
correctly. Check the paper path
for an obstruction.
If there are other defects on the
print, go to the Paper Handling
Problems on the following page.
Table 3 PQ1 Background

Probable Cause
Contamination of the blank area An incorrect electrostatic valby toner particles on the print. ues.
Corrective Action
Perform the following:
1.
Clean or replace the BCRs
as required
2.
Image Quality
Check for foreign objects on the

Mag Roll.
Replace the BTR.
Print Quality RAPs
Image Quality RAPs
Corrective Action
Contaminated Magnetic Roll.
Contaminated/damaged BTR.
Other Damage
Symptom/checks
Probable Cause

and are in the paper feed direction. High density bands are
called black bands.
Contaminated/damaged BCRs.
Dog Ears
Curled Paper
This is a corner of the lead edge
of the print that has been bent
BTR/DTS
back.
Frayed Side Edge This is damage to the sides of the print.
Corrective Action
Symptom/checks
Perform ADJ 9.1 Xerographic Setup
November 2008
3-22
V3.0
Table 7 PQ5 Blank Print
Table 5 PQ3 Black Print

Symptom/checks
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
Symptom/checks
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
Black lines appear at regular

intervals in the direction of the
paper feed.
Drum - 9.9 inches

(251.3mm)
Contaminated/damaged BCRs
Clean/Replace BCRs.
Contaminated BCRs.
Fuser Temperature to high.
Perform ADJ 10.1 Fuser Temperature.
No image is produced when

making a print or test print
Clean or replace the BCRs as

required
Defective Drum.
Poor cleaning.
Ensure that the Drum rotates

correctly. If the problem still
exists, replace the Drum.
Defective HVPS.
Check the input power to the

Power Supplies. Ensure all connectors are seated correctly on
the power supply. Replace as
required.
Drum Drive Belt - 16

inches (406.9mm)
inches (81.8mm)

inches (110.0mm)

inches (44mm)
The surface of the Fuser Roll is Determine and fix the cause of
contaminated or damaged.
the damage to the Fuser Roll.
Replace the Fuser Roll.
The surface of the Drum is con- Determine and fix the cause of
taminated or damaged.
the damage to the Drum,
Replace the Drum.
LPH Joints out of adjustment
Perform ADJ 9.2 LED Print

Head (LPH) Adjustment
Defective IOT PWB.

PWB.
BTR voltage is out of specifica- 1.

tion and/or a wire or connector
is damaged or broken
The surface of the Drum is con- Determine and fix the cause of
taminated or damaged
the damage to the Drum,
Replace the Drum.
The surface of the Fuser Roll is Determine and fix the cause of
contaminated or damaged
Poor cleaning of the Drum.
Replace the Drum.
Fuser Temperature to high.
Perform ADJ 10.1 Fuser Temperature.
Defective IOT PWB.

PWB.
Damaged Magnetic Roll.
Replace the Magnetic Roll as

required.
Probable Cause
Clean or replace the BCRs

V3.0
3.
Replace BTR.
LPH problems.

seated correctly on the LPH
Assembly.
Defective IOT PWB.

Probable Cause
Corrective Action
Deletion bands or very low

image density in the print feed
direction.
LPH related problems.
Ensure that nothing is blocking

the path between the LPH and
the Drum.
Clean the LPH lenses.
Damp paper.
Ensure that the Customer is

storing the paper correctly.
Xerographics are out of adjustment.

Setup, as required
Inlet chute is in the incorrect

position.
Ensure that the chute is in the

correct position.
Defective Drum Drive Gears.
Inspect the Drum Drive Gears

and replace as required.
Defective Vertical Transport

Drive.
Inspect the Vertical Transport

Drive. Clean or replace as
required.
Magnetic Roll.
Check the Magnetic Roll for

foreign material or contamination. Replace as required.
Defective Drum.
Replace the Drum.
The print is totally black with no An incorrect electrostatic value Perform ADJ 9.1 Xerographic
image
Setup, as required
Defective IOT PWB.
Perform ADJ 9.1 Xerographic Setup.
Table 8 PQ6 Deletions (Bands)
Corrective Action
Defective BCRs
2.
Symptom/checks
Table 6 PQ4 Black Print

Symptom/checks
Check for broken wire or

damaged connector.
November 2008
3-23
Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs
Table 11 PQ9 Light Image
Table 8 PQ6 Deletions (Bands)

Symptom/checks
Bands of deletions in the solid

or halftone areas in the copy
feed direction.
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
Symptom/checks
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
Defective IOT PWB.

PWB.
Image area of a print has a low

image density.
Damp or incorrect paper used.

Replace the new paper and
instruct the Customer.
Xerographics are out of adjustment.

Setup, as required
BCRs are contaminated or out

of adjustment.
Defective Drum.
Replace the Drum.
Perform the following:

1.
Clean or replace the
BCRs, as required
2.
Table 9 PQ7 Deletions (Spots)

Symptom/checks
and are perpendicular to the
paper feed direction.
High density bands are called
black bands.
Drum - 9.9 inches

(251.3mm)
Probable Cause
Damp Paper
Corrective Action
Damaged or contaminated Mag- Check the Magnetic Roll for

netic Roll.
foreign material or contamination.
Clean the Mag Roll surface with
alcohol.
LPH Lens contaminated.
Clean the LPH Lens.
LPH Duty Cycle set to low.
Check the LPH Duty Cycle

NVMs.
Increase the duty cycle,
required.
Developer Bias voltage is out of 1.

specification and/or a wire or
connector is damaged or broken
Incorrectly assembled Metering Check and adjust the installation

Blade.
of the Metering Blade.
Contaminated/Distorted BTR.
Replace the BTR.
Damaged or contaminated Fuser Clean the Fuser Roll and run

Roll.
test prints to check if the problem is solved.
Determine and fix the cause of
inches (81.8mm)
inches (110.0mm)
Contaminated or damaged
Clean the Drum and run test
Bias Charge Rollers - 1.73 Drum surface.
prints to if the problem is
inches (44mm)
solved.
Determine and fix the cause of
the damage to the Drum.
Replace the Drum.
(125.6mm)
Probable Cause
Toner marks on the lead or trail Contaminated Photoreceptor

edge of the print.
Stripper Fingers.
Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs
Check the Developer

Spring for a good connection. Replace as required.
3.
3.
Toner dispenser is empty or
incorrect Toner used.

damaged connector.
2.
Bias Transfer Roller voltage is 1.

out of specification and/or a
wire or connector is damaged or
broken
2.

damaged connector.
Replace BTR

1.
Toner hopper empty or
blocked
2.
Table 10 PQ8 Finger Marks

Symptom/checks
Perform ADJ 9.1 Xerographic Setup, as required.
Replace with new Toner

and instruct the customer
not to use unapproved
Toner
Corrective Action
Defective or disconnected Toner Connect the sensor or replace it

Empty Sensor.
if defective.
Clean the Photoreceptor Stripper Fingers.
Defective Drum
Defective or dirty DTS.
Clean the DTS.

Setup, as required.
Defective or dirty BTR.
Clean the BTR.

Setup, as required.
November 2008
3-24
Replace the Drum
V3.0
Table 14 PQ12 Skewed Image
Table 12 PQ10 Misregistration

Symptom/checks
Probable Cause
The registration of the prints are Incorrectly loaded paper.

uneven from top to bottom or
side to side.
Damaged or worn components
in the paper feeding area
Defective RFC Take Away

Clutch.
Corrective Action
Symptom/checks
Instruct the operator on loading

the paper correctly.
Perform ADJ 8.1 Side Registration.
The image is skewed to one side Paper is not loaded correctly

on the print because the paper is
skewed
Check the operation of the RFC

Take Away Clutch.
Replace the clutch if required.
Symptom/checks
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
This is an image that is repeated

on the same print or consecutive
prints. The image can either be a
ghosting of the original image
or a toner image.
Drum - 9.9 inches

(251.3mm)
Incorrect Fuser temperature.
Check the Fuser Temperature

settings.
Contaminated BCRs.
Clean or replace the BCRs, as

required.
Incorrect Registration Roll nip
Clean or replace the Registration Roll.
Fuser Nip balance failure
Perform ADJ 10.2 Fuser Nip

Balance.
Probable Cause
Areas of the image on the print Defective DTS.

are blurred. This occurs at the
image transfer area. This could
be caused by a different speed
between the Drum and the paper
or between the Fuser and the
paper.
Damaged paper feed components.
The Cleaning Blade makes poor Replace the cleaning blade.

contact with Drum.
Contaminated Fuser Roll.
Clean or replace the Fuser Roll.
Contaminated Drum.
Clean the Drum.

If necessary, replace the Drum.
Load paper correctly and

instruct the operator on loading
the paper correctly.
Table 15 PQ13 Smears

Symptom/checks
Table 13 PQ11 Residual Image
Corrective Action
Defective or contaminated roll- Check the rollers and other

ers in the paper feed area.
components in the paper feed
area.
Check the components for damage or wear.

Perform ADJ 8.2 LE Reg. Cut
Sheet and ADJ 8.2 LE Reg Roll
Feed.
Incorrect Registration Roll Nip. Clean or replace the Registration Roll.
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
1.
Clean the DTS
2.
Perform ADJ 9.1 Xerographic Setup, as required
3.
If the problem still occurs,

replace the DTS
Examine components in the

paper feed area. Determine if
any are damaged. Replace as
required.
Ensure that the Star Wheels
rotate smoothly.
Defective components in the

RFC areas.
RFC 1 Feeder Motor, RFC

2 Feeder Motor

(125.6mm)
Defective or wore components

in the Vertical Transport.
Clean/replace the Vertical

Transport Rolls, as required.

inches (81.8mm)
Defective RFC Take Away

Clutch.
Replace the RCF Take Away

Clutch.

inches (110.0mm)

inches (44mm)
V3.0
November 2008
3-25
Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs
Table 17 PQ15 Uneven Density
Table 16 PQ14 Spots

Symptom/checks
Probable Cause
Circular Black spots on the print Poor charging caused by

defect/contamination on the
BCR surfaces.
Defective DTS (no detack current).
Corrective Action
Symptom/checks
Clean/replace BCRs.
Density and line thickness vary Machine level.

across the print.
Incorrectly installed Developer
Housing Assembly.
1.
Clean the DTS and make

sure that all leads are
plugged in
2.
Perform ADJ 9.1 Xerographic Setup, as required
3.
If the problem continues,

replace the DTS
Contaminated Fuser Thermistors.
Clean the Thermistors
Fuser roll contaminated with

toner or defect in surface.
Clean/replace the Fuser Roll.
Defective MAgnetic Roll.
Replace the Magnetic Roll and

Developer Blade Assembly.
Contaminated, defective, or
damaged Drum.
Clean the Drum.

If the Drum is damaged, determine and fix the cause of the
damage to the Drum.
Replace the Drum.
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
Check the level of the machine.
Ensure that both ends of the
assembly are correctly seated.
Misalignment of the Magnetic

Roll.
Check the alignment of the Mag

Roll and Metering Blade.
Contaminated BCRs
Clean the BCRs as directed in

Service Call Procedures.
Incorrect BCR DC Voltage setting.

Setup, as required.
Incorrect Developer Bias setting.

Setup, as required.
Contaminated LPH Lens
Clean the LPH Lens.
Incorrect LPH focus adjustment. Perform ADJ 9.2 LED Print

Head (LPH) Adjustment, as
required.
Incorrect LPH duty cycle setting.
Perform ADJ 9.2 LED Print

Head (LPH) Adjustment, as
required
Drum.
Clean or replace the Drum.
Drum not installed correctly.
Check the installation of the

Drum.
Table 18 PQ16 Unfused Prints

Symptom/checks
Probable Cause
Characters and image are easily Damp Paper.

rubbed off the print.
Corrective Action
Incorrect Fuser Temperature.
Perform ADJ 10.1 Fuser Temperature, if required.
Uneven contact pressure of

Fuser Nip Springs.

Balance.
Defective Fuser Roll of Pressure Replace the Fuser Roll or PresRoll.

sure Roll.
Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs
November 2008
3-26
V3.0
Table 19 PQ17 Wrinkle

Symptom/checks
Probable Cause
This is damage that is probably Damp Paper.

caused by the Fuser subsystem.
This is a severe case of creases
that runs in the direction of
paper travel.
Damaged or contaminated Paper
Feed Rollers.
Table 20 IIT Image Quality RAP

Corrective Action
Symptom/checks
Probable Cause
Corrective Action

Ensure that the Paper Heaters
are operating correctly.
Magnification error
Mechanical problems
Check the Paper Feed Rollers.
Incorrect Fuser Temperature.
Perform ADJ 10.1 Fuser Temperature, if required.
Uneven contact pressure of

Fuser Nip Springs.

Balance.
Contamination is present in the

Inlet Chute.
Clean the Inlet Chute. Replace if

damaged.
Enter dC330 and verify

that the IIT Main Motor
changes speed correctly as
you enter the Component
Control Codes [005-001
and 005-002]:
Damaged or contaminated Pres- Clean or replace the Pressure

sure Roll.
Roll.
Symptom/checks
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
Deletions
Go to IIT BSD 5.2 and troubleshoot the Size Sensors for an

open circuit.
Size Sensor problems
Misregistration
Mechanical problems
Side Edge Registration

Adjustment
Lead Edge Registration

Adjustment
V3.0
November 2008
3-27
Check and/or replace if

worn or deformed:
IIT Feed Rolls (In

and Out) for contamination and deformation. Clean the rolls
with a soft, dry cloth.
Belt.
If there are no errors in the

Slow Scan direction, perform the Magnification
adjustment in dC505.
Check and/or replace if

worn or deformed:
If the motor fails to

change speed as
expected, check the
wiring and connections between the
motor and the IIT
Drive PWB, and
between the IIT
Drive PWB and the
IIT I/O PWB (BSD
5.1). If the wiring
and connections are
good, replace the IIT
Main Motor, or the
IIT Drive PWB, or
the IIT I/O PWB, as
required.
IIT Feed Rolls (In

and Out) for contamination and deformation. Clean the rolls
with a soft, dry cloth.
Belt.
Perform ADJ 6.2 IIT Lead

Edge Registration and
ADJ 6.4 IIT Side Edge
Registration in dC505.
Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs

Symptom/checks
Probable Cause
Corrective Action
Skew
Spots, Streaks
Lines in the process direction
Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs
Mechanical problems
Electrical Problems
Dirty CIS Glass
Dirty Feed In Roll
The Upper Document Transport is

correctly seated
Document thickness/state is easily

foldable, etc.
IIT Feed Rolls (IN

and Out) for contamination
The Right Skew

Sensor (dC330
005-111) for correct
operation
The Left Skew Sensor

(dC330-005-112) for
correct operation
Clean CIS Glass with a

soft dry cloth.
Clean roll with a soft dry

cloth.
Scratches in the CIS Glass
Replace the CIS Glass.
November 2008
3-28
V3.0
4a. Repairs
Chain 02
REP 2.1 Control Panel ....................................................................................................
4a-3
Chain 03
REP 3.1 Accxes Controller..............................................................................................
REP 3.2 IIT PWB ............................................................................................................
REP 3.3 IOT PWB...........................................................................................................
4a-5
4a-5
4a-6
4a-7
4a-7
Chain 07
REP 7.1 Cutter Assembly ...............................................................................................
REP 7.2 Feed and Nudger Rolls (Tray 3 and Tray 4) .....................................................
REP 7.3 Retard Roll (Tray 3 and Tray 4) ........................................................................
REP 7.4 Vertical Roller (RFC1/RFC2) (Not documented) ..............................................
REP 7.5 Pinch Roll (Front) (Not documented) ................................................................
REP 7.6 Pinch Roll (Rear) (Not documented).................................................................
4a-69
4a-71
4a-73
4a-74
4a-75
4a-76
Chain 16
Chain 06
REP 6.1 Platen Glass .....................................................................................................
REP 6.2 CIS Assembly ...................................................................................................
REP 10.9 Pressure Roll ..................................................................................................

REP 10.10 Exit Upper Baffle/Decurler Assembly............................................................
REP 10.11 Lower Exit Chute...........................................................................................
REP 10.12 Fuser Exit Shaft ............................................................................................
REP 10.13 Fuser Fingers................................................................................................
REP 10.14 Exhaust Fan Filters .......................................................................................
4a-9
4a-13
4a-16
4a-22
4a-22
4a-23
Chain 08
REP 8.1 Manual Transport Assembly ............................................................................. 4a-25
REP 8.2 Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor, A-Transport Swing Sensor, Registration Sensor 4a-27
REP 16.1 Front Top Cover Assembly .............................................................................

REP 16.2 Right Upper Cover ..........................................................................................
REP 16.3 Right Lower Cover ..........................................................................................
REP 16.4 Toner Bottle Cover..........................................................................................
REP 16.5 Left Upper Cover.............................................................................................
REP 16.6 Left Lower Cover.............................................................................................
REP 16.7 Rear Lower Cover...........................................................................................
REP 16.8 Rear Upper Cover...........................................................................................
REP 16.9 Top Cover .......................................................................................................
REP 16.10 IIT Right Side Cover......................................................................................
REP 16.11 IIT Left Side Cover ........................................................................................
REP 16.12 Rear Lower Baffle .........................................................................................
REP 16.13 Front Upper Cover Assembly........................................................................
4a-79
4a-80
4a-82
4a-84
4a-85
4a-87
4a-88
4a-89
4a-89
4a-90
4a-91
4a-92
4a-94
Chain 09
REP 9.1 Developer Housing Assembly...........................................................................
REP 9.2 Magnet Roll.......................................................................................................
REP 9.3 Developer (Metering) Blade..............................................................................
REP 9.4 Bias Charge Roller (BCR).................................................................................
REP 9.5 LPH Assembly ..................................................................................................
REP 9.6 Photoreceptor (Drum) .......................................................................................
REP 9.7 Cleaner Assembly.............................................................................................
REP 9.8 Cleaning Blade .................................................................................................
REP 9.9 Toner Seal Assembly........................................................................................
REP 9.10 BTR/DTS Assembly........................................................................................
REP 9.11 Bias Transfer Roller ........................................................................................
REP 9.12 DTS Assembly ................................................................................................
REP 9.13 Stripper Finger Assembly ...............................................................................
REP 9.14 Drum Gear ......................................................................................................
4a-29
4a-32
4a-35
4a-38
4a-39
4a-44
4a-45
4a-48
4a-49
4a-50
4a-51
4a-53
4a-54
4a-55
Chain 10
REP 10.1 Duct Plate .......................................................................................................
REP 10.2 Fuser Cover Assembly ...................................................................................
REP 10.3 Thermistor Plate .............................................................................................
REP 10.4 Thermistor.......................................................................................................
REP 10.5 Thermostat......................................................................................................
REP 10.6 Fuser Drive Motor ...........................................................................................
REP 10.7 Heat Rods.......................................................................................................
REP 10.8 Fuser Roll .......................................................................................................
V2.0
4a-57
4a-58
4a-58
4a-60
4a-61
4a-62
4a-62
4a-64
October 2008
4a-1
Repairs
Repairs
October 2008
4a-2
V2.0
REP 2.1 UI Button PWB

Parts List on PL 13.2
Removal
1.
Power down the system completely.

CAUTION
Hold the UI securely while removing the screws to prevent dropping and damaging the unit.
2.
(Figure 1) Remove the UI from the Tilt Swivel Bracket.
Remove the screws (10)
Figure 2 Removing the 10 hex head screws
2
Remove the screws (4) and
then the UI
1
Disconnect all cables (4)
Figure 1 Removing the UI Cables
3.
Place the UI face down on a solid work surface. Cushion the front surface of the bezel to avoid
marring it.
4.
Remove the UI Rear Cover.

a.
(Figure 2) Using a 5/32 (4mm) hex head (Allen) wrench, remove the 10 screws that secure
the UI Rear Cover to the front bezel.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-3
Repairs
REP 2.1
b.
(Figure 3) Lift the Rear Cover at the side USB port (NOT at the Brightness Control) just
enough to separate the top edge of the cover from the bezel and the center from the mounting
screw bosses.
CAUTION
Do NOT lift at the
Brightness Control.
Lift the cover at the

USB port.
Figure 4 Separating the bottom edge of the Rear Cover from the bezel
5.
Remove the two foam strips that cover the mounting features on the buttons.
CAUTION
Figure 3 Rear Cover must clear the bosses, Video Connector, and Brightness Control
c.
Repairs
REP 2.1
(Figure 4) Using one hand to keep the top edge from reseating, slide a small, flat-blade
screwdriver slowly from left to right between the bottom edge of the Rear Cover and the
bezel until they separate. Because a slight pressure still is applied to the top edge of the Rear
Cover, it will separate easily from the Video Connector.
Observe ESD precautions when handling the Button PWB (GP 1).
6.
November 2008
4a-4
(Figure 5) Remove the Button PWB.
V3.0
Button PWB
1
Disconnect the
connector
2
Remove the seven (7)
screws and the Button PWB
Figure 6 Correct locations of red and yellow buttons
Figure 5 Removing the Button PWB

7.
Remove the buttons by sliding the mounting features up and off the molded bosses.
Replacement
1.
Install the new buttons from the kit. Be sure to install the red and yellow buttons in the correct
locations (Figure 6).
V3.0
2.
Install the Button PWB, secure it with the seven (7) screws, and reconnect the connector.
3.
Install the two foam strips from the kit over the mounting features on the buttons to hold them in
position.
4.
(Figure 7) Install the Rear Cover on the bezel. To do so, position the cover on the bezel and then
press down by the Video connector and push the cover under it.
November 2008
4a-5
Repairs
REP 2.1
REP 2.2 User Interface

Removal
1.
Power down the system completely.

CAUTION
Hold the UI securely while removing the screws to prevent dropping and damaging the unit.
2.
(Figure 1) Remove the UI from the Tilt Swivel Bracket.
Figure 7 Press down on the Rear Cover and slide it into position under the Video connector
5.
Install the 10 screws that secure the Rear Cover to the bezel.
6.
Remount the UI on the Tilt Swivel Bracket and secure it with the four (4) screws.
7.
Reconnect the USB Cable, the Audio connector, the Video connector, and Power connector.
8.
Power on the system and perform ADJ 2.2 UI Calibration.
9.
Enter diagnostics, select User Interface Tab, press the each of the seven buttons to verify their
functionality.
10.
Press and hold each of the button to indicate functionary by yielding a check mark in the appropriate box at the bottom of the UI Screen.
2
Remove the screws (4) and
then the UI
1
Disconnect all cables (4)
Figure 1 Removing the UI Cables
Replacement
Replacement is the reverse of the Removal process.
Repairs
REP 2.1, REP 2.2
November 2008
4a-6
V3.0
REP 3.1 Accxes Controller
REP 3.2 IIT PWB
Parts List on
Removal
Parts List on
Removal
Replacement
Replacement
V3.0
November 2008
4a-7
Repairs
REP 3.1, REP 3.2
10.
REP 3.3 IOT PWB

Removal
(Figure 1) Loosen the screws (12) and lift and remove the IOT PWB Chassis Cover.
IOT PWB Chassis Cover
CAUTION
Certain components in this procedure are susceptible to damage from electrostatic discharge. Observe
all ESD procedures to avoid component damage.
1.
Enter the Diagnostic Mode (GP 6).
2.
Select the Printer Information tab and then select dC361 System Data Save/Restore.
3.
Following the instructions in dC361, select the SAVE USB button and save a backup file of the
current NVM settings to the thumb drive. This is done as a precaution to ensure that you have a
copy of these settings in your possession.
4.
Close dC361 and exit the Diagnostic Mode.
5.
6.
Disconnect the Printer Power Cord from the AC supply.
7.
8.
Open the Waste Toner Cover and remove the Waste Toner Bottle.
9.
Open RFC1 and remove the Right Lower Cover (REP 16.3).
Figure 1 Removing the IOT PWB Chassis Cover
Repairs
REP 3.3
November 2008
4a-8
V3.0
11.
(Figure 2) Open the harness clips (5) and disconnect the connectors (9).
P481
P419
(USB)
J423
J424
J427
J440
12.
Remove the screws
J421
J420
(Figure 3) Remove the screws (7) and remove the IOT PWB.
J422
Remove the screws
Figure 2 Disconnecting the connectors (with harness clips open)
Figure 3 Removing the screws and the IOT PWB

CAUTION
The EEPROM from the IOT PWB that you just removed contains saved NVM settings and billing data.
This EEPROM must be removed from the old IOT PWB and installed in the replacement PWB.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-9
Repairs
REP 3.3
13.
(Figure 4) Remove and save the EEPROM from the IOT PWB you just removed.
Notch printed on
PWB
Notch molded
into EEPROM
EEPROM
(lower left corner of IOT PWB)
Figure 4 EEPROM (Notches must be aligned for correct installation)
Replacement
CAUTION
When installing an EEPROM in the IOT PWB, ensure that the notch molded into the top surface of
the chip is on the same side as the notch that is printed on the IOT PWB.
1.
Remove the EEPROM from the replacement IOT PWB and install it in the old IOT PWB.
2.
(Figure 4) Install the EEPROM that you removed from the old IOT PWB into the replacement IOT
PWB.
3.
Install the replacement IOT PWB in the IOT PWB Chassis, reconnect the connectors, and close the
harness clips.
4.
Install the Waste Toner Bottle and close the Waste Toner Cover.
5.
Close the Clam Shell.
Repairs
REP 3.3
November 2008
4a-10
V3.0
6.
Adjust the RV1 pot. This adjustment ensures that the Paper Heaters work properly at all humidity
levels.
a.
b.
(Figure 6) Set a meter to DC volts and connect the positive (red) meter lead to TP1 and the
negative meter (black) lead to TP2 (Ground) on the IOT PWB.
(Figure 5) Place the Paper Heater Switch in the On position.

RV1
TP1
Waste Toner
Bottle
Paper Heater Switch
Figure 5 Paper Heater Switch location
TP2
Figure 6 RV1 and Test Point locations
V3.0
c.
Connect the Printer Power Cord to the AC source and power up the system.
d.
Allow the system to power up completely and then perform the adjustment. Rotate the pot to
set the voltage to 1.07 +/- 0.03 VDC. Rotating the pot clockwise increases the voltage; rotating counterclockwise decreases the voltage.
7.
Power the system down.
8.
Remove the meter leads from the test points.
9.
Install and secure the IOT PWB Chassis Cover.
10.
Install the Right Lower Cover (REP 16.3).
November 2008
4a-11
Repairs
REP 3.3
REP 3.4 IIT LVPS

Removal
1.
Power down the system and switch off the Main Switch and the Circuit Breaker.
2.
Disconnect the IIT AC power cord.
3.
Open the IIT Upper Transport.
4.
Remove the IIT Right Side Cover (REP 16.10) and the IIT Left Side Cover (REP 16.11).
5.
Remove the Front Lower Baffle (PL 20.3).
6.
Remove the Feed In Roller (PL 20.4).

a.
Remove the KL-clip from the right end of the Roller shaft (Figure 1).
b.
Push the bearing on the right end of the shaft to the left and out of the frame (Figure 1).
KL-Clip
Tension Bracket
Figure 2 Component location at left end of Feed In Roller

d.
7.
Bearing
Remove the KL-clip from the left end of the Feed In Roller shaft (Figure 2).
e.
Release the Feed In Clutch wiring from the two clips (Figure 2).
f.
Slide the Feed In Clutch off the end of the Feed In Roller.
Remove the A/D PWB Cover (PL 20.3). After removing the screws (3), lift the left end and slide it
to the left so that the flange on the right end clears the sensor mounting bracket (Figure 3).
KL-clip
Figure 1 Right end of Feed In Roller shaft

c.
Loosen the screws that secure the Tension Bracket (PL 20.4) and then remove the belt from
the gears at the left side of the Feed In Roller shaft (Figure 2).
Repairs
REP 3.4
November 2008
4a-12
V3.0
8.
(Figure 4) Disconnect the following connectors from A/D PWB 3 (left side): J 721, J 722, J 753, J
751, J 720.
A/D PWB Cover

J721
J751
J722
J753
Sensor mounting bracket
Figure 3 Removing the right end of the A/D PWB Cover
J720
Figure 4 A/D PWB 3 (left)
V3.0
November 2008
4a-13
Repairs
REP 3.4
9.
(Figure 5) Disconnect the following connectors from A/D PWB 2 (center): J 716, J 717, J 715.
J716
J717
J715
Figure 5 A/D PWB 2 (center)
Repairs
REP 3.4
November 2008
4a-14
V3.0
10.
(Figure 6) Disconnect the following connectors from A/D PWB 1: J 710, J 711, J 712, J 752, J 750.
J711
J712
J752
11.
(Figure 7) Open the saddle clamp that secures the wires connected to J 753 (left side) and then
release the wires.
12.
(Figure 7) Open the saddle clamp that secures the wires connected to J 752 (right side) and then
release the wires.
J750
Saddle clamp at Left end

of CIS Assembly (secures
wires to J 753)
Saddle clamp at Right

end of CIS Assembly
(secures wires to J 752)
Figure 7 Saddle clamps (shown with CIS Assembly removed)

J710
13.
(Figure 8) Disconnect J 754.
Figure 6 A/D PWB 1 (right)
V3.0
November 2008
4a-15
Repairs
REP 3.4
Sensor Plate
J 754
Figure 8 Disconnect J 754

14.
Figure 9 Sensor Plate
(Figure 9) Remove the screws (9) that secure the Sensor Plate in the IIT.
CAUTION
Ensure that all wires, harnesses, and connectors are clear and not damaged when you lift the Sensor
Plate out of the IIT.
Repairs
REP 3.4
15.
Grasp both ends of the Sensor Plate, lift the front, and then carefully remove the plate toward the
rear of the machine.
16.
(Figure 10) At the right end of the IIT LVPS disconnect J 700.
November 2008
4a-16
V3.0
J 704
J 702
J 700
J 703
Figure 11 Removing J 701, 702, 703, 704
Figure 10 Removing J 700

17.
(Figure 11) At the left end of the IIT LVPS disconnect J 701, J 702, J 703, and J 704.
J 701
18.
Remove the screws (4) that secure the IIT LVPS Chassis to the IIT.
19.
Tilt the IIT LVPS toward the rear of the IIT and lift it out of the IIT.
Replacement
Replacement is the reverse of the Removal process.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-17
Repairs
REP 3.4
Repairs
REP 3.4
November 2008
4a-18
V3.0
REP 6.1 Platen Glass
Replacement

Removal
Replacement is the reverse of the Removal procedure.
1.
2.
NOTE: Install the Platen Glass w/Mylar so that the front edge of the Mylar strip rests on top of the A/D
PWB Cover and the Mylar pads (Figure 2) will be trapped between the Plates and the brackets at the
ends of the CIS Assembly.
3.
4.
5.
(Figure 1) Remove the left and the right Plates.
Mylar strip
Remove the Plate
Mylar pad
Figure 2 Mylar pad at right end of Platen Glass (left end identical)
Figure 1 Removing the right Plate (left plate identical)
6.
Remove the Platen Glass w/Mylar.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-19
Repairs
REP 6.1
7.
REP 6.2 CIS Assembly
(Figure 2) Remove A/D PWB 3 (left side).

Removal
1.
Power down the system and switch off the Main Switch and the Circuit Breaker.
2.
3.
a.
Disconnect the following connectors: J 721, J 722, J 728, J 753, J 751, J 720
b.
Remove the screws (4) and then remove the PWB.
J721
J751
J722
J753
Open the IIT Upper Transport.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the A/D PWB Cover (PL 20.3). After removing the screws (3), lift the left end and slide it
to the left so that the flange on the right end clears the sensor mounting bracket (Figure 1).
A/D PWB Cover
Sensor mounting bracket
J728
J720
Figure 2 A/D PWB 3 (left)

Figure 1 Removing the right end of the A/D PWB Cover
Repairs
REP 6.2
November 2008
4a-20
V3.0
8.
(Figure 3) Remove A/D PWB 2 (center).

a.
Disconnect the following connectors: J 716, J 717, J 727, J 726, J 715
b.
J716
J717
J727
J726
J715
Figure 3 A/D PWB 2 (center)
V3.0
November 2008
4a-21
Repairs
REP 6.2
9.
(Figure 4) Remove A/D PWB 1.

a.
Disconnect the following connectors: J 710, J 711, J 712, J 725, J 752, J 750
b.
J711
J712
J752
10.
(Figure 5) Open the saddle clamp that secures the wires connected to J 753 (left side) and then
release the wires.
11.
(Figure 5) Open the saddle clamp that secures the wires connected to J 752 (right side) and then
release the wires.
J750
Saddle clamp at Left end
of CIS Assembly (secures
wires to J 753)
Saddle clamp at Right

end of CIS Assembly
(secures wires to J 752)
Figure 5 Saddle clamps (shown with CIS Assembly removed)

12.
J725
(Figure 6) Loosen the screws (2) and then lift and remove the left Image Bracket (PL 20.3).
J710
Figure 4 A/D PWB 1 (right)
Repairs
REP 6.2
November 2008
4a-22
V3.0
Loosen the screws (2)
Figure 7 Loosening the screws securing the right Image Bracket
Figure 6 Removing the left Image Bracket

13.
b.
Remove the right Image Bracket (PL 20.3).

a.
(Figure 8) Lift the bracket from the notches in the end of the CIS Assembly.
(Figure 7) Loosen the screws (2).
V3.0
November 2008
4a-23
Repairs
REP 6.2
Notches in end of
CIS Assembly
Figure 9 Removing the CIS Assembly
Figure 8 Removing the right Image Bracket from the notches in the CIS Assembly
CAUTION
When you lift and remove the CIS Assembly, avoid snagging and damaging the wires that run from the
CIS Assembly to connectors J 753 (left end) and J 752 (right end).
14.
(Figure 9) Lift the CIS Assembly at the left and right ends and remove.
Repairs
REP 6.2
November 2008
4a-24
V3.0
Replacement
CAUTION
(Figure 10) When you install the CIS Assembly, avoid snagging and damaging the wires that run from
the CIS Assembly to connectors J 753 (left end) and J 752 (right end).
Wires at Left end of CIS

Assembly for J753
Wires at Right end of

CIS Assembly for
J752
Figure 10 Wire locations at Left and Right ends of the CIS Assembly
NOTE: After seating the CIS Assembly in the IIT, be sure to position it all the way to the right to enable
the installation of the right Image Bracket.
Complete the Replacement by performing the Removal steps in reverse order.
Perform the following Adjustments after returning the machine to operating condition:
ADJ 6.2 IIT Lead Edge Registration
ADJ 6.4 IIT Side Edge Registration
V3.0
November 2008
4a-25
Repairs
REP 6.2
Repairs
REP 6.2
November 2008
4a-26
V3.0
REP 7.1 Cutter Assembly

Removal
Baffle
NOTE: The procedures for RFC1 and RFC2 are identical.

1.
Power down the system, switch off the machine power and disconnect the power cord.
2.
Open the RFC drawer.
3.
Open the RFC Front Cover Assembly.
4.
Remove the Baffle.

a.
Remove the screw at the right end of the Baffle (Figure 1).
Baffle
Remove the screw

Remove the screw
Figure 2 Removing the left Baffle screw

c.
5.
Remove the Baffle.
Remove the Cutter Cover (Figure b).

a.
To simplify the removal of the Cutter Cover, slide the Cutter Assembly to about the midpoint
of its normal travel.
b.
Remove the screws (2) at the right end of the Cutter Cover (Figure 3).
Figure 1 Removing the right Baffle screw

b.
Remove the screw at the left end of the Baffle (Figure 2).
V3.0
November 2008
4a-27
Repairs
REP 7.1
Remove the Cutter Cover

Cutter Head

Figure 3 Removing the Cutter Cover right hand screws

c.
Remove the screws (2) at the left end of the Cutter Cover (Figure 4).
Repairs
REP 7.1
Figure 4 Removing the Cutter Cover left hand screws

6.
Remove the Left Inner Cover (PL 10.1).
7.
Disconnect the connectors (Figure 5).
November 2008
4a-28
V3.0
Remove the screw (1)

Disconnect the connectors (2)
Figure 5 Disconnecting the Cutter Motor and Cutter R/H and L/H Switch connectors
8.
Figure 6 Removing the screw at the left end of the Cutter Assembly
Remove the screw that secures the Cutter Assembly to the left end of the RFC Drawer (Figure 6).
CAUTION
In the next step, it is not necessary to disconnect the ribbon cable connector from the I/O EXP PWB.
However, be careful when repositioning the Right Inner Cover to avoid unseating the ribbon cable or
damaging the I/O EXP PWB.
9.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-29
Remove the Right Inner Cover screws, then pull the cover away from the RFC and slide it along
the ribbon cable toward the rear of the machine. Leave it there temporarily (Figure 7).
Repairs
REP 7.1
Right Inner Cover

Figure 7 Right Inner Cover repositioned to allow screw removal

10.
Figure 8 Removing the screw at the right end of the Cutter Assembly
Remove the screw that secures the Cutter Assembly to the right end of the RFC Drawer (Figure 8).
11.
Remove the Cutter Assembly.
Replacement
Replacement is the reverse of the removal process.
NOTE: After replacing the Cutter Assembly, reset the dC135 HFSI counters for the following:
Repairs
REP 7.1
950-812 RFC1 Cutter
950-813 RFC2 Cutter
November 2008
4a-30
V3.0
REP 7.2 Feed and Nudger Rolls (Tray 3 and Tray 4)

1

Removal
NOTE: The following describes the procedure for Tray 3 only. The procedure for Tray 4 is identical.
1.
2.
Open the Tray.
3.
Remove the Actuator (Figure 1).
3
Remove the Actuator
1
Remove the Front Inner

Cover
Remove the Plates (2)
Figure 2 Removing the Front Inner Cover

5.
Remove the Feeder Assembly.

a.
Remove the KL-clip (Figure 3) from the Feed Roll Shaft.
Figure 1 Remove the Actuator

4.
Remove the Front Inner Cover (Figure 2).
V3.0
November 2008
4a-31
Repairs
REP 7.2
RH Bearing
Remove the KL-clip

Slide the right hand Bearing
toward the left side of the Tray to
remove it from its mount.
Figure 3 Removing the KL-clip from the RH end of the Feed Roll Shaft
b.
Figure 4 Moving the RH Bearing out of its mount
Slide the right hand Bearing along the shaft and out of its mount (Figure 4).
CAUTION
When removing the Feeder Assembly, be sure to remove the left hand Bearing with the Shaft (Figure 5).
c.
Repairs
REP 7.2
November 2008
4a-32
Move the right end of the Feed Roll Shaft out of the RH Bearing mount, then slide the Feeder
Assembly to the right and remove it.
V3.0
1
Remove the KL-clips
LH Bearing
2
Slide the Feed and
Nudger Rolls off the
ends of the shafts
Figure 5 Feed Roll shaft LH Bearing
6.
Figure 6 Removing the Feed and the Nudger Rolls
Remove the Feed and Nudger Rolls (Figure 6).
Replacement
NOTE: If the Feed and Nudger Rolls have a white dot on one side, install the side with the white dot so
that it faces the left side of the Tray. If no white dot is present, install the rollers so that they will rotate in
the correct direction.
NOTE: After replacing the Feed/Nudger Roll, reset the dC135 HFSI counters for the following:
1.
V3.0
950-814 Tray3 Feed Roll
2.
950-815 Tray3 Nudger Roll
3.
950-817 Tray4 Feed Roll
4.
950-818 Tray4 Nudger Roll
November 2008
4a-33
Repairs
REP 7.2
REP 7.3 Retard Roll (Tray 3 and Tray 4)

1

Removal
NOTE: The following describes the procedure for Tray 3 only. The procedure for Tray 4 is identical.
1.
2.
Open the Tray.
3.
4.
Remove the Actuator (Figure 1).
3
Remove the Actuator
1
2
Remove the Front Inner
Cover
2
Remove the Plates (2)
Figure 2 Removing the Front Inner Cover

6.
Remove the Feeder Assembly.

a.
Remove the KL-clip (Figure 3) from the Feed Roll Shaft.
Figure 1 Removing the Actuator

5.
Remove the Front Inner Cover (Figure 2).
Repairs
REP 7.3
November 2008
4a-34
V3.0
RH Bearing
Remove the KL-clip

Slide the right hand Bearing
toward the left side of the Tray to
remove it from its mount.
Figure 3 Removing the KL-clip from the RH end of the Feed Roll Shaft
b.
Figure 4 Moving the RH Bearing out of its mount
Slide the right hand Bearing along the shaft and out of its mount (Figure 4).
CAUTION
When removing the Feeder Assembly, be sure to remove the left hand Bearing (not shown) with the
Shaft.
c.
7.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-35
Move the right end of the Feed Roll Shaft out of the RH Bearing mount, then slide the Feeder
Assembly to the right and remove it.
Remove the Cover (Figure 5).
Repairs
REP 7.3
1
2
Remove the Cover
Figure 5 Removing the Retard Roll Cover

8.
Remove the Retard Roll Assembly (Figure 6).
Repairs
REP 7.3
Figure 6 Removing the Retard Roll Assembly

9.
November 2008
4a-36
Remove the Retard Roll (Figure 7).
V3.0
Replacement
1
NOTE: The Retard Roll Assembly must be installed with the white dot on the Retard Roll facing the left
side of the Tray (Figure 8).
Remove the KL-clip
Install the Retard Roll

Assembly with the white
dot facing the left side of
the Tray.
4
Slide the Retard Roll off
the shaft
Remove the Stopper
Remove the Bearing
Left
Figure 7 Removing the Retard Roll
Figure 8 Retard Roll Assembly

1.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-37
Slide the replacement Retard Roll on the Shaft, and then install the Bearing, Stopper, and KL-clip
(Figure 9).
Repairs
REP 7.3
4
Install the KL-clip
1
Slide the Retard Roll on
the shaft
Install the Stopper
Install the Bearing
Push up on the Lever
Figure 9 Installing the Retard Roll

2.
Figure 10 Lever location
Install the Retard Roll Assembly in the Tray.

a.
(Figure 10) Push the Lever up and hold it in the raised position with one hand. See also Figure 11 and Figure 12.
Repairs
REP 7.3
November 2008
4a-38
V3.0
NOTE: Pushing the Lever up causes the Link Bracket to pivot.
Retard Stopper
Link Bracket
Figure 12 Positioning the Stopper Tangs in the cutouts

Lever
c.
While holding the Retard Roll Assembly in place with one hand, release the Lever.
The remainder of the replacement is the reverse of the removal process.
Push UP
NOTE: After replacing the Feed/Nudger Roll, reset the dC135 HFSI counters for the following:
Figure 11 Retard Roll Assembly and Lever Assembly
b.
Ensure that the Bearings are correctly seated and then rotate the Stoppers slightly, until the
Stopper tangs fit into the cutouts in the Link Bracket (Figure 12).
V3.0
1.
950-816 Tray3 Retard Roll
2.
950-819 Tray4 Retard Roll
November 2008
4a-39
Repairs
REP 7.3
Repairs
REP 7.3
November 2008
4a-40
V3.0
REP 8.1 Manual Transport Assembly

Removal
1.
2.
Remove the Front Top Cover (REP 16.1).
3.
Remove the Front Upper Cover (REP 16.13).
4.
5.
Remove the Photoreceptor (REP 9.6).
6.
Remove the Manual Transport Assembly.

a.
Remove the 2 front screws (Figure 1 and Figure 2).
Remove the screw

Manual Transport Assembly
Figure 2 Remove the right front screw

b.
Open the 3 harness clips, disconnect J 660, and release the harness from the clips (Figure 3).
Manual Transport
Assembly
Remove the screw
Figure 1 Remove the left front screw
V3.0
November 2008
4a-41
Repairs
REP 8.1
Left locating stud
P/J 660
Open the clips and

release the harness
Figure 3 Harness and connector location

c.
Figure 4 Locating stud at left end of assembly
Lift the left end of the Manual Transport Assembly off the locating stud (Figure 4), then lift
the right end off the stud (Figure 5) and slide the assembly out the front of the printer
(between the horizontal frame members).
Repairs
REP 8.1
November 2008
4a-42
V3.0
REP 8.2 Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor, A-Transport Swing Sensor,

Registration Sensor
Removal
1.
Right locating stud
2.
Perform REP 8.1 Manual Transport Assembly.
3.
Remove the appropriate sensor from the Registration Upper Baffle (Figure 1).
A-Transport Swing
Sensor and Bracket
Figure 5 Location of right locating stud
Replacement
Registration Sensor and

Bracket
Tray/RFC Page Sync
Sensor and Bracket
Figure 1 Sensor locations viewed from the left side of the machine
Replacement
V3.0
November 2008
4a-43
Repairs
REP 8.1, REP 8.2
Repairs
REP 8.1, REP 8.2
November 2008
4a-44
V3.0
REP 9.1 Developer Housing Assembly

Remove the screw from the Leaf
Spring Mount at the left end of the
LPH Assembly

Removal
Remove the screw from the

Leaf Spring Mount at the
right end of the LPH Assembly
CAUTION
Before removing the Developer Housing Assembly, spread a sheet of paper on the floor in front of the
machine to prevent contamination.
1.
2.
Open the machine.

For Copier/Printer, go to step a. For Printer, go to step b.
a.
Leaf Spring mount
Copier/Printer:
i.
Remove the Front Top Cover Assembly (REP 16.1).
ii.
Remove the IIT Right Side Cover (REP 16.10).
iii.
Remove the IIT Left Side Cover (REP 16.11).
iv.
Lift the IIT Locking Pins and slide the IIT to the rear latched position.
v.
Raise the Document Shelf to the latched position.
Leaf Spring mount
Continue at step 3.
b.
Printer only:
i.
ii.
Remove the Top Cover (REP 16.9).
Developer Housing Assembly
Continue at step 3.
3.
Raise and latch the LPH Assembly.

a.
Remove the screw from both the left hand and from the right hand Leaf Spring Mount (Figure 1).
Figure 1 LPH Assembly retaining screws and Leaf Spring Mounts

CAUTION
The video cables and the Right Hand Leaf Spring Mount may catch on and be damaged by the
screws that protrude into the right side of the Xerographic cavity. Move the cables as required
when raising the LPH Assembly to the latched position.
b.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-45
Lift the front of the LPH Assembly, ensuring that the video cables and Right Hand Leaf
Spring Mount do not catch on the screw ends (Figure 2).
Repairs
REP 9.1
Ensure that the video cables and

RH Leaf Spring Mount do not
become damaged on these
screw ends
LPH Assembly
latching bracket
Position the slot over

the end of the latching
bracket
Figure 2 Screws that the video cables and Right Hand Leaf Spring Mount may catch on
c.
Figure 3 LPH Assembly bracket
Latch the right side of the LPH Assembly to the bracket to keep it in the upright position
(Figure 3 and Figure 4).
Repairs
REP 9.1
November 2008
4a-46
V3.0
LPH Assembly
1
Disconnect the
connector
Latching bracket
Developer Housing Assembly
2
Pull to unhook the Developer
Tension Spring from the Developer Housing Assembly
Figure 5 Left end of Developer Housing Assembly
Figure 4 LPH Assembly in latched position (viewed from right side of IOT)
4.
CAUTION
Remove the Developer Housing Assembly (Figure 5).

a.
Disconnect the connector (J685).
b.
Unhook the Developer Tension Spring from the Developer Housing Assembly by grasping
the loop end and pulling it toward you.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-47
When removing the Developer Housing Assembly, lift carefully to avoid striking the Toner Cartridge Cover Open Sensor (on the front rail of the IOT) (Figure 6).
c.
Firmly grasp both handles on the Developer Housing Assembly and lift it up and out of the
Printer. Rotate the top of the Developer Housing Assembly slightly toward the rear of the
machine while lifting.
Repairs
REP 9.1
REP 9.2 Magnet Roll

Removal
Toner Cartridge Toner
Cover Open Sensor
CAUTION
1.
2.
Open the machine.

For a Copier/Printer, go to step a. For a Printer, go to step b.
a.
Copier/Printer:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Continue at step 3.
b.
Printer only:
i.
ii.
Continue at step 3.
Figure 6 Avoid striking the Toner Cartridge Cover Open sensor when removing the Developer
Housing Assembly
d.
3.
4.
Vacuum the toner out of the Developer Housing Assembly.
5.
Remove the Metering Blade Assembly (REP 9.3).
6.
Remove the Screw, MSA plate, E-Ring and Bearing from the left end of the Developer Housing
Assembly (Figure 1).
Place the Developer Housing Assembly on a solid work surface that is free from metallic
objects that may be attracted to and damage the Magnetic Roll.
Replacement
NOTE: Check that the left end of the Magnetic Roll Shaft contacts the Bias Plate.
Repairs
REP 9.1, REP 9.2
November 2008
4a-48
V3.0
NOTE: The MSA Plate is a friction fit on the Magnet Roll Shaft. To avoid damaging the MSA
Plate, carefully pry it off the shaft using flat blade screwdrivers.
Figure 2 Removing the components from the right end of the Developer Housing Assy
8.
Figure 1 Removing the components from the left end of the Developer Housing Assy
7.
Remove the Magnet Roll (Figure 3).
Remove the KL-Clip, the Magnet Roll Gear and the Ball Bearing from the right end of the Developer Housing Assembly (Figure 2).
V3.0
November 2008
4a-49
Repairs
REP 9.2
E-rings (2)
Tracking Rolls (2)
Magnetic Roll
Figure 3 Removing the Magnet Roll

9.
Figure 4 Removing the components from the ends of the Magnet Roll
Remove the E-Rings, Tracking Rolls and Spacers (NOT SHOWN) from both ends of the Magnet
Roll. Save these parts to re-install on the new Magnetic Roll (Figure 4).
Repairs
REP 9.2
Replacement
November 2008
4a-50
V3.0
REP 9.3 Developer (Metering) Blade
NOTE: Install the Tracking Rolls with the bevel edge facing toward the Magnet Roll.
CAUTION
When installing the MSA Plate, ensure that the flat surface of the Magnet Roll Shaft seats inside the
MSA Plate cutout as shown in Figure 5, and that the indexing hole in the MSA Plate fits over the indexing pin on the Developer Frame.

Removal
CAUTION
1.
2.
Open the machine.

a.
Indexing pin
Copier/Printer:
i.
Install the Bearing,

E-ring, MSA Plate,
and screw (1).
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Indexing hole
Continue at step 3.
b.
MSA Plate
Printer only:
i.
ii.
Continue at step 3.
Orient the Magnet Roll Shaft

as shown here (with the flat
surface facing the opening in
the Developer Frame.
3.
4.
Remove the Metering Blade Assembly (Figure 1).

a.
Remove the screws (2).
b.
Remove the Metering Blade Assembly.
Figure 5 MSA Plate installation

NOTE: After replacing the Magnet Roll, reset the dC135 HFSI counter 950-805 Deve Mag Roll.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-51
Repairs
REP 9.2, REP 9.3
2
Remove the Metering Blade Assembly
Metering Blade Holder
Remove the Metering Blade
Figure 1 Metering Blade Assembly removal

5.
Figure 2 Metering Blade removal
Remove the Metering Blade (Figure 2).

a.
b.
Remove the Metering Blade.
Repairs
REP 9.3
c.
Thoroughly clean any loose and/or caked toner from the Metering Blade Holder.
Replacement
November 2008
4a-52
V3.0
CAUTION
NOTE: Before installing the screws (2), firmly push the Metering Blade Assembly in the direction shown
by the arrow to secure it (Figure 4).
The Metering Blade is fragile. Do not install a Metering Blade that has been bent or kinked.
NOTE: Before installing the Metering Blade Assembly on the Developer Housing Assembly, apply a
light coating of toner on the surface of the Metering Blade that will contact the Magnetic Roll.
NOTE: After installing the Metering Blade Assembly on the Developer Housing Assembly, rotate the
drive gear (Figure 3) three or more times in a counterclockwise direction. Check that the toner thickness
on the Magnetic Roll is even and that there are no streaks or voids on the surface. If you observe any
streaks or unevenness, clean the Metering Blade.
Metering Blade Assembly
Push
Magnetic Roll
rotation
Drive Gear
Figure 4 Securing the Metering Blade Assembly
Rotate the drive gear counterclockwise
NOTE: After replacing the Metering Blade, reset the value of the dC135 HFSI counter 950-804 Deve
Blade.
Figure 3 Applying toner to the Magnetic Roll
V3.0
November 2008
4a-53
Repairs
REP 9.3
REP 9.4 Bias Charge Roller (BCR)

Removal
3
Route the BCR wire and
connector to the left (out
of the way of the BCR
Assembly)
CAUTION
Do not touch the Bias Charge Rollers with your bare hands.
1.
2.
Open the machine.
Open the clips (2) and

remove the wire

a.
Copier/Printer:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Continue at step 3.
b.
Printer only:
i.
ii.
2
Disconnect the BCR
connector
Continue at step 3.
3.
Remove the Photoreceptor (REP 9.6). Leave the LPH Assembly in the raised and latched position.
4.
Remove the Bias Charge Roller Assembly.

a.
Open the clips, disconnect the BCR connector, and route the wire with connector to the left,
out of the way of the BCR Assembly (Figure 1).
Figure 1 Disconnect and reroute the BCR power connector (left end of the assembly)
b.
Repairs
REP 9.4
November 2008
4a-54
Rotate the BCR Assembly until the notch in the right end of the frame aligns with the plastic
tab. With the notch and tab aligned, slide the entire assembly to the left to disengage the right
end, then move the assembly to the right and remove it from the machine (Figure 2).
V3.0
REP 9.5 LPH Assembly

Removal
Notch in end of BCR frame
CAUTION
Tab
BCR frame
1.
2.
Open the machine.

a.
Copier/Printer:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Continue at step 3.
b.
Printer only:
i.
ii.
Continue at step 3.
Figure 2 Aligning the notch and the tab to remove the right end of the assembly
CAUTION
3.
4.
Return the BCR and the LPH Assemblies to their operating positions but do not install their
mounting screws.
5.
Locate on the LPH Assembly the components which will be disconnected and/or removed (Figure
1).
Do not allow your hands or fingers to touch and contaminate the BCRs. Use a soft, dry, lint-free
cloth when removing the BCRs.
c.
To remove the BCRs from the BCR Assembly, grasp them near the ends and pop them out of
the BCR Holders.
Replacement
NOTE: Prior to installing the BCRs, clean them with a soft, lint-free cloth that has been dampened with
water, then dry them with a soft, lint-free cloth.
NOTE: After replacing the Bias Charge Rollers, reset the dC135 HFSI counter 950-802 BCR.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-55
Repairs
REP 9.4, REP 9.5
LPH1 Driver PWB

LPH2 Driver PWB
LPH Power Harness
LPH3 Driver PWB
Open ALL cable

clamps for ALL three
(3) LPH Interface
Cables
LPH Interface Cables
Figure 2 Repeat the removals shown in the figure for ALL (3) LPH Interface Cables
Figure 1 LPH component orientation

6.
b.
Disconnect the LPH Interface Cables (3) from the LPH1, LPH2, and LPH3 Driver PWBs.
a.
Open ALL of the cable clamps that secure the LPH Interface Cables (3) to the LPH Assembly (Figure 2).
Repairs
REP 9.5
November 2008
4a-56
Remove the screws that secure the P-clamps (3) to the front of the LPH frame (Figure 3).
Leave the P-clamps on the cables after removing the screws.
V3.0
Remove the screws (3 total; only 2 shown)
Disconnect the LPH Interface Cables from the

LPH Driver PWBs. J482B on the LPH2 Driver
PWB is shown in this figure.
Repeat for J482A on the LPH1 Driver PWB
and for J482C on the LPH3 Driver PWB.
Figure 4 Disconnect the LPH Interface Cables from the LPH Driver PWBs
Figure 3 Removing the screws that secure the P-clamps to the LPH frame
c.
Disconnect the LPH Interface Cables from the LPH Driver PWBs (Figure 4).
i.
Disconnect J482A on the LPH1 Driver PWB.
ii.
Disconnect J482B on the LPH2 Driver PWB.
iii.
Disconnect J482C on the LPH3 Driver PWB.
V3.0
7.
November 2008
4a-57
Remove all LPH Interface Cables from the open cable clamps, open the clamp at the far right end
of the LPH frame, and route the cables out the right end of the LPH Assembly (Figure 5).
Repairs
REP 9.5
2
Open ALL Power Harness
clamps on the inside rear of
the LPH frame
1
Open the clamp
1
Open the left end
harness clamp
2
Route the LPH Interface
Cables out the right end of
the LPH Assembly
Figure 5 Routing the LPH Interface Cables out of the LPH Assembly
8.
Figure 6 Opening the Power Harness clamps
Open the large cable clamp in the left end of the LPH frame and all of the cable clamps that secure
the LPH Power Harness within the LPH frame (Figure 6).
Repairs
REP 9.5
9.
November 2008
4a-58
Disconnect the LPH Power Harness connectors from the LPH Driver PWBs (Figure 7).
a.
Disconnect J480A from the LPH1 Driver PWB.
b.
Disconnect J480B from the LPH2 Driver PWB.
c.
Disconnect J480C from the LPH3 Driver PWB.
V3.0
Disconnect the Power Harness connectors from

the LPH Driver PWBs. J480A on the LPH1
Driver PWB is shown in the figure. Also disconnect J480B from the LPH2 Driver PWB and
J480C from the LPH3 Driver PWB.
Press the Left Hand Arm to

the right to remove it from
the mounting hole in the left
frame.
Left Hand Arm
Mounting hole
Figure 7 Disconnecting the Power Harness connectors

10.
11.
Figure 8 Removing the left end of the LPH Assembly
Remove the complete LPH Power Harness from the open clamps and route it out the left end of the
LPH Assembly.
c.
While lifting the left end of the LPH Assembly, remove the right end from the latch and
remove the Right Hand Arm from the mounting hole in the right frame.
Remove the LPH Assembly.
Replacement
a.
Return the LPH Assembly to the latched position.
b.
While supporting the left end of the LPH Assembly with one hand, press the angled end of
the Left Hand Arm toward the center of the machine to release it from the mounting hole in
the frame (Figure 8).
NOTE: Perform the LED Print Head (LPH) adjustment (ADJ 9.2) after installing the LPH Assembly.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-59
Repairs
REP 9.5
REP 9.6 Photoreceptor (Drum)

Removal
BCR Assembly
CAUTION
The Photoreceptor may suffer light shock if it is exposed to ambient light for too great a period. After
removing the Photoreceptor from the machine, either place in a black bag, cover it with a black cloth, or
store it in an RFC in the place of one media roll and tube.
1.
2.
Open the machine.

a.
Copier/Printer:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Continue at step 3.
b.
Printer only:
i.
ii.
Continue at step 3.
Figure 1 BCR retaining screws (left and right ends)
3.
Remove the Developer Housing Assembly (REP 9.1). Leave the LPH Assembly in the raised and
latched position.
b.
Rotate the BCR Assembly up and all the way to the rear (Figure 2).
4.
Remove the Photoreceptor.
c.
Grasp the Photoreceptor by the left flange and the Drive Gear (right side) and carefully
remove it from the Printer (Figure 2).
CAUTION
Avoid touching or scratching the surface of the Photoreceptor when removing it from the Printer.
a.
Remove the screws (2) that hold the BCR Assembly in the operating position (Figure 1).
Repairs
REP 9.6
November 2008
4a-60
V3.0
REP 9.7 Cleaner Assembly

Removal
1
Raise and latch the LPH
Assembly in the upright position
CAUTION
2
Rotate the BCR Assembly up
and all the way to the rear
1.
2.
Open the machine.

a.
Copier/Printer:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Continue at step 3.
Grasp the Photoreceptor by the

flanges and remove it
b.
Printer only:
i.
ii.
Continue at step 3.
Figure 2 Photoreceptor removal
d.
The two end bearings and the drive gear on the Photoreceptor are not spared. When replacing
the Photoreceptor, remove these parts so they can be installed on the replacement assembly.
Replacement
3.
4.
Remove the BCR Assembly (REP 9.4).
5.
Return the LPH Assembly to the operating position but do not install the mounting screws.
CAUTION
Place paper over the LPH Assembly and over the BTR/DTS Assembly to protect them from possible contamination.
6.
NOTE: When installing a new Photoreceptor, lightly dust it with Kynar before installing it in the
machine.
Remove the Cleaner Assembly.

a.
Remove the screws (2) that secure the Cleaner Assembly in the machine (Figure 1 and Figure
2).
NOTE: After installing the Photoreceptor in the machine, manually rotate the top of the Photoreceptor
toward you to ensure that the Cleaning Blade does not become damaged.
NOTE: After replacing the Photoreceptor, reset the dC135 HFSI counter 950-800 Drum.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-61
Repairs
REP 9.6, REP 9.7
Remove the screw

Remove the screw
Cleaner Assembly
Cleaner Assembly
Figure 1 Cleaner Assembly left retaining screw
Figure 2 Cleaner Assembly right retaining screw

CAUTION
Remove the Cleaner Assembly carefully to avoid damaging the Stripper Fingers.
b.
Repairs
REP 9.7
November 2008
4a-62
Grasp the Cleaner Assembly by the end shafts, then simultaneously lift the left end and slide
the assembly to the left so that the Toner Auger (Figure 3) clears the Outer Bottle Pipe. Carefully lift the Cleaner Assembly out of the machine.
V3.0
NOTE: Be sure that the locating pin at the left end of the Stripper Finger Assembly is in the operating
position after the machine is reassembled (Figure 4).
Pin in shipping position
Pin in operating position
Toner Auger
Figure 3 Cleaner Assembly
Replacement
Figure 4 Stripper Finger Assembly in shipping position (left) and operating position (right),
viewed from below with Clam Shell open
V3.0
November 2008
4a-63
Repairs
REP 9.7
REP 9.8 Cleaning Blade

Removal
CAUTION
The Photoreceptor may suffer light shock if it is exposed to ambient light for too great a period. After
removing the Photoreceptor from the machine, either place in a black bag, cover it with a black cloth, or
store it in an RFC in the place of one media roll and tube.
1.
2.
Open the machine.

a.
Copier/Printer:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
2
Remove the Cleaning Blade
Continue at step 3.
b.
Printer only:
i.
ii.
Continue at step 3.
3.
Remove the Cleaner Assembly (REP 9.7).
4.
Remove the Cleaning Blade (Figure 1).

a.
b.
Remove the Cleaning Blade.
Figure 1 Removing the Cleaning Blade
Replacement
1.

NOTE: After replacing the Cleaning Blade, apply a light coating of Kynar to the entire surface of
the Photoreceptor, then install the Photoreceptor and rotate it toward you to lubricate the Cleaning
Blade.
NOTE: After replacing the Cleaning Blade, reset the value of the dC135 HFSI counter 950-801
Cleaner Blade.
Repairs
REP 9.8
November 2008
4a-64
V3.0
REP 9.9 Toner Seal Assembly

Removal
1
CAUTION
When removing the Photoreceptor, spread a sheet of paper over the entire A-Transport and B-Transport
areas to prevent toner contamination.
CAUTION
Before removing the Cleaner Assembly, spread a sheet of paper on the floor in front of the machine to
prevent contamination.
1.
2.
Open the machine.

a.
Copier/Printer:
i.
ii.
iii.
Remove the Toner Seal
iv.
v.
Continue at step 3.
b.
Printer only:
i.
ii.
Figure 1 Removing the Toner Seal
Continue at step 3.
3.
Replacement
4.
5.
Remove the Stripper Finger Assembly (REP 9.13).
6.
Remove the Toner Seal Assembly (Figure 1).

a.
b.
Remove the Toner Seal Assembly.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-65
Repairs
REP 9.9
NOTE: When installing the Toner Seal Assembly, first ensure that it is fully seated in the Cleaner Housing, then tighten the screws in the sequence A, C, B. Be sure to press the center of the Toner Seal Assembly against the Cleaner Housing while tightening screw B (Figure 2).
C
Tighten second
REP 9.10 BTR/DTS Assembly

Removal
1.
2.
3.
Remove the BTR/DTS Assembly (Figure 1).

CAUTION
Tighten last
The ground wire contains a resistor. Handle it with care to prevent breakage.
A
Tighten first
a.
Loosen the screws (2) and disconnect the DTS and BTR ground wires.
b.
Disconnect the BTR connector.
c.
Disconnect the DTS connector.
d.
Place one hand on each end of the BTR/DTS Assembly and lift it up and off the locating tabs;
remove it from the front of the machine.
1
Loosen the screws and
disconnect the ground
wires
3
Disconnect the
DTS connector
Figure 2 Toner Seal Assembly tightening sequence (A - C - B)
2
Disconnect the BTR connector
Figure 1 Disconnecting the BTR/DTS Assembly
Replacement
CAUTION
Replace the assembly carefully to prevent damage to the ground wire (resistor), the BTR wire, and the
DTS wire.
Repairs
REP 9.9, REP 9.10
November 2008
4a-66
V3.0
REP 9.11 Bias Transfer Roller

Removal
2
Remove the Plate
1.
2.
Remove the BTR/DTS Assembly (REP 9.10).
3.
Remove the DTS Assembly (REP 9.12).

CAUTION
When removing the BTR/DTS Assembly, do not misplace the springs (4), the BTR connector, and the
Bearings.
4.
Remove the Bias Transfer Roller.

a.
Remove the screws (2 per end) and the Plates (1 per end) (Figure 1 and Figure 2).
1
Remove the
screws
Figure 2 Removing the screws and the plate at the left end
b.
Lift the BTR up and out of the right and left Blocks.
c.
Remove the E-clip at the left end and remove the Tracking Roll (Figure 3).
2
Remove the Plate
1
Remove the screws
(2)
Figure 1 Removing the screws and Plate at the right end
V3.0
November 2008
4a-67
Repairs
REP 9.11
2
Remove the Tracking Roll
2
Remove the Tracking Roll
Remove the E-clip
Depress the clip and

slide the gear off the
shaft
Figure 3 Removals at the left end of the BTR

d.
Depress the clip at the right end and remove the Tracking Roll and the Gear (Figure 4).
Figure 4 Removals at the right end of the BTR
Replacement
CAUTION
Verify that the springs are correctly installed on the bosses in the Blocks.
NOTE: After replacing the Bias Transfer Roller, reset the dC135 HFSI counter 950-806 BTR.
Repairs
REP 9.11
November 2008
4a-68
V3.0
REP 9.12 DTS Assembly

DTS

Removal
1.
2.
Remove the BTR/DTS Assembly (REP 9.10).
3.
Remove the screws (4) that secure the DTS Assembly to the Blocks (Figure 1 and Figure 2).
Block
DTS
Remove the
screws (2)
Block
Remove the
screws (2)
Figure 2 BTR/DTS left end block
4.
Separate the DTS Assembly from the Blocks (Figure 3).
Figure 1 BTR/DTS right end block
V3.0
November 2008
4a-69
Repairs
REP 9.12
REP 9.13 Stripper Finger Assembly

Removal
DTS
1.
2.
3.
Remove the Stripper Finger Assembly.

a.
Remove the center screw and Shaft Holder (Figure 1).
2
Slide the assembly toward the Toner
Auger and remove it together with
the spring
Spring
BTR
Toner Auger
Figure 3 DTS separated from BTR/DTS Assembly
Replacement
Remove the center screw

and Shaft Holder
NOTE: After replacing the DTS, reset the dC135 HFSI counter 950-807 DTS.
Figure 1 Remove the center screw

b.
Slide the Stripper Finger Assembly in the direction of the Toner Auger, compressing the
spring. When the opposite end is free, remove the Stripper Fingers and the spring as an
assembly.
Replacement
Repairs
REP 9.12, REP 9.13
November 2008
4a-70
V3.0
NOTE: After replacing the Stripper Fingers, reset the dC135 HFSI counter 950-803 Drum Finger.
REP 9.14 Drum Gear
NOTE: Be sure to return the locating pin at the left end of the Stripper Finger Assembly to the operating
position after the machine is reassembled (Figure 2).

Removal
To replace the Drum Gear on the Photoreceptor (Drum).
Pin in shipping position
1.
2.
Remove the Drum Assembly (Figure 1).
Pin in operating position
Figure 1 Remove the Drum Assembly

3.
Remove the E-ring and the bearing (Figure 2).
Figure 2 Stripper Finger Assembly in shipping position (left) and operating position (right),
viewed from below with Clam Shell open
Figure 2 Remove the E-ring and Bearing

4.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-71
Remove the three (3) screws on the gear cover (Figure 3)
Repairs
REP 9.13, REP 9.14
Figure 3 Remove the three screws

5.
Remove the old gear (Figure 4).
Figure 4 Remove old gear
Replacement
Repairs
REP 9.14
November 2008
4a-72
V3.0
REP 10.1 Duct Plate

Removal
Disconnect J692
NOTE: To gain the required access to the back of the 6279 Wide Format, remove the installed Catch
Trays, Document Return Guides, etc., based on the machine configuration. If a finisher is installed,
either push it away (stacker) or raise the bridge (folder).
1.
2.
Preliminary steps:
a.
Copier/Printer only:
i.
Remove the Rear Upper Cover (REP 16.8).
ii.
iii.
Remove the Top Cover Sensor (PL 9.1) and its bracket. Doing this will allow you to
slide the Scanner all the way to the front stops, thereby gaining extra working room in
the Fuser area.
iv.
v.
vi.
Lift the IIT Locking Pins and slide the IIT to the front latched position.
3
Slide the Duct Plate off the right
and left pins to remove
Continue at step 3.
b.
Printer only:
i.
ii.
Figure 1 Duct Plate removal
Continue at step 3.
3.
Remove the Duct Plate (Figure 1).
Replacement
V3.0
November 2008
4a-73
Repairs
REP 10.1
REP 10.2 Fuser Cover Assembly
REP 10.3 Thermistor Plate

Removal

Removal
1.
2.
Remove the Duct Plate (REP 10.1).
3.
Remove the Fuser Cover Assembly (Figure 1).
Do not handle the fuser components until they have cooled. Some fuser components operate at hot
temperatures and can produce serious injury if touched.
a.
Remove the screws (2) (nearest the rear of the machine).
1.
b.
Lift and slide the cover to the rear to remove.
WARNING
2.
Fuser Cover Assembly
Allow the Fuser Assembly to cool before performing this procedure.
3.
Remove the Fuser Cover Assembly (REP 10.2).
4.
Remove the Thermistor Plate.

a.
Disconnect the Thermostat Connectors (Figure 1).
Disconnect the connectors
Figure 1 Fuser Cover Assembly removal
Replacement
Figure 1 Thermostat
b.
Repairs
REP 10.2, REP 10.3
November 2008
4a-74
Open the clips that secure the Thermistor wires to the Fuser Harness, and then disconnect the
Thermistor connectors (P191, P192, P193, P194) (Figure 2).
V3.0
Fuser Harness
Beginning at the far left end of the machine,

open the first 10 harness clips and then disconnect the Thermistor connectors (P191, P
192, P193, P194)
Figure 2 Thermistor Plate removal

c.
Figure 3 Remove the screws
Remove the screws (2) (Figure 3).
d.
Rotate the front of the Thermistor Plate up slightly, then lift and remove it.
Replacement
V3.0
November 2008
4a-75
Repairs
REP 10.3
REP 10.4 Thermistor

Removal
WARNING
1.
Remove the
screw

2.
Perform REP 10.3 Thermistor Plate (see also Figure 1).
Thermistor Plate
2
Remove the Thermistor
Figure 2 Thermistor removal
Replacement
NOTE: After replacing the Thermistors, reset the current value of 950-811 Fuser STS in dC135.
Figure 1 Thermistor Plate

3.
Remove the Thermistor (Figure 2).
Repairs
REP 10.4
November 2008
4a-76
V3.0
REP 10.5 Thermostat

Removal
1
Remove the
screws (2)
WARNING
1.
2.
3.
Remove the
Thermostat
4.
Disconnect the two wires from the Thermostat.
5.
Remove the Thermostat Bracket with the Thermostat attached (Figure 1).
Figure 2 Thermostat removal
Replacement
2
Remove the bracket and
Thermostat
1
Figure 1 Thermostat Bracket removal

6.
Remove the Thermostat (Figure 2).
V3.0
November 2008
4a-77
Repairs
REP 10.5
REP 10.6 Fuser Drive Motor
REP 10.7 Heat Rods

Removal

Removal
WARNING
WARNING
1.
CAUTION
2.
Remove the Right Upper Cover (REP 16.2).
Do not touch the Heat Rods with your bare hands. If a Heat Rod becomes contaminated with oil or
grease, the life of the Heat Rod may be shortened. Clean when necessary with Film Remover.
3.
Remove the Fuser Drive Motor (Figure 1).
1.
2.
3.
Remove the Left Upper Cover (REP 16.5).
Open the clip and

release the wires
4.
Disconnect J293
5.
Remove the components at the right end of the Heat Rods (Figure 1).
3
Remove the screw
4
Remove the bracket
Remove the screws

(3)
Release the wires

from the clip
Figure 1 Fuser Drive Motor removal

4.
Remove the Fuser Drive Motor and the integral PWB as a unit.
Replacement

Figure 1 Component removal at right end of Heat Rods
6.
Repairs
REP 10.6, REP 10.7
November 2008
4a-78
Remove the components at the left end of the Heat Rods (Figure 2).
V3.0
CAUTION
4
Remove the bracket
3
Remove the screw
The factory installs the Heat Rods as shown in Figure 3. However, the Side, Sub, and Center Heat Rods
are mounted an equal distance from the inside of the Fuser Roll and may be installed in any of the three
cutouts in the Heat Rod Brackets. The color-coded connectors on the Heat Rods must be connected to
the matching connectors mounted in the frame. Either end of a Heat Rod may be installed at either the
left or right side without there being any performance issues.
Center Head Rod (white
connector), installed in
the top bracket cutout.
2
Release the wires from the
clip
Side Heat Rod (blue connector), installed in the
end bracket cutout.
1
Sub Heat Rod (red connector), installed in the

bottom bracket cutout.
Figure 2 Component removal at left end of Heat Rods

7.
Carefully pull out the Heat Rods.
Replacement
Figure 3 Factory installed Center, Sub, and Side Heat Rods
V3.0
November 2008
4a-79
Repairs
REP 10.7
11.
REP 10.8 Fuser Roll

Removal
Using two (2) of the screws removed earlier in this procedure, set the Fuser in the shipping position (Figure 1 and Figure 2) to cam apart the Fuser Roll and the Pressure Roll.
NOTE: It may be necessary to move the Clam Shell up or down to align the shipping screw holes.
Install the screw
WARNING
CAUTION
1.
2.
Preliminary steps:
a.
Copier/Printer:
i.
ii.
iii.
Remove the Top Cover Sensor (PL 9.1) and its bracket. Doing this will allow you to
slide the Scanner all the way to the front stops, thereby gaining extra working room in
the Fuser area.
iv.
v.
vi.

Figure 1 Setting the right side of the Fuser in the shipping position
vii. Remove the IIT Left Side Cover (REP 16.11).

viii. Lift the IIT Locking Pins and slide the IIT to the front latched position.
Continue at step 3.
b.
Printer only:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Continue at step 3.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the Thermistor Plate (REP 10.3).
6.
Remove the Exit Upper Baffle/Decurler Assembly (REP 10.10).
7.
Remove the Lower Exit Chute (REP 10.11).
8.
Remove the Fuser Drive Motor (REP 10.6).
9.
Remove the Heat Rods (REP 10.7).
10.
Repairs
REP 10.8
November 2008
4a-80
V3.0
Install the screw

Remove the Gear
Figure 2 Setting the left side of the Fuser in the shipping position
12.
Remove the Gear (59/46) by sliding it off the end of the shaft (Figure 3).
Figure 3 Remove the Gear

13.
Remove components from the right end of the Fuser Roll.

a.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-81
Remove the sleeve which is inserted into the right end of the Fuser Roll (Figure 4).
Repairs
REP 10.8
2
Slide the sleeve out of the end of
the Fuser Roll
Remove the Fuser

Roll Gear
1
Figure 4 Removing the sleeve from the right end of the Fuser Roll
b.
Figure 5 Fuser Roll Gear
Remove the Fuser Roll Gear (73T) by sliding it off the Fuser Roll (Figure 5).
NOTE: The remaining components at the right end of the Fuser Roll will be removed after
the removals at the left end are completed.
14.
Remove the components from the left end of the Fuser Roll.
a.
Repairs
REP 10.8
November 2008
4a-82
Remove the Fuser Bias Contact Plate Assembly (Figure 6).
V3.0
1
Remove the screw
2
Remove the assembly
Figure 6 Removing the Fuser Bias Contact Plate Assembly

b.
Remove the sleeve by pulling it out the end of the Fuser

Roll
Figure 7 Removing the Sleeve (left end of Fuser Roll)
Remove the sleeve which is inserted into the left end of the Fuser Roll (Figure 7). Using a
lint-free cloth, hold the Fuser Roll to keep it from moving.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-83
c.
Remove the Bearing Collar (Insulator) and the Bearing (Figure 8).
Repairs
REP 10.8
NOTE: The flat surface of the Collar faces away from the Fuser Roll.
1
Remove the
Collar
Remove the
Bearing Collar
2
Remove the
Bearing
Figure 8 Removing the Bearing Collar and the Bearing (right end of Fuser Roll)
d.
Figure 9 Removing the Collar (right end of Fuser Roll)
Remove the Collar (Spacer) (Figure 9).

15.
Repairs
REP 10.8
Remove the remaining components from the right end of the Fuser Roll.
a.
Remove the Bearing Collar and the Bearing. (The procedure is the same as for the left end;
refer to Figure 7.)
b.
Remove the Collar (Spacer). (The procedure is the same as for the left end; refer to Figure 9.)
16.
Close the Clam Shell.
17.
Remove the Fuser Roll by sliding it to the left until the right end clears the Fuser Frame, then lift
and slide it to the right to remove it from the Fuser Assembly (Figure 10).
November 2008
4a-84
V3.0
REP 10.9 Pressure Roll

Removal
WARNING
CAUTION
1.
2.
Remove the Fuser Roll (REP 10.8).
3.
Remove the components at the left end of the Pressure Roll.

a.
Remove the Pressure Roll Plate and Pin Assembly (Figure 1 and Figure 2).
NOTE: It is not necessary to mark the screw locations because the Pressure Roll Plate may
be installed using any opposing set of holes.
1
Figure 10 Removing the Fuser Roll
Replacement
CAUTION
Do not install the Fuser Bias Contact Plate until both ends of the Fuser Roll are reassembled completely.
CAUTION
Be sure to install the Collars (Spacers) with the flat side facing away from the Fuser Roll.
NOTE: If the replacement Fuser Roll is rolled in protective paper, leave the paper on the Fuser Roll
until it is installed in the Fuser Assembly, and then remove it.
NOTE: Following installation, clean the Fuser Roll by wiping it with a dry, lint-free cloth.
2
Carefully pry the Pressure Roll Plate and
Pin Assembly out of the end of the Pressure
Roll, using flat blade screwdriver(s).
NOTE: After replacing the Fuser Roll, reset the current value of 950-808 Heat Roll in dC135.
Figure 1 Removing the left end Pressure Roll Plate and Pin Assembly
V3.0
November 2008
4a-85
Repairs
REP 10.8, REP 10.9
Pressure Roll Plate

and Pin Assembly
1
2
Carefully pry the Pressure Roll
Plate and Pin Assembly out of the
end of the Pressure Roll, using flat
blade screwdriver(s).
Figure 3 Removing the right end Pressure Roll Plate and Pin Assembly
Figure 2 Pressure Roll Plate and Pin Assembly (same both ends of Pressure Roll)
4.
Remove the components at the right end of the Pressure Roll.

a.
NOTE: It is not necessary to mark the screw locations because the Pressure Roll Plate may
be installed using any opposing set of holes.
Remove the Pressure Roll Plate and Pin Assembly (Figure 3).
5.
Repairs
REP 10.9
November 2008
4a-86
Lift the Pressure Roll out of the machine, being careful to avoid contact with the Inlet Chute (Figure 4).
V3.0
REP 10.10 Exit Upper Baffle/Decurler Assembly

Removal
WARNING
1.
2.
3.
Remove the left bracket and the right bracket that secure the Exit Upper Baffle/Decurler Assembly
to the frame (Figure 1).
Inlet Chute
1
1
Figure 4 Inlet Chute location (shown prior to removal of Pressure Roll end components)
Remove the screw
Remove the screw
Replacement
NOTE: If the replacement Pressure Roll is rolled in protective paper, leave the paper on the Pressure
Roll until it is installed in the Fuser, and then remove it.
NOTE: Clean the Pressure Roll by wiping it with a dry, lint-free cloth.
2
Remove the bracket
2
Remove the bracket
Figure 1 Left and right bracket removal

4.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-87
Remove the Upper Baffle Cover Assembly (Figure 2).
Repairs
REP 10.9, REP 10.10
Harness to Fuser Exit

Motion Sensor
1
Remove the three (3) screws
indicated by the arrows.
Disconnect the Fuser Exit

Switch connector
2
Remove the Upper Baffle Cover
Assembly
Figure 2 Removal of Upper Baffle Cover Assembly

5.
Figure 3 Disconnecting the Fuser Exit Motion Sensor and the Fuser Exit Switch
Disconnect the connectors from the Fuser Exit Motion Sensor and the Fuser Exit Switch. The connector for the Fuser Exit Motion Sensor is located inside the Exit Upper Baffle/Decurler Assembly
and can be accessed from above through the cutout (Figure 3).
Repairs
REP 10.10
6.
November 2008
4a-88
Remove the KL-clip from the pivot pin (Figure 4).
V3.0
REP 10.11 Lower Exit Chute

Removal
Remove the KL-clip
WARNING
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the Lower Exit Chute (Figure 1).

NOTE: The center screw in the Lower Exit Chute attaches to a block that supports the center of
the Fuser Exit Shaft.
NOTE: A shoulder screw is used to attach the right end of the Lower Exit Chute to the IOT.
Figure 4 KL-clip location is on the pivot pin at the right rear of the Printer
7.
Slide the Exit Upper Baffle/Decurler Assembly toward the right side of the Printer until the opposite end slides off its pivot pin, then move the free end away from the Printer and slide the assembly to your right to remove.
Replacement
Shoulder screw
Figure 1 Lower Exit Chute removal

5.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-89
Lift the Lower Exit Chute out the rear of the Printer.
Repairs
REP 10.10, REP 10.11
Replacement
REP 10.12 Fuser Exit Shaft

Removal
WARNING
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the Lower Exit Chute (REP 10.11).
5.
Remove the components at the right end of the Fuser Exit Shaft (Figure 1).
1
Remove the KL-clip and
the white idler gear
3
2
Slide the Drive Gear
off the shaft
Remove the KL-clip and

the bushing
Figure 1 Exit Shaft removal (right side of Printer)

6.
Repairs
REP 10.11, REP 10.12
November 2008
4a-90
Remove the components at the left end of the Fuser Exit Shaft, and then remove the shaft (Figure
2).
V3.0
REP 10.13 Fuser Fingers

Removal
Awaiting input
Replacement
Awaiting input
2
Slide the Fuser Exit Shaft
toward the right side of the
Printer until the left end clears
the frame.
1
3
Rotate the left end of the shaft
away from the Printer and
remove it.
Remove the KL-clip

and the bushing
Figure 2 Exit Shaft removal (left side of Printer)
Replacement
V3.0
November 2008
4a-91
Repairs
REP 10.12, REP 10.13
REP 10.14 Exhaust Fan Filters

Removal
3
Remove the Bracket
2
Remove the harness from
the molded guides
WARNING
1.
2.
Preliminary steps:
a.
Copier/Printer only:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
Lift the IIT Locking Pins and slide the IIT to the front latched position.
1
Continue at step 3.
b.
Printer only:
i.
ii.
Continue at step 3.
3.
Figure 1 Removing the Bracket from the Duct Plate

4.
Remove the filter by pulling it out of the bottom opening in the Bracket (Figure 2).
Remove the Bracket from the Duct Plate (Figure 1).
Repairs
REP 10.14
November 2008
4a-92
V3.0
Figure 2 Removing the Filter from the Bracket
Replacement
CAUTION
Do not touch the front or rear surfaces of the filters; handle them by the edges only.
NOTE: It makes no difference which side of the filter faces the rear of the machine or which long edge is
at the top or the bottom.
NOTE: After replacing the filters, enter Diagnostics (GP 6) and select Printer Information > dC135.
Clear the counter for the 950-820 Fuser Exhaust Filter.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-93
Repairs
REP 10.14
Repairs
REP 10.14
November 2008
4a-94
V3.0
REP 16.1 Front Top Cover Assembly

Removal
1.
Power down the Printer and switch off the Main Switch and Circuit Breaker.
2.
Open the Toner Cartridge Cover and remove the screw (Figure 1).
Mounting pins
Remove the screw
Figure 2 Front Top Cover slid to the left
Figure 1 Remove the screw beneath the Toner Cartridge Cover

3.
Slide the Front Top Cover about 1/2 inch (12.7mm) to the left to disengage its four mounting pins
from the brackets in the left and right sides of the frame (Figure 2 and Figure 3).
V3.0
November 2008
4a-95
Repairs
REP 16.1
REP 16.2 Right Upper Cover

Removal
Left side of Top Upper

Cover
1.
2.
Remove the two halves of the cover from the Control Panel Mounting Post (2 screws/not shown).
3.
4.
Remove the front mounting screw (Figure 1).
Pin
Printer Left Lower

Cover
Figure 3 Lower pin location at left side of the Front Top Cover
CAUTION
If the Front Top Cover is lifted at too great an angle during removal, the rear flange of the cover may
damage the LPH Interface Cables.
4.
To remove the Front Top Cover, pull it toward the front of the Printer while lifting it evenly to just
clear the frame and the Developer Assembly.
Figure 1 Removing the Right Upper Cover front mounting screw
Replacement
Repairs
REP 16.1, REP 16.2
5.
November 2008
4a-96
Remove the rear mounting screws (Figure 2).
V3.0
Tabs
Figure 2 Removing the Right Upper Cover rear mounting screws
Figure 3 Removing the Right Upper Cover
CAUTION
b.
Carefully rotate the front of the cover out and around the Main Switch.
Remove the Right Upper Cover carefully to prevent damage to the Control Panel cables and the Main
Switch.
c.
Disengage the rear of the Right Upper Cover from the rear mounting bracket.
6.
Remove the Right Upper Cover.

a.
Replacement
Slowly lift the cover just enough to disengage the front and rear tabs that fit into the slots in
the top of the frame (Figure 3).
V3.0
November 2008
4a-97
Repairs
REP 16.2
REP 16.3 Right Lower Cover

Removal
1.
2.
Open the Clam Shell and remove the Toner Cover (REP 16.4).
3.
Remove the Toner Bottle and the Interface Cover (Figure 1).
1
Remove the Toner Bottle
Remove the screws

(2)
2
Loosen the thumbscrew
Figure 2 Right Lower Cover screw locations
5.
Open RFC1.
6.
Remove the front screws (Figure 3).
Remove the Interface Cover
Figure 1 Removing the Toner Bottle and Interface Cover

4.
Remove the side screws (Figure 2).
Repairs
REP 16.3
November 2008
4a-98
V3.0
Slide the cover
Remove the screws

(2)
Figure 3 Right Lower Cover front screw locations

7.
Figure 4 Removing the front of the Right Lower Cover
Slide the cover out from under RFC2, the Right Tray Cover, or the Front Lower Cover (depending
on the configuration) (Figure 4).
V3.0
8.
November 2008
4a-99
Remove the cover by sliding it to the rear to disengage the rear tab (Figure 5).
Repairs
REP 16.3
REP 16.4 Toner Bottle Cover

Removal
1.
2.
Open the Toner Bottle Cover.
3.
Lift the cover to remove from its hinges (Figure 1).
Rear tab
Figure 5 Right Lower Cover rear tab location
Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Toner Cover
Replacement
Repairs
REP 16.3, REP 16.4
November 2008
4a-100
V3.0
REP 16.5 Left Upper Cover

Removal
1.
2.
Remove the front mounting screw. Lift the latch to see the screw location (Figure 1).
Stopper
Magnet
Remove the screw
Figure 2 Closing the Clam Shell

4.
Remove the rear mounting screws (Figure 3).
Figure 1 Removing the front mounting screw

3.
Close the Clam Shell (Figure 2).

a.
Pull the Stopper toward the front of the Printer until it is engaged by the magnet.
b.
Push down on the front of the Clam Shell until it latches.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-101
Repairs
REP 16.5
Cut down
Remove the
screws
Figure 4 Removing the Left Upper Cover
Figure 3 Rear mounting screw locations

5.
Holding the rear of the cover level, slide the cover toward the rear of the Printer. When the cut
down portion of the flange appears (Figure 4), tilt the top of the cover away from the Printer and
remove it. Note the locations of the slotted tabs on the top inside of the cover (Figure 5).
Repairs
REP 16.5
November 2008
4a-102
V3.0
REP 16.6 Left Lower Cover

Removal
1.
2.
Remove the rear mounting screws (2) (Figure 1).
Remove the
screws (2)
Slotted tabs
Figure 5 Slotted tabs slide over and are secured by two screws with stand-offs
Replacement
Figure 1 Left Lower Cover rear mounting screws
V3.0
3.
Open RFC1.
4.
Remove the front mounting screws (2) (Figure 2).
November 2008
4a-103
Repairs
REP 16.5, REP 16.6
REP 16.7 Rear Lower Cover

Removal
1.
Power down the system completely, switch off the Main Switch and the Circuit Breaker, and disconnect the Printer power cord. It also may be necessary to disconnect the Accxes Controller
power cord and the UI power cord depending on the available clearance at the rear of the printer.
NOTE: The Accxes Controller and Controller Bracket and any attached copy catch tray or finishing device must be removed prior to removing the Rear Lower Cover.
2.
Remove the Rear Lower Cover.

a.
Remove the screws (6) (Figure 1).
b.
Lift the cover to clear the upper brackets (attached to the frame at each side of the cover) and
remove.
Remove the
screws (2)
Remove the screws

(6)
Figure 2 Screw removal at front of Left Lower Cover

5.
Remove the Left Lower Cover by sliding the front away from the Printer, and then sliding the
cover to the rear.
Replacement
Figure 1 Rear Lower Cover removal
Replacement
Repairs
REP 16.6, REP 16.7
November 2008
4a-104
V3.0
REP 16.8 Rear Upper Cover
REP 16.9 Top Cover

Removal

Removal
WARNING
1.
2.
Remove the Top Cover.
1.
Replacement

2.
Remove the Rear Upper Cover (Figure 1).

a.
b.
Slide the Rear Upper Cover toward the rear of the Printer to remove.
Rear Upper Cover
Remove the
screws (4)
Figure 1 Rear Upper Cover removal
Replacement
V3.0
November 2008
4a-105
Repairs
REP 16.8, REP 16.9
REP 16.10 IIT Right Side Cover

Removal
1.
2.
Unplug the IIT power cord (Figure 1).
Unplug the IIT

power cord
Figure 2 Removing the front mounting screw

4.
Close the Scanner and remove the rear screw (Figure 3).
Figure 1 IIT power cord

3.
Open the Scanner and remove the front screw (Figure 2).
Repairs
REP 16.10
November 2008
4a-106
V3.0
REP 16.11 IIT Left Side Cover

Removal
1.
2.
Open the Scanner and remove the front screw (Figure 1).
Figure 3 Removing the rear mounting screw

Remove the screw
5.
Open the Scanner.
6.
Lift the IIT Right Side Cover slightly and rotate the rear away from the Scanner. At the same time,
flex the front of the cover to disengage a plastic tab from the Scanner frame.
Replacement
Figure 1 Front screw location

3.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-107
Close the Scanner and remove the rear screw (Figure 2).
Repairs
REP 16.10, REP 16.11
REP 16.12 Rear Lower Baffle

Removal
Remove the screw
1.
2.
Open the Scanner.
3.
Remove the Rear Lower Baffle front retaining screws (2) (Figure 1).
IIT Lower Baffle
Remove the screws

(2)
Figure 2 Rear screw location
4.
Open the Scanner.
5.
Pull the IIT Left Side Cover straight out from the Scanner, flexing the ends slightly to clear the
Scanner frame.
Replacement
Figure 1 Front retaining screw locations
Repairs
REP 16.11, REP 16.12
4.
Close the Scanner.
5.
Remove the Rear Lower Baffle rear retaining screws (8) (Figure 2).
November 2008
4a-108
V3.0
Figure 3 Removing the IIT Lower Baffle

Figure 2 Rear screw locations
6.
Open the Scanner.
7.
Lift the IIT Lower Baffle until it clears the rollers, and then remove it out the rear of the IIT.
V3.0
Replacement
November 2008
4a-109
Repairs
REP 16.12
REP 16.13 Front Upper Cover Assembly

Removal
1.
2.
Remove the Front Top Cover (REP 16.1).
3.
Remove the screw at the left end and at the right end of the Front Upper Cover (Figure 1 and Figure 2).
Remove the screw
Figure 2 Left top screw location
Remove the screw
4.
5.
Loosen the screws (2) located on the bottom front edge of the Front Upper Cover (Figure 3 and
Figure 4).
Figure 1 Right top screw location
Repairs
REP 16.13
November 2008
4a-110
V3.0
Loosen the screw

Loosen the screw
Figure 3 Right lower screw location
Figure 4 Left lower screw location

6.
V3.0
November 2008
4a-111
Lift the left end slightly and slide the assembly a little to the right to remove from the machine
(Figure 5).
Repairs
REP 16.13
Front Upper Cover

Assembly
Figure 5 Front Upper Cover Assembly
Replacement
Repairs
REP 16.13
November 2008
4a-112
V3.0
4b. Adjustments
Chain 02
ADJ 2.1 User Interface Flicker Adjustment .....................................................................
4b-3
Chain 06
ADJ 6.1 IIT Magnification ................................................................................................
ADJ 6.2 IIT Lead Edge Registration................................................................................
ADJ 6.3 IIT Document Length .........................................................................................
ADJ 6.4 IIT Side Edge Registration ................................................................................
4b-5
4b-6
4b-8
4b-9
Chain 08
ADJ 8.1 Lead Edge Registration (Roll Feed) ..................................................................
ADJ 8.2 Lead Edge Registration (Cut Sheet Trays) .......................................................
ADJ 8.3 Lead Edge Registration (Manual Bypass).........................................................
ADJ 8.4 Cut Length (Roll Paper).....................................................................................
ADJ 8.5 Side Registration ...............................................................................................
4b-11
4b-12
4b-14
4b-15
4b-17
Chain 09
ADJ 9.1 Xerographic Setup.............................................................................................
ADJ 9.2 LED Print Head (LPH) .......................................................................................
ADJ 9.3 Drum Motor Backlash........................................................................................
4b-19
4b-20
4b-24
Chain 10
ADJ 10.1 Fuser Temperature..........................................................................................
ADJ 10.2 Nip Balance Adjustment ..................................................................................
ADJ 10.3 Fuser Media Buckle Correction Adjustment ....................................................
ADJ 10.4 Fuser Bias Adjustment (NOT VALIDATED) ....................................................
V2.0
4b-27
4b-27
4b-30
4b-31
October 2008
4b-1
Adjustments
Adjustments
October 2008
4b-2
V2.0
ADJ 2.1 User Interface Flicker Adjustment
2.
Press the UP or the DOWN button to navigate to the Misc menu.
Purpose
3.
Press the SELECT button to enter the Misc menu. The following menu selections display:
Resets the system phasing clock to eliminate horizontal banding (flicker) on the display screen.
Adjustment
1.
Signal Source
Reset
Factory Mode
Back
(Figure 1) Press the SELECT button to enter the main menu. The following selections display:
4.
Press the UP or the DOWN button to navigate to the Reset menu.
5.
Image Setting
Press the SELECT button. The UI enters the Auto Adjust mode and displays an hourglass.
Position
The Auto Adjust mode modifies the horizontal and vertical clock phasing.
OSB menu
The UI will resume normal operation when the adjustments finish.
Language
Misc.
Exit
Color
USB-B connector
Figure 1 UI adjustment buttons

V3.0
November 2008
4b-3
Adjustments
ADJ 2.1
ADJ 2.2 UI Calibration

Purpose
UI Calibration is intended to correct conditions such as the following:
Buttons do not respond when pressed
No feedback click sound is heard when a button is pressed
The wrong button responds when the UI is touched
Procedure
1.
Enter Diagnostics (GP 6).
2.
Select the User Interface tab.

CAUTION
Touch only the symbol on the screen when calibrating the UI. Touching the screen at any other
location may severely misadjust the calibration. See Step 5b below to recover from this condition.
NOTE: The Pointer Test allows you to determine if the screen responds correctly to touch. The
cursor should appear precisely where you touch the screen. If not, calibrate the UI.
3.
Touch the 4 Point Calibration button and then follow the instructions on the screen to
calibrate the UI.
4.
Select the Call Closeout tab and then select Close Call.
5.
If the touch screen continues to be unresponsive:

a.
Re-enter Diagnostics and perform the 25 Point Calibration.
b.
If the calibration is so far out of adjustment that you can not make any selections on
the touch screen, establish a serial connection between the Accxes Print Server and
the PWS (refer to 6 General Procedures > Diagnostics in the FreeFlow Accxes
Controller Service Manual for the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX), enter the service log in
and password, then type in calibrateTouch and press Enter. The 4 Point Calibration screen will display on the 6279 UI. Perform the calibration at the 6279 UI.
Adjustments
ADJ 2.2
November 2008
4b-4
V3.0
ADJ 6.1 IIT Magnification
NOTE: Refer to Figure 2 for additional information about making measurements.
Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to adjust the magnification of the IIT within a specific margin of error.
NOTE: This adjustment should be done before performing the IIT Lead Edge Registration, IIT Document Length, and the IIT Side Edge Registration adjustments.
NOTE: Measurements must be made to one decimal place and at a magnification of 100%.
NOTE: Extreme temperature changes will affect the adjustment.
Check
1.
If the customer has 24" roll paper available, load 24" / A1 paper in the RFC1, Roll 1 location. If
not, use 36" / A0 roll paper in the RFC1, Roll 1 location.
2.
Print the IIT Chart. To do so, select the Services button and then select Machine Info. > Print
Reports > Scanner Test Print.
NOTE: The same IIT Chart is also used for the IIT Lead Edge Registration (ADJ 6.2), IIT Document Length (ADJ 6.3), and IIT Side Edge Registration (ADJ 6.4) adjustments.
3.
Press the Services button and then the Copy button.
4.
Verify that the settings on the Basic Copy tab are as follows (change them if they are not):
Reduce/Enlarge = 100%
Original Type = Text/Line
Media source = 24 roll, if loaded; 36 roll, if loaded
Output Format = Synchro
Collation = Uncollated
Check Plot = Off (unchecked)
Quantity = 1
5.
Scan the test pattern print three times (SEF), making one copy per scan.
6.
Measure the L2 length on each of the scanned images (Figure 1).
V3.0
Figure 1 IIT Chart
November 2008
4b-5
Adjustments
ADJ 6.1
ADJ 6.2 IIT Lead Edge Registration

Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to adjust the lead edge registration for copying.
Check
1.
Perform the IOT Lead Edge Registration adjustments for the machine configuration.
Figure 2 Where to take measurements on the IIT Chart

7.
Average the three L2 measurements (the Reading Average) and round to one decimal place. If
one of the measured lengths is completely out of range with respect to the other two, rescan the test
pattern.
8.
Measure the L2 length (the Manuscript Measured Value) of the original printed test pattern
(round to one decimal place).
9.
If the measured results do not meet the following specification, perform the adjustment procedure.
Magnification Specification: The L2 average of the three prints should be within +/- 2.0mm of the
L2 length of the original (in B zone/air conditioned environment with magnification set at 100%).
For a machine equipped with one RFC only (RFC1) and no Trays, perform the following
adjustment procedures:
a.
ADJ 8.1 Lead Edge Registration (Roll Feed)
b.
ADJ 8.3 Lead Edge Registration (Manual Bypass)
For a machine equipped with two RFCs (RFC1 and RFC2), perform these adjustments:
a.
b.
For a machine equipped with one RFC (RFC1) and Trays 3 and 4, perform these adjustments:
a.
b.
ADJ 8.2 Lead Edge Registration (Cut Sheet Trays)
c.
2.
Perform ADJ 6.1 IIT Magnification.
3.
If the customer has 24" roll paper available, load 24"/A1 paper in the RFC1, Roll 1 location. If not,
use 36"/A0 roll paper in the RFC1, Roll 1 location.
4.
5.
Adjustment
1.
2.
Select the Scanner Information tab and then DC505 AUTO ADJUSTMENT.
3.
Select the Magnification Adjustment button.
4.
Select the Reading Average spin button (the data entry button, not the [-] or [+] buttons). Enter the
average value obtained in Check step 7 and then press ENTER on the keypad.
Quantity = 1
5.
Select the Manuscript Measured Value spin button (the data entry button, not the [-] or [+] buttons). Enter the measured value from Check step 8 and then press ENTER.
6.
Press the CALCULATE button. A calculated value will display on the Motor Pulse spin button.
DO NOT TOUCH THE MOTOR PULSE SPIN BUTTON.
7.
Press ENTER. The message Command Succeeded should display in the Message area at the top
of the screen indicating that the new adjustment has been entered in machine memory.
Adjustments
ADJ 6.1, ADJ 6.2
6.
7.
November 2008
4b-6
V3.0
Figure 1 IIT Chart
8.
Average the three L3 measurements (the Reading Average) and (round to one decimal place). If
one of the lengths is completely out of range with respect to the other two, rescan the test pattern.
9.
Measure the L3 length (the Manuscript Measured Value) of the original printed test pattern and
round to one decimal place.
10.
Magnification Specification: Misalignment of lead edge registration shall be within +/- 1.5mm
when the document is inserted correctly, the environment is air conditioned, and the magnification
is 100%.
Adjustment
1.
V3.0
Turn Auto Rotation off. To do so do the following: select the Services button, then Machine Info.,
then the Administration tab. Select the Copy Options button, then the Enable/Disable Auto
Rotate button, and then Disabled. Select SAVE and then press the Services button.
2.
3.
Select the Scanner Information tab and then dC505 AUTO ADJUSTMENT.
4.
Select the Lead Edge Registration button.
5.
Select the Reading Average spin button (the data entry button, not the [-] or [+] button). Enter the
average value obtained in Check step 8 and press ENTER.
6.
Select the Manuscript Measured Value spin button (the data entry button, not the [-] or [+] button). Enter the measured value from Check step 9 on the keypad and press ENTER.
7.
Press the CALCULATE button. The machine will calculate the new adjustment value and display
it on the Lead Registration spin button. DO NOT TOUCH THE LEAD REGISTRATION
SPIN BUTTON.
November 2008
4b-7
Adjustments
ADJ 6.2
8.
Select ENTER. The new scanner adjustment for IIT Lead Edge Registration will now be entered
into machine memory. A Command Succeeded message will display at the top of the screen.
ADJ 6.3 IIT Document Length

Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to ensure that the length of the original document is determined within
a specific margin of error.
Check
1.
Perform ADJ 6.2 IIT Lead Edge Registration.
2.
3.
4.
Measure the length of the printed test pattern and round to one decimal place. Make the measurement from the Lead Edge (LE) to the Trail Edge (TE), disregarding the printed marks on the
pattern.
5.
6.
7.
Select the Document Length button.
8.
Select CALCULATE. A popup will prompt you to scan the test pattern. Select YES on the popup.
The message Scan request succeeded. You may now scan your document will appear in the Message Area.
9.
Scan the test pattern. After a brief delay the message Measure Resp: Num(1), measurement =
xxx.xxxxxx will display.
10.
11.
Scan the test pattern a second time. After a brief delay the message Measure Resp: Num(2), measurement = xxx.xxxxxx will display.
12.
13.
Scan the test pattern a third time. After a brief delay the message Measure Resp: Num(3), measurement = xxx.xxxxxx will display. The average of the three measurements also will display on
the Reading Average spin button.
14.
If the displayed results do not meet the specification (see below), perform the adjustment.
IIT Document Length Specification: Document Length shall be within +/- 1.5mm when the document is inserted correctly, the environment is air conditioned, and the magnification is 100%.
Adjustment
Adjustments
ADJ 6.2, ADJ 6.3
1.
Select the Manuscript Measured Value spin button (the data entry button, not the [-] or [+] button) and enter the measured value from Check step 4 and press ENTER.
2.
The machine will calculate the new adjustment value.
November 2008
4b-8
V3.0
3.
Select ENTER. The new scanner adjustment value for Document Length will be entered into
machine memory. A Command Succeeded message will display in the Message Area.
ADJ 6.4 IIT Side Edge Registration

Purpose
The purpose of this adjustment is to set up the correct left and right image positions.
Check
1.
Perform ADJ 8.5 Side Registration.
2.
3.
4.
V3.0
Quantity = 1
5.
6.
November 2008
4b-9
Adjustments
ADJ 6.3, ADJ 6.4

7.
Obtain the average (the Reading Average) of the three L1 measured values and round to one
decimal place. If one of the lengths is completely out of range with respect to the other two measurements, rescan the IIT Chart.
8.
Measure the L1 length (the Manuscript Measured Value) of the original printed test pattern
(rounded to one decimal place).
9.
Figure 1 IIT Chart
Magnification Specification: Misalignment of side edge registration shall be within +/- 1.5mm
when the document is inserted correctly, the environment is air conditioned, and the magnification
is 100%.
Adjustment
Adjustments
ADJ 6.4
1.
2.
3.
Select the Side Edge Registration button.
4.
Select the Reading Average spin button (the data entry button, not the [-] or the [+] button). Enter
the average value obtained in Check step 7 and press ENTER on the keypad.
5.
Select the Manuscript Measured Value spin button (the data entry button, not the [-] or the [+]
button), enter the measured value from Check step 8 and press ENTER.
6.
Press ENTER. The machine will calculate the new adjustment value, save it in machine memory,
and display a Command Succeeded message at the top of the screen. The adjustment value will
display on the Side Registration (Dots) spin button. DO NOT TOUCH THE SIDE REGISTRATION SPIN BUTTON.
November 2008
4b-10
V3.0

Purpose
The purpose of this adjustment is to obtain the correct lead edge registration for printing roll media.
Check
1.
At the operators Services screen, select Machine Info. and then Media Status and Setup. Verify
that the Series setting is the same as the media being used for the check and adjustment.
2.
Press CLOSE to return to the Services screen.
3.
Load 36/A0 bond paper in the Roll 1 position.
4.
5.
Select the Printer Information tab and then dC606 Test Copy.
6.
Touch the PARAMETER SET button.
7.
Make ALL of the following parameter settings:
The number of sheets: 4
Paper Feed Device: 1 Roll 1
Media Direction: 1 (Standard Landscape)
ROM Pattern Number: 4
Density: 3
Jam Mask: 0
8.
Press ENTER and then select YES on the confirmation popup to confirm the settings.
9.
Press CLOSE and then select COPY START.
Figure 1 Where to make the LE measurement
NOTE: If the message Test Copy Command Failed appears in the Message Area, the Fuser may
be warming up or the Lead Edge of the roll may not be at the home position. Open the media
drawer and make sure that the media is correctly loaded. If neither of the above, exit the Diagnostics Mode and begin troubleshooting the fault.
10.
Discard the first print.
11.
(Figure 1) Measure the Lead Edge (LE) in the center area of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th prints.
12.
Obtain the average LE for the 3 prints.

The specification is 10.8 0.5mm.
If the average is outside of this specification, perform the Adjustment (below).
If the average is within the specification AND the machine is equipped with RFC2, repeat
the Check, this time moving the 36/A0 roll paper from the Roll 1 position to the Roll 3 position. When repeating the Check from the Roll 3 position, you must do the following:
In Check Step 7, change the Paper Feed Device setting to 3 Roll 3.
Adjustment
1.
Press CLOSE to exit dC606 and return to the Service Diagnostics screen.
2.
Select dC131 NVRAM Access.
3.
Touch the SELECT READ/WRITE button.
4.
Scroll to 910-101 and press ENTER.

The screen will show the present value on the data entry button.
5.
Touch the data entry (spin) button to display the numeric keypad.
6.
Refer to the Note below and enter the corrected NVM value on the numeric keypad and press
ENTER. Press ENTER again to confirm, then press YES on the popup.
NOTE: One step is equal to 0.2mm. Because the value changes approximately 0.2mm per step,
increase or decrease the setting by (10.8 - LE average) / 0.2mm.
7.
V3.0
November 2008
4b-11
Enter a larger value than the one displayed to increase the LE dimension.
Enter a smaller value than the one displayed to reduce the LE dimension.
Press CLOSE two times.
Adjustments
ADJ 8.1
8.
Press NOVRAM SAVE and then press YES on the popup.
9.
Press CLOSE.
10.
Select dC606 Test Copy.
11.
Press COPY START. The previously set parameters will still be in effect.
12.
Repeat steps 10 through 12 of the Check until the Lead Edge Registration is within specification
(10.8 +/- 0.5mm).
13.
If the machine also is equipped with RFC2, now move the 36/A0 bond paper from the Roll 1
position to the Roll 3 position and repeat the Check and, if necessary, the Adjustment,
14.
ADJ 8.2 Lead Edge Registration (Cut Sheet Trays)

Purpose
The purpose of this adjustment is to obtain the correct lead edge registration for printing cut paper from
the cut sheet Trays.
After completing the adjustment for the 36/A0 bond paper, perform the adjustment for tracing
paper and film, if necessary. Use Table 1 to locate the correct dC131 NVM values.
Table 1 NVMs
Media
LE Registration Values
Tracing Paper
910-106
Film
910-107
Adjustments
ADJ 8.1, ADJ 8.2
Check
1.
Load 8-1/2 x 11/A/A4 20 pound bond paper (LEF) in Trays 3 and 4.
2.
that the Series setting is the same as the media being used for the check and adjustment (for both
trays).
3.
4.
5.
Select the Printer Information tab and then touch dC606 Test Copy.
6.
7.
Make ALL of the following parameter settings:
Number of Sheets: 4
Paper Feed Device: 5 Tray 3
Media Direction: 1 (Standard Landscape)
ROM Pattern Number: 4 All 2 dot Line
Density: 3
Jam Mask: 0
8.
Press ENTER and then select YES on the confirmation popup.
9.
Press CLOSE, and then press COPY START.
10.
Discard the first print.
11.
(Figure 1) Measure the Lead Edge (LE) in the center area of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th prints.
November 2008
4b-12
V3.0
NOTE: One step is equal to 0.2mm. Because the value changes approximately 0.2mm per step,
increase or decrease the setting by (10.8 - LE average) / 0.2mm.
Enter a larger value than the one displayed to increase the LE dimension.
Enter a smaller value than the one displayed to reduce the LE dimension.
6.
Press CLOSE twice.
7.
Press NOVRAM SAVE, and then press YES on the popup.
8.
Press CLOSE.
9.
Touch dC606 Test Copy.
10.
Press COPY START to make test prints with the corrected NVM value.
11.
Repeat the Check until the Lead Edge Registration for the Tray 3 is within specification (10.8 +/0.5mm).
12.
Repeat the Check, but this time select Tray 4 as the Paper Feed Device.
13.
Perform the Adjustment if the LE average of the sheets fed from Tray 4 is not within specification. The specification for the Tray 4 sheets is the same as the Tray 3 sheets, that is, 10.8 0.5mm.
14.
Repeat the Tray 4 Check until the Lead Edge Registration is within specification (10.8 +/0.5mm).
Figure 1 Where to make the LE measurement

12.
Obtain the average LE for the 3 prints.

The specification is 10.8 0.5mm.
If the average is outside of this specification, perform the Adjustment (below).
If the average is within the specification, repeat the Check for the media in Tray 4, this time
selecting 6 Tray 4 as the Paper Feed Device. Refer to step 7 above.
Perform the Adjustment if the LE average of the sheets fed from Tray 4 is not within
specification. The specification for the Tray 4 sheets is the same as the Tray 3 sheets,
that is, 10.8 0.5mm.
Repeat the Tray 4 Check until the Lead Edge Registration for Tray 4 is within specification (10.8 +/- 0.5mm).
Adjustment
1.
Press CLOSE to exit dC606.and return to the Printer Information tab.
2.
3.
Touch SELECT READ/WRITE.
4.
For 8-1/2 x 11/A/A4 media, scroll to and select 910-103, and then press ENTER. The present
value displays on the data entry (spin) button.
NOTE: If you performed the Check with any media size larger than 8-1/2 x 11/A/A4 loaded in
either Tray, you must select NVM 910-104 because the length of the sheet in the process direction
will be greater than 250mm.
5.
Touch the data entry (spin) button, enter the corrected NVM value (see the Note below) in the
numeric keypad, and then press ENTER. Press ENTER again to confirm, and press YES on the
popup.
V3.0
November 2008
4b-13
Adjustments
ADJ 8.2

Purpose
The purpose of this adjustment is to obtain the correct lead edge registration for cut sheet paper (Manual
Feed) printing.
Check
1.
From the Services screen, select Machine Info.
2.
On the Machine Information tab, press the Media Status and Setup button. Confirm that the Manual Feed Series setting matches the sheets that you will be feeding. Change the setting if it does not
match and return to the Services screen.
3.
Reposition the paper guides as necessary. You will require at least 3 sheets of the media described
below; more sheets if an adjustment is required.
4.
Load one sheet of 11 x 17 or 12 x 18 or B/A3 LEF 20 pound bond paper and fit it to the paper
guides.
5.
6.
Select the Printer Information tab and dC606 Test Copy.
7.
Press PARAMETER SET.
8.
Make all of the following settings, and then press ENTER:
Number of sheets: 3
Paper Feed Device: 7 Manual Feeding
Media Direction: 1 Standard Landscape
Density: 3
Jam Mask: 0
If (10.8 - LE average) is less than or equal to 0.2mm, no adjustment is necessary.
9.
Press YES on the popup.
If (10.8 - LE average) is greater than 0.2mm, perform the following adjustment.
10.
Press CLOSE.
Figure 1 LE measurement
15.
Obtain the average LE for the 3 copies.
Adjustment
NOTE: Load sheets one at a time.
1.
Press CLOSE to exit dC606.
11.
Press COPY START to feed the first sheet.
2.
12.
Load the second sheet. If it does not feed, press COPY START.
3.
Press SELECT READ/WRITE.
13.
Load the third sheet. If it does not feed, press COPY START.
4.
Scroll to 910-105 Lead Edge Registration Adjustment Value / Manual and press ENTER.
14.
(Figure 1) Measure the Lead Edge (LE) in the center area of the 3 copies.
5.
Touch the data entry button to display the numeric keypad, enter the corrected NVM value (see the
Note below), and press ENTER. Press ENTER again to confirm the change, and press YES on
the popup.
The data entry button will show the present value.
NOTE: One step is equal to 0.2mm. As the value changes approximately 0.2mm per step, increase
or decrease the setting by (10.8 - LE average) / 0.2mm.
Adjustments
ADJ 8.3
Enter a value larger than the one displayed to increase the LE dimension.
Enter a value smaller than the one displayed to reduce the LE dimension.
6.
Press CLOSE two times.
7.
Press NOVRAM Save, and then press YES on the popup.
8.
Press CLOSE.
9.
Select dC606 Test Copy.
10.
Load a sheet of the specified media in the Manual Feeder.
November 2008
4b-14
V3.0
11.
Press COPY START.
ADJ 8.4 Cut Length (Roll Paper)
12.
Repeat steps 12 through step 14 of the Check until (10.8 - LE average) is less than or equal to
0.2mm.
Purpose
13.
Exit Diagnostics when the LE Registration is within specification.
The purpose of this adjustment is to ensure that the machine cuts standard size copies or prints to the
correct length.
Check
NOTE: When the Media Direction is set manually, the machine ignores the Media Status and Setup
Series information previously programmed by the customer.
NOTE: The example used in the procedure below specifies 12 ARCH (A4) series roll media. You also
may use wider media if narrow media is not available. If only ANSI or ISO series media is available,
either may be used in place of ARCH media. The cut length specifications for the ANSI, ISO, and ARCH
sizes appear below:
ANSI specifications:
The longer print: 1117.6 +/- 1mm
The shorter print: 215.9 +/- 1mm
ISO specifications:
The longer print: 1189 +/- 1mm
The shorter print: 210 +/- 1mm
ARCH specifications:
The longer print: 1219 +/- 1mm
The shorter print: 228.6 +/-1mm
1.
Load 36/A0/34 20 pound bond roll paper in the Roll 1 position.
2.
Prepare to make test copies:
3.
Select the Printer Information tab.
Select dC606 Test Copy, and then press PARAMETER SET.
Make three 36/A0 test prints from Roll 1 using the following settings:
Number of Sheets: 3
Paper Feed Device: 1
Media Direction: 3 Non-Standard
Select the manual entry field (labeled Cut Sheet [0-5000mm] default 2000mm), and press
ENTER on the keypad
V3.0
Enter the Diagnostic Mode.
for 36 (ARCH) media enter 1219 (mm) and then press ENTER on the keypad.
for A0 (ISO) media enter 1189 (mm) and then press ENTER on the keypad.
for 34 (ANSI) media enter 1117.6 (mm) and then press ENTER on the keypad.
Density: 3
Jam Mask: 0
4.
Press ENTER, press YES on the confirmation popup, and then press CLOSE.
5.
Press COPY START. Depending on the media series specified, the machine will print three 36 x
1219mm prints (ARCH) or three 841 x 1189mm prints (ISO) or three 34 x 1117.6mm prints
(ANSI). Set the three prints aside.
6.
Press PARAMETER SET.
November 2008
4b-15
Adjustments
ADJ 8.3, ADJ 8.4
7.
Leave all of the parameters the same as before EXCEPT the cut length. Select the manual entry
field (labeled Cut Sheet [0-5000mm] default 2000mm) and:
8.
For ARCH media, enter 229 (mm) in the numeric keypad, then press ENTER. Press
ENTER again to confirm, and then press YES on the popup.
For ISO (A0) media, enter 210 (mm) in the numeric keypad, then press ENTER. Press
ENTER again to confirm, and then press YES on the popup
For ANSI (34) media, enter 216 (mm) in the numeric keypad, then press ENTER. Press
ENTER again to confirm, and then press YES on the popup
Press CLOSE, and then press COPY START. The machine will output three prints of the size
specified in the above step. Set these three prints aside.
9.
Press CLOSE to exit dC606.
10.
Allow all prints to cool for approximately 5 minutes.
11.
Fold the second and third long prints at the center (see Figure 1).
14.
ARCH Cut length specification is 228.6mm +/- 1mm.
ISO Cut Length specification is 210 +/- 1mm.
ANSI Cut Length specification is 215.9mm +/- 1mm.
If the length measurements in the above two steps are not in specification, perform the Adjustment.
If the length measurements are in specification, repeat the Check (and Adjustment, if necessary)
for all installed rolls and media types.
Adjustment
1.
Compare the results obtained from measuring the large size paper and the small size paper. Call the
measurement that is the farthest out of specification Measurement A".
NOTE: Table 1 lists the NVMs that are to be used for making Cut Length adjustments.
2.
Change the value in dC131 NVM 910-116 (refer to Table 1) to bring the A measurement for
bond paper as close as possible to specification.
a.
b.
If A was obtained from measuring the SHORT prints then:
Increasing the value in 910-116 by one step will result in a print that is 0.04mm shorter.
Decreasing the value in 910-116 by one step will result in a print that is 0.04mm longer.
If A was obtained from measuring the LONG prints then:
Increasing the value in 910-116 by one step will result in a print that is 0.26mm shorter.
Decreasing the value in 910-116 by one step will result in a print that is 0.26mm longer.
Table 1 Roll Bond Paper Cut Length NVMs
Figure 1 Preparing the prints to be measured

12.
13.
Roll/Measurement
Bond NVM
Roll 1 / A
910-116
Roll 1 / B
910-117
Roll 2 / A
910-118
Roll 2 / B
910-119
Roll 3 / A
910-120
Roll 3 / B
910-121
Roll 4 / A
910-122
Roll 4 / B
910-123
3.
Compute the number of adjustment steps to enter into 910-116 by dividing the A measurement
by the appropriate value. For example, divide 0.04mm into the A measurement if the smaller
paper was the farthest out of specification; divide 0.2mm into the A measurement if the larger
paper was the farthest out of specification.
4.
Add the number of adjustment steps from step 3 to the value already in dC131 NVM 910-116.
Enter that value into dC131 NVM 910-116.
5.
Measure the long prints at the center line.
ARCH Cut length specification: 1219mm +/- 1mm
ISO Cut Length specification: 1189mm +/- 1mm
ANSI Cut Length specification: 1117.6mm +/- 1mm
6.
Save the new NVM setting:

a.
Press CLOSE and then select NOVRAM SAVE.
b.
Press YES to confirm.
Repeat the Check procedure until the measurements for the long and short paper are out of specification by the same amount.
Fold the second and third short prints at the center. Measure the prints at the center line.
Adjustments
ADJ 8.4
November 2008
4b-16
V3.0
NOTE: If the cut length specification is achieved by entering new "A" NVM values only, exit Diagnostics at this time. If the variation of the small and large size paper is not yet in specification, continue to the next step.
7.
8.
Performing the above steps will result in an equal cut length variation for both the short length
paper and long length paper. To complete the adjustment and eliminate the remaining variation,
call the remaining variation Measurement B. For example, if both the short paper and the long
paper are now 1.0mm out of specification, 1.0mm is measurement B.
ADJ 8.5 Side Registration

Purpose
The purpose of this adjustment is to obtain the correct side registration for printing.
NOTE: The following describes the procedure for Roll 1. The same procedure also applies to the other
Roll(s), the cut sheet Trays (if installed), and the Manual Feeder.
Refer to the Table 1 to determine the number of adjustment steps to enter into dC131 NVM
910-117 to correct the remaining B variation. For example, if the variation is 1.0mm and each
step changes the cut length by 0.2mm, enter 5 steps.
NOTE: Align the roll with the label on the mandrel.
Increasing the NVM value by one step will result in a print that is 0.2mm shorter.
Decreasing the NVM value by one step will result in a print that is 0.2mm longer.
NOTE: When checking other Rolls, Trays, or the Manual Feeder, load the appropriate size paper based
on the entries in Table 1.
Check
9.
Add the number of adjustment steps from step 8 to the value already in dC131 NVM 910-117.
Enter that value into dC131 NVM 910-117.
10.
Save the new NVM setting:
Feed Location
Allowable Paper Sizes
NVM Code
a.
Press CLOSE and then select NOVRAM SAVE.
Roll 1
910-425
b.
Press YES on the popup to confirm.
Repeat the Check procedure until the measurements for the long and short paper are out of specification by the same amount.
36/A0 SEF
Arch D/A1 LEF
34 SEF
Roll 2
910-426
If the customer runs tracing paper and film, perform the Roll Paper Cut Length check for these
media and make the necessary adjustments. Refer to Table 2 for the NVM values for tracing paper
and film.
36/A0 SEF
Arch D/A1 LEF
34 SEF
Roll 3
36/A0 SEF
Arch D/A1 LEF
34 SEF
910-427
Roll 4
36/A0 SEF
Arch D/A1 LEF
34 SEF
910-428
11.
12.
Table 1 Side Registration Adjustment Paper Sizes by Feeder
Table 2 Roll Tracing Paper and Film Cut Length NVMs

Measurement
Bond
Tracing Paper
Film
Roll 1 / A
910-116
910-124
A Bond Value -7
910-125
A Bond Value +2
Tray 3
910-117
910-126
B Bond Value
910-127
B Bond Value
Arch B/A3 SEF

ANSI B SEF
910-429
Roll 1 / B
Tray 4
910-118
910-124
A Bond Value -7
910-125
A Bond Value +2
Arch B/A3 SEF

ANSI B SEF
910-430
Roll 2 / A
Manual Feeder
Arch B/A3 SEF
910-431
Roll 2 / B
910-119
910-126
B Bond Value
910-127
B Bond Value
Roll 3 / A
910-120
910-124
A Bond Value -7
910-125
A Bond Value +2
Roll 3 / B
910-121
910-126
B Bond Value
910-127
B Bond Value
910-124
A Bond Value -7
910-125
A Bond Value +2
Roll 4 / A
Roll 4 / B
13.
910-122
910-123
910-126
B Bond Value
1.
910-127
B Bond Value
2.
3.
Load 36 inch/A0 ordinary (bond) paper in the Roll 1 location.
4.
5.
Select the Printer Information tab and touch dC606 Test Copy.
6.
Make all of the following parameter selections:
Repeat the Check (and Adjustment, if necessary) for all installed rolls and media types, and then
exit Diagnostics.
V3.0
that the Series setting is the same as the media being used for the check and adjustment (for both
the wide and the narrow roll positions).
November 2008
4b-17
Number of Sheets: 1
Paper Feed Device: 1 Roll 1
Media Direction: 1 Standard Landscape for D/A1 media or 2 Standard Portrait for
36/A0 and B/A3 media
Adjustments
ADJ 8.4, ADJ 8.5
7.
Density: 3
Jam Mask: 0
Table 2 Adjustments
Press ENTER on the Parameters screen, and then select YES on the confirmation popup.
8.
Press CLOSE.
9.
Press COPY START.
10.
Measure the width of the left-most square, as denoted by L, shown in the Figure on the right.
Feed Location
Media Size
Specification
Trays 3 - 4
ANSI B SEF
10.9 +/- 0.5mm
Manual Feeder
Arch B SEF
A3 SEF
10.9 +/- 0.5mm
Adjustment
1.
When "L" is less than or greater than the values in the table, calculate the correction value:
Correction Value = (11.2 - L) / 0.34 (for 36" SEF or Arch D LEF)
Correction Value = (11.0 - L) / 0.34 (for A0 SEF or A1 LEF)
Correction Value = (10.9 - L) / 0.34 (for Arch B SEF)
Correction Value = (10.9 - L) / 0.34 (for A3 SEF)
Correction Value = (11.0 - L) / 0.34 (for 34 SEF)
Correction Value = (10.9 - L) / 0.34 (for ANSI B SEF)

NOTE: One step is equal to 0.34mm (8 dots)
New Value = Value Before Change + Correction Value
2.
Use dC131 NVRAM Access to change and save the setup value for NVM 910-425 as shown
above (round decimal fractions up).
3.
As required, repeat the adjustment beginning at step 1 until the correct value for L is obtained for
all Rolls, Trays, and the Manual Feeder.
Figure 1 Where to measure the Side Registration

When L is not equal to the values in the table, perform the adjustment.
Table 2 Adjustments
Feed Location
Media Size
Specification
Rolls 1 - 4
36 SEF or
Arch D LEF
11.2 +/-0.5mm
Rolls 1 - 4
A0 SEF or
A1 LEF
11.0 +/- 0.5mm
Rolls 1 - 4
34 SEF
11.0 +/- 0.5mm
Trays 3 - 4
Arch B SEF
A3 SEF
10.9 +/- 0.5mm
Adjustments
ADJ 8.5
November 2008
4b-18
V3.0
ADJ 9.1 Xerographic Setup
CAUTION
Purpose
The Xerographic Setup procedure is used to check and adjust the output of the HVPS PWB for the
BCRs, Developer Bias, and BTR.
It should be performed at install or whenever the HVPS PWB is replaced. The output of the HVPS PWB
should also be checked and adjusted if necessary after replacing the photoreceptor, BCRs, or BTR.
Each voltage check of a Xerographic Component in Table 1 should not exceed three (3) minutes, otherwise too great a charge will build up. If more than three minutes is needed to check a component, perform one of the following:
Either exit dC951 and perform REP 9.6 Photoreceptor (being sure to apply Kynar to the Drum
before reinstalling it), or
exit dC951, enter dC606, and then print two (2) A1 LEF prints of ROM Pattern 15 All Black.
7.
Select the NVM for the BCR (refer to Table 1) and press ENTER. Press ENTER when the data
entry buttons appear to activate that NVM voltage. Verify that the multimeter indicates the value in
the Measured Value column.
Check
1.
Remove the Left Lower Cover (REP 16.6).
2.
Enter the Diagnostic Mode and select the Printer Information tab.
3.
Connect the negative lead of a multimeter to pin 12 of P387 (Figure 1).
If the Measured Value is outside of the tolerance, perform the adjustment.

Table 1 Adjustments
Pin-out for P387
Measured
Value
NVM
Default
Value
2.7 +/- 0.05V
270
3.0 +/- 0.05V
300
910-229 BCR AC
Non-image area
Normal Temp
2.7 +/- 0.05V
270
AC
910-230 BCR AC
Non-image area
Low Temp
3.0 +/- 0.05V
300
BCR
DC
910-235 BCR DC
-4.0 +/- 0.05V 400
Deve Bias
AC
910-236 Deve Bias
0.7 +/- 0.01V
Light
DC1
910-238 Deve Bias
---
DC2
910-239 Deve Bias
---
DC3
910-240 Deve Bias
---
DC4
910-241 Deve Bias
Dark
DC5
910-242 Deve Bias
BTR
DC
910-249 BTR control bias
NOTE: P387 is located at the rear of the left side of the Printer, under the Left Lower Cover.
Xero
Component
AC/DC
NVM
BCR
AC
910-227 BCR AC
Image area
Normal Temp
BCR
AC
910-228 BCR AC
Image area
Low Temp
BCR
AC
BCR
+
Rear of Printer
P387
Pin 1
Pin 12
1
12
700
-3.0 +/- 0.05V 300

4
0.6 +/- 0.01V
60
Figure 1 P387 pin out

8.
4.
To measure the AC voltage for the BCR, connect the positive lead of the multimeter to pin 1 of
P387.
5.
At the Control Panel, select dC951Xerographic Setup.
6.
Press the BCR button.
V3.0
November 2008
4b-19
Repeat steps 4 through 7 for the remaining Xerographic Components listed in Table 1. Verify that
the multimeter indicates the value in the Measured Value column. If any of the voltages are out of
tolerance, perform the adjustment.
Adjustments
ADJ 9.1
Adjustment
ADJ 9.2 LED Print Head (LPH)
NOTE: The following procedure is an example of an adjustment for the BCR. The Deve Bias and BTR
are adjusted in a similar way, except that the NVM values are different.
Purpose
NOTE: DTS values are not adjusted during Xerographic Setup.
Perform this procedure to check and adjust the LED Print Head joint alignment, timing, and density.
Preparation
1.
With dC951 Xerographic Setup selected, select BCR.
2.
Select the NVM Code whose value needs to be adjusted to achieve the desired Measured Value
(shown in Table 1).
1.
3.
Press ENTER.
4.
Enter a new value using the spin button (the data entry button with the accompanying + and buttons).
Verify that the media settings on the Control Panel are correct.
3.
4.
Select the Printer Information tab and then press dC606 Test Copy.
5.
6.
Make one 24 x 36 D/A1 (LEF) test print from Roll 1 using the following settings:
NOTE: Increasing any NVM value by 10 corresponds to a 0.1V increase read at the multimeter.
Likewise, decreasing any NVM value by 10 corresponds to a 0.1V decrease read at the multimeter.
This applys to both AC and DC voltage measurements.
5.
Press ENTER.
6.
Check the meter to verify that the Measured Value is within specification. If it is not, enter a new
value (using the spin button), press ENTER, and recheck the output at P387. Continue this process until the Measured Value is within specification.
7.
Load 36 inch (A0) paper in Roll 1.
2.
Number of Sheets: 1
Paper Feed Device: 1
Media Direction: 1 Standard Landscape
ROM Pattern Number: 13 (Figure 1)
Density: 3
Jam Mask: 0
Once the Measured Value is within specification, press CLOSE twice to exit to the IOT DC951
Xerographic Setup screen.
8.
Press NVRAM SAVE.
9.
Repeat the adjustment procedure for the remaining NVM Codes in Table 1.
NOTE: There may be additional NVM Codes listed in the Xero Components directories in dC951 Xerographic Setup. However, DO NOT ADJUST any NVM Codes that are not listed in Table 1.
Figure 1 LPH Test Pattern (ROM Pattern 13)
Check the Alignment of the LPH Joints

1.
Adjustments
ADJ 9.1, ADJ 9.2
November 2008
4b-20
Check for the presence of thin, vertical, white or dark joint lines at locations E1 and F1 and at locations E2 and F2 on the test pattern (Figure 2).
V3.0
If the defect sample is positive, subtract that many steps to the current NVM value.
NOTE: The following NVM settings affect the LPH joints:
To correct the joint between LPH1 and LPH2: NVM 910-421
To correct the joint between LPH2 and LPH3: NVM 910-422
The joints at LPH1:LPH2 and LPH2:LPH3 are adjusted by changing the NVM values.
Area G on test pattern
Figure 4 LPH Joint Defect Corrections
Figure 2 Joint Alignment Check Locations on the Test Print
If joint lines like those in Figure 3 are NOT present, continue at Check the Timing of LPH2
to LPH1.
If joint lines like those in Figure 3 appear at the checked locations, perform the procedure
Adjust the Alignment of the LPH Joints.
2.
Close dC606 Test Copy and select dC131 NVRAM Access.
3.
4.
Scroll to NVM 910-421 or NVM 910-422, as appropriate, or to both NVM locations if both joints
exhibit defects. At each NVM location, adjust the current NVM setting by the number of correction steps shown below the defect sample.
5.
Press CLOSE twice.
6.
Press NOVRAM Save, press YES on the confirmation popup, and then press CLOSE.
7.
Repeat the check and adjustment until no light or dark joint lines are seen on the test print in areas
E1 and F1 and E2 and F2.
8.
Go to Check the Timing of LPH2 to LPH1 (below) and continue this series of checks and adjustments.
Check the Timing of LPH2 to LPH1

1.
Figure 3 Examples of Overlap (left) and Gap (Right)
Adjust the Alignment of the LPH Joints

1.
Refer to the defect samples (see area G on the test pattern, Figure 2) and identify the defect sample or samples that most closely match the actual joint lines on the test pattern.
Also note the information printed under each defect sample in area G, for example, -6 step, -3
step, etc. (see Figure 4) This information tells you how much to change the current NVM settings
to eliminate the defect. For example:
Check the alignment of the thin horizontal lines at H1, H2, and H3 on the test pattern (refer to Figure 5). If the LED Print Heads are not correctly timed, the thin horizontal lines at the checked locations will be offset from each other.
If the lines are continuous (no misalignment visible), LPH2 (Center) is correctly timed to
LPH1 (Left) and no adjustment of LPH2 to LPH1 is needed. Go to Check the Timing of
LPH3 to LPH2.
If the checked lines are misaligned, LPH2 (Center) is incorrectly timed to LPH1 (Left). Go to
and perform Adjust the Timing of LPH2 to LPH1.
If the defect sample is negative, add that many steps to the current NVM value.
V3.0
November 2008
4b-21
Adjustments
ADJ 9.2
NOTE: The NVM location to correct the center (LPH2/K2) Print Head timing is 910-423.
If the lines printed from LPH2 are farther away from the lead edge than are the lines from
LPH1, subtract the number of steps from the current NVM setting.
If the lines printed from LPH2 are closer to the lead edge than are the lines from LPH1, add
the number of steps to the current NVM setting.
3.
Select dC131 NVRAM ACCESS.
4.
Touch SELECT READ/WRITE.
5.
Scroll to and select NVM 910-423, and then press ENTER.
6.
Touch the data entry button, enter the correction value in the numeric keypad, and press ENTER.
7.
Press YES on the confirmation popup, and then press CLOSE twice.
8.
Press NOVRAM SAVE to save the changes to NVM, press YES on the confirmation popup, and
then press CLOSE.
9.
Repeat the check and adjustment until no offset is present in the lines.
10.
Continue the timing check by performing the procedure Check the Timing of LPH3 to LPH2
(below).
Check the Timing of LPH3 to LPH2

1.
Figure 5 LPH Timing Check Locations
Check the alignment of the thin horizontal lines at J1, J2, and J3 on the test pattern (refer to Figure
7. If the LED Print Heads are not correctly timed, the thin horizontal lines at the checked locations
will be offset from each other.
If the lines are continuous (no misalignment visible), LPH3 (Right) is correctly timed to
LPH2 (Center) and no adjustment of LPH3 to LPH2 is needed. Go to Check the LED Print
Head Density.
If the checked lines are misaligned, LPH3 (Right) is incorrectly timed to LPH2 (Center). Go
to and perform Adjust the Timing of LPH3 to LPH2.
Adjust the Timing of LPH2 to LPH1

1.
Locate the pair of lines at K2 that best matches the amount of line offset at area H on the ROM pattern (Figure 6).
Figure 6 Line pairs at K2

2.
Look at the right side of the K2 defect sample and determine how many adjustment steps must be
added to or subtracted from the current NVM setting to bring LPH2 into the correct timing with
LPH1.
Adjustments
ADJ 9.2
November 2008
4b-22
V3.0
NOTE: The NVM location to correct the right (LPH3/K3) Print Head timing is 910-424.
3.
If the lines printed from LPH3 are farther away from the lead edge than are the lines from
LPH2, subtract the number of steps from the current NVM setting.
If the lines printed from LPH3 are closer to the lead edge than are the lines from LPH2, add
the number of steps to the current NVM setting.
Select dC131 NVRAM ACCESS.
4.
Press the SELECT READ/WRITE button.
5.
Scroll to and select NVM 910-424 and then press ENTER.
6.
Enter the correction value using the data entry button, and then press ENTER on the numeric keypad. Press ENTER again and select YES on the confirmation popup.
7.
Press CLOSE twice, select NOVRAM Save, and press YES on the popup to save the changes to
NVM.
8.
Repeat the check and adjustment until no offset is present in the lines.
9.
Continue the checks by performing the procedure Check the LED Print Head Density (below).
Check the LED Print Head Density

1.
Compare the density at these locations: A1 to B1, C1 to D1, A2 to B2, C2 to D2, A3 to B3, and C3
to D3 (Figure 9).
Figure 7 LPH Timing Check Locations
Adjust the Timing of LPH3 to LPH2

1.
Locate the pair of lines at K3 that best matches the amount of line offset at area J on the ROM pattern (Figure 8).
Figure 8 Line pairs at K3

2.
Look at the right side of the K3 defect sample and determine how many adjustment steps must be
added to or subtracted from the current NVM setting to bring LPH3 into the correct timing with
LPH2.
V3.0
Figure 9 Density Check Locations

2.
November 2008
4b-23
Perform the procedure Adjust the LED Print Head Density if density differences exist at the
checked locations (see Figure 10).
Adjustments
ADJ 9.2
ADJ 9.3 Drum Motor Backlash

Purpose
To remove backlash on the Drum Motor.
Check
Figure 10 Examples of Density Differences at Checked Locations
Adjust the LED Print Head Density

1.
Remove the Right Upper Cover
Loosen the four screws in order per Figure 1. Ensure that the motor bracket is loose (careful not to
loosen to much)
When visual inspection indicates that there are density differences resulting from the exposure settings of the LED Print Heads, change the values in the following NVM locations to either increase
or decrease the duty cycle (refer to Figure 11).
LPH1 - NVM 910-408
LPH2 - NVM 910-409
LPH3 - NVM 910-410
Figure 1 Loosen the four screws

Figure 11 Effects of changing the NVM values
NOTE: The density becomes darker by increasing the value in NVM.
Adjustment
Push motor assembly up lightly against the Drum (Figure 2)
NOTE: The density becomes lighter by decreasing the value in NVM.

NOTE: Halftones may not print well if the density is set too low.
2.
Repeat the check and adjustment until the density is correct at all checked locations.
Adjustments
ADJ 9.2, ADJ 9.3
November 2008
4b-24
V3.0
Figure 2 Press Motor Assembly
Tighten the screws in the reverse order (Figure 3).
Figure 3 Tighten the four screws
Reinstall the Right Upper Cover.
V3.0
November 2008
4b-25
Adjustments
ADJ 9.3
Adjustments
ADJ 9.3
November 2008
4b-26
V3.0
ADJ 10.1 Fuser Temperature
NOTE: To view the table that lists the default fusing temperature NVM settings for a particular
media type and weight, go to the section of this procedure entitled Fusing Temperature NVM
Tables, locate the media in the list, and then select the accompanying table link.
Purpose
The purpose of this adjustment is to set the correct fusing temperature for the media type and weight that
a customer typically runs and to eliminate image quality and/or paper handling defects caused by incorrect fusing temperature settings.
CAUTION
d.
Navigate to the first NVM location that appears in the table, select the NVM item, and press
ENTER. The current setting will display. Record the current setting, press CLOSE, and then
repeat this process for the second, third, and fourth NVM locations shown in the table.
e.
Compare the current NVM settings that you recorded with the Default settings that appear in
the table. Perform the Adjustment if the current settings do not match the default settings or
the image quality/paper handling defect results from a fusing temperature that is too high or
too low.
Increasing the fusing temperature may cause offsetting and curling. Offsetting and blistering may occur
if light weight media is printed immediately after heavy weight media is printed at high temperatures.
Check
1.
NOTE: The Thermistors must contact the Fuser Roll. Adjust any Thermistor that does not
contact the Fuser Roll. Clean with Film Remover any Thermistor that is contaminated with
toner.
Try to reproduce the image quality/paper handling problem by running a job that is the same as or
similar to the job the customer was running when the problem occurred. Use the same type and
weight of media (refer to Table 1).
Fusing Temperature NVM Tables
Table 1 Media types, weights, names

Media Weight
Media
Type
Bond
Tracing
Film
Locate the media type and weight in the list below and then select the table link to display the NVM
locations and default NVM settings for that media. For example, selecting the link for Bond Paper
(Normal) will display a table that contains the four NVM locations that define the fusing temperature
settings for that type and weight of media.
Media Name
Nomenclature on Corresponding
user UI screens nomenclature in
dC131 NVM list
NACO
EO
Light
Normal
Trans 18lb.
---
Ordinary
Slightly Heavy
Performance Bond 20lb. 75gsm

Premium Bond 20lb.
Premium Bond 75gsm
Heavy
Heavy
---
---
Light
Normal
---
---
Ordinary
Slightly Heavy
---
Tracing 90gsm
Heavy
Heavy
---
Tracing 112gsm
Light
Normal
---
---
Ordinary
Slightly Heavy
---
75
Heavy
Heavy
4 mil
100
Bond Paper (Normal) Table 2
Bond Paper (Slightly Heavy) Table 3
Bond Paper (Heavy) Table 4
Tracing Paper (Normal) Table 5
Tracing Paper (Slightly Heavy) Table 6
Tracing Paper (Heavy) Table 7
Film (Normal) Table 8
Film (Slightly Heavy) Table 9
Film (Heavy) Table 10

Table 2 Bond Paper (Normal)
If offsetting occurs, determine the type:
2.
Cold offsetting is caused by too low a fusing temperature and is characterized by ghosting
and the presence of unfused toner either at the lead edge or over a larger area of the print (see
also Unfused Prints (PQ16) in 3 Image Quality). Rub the actual image (not the ghost image)
on the suspect print with your fingertip. If the image (toner) rubs off, the problem is cold offsetting.
Center
Side
If the image does not rub off, the problem is hot offsetting. Hot offsetting is caused by too
high a fusing temperature and also is characterized by ghosting (see also Residual Image
(PQ11) in 3 Image Quality).
b.
Select the Printer Information tab and then DC131 NVRAM Access.
c.
V3.0
Media Size
910-511
n/a
17
910-556
17
910-559
17
910-562
C/B/A
16
Table 3 Bond Paper (Slightly Heavy)
Check and record the four current NVM settings for the media.
a.
Default NVM
Setting
NVM Location
Center
Side
November 2008
4b-27
Default NVM
Setting
NVM Location
Media Size
910-512
n/a
18
901-557
18
901-560
18
901-563
C/B/A
16
Adjustments
ADJ 10.1
Table 9 Film (Slightly Heavy)
Table 4 Bond Paper (Heavy)
Center
Side
NVM Location
Media Size
Default NVM
Setting
910-513
n/a
20
910-558
20
910-561
20
910-564
C/B/A
19
Media Size
910-518
n/a
12
910-575
12
910-578
12
910-581
C/B/A
12
Center
Side
Table 10 Film (Heavy)
Table 5 Tracing Paper (Normal)
Center
Side
NVM Location
Media Size
Default NVM
Setting
910-514
n/a
13
910-565
13
910-568
13
910-571
C/B/A
13
Table 6 Tracing Paper (Slightly Heavy)
Center
Side
Side
Side
Adjustments
ADJ 10.1
Media Size
901-519
n/a
13
901-576
13
901-579
13
901-582
C/B/A
13
Side
Adjustment
NVM Location
Media Size
Default NVM
Setting
910-515
n/a
18
NOTE: The Fusing Temperature = 90 degree C + (Default NVM Setting x 5 degree C)
910-566
18
1.
910-569
18
Change the four NVM settings for the particular media if any one of the following conditions is
true:
910-572
C/B/A
16
If any of the four NVM settings shown in the table was changed on a prior service call, return
all of them to the default settings.
If the fusing temperature is too high, decrease all of the NVM Settings shown in the table by
one step only.
If the fusing temperature is too low, increase all of the NVM Settings shown in the table by
one step only.
NOTE: A one step change to an NVM setting produces a 5 degree C change in the fusing temperature.
NVM Location
Media Size
Default NVM
Setting
910-516
n/a
19
910-567
19
910-570
19
910-573
C/B/A
17
2.
Table 8 Film (Normal)
Center
Default NVM
Setting
NVM Location
Center
Table 7 Tracing Paper (Heavy)
Center
Default NVM
Setting
NVM Location
Save the new settings:

a.
After changing the setting for the first NVM location, press ENTER, press OK on the confirmation popup, and then press CLOSE.
b.
Repeat the above for the remaining three NVM locations.
c.
Press CLOSE.
d.
Press the NOVRAM SAVE button and then select YES on the confirmation popup.
e.
After saving the changes for all four NVM locations, press CLOSE to return to the Printer
Information screen.
NVM Location
Media Size
Default NVM
Setting
910-517
n/a
11
3.
Exit the Diagnostic Mode.
910-574
11
4.
Repeat the Check procedure to verify that the problem is resolved. Repeat the Adjustment if the
image quality problem still exists.
910-577
11
910-580
C/B/A
11
November 2008
4b-28
V3.0
3.
ADJ 10.2 Nip Balance Adjustment

Purpose
To adjust the Left and Right Nip Springs to the correct lengths after any of the Pressure Roll components
(Pressure Roll, Nip Springs, Nip Lever, Nip Adjusting Screws) have been removed or replaced. (There
is no adjustment for Fuser Nip Width.)
Remove the Rear Top Cover (REP 16.8).
4.
Remove the Upper Exit Baffle/Decurler Assembly (REP 9.5).
5.
To access the Nip Spring at the right end of the Fuser Exit Shaft, remove the Idler Gear and the
Fuser Exit Shaft Drive Gear (Figure 2).
NOTE: The Nip Spring length is measured when the Fuser is cold. If the Fuser is hot, the Pressure Roll
expands and it is not possible to obtain an accurate measurement.
1
Remove the clip and
the Idler Gear
NOTE: The Clam Shell must be closed when performing the Check and Adjustment.
Right Nip Spring
Check
WARNING
NOTE: A simple, paper measuring gauge is used because it is difficult to see the markings on a scale.
1.
2.
While the Fuser cools, make a measuring gauge by cutting a strip of paper that is 90mm long by
approximately 10mm (3/8 inch) wide (Figure 1). Use cover/card stock (or equivalent) if available
or fold a lighter weight paper to give it rigidity.
2
Slide the Drive Gear
off the Fuser Exit
Shaft
Figure 2 Remove the gears at the right end of the Fuser Exit Shaft
6.
Use the paper measuring gauge to check the length of both the Right and the Left Nip Springs.
Measure from the outer ends of the spring hooks (Figure 3). If either measurement is less than or
greater than the specification (90mm), perform the Adjustment.
Figure 1 Fabricate a gauge to measure the Nip Spring length
V3.0
November 2008
4b-29
Adjustments
ADJ 10.2
Nip Bracket
Nip Bracket
retaining screw
Nip Spring
Figure 3 Measure the distance between the outer ends of the spring hooks
Adjustment
Figure 4 Left Nip Bracket, Nip Bracket retaining screw, and Nip Spring (right identical)
1.
Remove the Duct Plate (REP 9.1) to gain access to the Nip Spring adjusting screws.
2.
Using a 5.5mm combination wrench, loosen the Nip Bracket retaining screw on the side that
requires adjustment (Figure 4).
Adjustments
ADJ 10.2
3.
November 2008
4b-30
Using a flat-blade screwdriver, turn the left (Figure 5) and/or right (Figure 6) adjusting screws, as
required, to achieve the correct spring length of 90mm on each side.
Turn the screw clockwise to shorten the spring.
Turn the screw counterclockwise to lengthen the spring.
V3.0
Right Nip Spring

adjusting screw
Left Nip Spring

adjusting screw
Figure 5 Left Nip Spring adjusting screw
Figure 6 Right Nip Spring adjusting screw

4.
Tighten the Nip Bracket retaining screw(s) and repeat the check. If the spring length is not correct,
repeat the Adjustment, being sure to tighten the Nip Bracket retaining screws when done.
5.
To complete the procedure, perform the following:

a.
V3.0
November 2008
4b-31
install the Duct Plate (REP 9.1)
b.
install the Idler Gear and the Fuser Exit Shaft Drive Gear
c.
install the Upper Exit Baffle/Decurler Assembly (REP 9.5)
d.
install the Rear Top Cover (REP 16.8)
Adjustments
ADJ 10.2
ADJ 10.3 Fuser Media Buckle Correction Adjustment
ADJ 10.4 Fuser Bias Adjustment (NOT VALIDATED)
Parts List on
Purpose
Parts List on
Purpose
The purpose of this adjustment is to eliminate wrinkle during fusing caused by misalignment of the
Fuser Assembly. This condition is most likely to occur when the user runs wide, long documents.
To adjust the Fuser Bias to prevent offset on tracing paper under low humidity conditions.
Check
Check
Awaiting engineering input
WARNING
Adjustment
Do not perform repair activities with power on or electrical power supplied to the machine. Some
machine components contain dangerous electrical voltages that can result in electrical shock and
possible serious injury.
Awaiting engineering input
1.
Remove the Accxes Controller from its bracket but leave all of the USB cables and power cords
connected. Place the controller at the right rear side of the Printer.
2.
Remove the Accxes Controller bracket (PL TBD).
3.
Remove the Rear Lower Cover (REP 16.7).
4.
Remove the Left Lower Cover (REP 16.6).
5.
Enter the Diagnostic mode.
6.
Select dC330 Component Control.
7.
Connect the negative lead of a multimeter to pin 12 of P387 (Figure 1).

NOTE: P387 is located at the rear of the left side of the Printer, under the Left Lower Cover.
Rear of Printer
P387
Pin 12
Common
Pin 1
Figure 1 P387
Adjustments
ADJ 10.3, ADJ 10.4
November 2008
4b-32
V3.0
8.
Scroll to dC330 046-003 Fuser Bias On/Off and press ENTER. This will turn on the Fuser Bias.
9.
Connect the positive meter lead to P387 Pin 10.
10.
Select dC330 046-004 Fuser Bias DCV (+)/(-).
11.
12.
Verify that the multimeter indicates the correct values for Fuser Bias DCV (+)/(-).
Fuser Bias DCV (+) should read +0.5V (indicating +500 VDC).
Fuser Bias DCV (-) should read -0.7V (indicating -700 VDC).
If the Measured Values are not in specification, perform the adjustment.
Adjustment
NOTE: The Fuser Bias settings are changed by adjusting the potentiometers on the High Voltage Power
Supply (see Figure 2).
1.
Adjust the potentiometers on the HVPS to achieve the correct Fuser Bias (+) and (-) values.
If the Fuser Bias DCV (+) value is incorrect, adjust the right hand potentiometer (Figure 2).
If the Fuser Bias DCV (-) value is incorrect, adjust the left hand potentiometer (Figure 2).
Adjust Fuser Bias DC (+)
Adjust Fuser Bias DC (-)
Figure 2 HVPS Fuser Bias Adjustment locations

2.
Observe the meter while adjusting the potentiometers. When the readings are correct (+0.5V and
-0.7V), exit Dc330, exit Diagnostics, and replace the covers and Accxes Controller bracket and
Controller.
V3.0
November 2008
4b-33
Adjustments
ADJ 10.4
Adjustments
ADJ 10.4
November 2008
4b-34
V3.0
5 Parts Lists
Overview
Introduction ....................................................................................................................
Subsystem Information ..................................................................................................
Symbology .....................................................................................................................
5-3
5-4
5-5
Parts Lists
LPH
PL 1.1 LPH Assembly ....................................................................................................
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-17
5-18
5-19
Fuser
PL 5.1 Fuser Assembly ..................................................................................................
PL 5.2 Heat Roller and Heater Rod ...............................................................................
PL 5.3 Upper Exit Baffle Assembly ................................................................................
PL 5.4 Pressure Roller/Exit Chute Assembly .................................................................
5-39
5-40
5-41
5-42
5-43
5-44
5-45
PL 12.1 IIT Docking........................................................................................................
5-46
UI
PL 13.1 Control Panel Assembly (1 of 2) .......................................................................
PL 13.2 Control Panel Assembly (2 of 2) .......................................................................
5-47
5-48
IIT
Developer
PL 4.1 Developer Assembly (1 of 2) ..............................................................................
PL 4.2 Developer Assembly (2 of 2) ..............................................................................
PL 11.1 Tray Assembly ..................................................................................................

PL 11.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly ............................................................................................
PL 11.3 Tray Transport (1 of 5) ......................................................................................
IIT Docking
Xerographics
PL 3.1 Main Motor Assembly .........................................................................................
PL 3.2 Drum/BCR Roller Assembly ...............................................................................
PL 3.3 BCR Roller Assembly .........................................................................................
PL 3.4 Latch & Gas Spring.............................................................................................
PL 3.5 BTR/DTS Assembly............................................................................................
5-33
5-34
5-35
5-36
5-37
5-38
Tray
5-7
Paper Handling
PL 2.1 A-Tra./Regi. Upper Baffle/M-Tra. Assembly .......................................................
PL 2.2 A-Tra/Regi. Upper Baffle Assembly (2 of 2) .......................................................
PL 2.3 Manual Transport Assembly ...............................................................................
PL 2.4 Feed Roller/Registration Roller...........................................................................
PL 2.5 B-transport Assembly .........................................................................................
PL 10.1 RFC 1/2 Assembly ............................................................................................

PL 10.2 RFC Door Assembly .........................................................................................
PL 10.3 RFC Transport (1 of 4)......................................................................................
5-20
5-21
5-22
5-23
PL 20.1 IIT Cover ...........................................................................................................

PL 20.2 Upper Transport Assembly ...............................................................................
PL 20.3 CIS Assembly/CIS AD PWB .............................................................................
PL 20.4 Lower Transport Assembly ...............................................................................
PL 20.5 Electrical ...........................................................................................................
PL 20.6 PWB Plate Assembly ........................................................................................
5-49
5-50
5-51
5-52
5-53
5-54
Common Hardware
Common Hardware ........................................................................................................
5-55
Cleaner
PL 6.1 Cleaner Assembly...............................................................................................
PL 6.2 Stripper Finger Assembly ...................................................................................
PL 6.3 Toner Bottle ........................................................................................................
5-24
5-25
5-26
Electrical
PL 7.1 IOT CPU PWB/Switch ........................................................................................
PL 7.2 Breaker Chassis Assembly/Accxes IF Chassis Assembly..................................
PL 7.3 LVPS/AC Main PWB/Fuser Driver PWB, PWB ..................................................
PL 7.4 HVPS/LVPS/Open Air Sensor ............................................................................
5-27
5-28
5-29
5-30
Cover
PL 9.1 Front Cover/Right Cover.....................................................................................
PL 9.2 Rear Cover/Left Cover ........................................................................................
5-31
5-32
RFC
V3.0
November 2008
5-1
Parts Lists
Parts Lists
November 2008
5-2
V3.0
Introduction
Table 1 Abbreveations
Overview
Abbreviation
The Parts List section identifies all part numbers and the corresponding location of all spared
subsystem components.
R/E
Reduction/Enlargement
REF:
Refer to
SCSI
Small Computer Systems Interface
Organization
W/
With
Parts Lists
W/O
Without
Each item number in the part number listing corresponds to an item number in the related
illustration. All the parts in a given subsystem of the machine will be located in the same
illustration or in a series of associated illustrations.
Meaning
Table 2 Operating Companies

Operating Companies
Electrical Connectors and Fasteners
Abbreviation
This section contains the illustrations and descriptions of the plugs, jacks, and fasteners used
in the machine. A part number listing of the connectors is included.
AO
Americas Operations
NASG - US
North American Solutions Group - US
Common Hardware
NASG Canada
North American Solutions Group Canada
XE
Xerox Europe
The common hardware is listed in alphabetical order by the letter or letters used to identify
each item in the part number listing and in the illustrations. Dimensions are in millimeters
unless otherwise identified.
Meaning
Symbology
Part Number Index
Symbology used in the Parts List section is identified in the Symbology section.
This index lists all the spared parts in the machine in numerical order. Each number is followed
by a reference to the parts list on which the part may be found.
Service Procedure Referencing

If a part or assembly has an associated repair or adjustment procedure, the procedure number
will be listed at the end of the part description in the parts lists e.g. (REP 5.1, ADJ 5.3)
Other Information
Abbreviations
Abbreviations are used in the parts lists and the exploded view illustrations to provide
information in a limited amount of space. The following abbreviations are used in this manual:
Table 1 Abbreveations
Abbreviation
Meaning
A3
297 x 594 Millimeters
A4
A5
AD
Auto Duplex
AWG
American Wire Gauge
EMI
Electro Magnetic Induction
GB
Giga Byte
KB
Kilo Byte
MB
Mega Byte
MM
Millimeters
MOD
Magneto Optical Drive
NOHAD
Noise Ozone Heat Air Dirt
PL
Parts List
P/O
Part of
V3.0
November 2008
5-3
Parts List
Introduction
Subsystem Information
Use of the Term Assembly
The term assembly will be used for items in the part number listing that include other itemized
parts in the part number listing. When the word assembly is found in the part number listing,
there will be a corresponding item number on the illustrations followed by a bracket and a
listing of the contents of the assembly.
Brackets
A bracket is used when an assembly or kit is spared, but is not shown in the illustration. The
item number of the assembly or kit precedes the bracket; the item numbers of the piece parts
follow the bracket.
Tag
The notation W/Tag in the parts description indicates that the part configuration has been
updated. Check the change Tag index in the General Information section of the Service Data
for the name and purpose of the modification.
In some cases, a part or assembly may be spared in two versions: with the Tag and without the
Tag. In those cases, use whichever part is appropriate for the configuration of the machine on
which the part is to be installed. If the machine does not have a particular Tag and the only
replacement part available is listed as W/Tag, install the Tag kit or all of the piece parts. The
Change Tag Index tells you which kit or piece parts you need.
Whenever you install a Tag kit or all the piece parts that make up a Tag, mark the appropriate
number on the Tag matrix.
Parts List
Subsystem Information
November 2008
5-4
V3.0
Symbology
A Tag number within a circle pointing to an item number shows that the part has been changed
by the tag number within the circle (Figure 1). Information on the modification is in the Change
Tag Index.
A Tag number within a circle having a shaded bar and pointing to an item number shows that
the configuration of the part shown is the configuration before the part was changed by the Tag
number within the circle (Figure 2).
Figure 2 Without Tag Symbol

Figure 1 With Tag Symbol
V3.0
November 2008
5-5
Parts List
Symbology
A tag number within a circle with no apex shows that the entire drawing has been changed by
the tag number within the circle (Figure 3). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag
Index.
A tag number within a circle with no apex and having a shaded bar shows that the entire
drawing was the configuration before being changed by the tag number within the circle
(Figure 4).
Figure 3 Entire Drawing With Tag Symbol
Figure 4 Entire Drawing Without Tag Symbol
Parts List
Symbology
November 2008
5-6
V3.0
PL 1.1 LPH Assembly

Item
Part
Description
130K71681
2
3
4
5
6
7
LPH Frame Assembly (REP 9.5,

ADJ 9.2)
R/H Arm (Not Spared)
L/H Arm (Not Spared)
Clamp (Not Spared)
Screw (Not Spared)
Wire Harness (Not Spared)
Stopper (Not Spared)
V3.0
November 2008
5-7
Parts List
PL 1.1
PL 2.1 A-Tra./Regi. Upper

Baffle/M-Tra. Assembly
Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
055K31331
055K31371
055K33420
055E55750
4
5
6
7
A-Tra. Upper Baffle Assembly

Regi. Upper Baffle Assembly
Swing Baffle (With Mylar Guide) (2
Places)
Swing Baffle (Baffle Only) (7
Places)
Shaft (Not Spared)
Bracket (Not Spared)
Scraper (Not Spared)
Manual Transport Assembly (Not
Spared)
Block Assembly (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 2.1
November 2008
5-8
V3.0
PL 2.2 A-Tra/Regi. Upper Baffle

Assembly (2 of 2)
Item
Part
Description
3
4
5
6
013E20730
809E75810
7
8
059K20620
930W00211
10
11
12
13
A-Transport Upper Baffle (P/O PL

2.1 Item 1)
Pinch Roller (P/O PL 2.1 Item 1, PL
2.1 Item 2)
Bearing
Spring
Bearing (P/O PL 2.1 Item 1)
Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 1, PL 2.1
Item 2)
Cleaner Roller
Bracket (P/O PL 2.1 Item 1, PL 2.1
Item 2)
Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor,
A-Transport Swing Sensor,
Registration Sensor (REP 8.2)
Bracket (P/O PL 2.1 Item 1)
Wire Harness (P/O PL 2.1 Item 2)
Registration Upper Baffle (P/O PL
2.1 Item 2)
V3.0
November 2008
5-9
Parts List
PL 2.2
PL 2.3 Manual Transport Assembly

Item
Part
Description
3
4
930W00211
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
013P61299
121K41100
013E20730
809E75810
16
17
059K54100
Manual Transport Upper Baffle

Assembly (Not Spared)
Manual Transport Upper Baffle
(P/O PL 2.3 Item 1)
Manual 30" Size Sensor, Manual
A1 Size Sensor, Manual A2 Size
Sensor, Manual A3 Size Sensor,
Manual No Paper Sensor, Manual
Feed Stop Sensor, Manual Page
Sync Sensor
Bearing
Clutch Friction (P/O PL 2.3 Item 17)
Manual Feed Clutch
Left Bracket (P/O PL 2.3 Item 17)
Right Bracket (P/O PL 2.3 Item 17)
Pinch Roller (P/O PL 2.3 Item 1)
Bearing
Spring
Manual Transport Lower Baffle (Not
Spared)
Roller
Roller Assembly (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 2.3
November 2008
5-10
V3.0
PL 2.4 Feed Roller/Registration Roller

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Part
Description
055K31360
059K54070
059K54080
121K41080
013P61299
807E20610
809E15820
423W52154
499W14435
604K54810
Lower Baffle
Feed Roller
Registration Roller
A-Tra Clutch
Bearing
Tension Bracket (Not Spared)
Gear
Spring
Inner Cover (Not Spared)
Belt
Pulley
Screw (Not Spared)
Transport Roller Assembly
V3.0
November 2008
5-11
Parts List
PL 2.4
PL 2.5 B-Transport Assembly

Item
Part
Description
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
130K71670
059K54250
10
11
059K54270
12
13
127K28072
Center Baffle Assembly (Not

Spared)
Center Baffle (Not Spared)
B-Transport Jam Sensor
Left Baffle (Not Spared)
right Baffle (Not Spared)
Support (Not Spared)
Left B-Transport Assembly
Left B-Transport (P/O PL 2.5 Item
7)
B-Transport Belt (P/O PL 2.5 Item
7)
Right B-Transport Assembly
Right B-Transport (P/O PL 2.5 Item
10)
B-Transport Vacuum Fan
Gear (P/O PL 2.5 Item 10)
Parts List
PL 2.5
November 2008
5-12
V3.0
PL 3.1 Main Motor Assembly

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
127K52441
007E74340
007E74350
807E20520
807E20530
9
10
11
12
Main Motor Assembly

Main Motor (P/O PL 3.1 Item 1)
Gear (65T/35T)
Gear (55T)
Gear (80T) (P/O PL 3.1 Item 1)
Gear (70T/20T)
Gear (70T/16T)
Developer Clutch (P/O PL 3.1 Item
1)
Shaft (P/O PL 3.1 Item 1)
Drive Plate (Not Spared)
Motor Cover (Not Spared)
Screw (Not Spared)
V3.0
November 2008
5-13
Parts List
PL 3.1
PL 3.2 Drum/BCR Roller Assembly

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Part
Description
001R00596
807E20650
127E85620
960K28070
Left Base Assembly (Not Spared)

BCR Roller Assembly (Not Spared)
Photoreceptor (REP 9.6)
Drum Gear
Bearing (Not Spared)
Right Base Assembly (Not Spared)
Drum Motor Assembly (Not Spared)
Drum Motor
Drum Motor PWB
PWB Support (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 3.2
November 2008
5-14
V3.0
PL 3.3 BCR Roller Assembly

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
019K06910
117K36431
117K36441
022K75470
BCR Frame (Not Spared)

BCR Holder
BCR Cord (S)
BRC Cord (L)
Bias Charge Roller (BCR) (REP
9.4)
BRC Cord (Not Spared)
V3.0
November 2008
5-15
Parts List
PL 3.3
PL 3.4 Latch & Gas Spring

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Part
Description
809E75600
809E75950

Magnet Assembly (Not Spared)
Shaft (Not Spared)
Gas Spring
Right Latch Plate (Not Spared)
Left Latch Plate (Not Spared)
Latch Handle (Not Spared)
Spring
Link (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 3.4
November 2008
5-16
V3.0
PL 3.5 BTR/DTS Assembly

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
022K74680
848K04570
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
022K67510
DTS Assembly (REP 9.12)

DTS Housing Assembly
Down Shield Plate (Not Spared)
Upper Shield Plate (Not Spared)
DTS Base Holder (Not Spared)
Cover Holder (P/O PL 3.5 Item 1)
Eliminator (P/O PL 3.5 Item 1)
Bias Plate (P/O PL 3.5 Item 1)
DTS Guide (P/O PL 3.5 Item 1)
DTS Cord (P/O PL 3.5 Item 1)
Resistor Assembly (P/O PL 3.5
Item 1)
BTR Assembly (REP 9.11)
Support (P/O PL 3.5 Item 1)
BTR Chute (P/O PL 3.5 Item 1)
Tracking Roll (P/O PL 3.5 Item 1)
Spring (P/O PL 3.5 Item 1)
Bias Plate (P/O PL 3.5 Item 1)
Plate (P/O PL 3.5 Item 1)
Resistor Assembly (P/O PL 3.5
Item 1)
V3.0
November 2008
5-17
Parts List
PL 3.5
PL 4.1 Developer Assembly (1 of 2)

Item
Part
Description
848K01830
2
3
809E82500
015E75310
Developer Housing Assembly (REP

9.1)
Spring
Bias Plate
Parts List
PL 4.1
November 2008
5-18
V3.0
PL 4.2 Developer Assembly (2 of 2)

Item
Part
Description
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
121K34531
022K76000
014E97200
033K94760
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
807E19310
807E19320
807E19370
807E19380
130K81230
413W11350
025E94180
604K54820
Magnet Roll Assembly (P/O PL 4.1

Item 1)
Magnet Roll (REP 9.2)
Tracking Roll
Spacer
Housing Assembly (Not Spared)
Housing Upper (Not Spared)
Blade Assembly
Holder Blade (P/O PL 4.2 Item 7)
Block (P/O PL 4.2 Item 7)
Metering Blade (P/O PL 4.2 Item 7)
(REP 9.3)
Top Housing Assembly (Not
Spared)
Gear (30T)
Gear (40T/44T)
Gear (18T/38T)
Gear (42T)
Toner Empty Sensor
Screw (Not Spared)
Bearing
Plate (Not Spared)
Bushing (Not Spared)
Bar Sensor
Agitator (Not Spared)
Seal (Not Spared)
Developer Gear & Roll Kit
V3.0
November 2008
5-19
Parts List
PL 4.2
PL 5.1 Fuser Assembly

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
127K59950
053K93080
127K52410
807E20490
807E20510
126K24370
848E10510
Label (Not Spared)

Duct Plate (P/O PL 5.1 Item 1)
(REP 10.1)
Exhaust Fan
Filter Assembly
Duct Plate
Duct (P/O PL 5.1 Item 1)
FSRB Cord (Not Spared)
Fuser Drive Motor (REP 10.6)
Gear (59T/46T)
Gear (62T/13T)
Fuser Assembly
Insulator Cover (Not Spared)
Top Cover (P/O PL 5.1 Item 13)
(REP 10.2)
Parts List
PL 5.1
November 2008
5-20
V3.0
PL 5.2 Heat Roller and Heater Rod

Item
Part
Description
2
3
4
130E82881
130K86451
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
015K75560
059K53940
005E24840
013E19230
005E16110
059E04540
807E20500
059E04590
407W07637
007E93190
126K24090
126K24100
126K24110
604K54830
005E28490
Thermistor Plate (Not Spared)

(REP 10.3)
Over Heat Thermostat (REP 10.5)
Heat Roll Thermistor 1, Heat Roll
Thermistor 2, Heat Roll Thermistor
3, Heat Roll Thermistor 4 (REP
10.4)
Bushing (Not Spared)
Exit Upper Baffle Assembly (Not
Spared)
Contact Plate
Right Guide Assembly (Not Spared)
Left Guide Assembly (Not Spared)
Right Guide Inlet (Not Spared)
Left Guide Inlet (Not Spared)
Fuser Roll (REP 10.8)
Collar
Bearing
Collar
Extension Roll
Gear (73T)
Stopper Roll
Lamp Bracket (Not Spared)
Gear (37T)
Gear (25T)
Center Heater Rod (REP 10.7)
Side Heater Rod (REP 10.7)
Sub Heater Rod (REP 10.7)
Bearing Kit
Collar Bearing (W/TAG P-001)
V3.0
November 2008
5-21
Parts List
PL 5.2
PL 5.3 Upper Exit Baffle Assembly

Item
Part
Description
055K31242
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
038E36031
019E92900
059K57520
130K71590
17
18
19
110K14610
130E89260
20
21
22
23
24
848K03230
Exit Upper Baffle Assembly (REP

10.10)
Exit Upper baffle (P/O PL 5.3 Item
1)
Guide Bracket
Fuser Finger (REP 10.13)
Guide Bracket (P/O PL 5.3 Item 1)
Left Guide (P/O PL 5.3 Item 1)
Right Guide (P/O PL 5.3 Item 1)
Knob (P/O PL 5.3 Item 1)
Dec. Arm (P/O PL 5.3 Item 1)
Decurler Roller
Sensor Assembly
Bracket (P/O PL 5.3 Item 1, PL 5.3
Item 15)
Exit Jam Switch
Exit Motion Sensor
Wheel (P/O PL 5.3 Item 1, PL 5.3
Item 15)
Holder (P/O PL 5.3 Item 1, PL 5.3
Item 15)
Baffle Guide Assembly (P/O PL 5.3
Item 1)
Upper Baffle Cover
Pressure Roll Exit and Lower Chute
Assembly (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 5.3
November 2008
5-22
V3.0
PL 5.4 Pressure Roller/Exit Chute

Assembly
Item
Part
Description
1
2
059K54130
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
038E38190
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
407W07521
054K34200
Pressure Roll (REP 10.9)

Fuser Exit Shaft (Not Spared) (REP
10.12)
Right Frame (Not Spared)
Left Frame (Not Spared)
Lower Exit Chute (Not Spared)
(REP 10.11)
Dec. Paper Guide (Not Spared)
Lower Chute Blade (Not Spared)
Outer Guide
Right Nip Arm Assembly (Not
Spared)
Left Nip Arm Assembly (Not
Spared)
Plate Assembly (Not Spared)
Exit Plate (Not Spared)
Gear
Spring (Not Spared)
Nip Bracket (Not Spared)
Nip Screw (Not Spared)
Tie Plate (Not Spared)
Inlet Chute Assembly
V3.0
November 2008
5-23
Parts List
PL 5.4
PL 6.1 Cleaner Assembly

Item
Part
Description
848K03710
3
4
5
6
006K86320
807E04390
7
8
006K86330
9
10
11
033K93831
035K82880
Cleaner Housing Assembly (REP

9.7)
Cleaner Housing (P/O PL 6.1 Item
1)
Auger Pipe (P/O PL 6.1 Item 1)
Toner Auger
Auger Gear (14T/24T)
Finger Gear (36T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item
1)
Stripper Finger Assembly (REP
9.13)
Cleaning Blade (REP 9.8)
Toner Seal Assembly (REP 9.9)
Holder (P/O PL 6.1 Item 1)
Parts List
PL 6.1
November 2008
5-24
V3.0
PL 6.2 Stripper Finger Assembly

Item
Part
Description
2
3
4
5
6
7
019K06901
8
9
10
Drum Finger Shaft (P/O PL 6.1 Item

8)
Drum finger Assembly
Finger Holder (P/O PL 6.2 Item 2)
Drum Finger (P/O PL 6.2 Item 2)
Star Wheel (P/O PL 6.2 Item 2)
Paper Guide Assembly (P/O PL 6.1
Item 8)
Paper Guide (P/O PL 6.2 Item 7)
Star Wheel (P/O PL 6.2 Item 7)
Spring (Not Spared)
V3.0
November 2008
5-25
Parts List
PL 6.2
PL 6.3 Toner Bottle

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
052K96860
052E30260
068K55470
130E91010
068K55480
8
9
10
110E10200
093K12780
Inner Bottle Pipe

Outer Bottle Pipe
Waster Toner Pot Full Assembly
Waste Toner Pot Full Sensor
Connector (P/O PL 6.3 Item 3)
Waster Toner Pot Set Switch
Assembly
Waste Toner Pot Set Switch
Toner Bottle
Parts List
PL 6.3
November 2008
5-26
V3.0
PL 7.1 IOT CPU PWB/Switch

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
110E97990
110E11230
960K30515
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
110E98790
130K87980
962K58371
Actuator (Not Spared)

Screw (Not Spared)
Switch Bracket (Not Spared)
Screw (Not Spared)
Clam Shell Interlock Switch
Main Switch
Connector Bracket (Not Spared)
Harness Cover (Not Spared)
Chassis Cover (Not Spared)
IOT PWB Assembly (Not Spared)
PWB Chassis (P/O PL 7.1 Item 11)
IOT PWB (W/TAG P-100) (REP
3.3)
Switch Bracket (Not Spared)
Paper Heater Switch
Label (Not Spared)
Cap (Not Spared)
Sensor Cover (Not Spared)
RFC Air Sensor
Monitor HV Harness
V3.0
November 2008
5-27
Parts List
PL 7.1
PL 7.2 Breaker Chassis

Assembly/Accxes IF Chassis
Assembly
Item
Part
Description
1
2
101K46190
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
908W00917
16
17
18
19
20
960K39450
Breaker Chassis Assembly

Breaker Chassis (P/O PL 7.2 Item
1)
AC Inlet (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
Circuit Breaker
Screw (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
AC Outlet (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
Label (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
Grand Wire (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
Power Cord (10ft) (Not Spared)
Screw (Not Spared)
Screw (Not Spared)
Accxes IF Chassis Assembly (Not
Spared)
Accxes IF Chassis (P/O PL 7.2
Item 15)
Access I/F PWB
Cover (P/O PL 7.2 Item 15)
USB Cable (Not Spared)
Screw (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 7.2
November 2008
5-28
V3.0
PL 7.3 LVPS/AC Main PWB/Fuser

Driver PWB, PWB
Item
Part
Description
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
960K26590
105E15200
960K26581
962K58420
960K08820
105E16280
105E16290
AC Main PWB Assembly (Not

Spared)
Chassis (P/O PL 7.3 Item 1)
PWB Support (P/O PL 7.3 Item 1)
AC Main PWB
Stud (P/O PL 7.3 Item 1)
Screw (Not Spared)
LVPS 24V (24B)
DC Main PWB
Wire Harness (RFC 2 Adapter)
Fuser Driver PWB
AC Sub Harness (Not Spared)
LVPS 5V
LVPS 24V (24A)
AC Main Harness (Not Spared)
V3.0
November 2008
5-29
Parts List
PL 7.3
PL 7.4 HVPS/LVPS/Open Air Sensor

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Part
Description
105K22800
105E16260
130K87980
HVPS
Screw (Not Spared)
LVPS (3.3V)
Stud (Not Spared)
Open Air Sensor
Monitor HV Harness (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 7.4
November 2008
5-30
V3.0
PL 9.1 Front Cover/Right Cover

Item
Part
Description
1
2
848K17360
3
4
5
6
848K17280
930W00212
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
848K05691
848K04640
14
15
16
848K17200
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
848K04670
848K05670
Front Top Cover Assembly

Front Top Cover (P/O PL 9.1 Item
1)
Toner Cartridge Cover
Top Cover Sensor
Front Upper Cover Assembly (Not
Spared) (REP 16.1)
Right Top Cover (Not Spared)
Right Upper Cover Assembly (Not
Spared) (REP 16.2)
Right Upper Cover (REP 16.2)
Seal (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10)
Seal (Not Spared)
Right Lower Cover (REP 16.3)
Toner Bottle Cover (Not Spared)
(REP 16.4)
Breaker cover
Front Kick Cover (Not Spared)
Kick Cover (RFC 1 Type) (Not
Spared)
Front Lower Cover (RFC 1 Type)
Screw (Not Spared)
Label (Not Spared)
Label (Not Spared)
Left Guide (Not Spared)
Right Guide (Not Spared)
Front Upper Cover
Logo Badge (P/O PL 9.1 Item 6)
Name Plate (P/O PL 9.1 Item 6)
V3.0
November 2008
5-31
Parts List
PL 9.1
PL 9.2 Rear Cover/Left Cover

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
848K05630
848K05702
848E12840
848E12850
8
9
10
11
12
13
017K92610
017E12080
068K45900
004E22980
Left Upper Cover (REP 16.5)

Rear Upper Cover (REP 16.8)
Label (Not Spared)
Left Lower Cover (REP 16.6)
Rear Lower Cover (REP 16.7)
I/F Cover (Not Spared)
Top Cover (EP Type) (Not Spared)
(REP 16.9)
Bracket (EP Type) (Not Spared)
Caster
Foot
Bracket Assembly
Rubber Bumper
Parts List
PL 9.2
November 2008
5-32
V3.0
PL 10.1 RFC 1/2 Assembly

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
848K04150
5
6
7
8
037K01240
848E10930
10
11
12
801K28780
801K28790
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
120E29500
052K93682
052K92201
21
22
23
117K38090
RFC 1/2 Assembly (Not Spared)

RFC 1/2 (P/O PL 10.1 Item 1)
RFC 1/2 Door Assembly
RFC 1/2 Baffle (P/O PL 10.1 Item
1)
RFC 1/2 Cutter Assembly
RFC 1/2 Cutter Cover
RFC 1/2 Label (P/O PL 10.1 Item 2)
RFC 1 Label (No. 1), RFC 2 Label
(No. 3) (P/O PL 10.1 Item 1)
RFC 1 Label (No. 2), RFC 2 Label
(No. 4) (P/O PL 10.1 Item 1)
RFC 1/2 LH Rail Assembly
RFC 1/2 RH Rail Assembly
RFC 1/2 LH Inner Cover (Not
Spared)
RFC 1/2 Inner Cover Assembly
(Not Spared)
Actuator
Button (Not Spared)
Spring (Not Spared)
Screw (Not Spared)
Roll 1/2/3/4 Tube Assembly
Roll 1/2/3/4 Tube
Roll Size Label (P/O PL 10.1 Item
18)
Flat Cable
Screw (Not Spared)
S/N Label (RFC 2 Only) (Not
Spared)
V3.0
November 2008
5-33
Parts List
PL 10.1
PL 10.2 RFC Door Assembly

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Part
Description
848E10860
013E20730
809E75810
003K15820
003E57811
003E75510
003E75520
809E75830
809E75840
604K54840
604K54860
RFC Cover
Baffle Assembly (Not Spared)
Bearing
Spring
Knob Assembly
Knob
Shaft (Not Spared)
Knob (Not Spared)
Latch
Latch
Spring
Spring
Spring (Not Spared)
Spring (Not Spared)
Screw (Not Spared)
Pinch Roll Kit
Latch Kit
Parts List
PL 10.2
November 2008
5-34
V3.0
PL 10.3 RFC Transport (1 of 4)

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Part
Description
059K53980
007E56130
127K52580
127K52460
807E20640
407W07632
604K54850
Vertical Lower Baffle (Not Spared)

Vertical Upper Baffle (Not Spared)
Vertical Roller Assembly
Gear
Motor Assembly
RFC 1/2 Vertical Motor
Clamp (P/O PL 10.3 Item 6)
Screw (Not Spared)
Gear (30T/84T)
Gear
Gear Drive Kit
V3.0
November 2008
5-35
Parts List
PL 10.3

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Part
Description
059K53970
903W00111
005K08710
407W07638
930W00112
121K34550
807E20640
127K52580
127K52460
604K54850
Support Assembly (Not Spared)

Feed Roller
RFC 1/2 Open Sensor
Gear (24T) (Not Spared)
Shaft (Not Spared)
Screw (Not Spared)
Clutch Friction (Not Spared)
One Way Clutch
Gear
Slit Disk (Not Spared)
No Paper Sensor
Washer (Not Spared)
Roll Clutch
Gear (30T/84T)
RFC 1/2 Feed Motor Assembly
RFC 1/2 Feed Motor
Clamp (P/O PL 10.4 Item 19)
Gear Drive Kit
Parts List
PL 10.4
November 2008
5-36
V3.0

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
110E11600
930W00211
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
110E10200
809E75810
013E20730
604K54840
RFC 1/2 Door Interlock Switch

Screw (Not Spared)
Roll 1/3 A2 Size Sensor, Roll 1/3 A3
Size Sensor, Roll 1/3 A1 Size
Sensor, Roll 1/3 30" Size Sensor,
RFC 1/2 Vertical Sensor, RFC 1/2
Cutter Jam Sensor, Roll 2 Jam
Sensor
Roll Auto Cut Switch
Baffle (Not Spared)
Spring
Block (Not Spared)
Top Baffle (Not Spared)
Front Baffle Assembly (Not Spared)
Front Baffle (P/O PL 10.5 Item 12)
Bearing
Pinch Roll Kit
V3.0
November 2008
5-37
Parts List
PL 10.5

Item
Part
Description
1
2
930W00211
3
4
5
6
7
960K30521
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
013E20730
809E75810
126K24300
19
20
604K54840
Bottom Plate (Not Spared)

Roll 2/4 A2 Size Sensor, Roll 2/4 A3
Size Sensor, Roll 2/4 A1 Size
Sensor, Roll 2/4 30" Size Sensor
I/O EXP RFC 1/2 PWB
Rear Upper Baffle (Not Spared)
Rear Lower Baffle Assembly (Not
Spared)
Rear Lower Baffle (P/O PL 10.6
Item 7)
Bearing
Spring
Rear Lower Baffle 2 (Not Spared)
Lower Vertical Baffle (Not Spared)
Lower Baffle (Not Spared)
RFC 1/2 R/H Paper Heater, RFC
1/2 Center Paper Heater, RFC 1/2
L/H Paper Heater
Screw (Not Spared)
Pinch Roll Kit
Parts List
PL 10.6
November 2008
5-38
V3.0
PL 11.1 Tray Assembly

Item
Part
Description
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
848K04650
848K04660
848K04120
848K04140
848E12430
Tray Feeder Assembly (Not

Spared)
Right Tray Cover
Left Tray Cover
Upper Tray Cover
Lower Tray Cover
Tray 1/2 LH Inner Cover
Label (Not Spared)
Label (No. 3) (Not Spared)
Label (No. 4) (Not Spared)
V3.0
November 2008
5-39
Parts List
PL 11.1
PL 11.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Part
Description
801K28900
127K52590
960K29410
Tray 3 Assembly (Not Spared)

Tray 4 Assembly (Not Spared)
Tray 3/4 Rail Assembly
Screw (Not Spared)
I/O EXP Tray PWB (Not Spared)
Tray 3/4 Latch Switch (Not Spared)
Tray 3/4 Lift Up Motor Assembly
Filter PWB (Tray 3/4)
Parts List
PL 11.2
November 2008
5-40
V3.0
PL 11.3 Tray Transport (1 of 5)

Item
Part
Description
127K52600
2
3
809E36920
423W53554
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
020E35140
059K54310
059K54300
121K41160
11
12
13
14
007E56190
007P62225
Tray 3 Feed Motor Assembly (Tray

3 Unique Parts)
Tray 4 Feed Motor Assembly (Tray
4 Unique Parts) (Not Spared)
Spring (Tray 3 Only)
Belt (Tray 3 Unique Parts)
Belt (Tray 4 Unique Parts) (Not
Spared)
Pulley (Tray 3/4)
Rear Inner Cover (Not Spared)
Tray 3 Vertical Roller (Tray 3 Only)
Tray 3/4 T/A Roller
Tray 3/4 Clutch
Idler Bracket (Tray 1, 2) (Not
Spared)
Gear
Idler Gear
Screw (Not Spared)
Front Inner Cover (Not Spared)
V3.0
November 2008
5-41
Parts List
PL 11.3

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
003E75510
809E76120
809E76130
007E71870
007E71860
003E57811
13
14
15
16
17
18
007E71880
Lift Shaft (Not Spared)

Latch
Spring
Spring
Gear (30T/61T)
Gear (14T/24T)
Knob
Wire Harness (Tray 3/4 Unique
Parts) (Not Spared)
Gear
Shaft (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 11.4
November 2008
5-42
V3.0

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
022K74660
022K65340
9
10
11
12
13
14
059E96860
013E20730
930W00112
930W00212
15
16
17
18
19
20
604K54840
120K92340
130E84300
Front Inner Cover (Not Spared)

Feeder Assembly
Feeder (P/O PL 11.5 Item 2)
Feed Roll, Nudger Roll (REP 7.2)
Upper Chute Assembly (Not
Spared)
Pinch Roller
Bearing
Tray 3/4 Face Control Sensor
Tray 3/4 Edge Sensor, Tray 3/4
Jam Sensor
Pinch Roll Kit
Left Guide (Not Spared)
Right Guide (Not Spared)
Actuator
Plate (Not Spared)
Tray 3/4 Near Empty Sensor
V3.0
November 2008
5-43
Parts List
PL 11.5

Item
Part
Description
3
4
5
059E96860
013E20730
930W00211
9
10
11
022K74670
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Rear Chute Assembly (Tray 3

Unique Parts) (Not Spared)
Rear Chute (Tray 3 Unique Parts)
(P/O PL 11.6 Item 1)
Pinch Roller (Tray 3 Unique Parts)
Bearing (Tray 3 Unique Parts)
Spring (Tray 3 Unique Parts) (P/O
PL 11.6 Item 1)
Plate (Tray 3 Unique Parts) (P/O PL
11.6 Item 1)
Tray 3/4 Vertical Jam Sensor (Tray
3 Unique Parts)
Front Chute Assembly (Tray 3
Retard Cover (Not Spared)
Retard Roll Assembly (REP 7.3)
Retard Roll (P/O PL 11.6 Item 10)
(REP 7.3)
Stopper Plate (P/O PL 11.6 Item
10)
Housing Assembly (Not Spared)
Link Plate Assembly (Not Spared)
Link Plate (P/O PL 11.6 Item 16)
Link Lever (P/O PL 11.6 Item 16)
Block (P/O PL 11.6 Item 16)
Front Chute Assembly (Tray 4
Parts List
PL 11.6
November 2008
5-44
V3.0

Item
Part
Description
2
3
4
930W00211
126K24300
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
038K89720
962K28071
Bottom Plate Assembly (Not

Spared)
Bottom Plate (P/O PL 11.7 Item 1)
Tray 3/4 No Paper Sensor, Tray 3/4
Size 1 Sensor, Tray 3/4 Size 2
Sensor, Tray 3/4 Size 3 Sensor
Tray 4 R/H Heater, Tray 4 L/H
Heater (Tray 4 Only Part)
Left Side Guide (Not Spared)
Left Plate Guide (Not Spared)
Right Side Guide (Not Spared)
Right Plate Guide (Not Spared)
End Guide
End Guide Plate (Not Spared)
Guide (Not Spared)
Front/Dup Harness Assembly
V3.0
November 2008
5-45
Parts List
PL 11.7
PL 12.1 IIT Docking

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Part
Description
809E75610
Gas Spring
IIT Right Rail (Not Spared)
IIT Left Rail (Not Spared)
Top RH Cover (Not Spared)
IIT Front Stopper (Not Spared)
IIT Rear Stopper (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 12.1
November 2008
5-46
V3.0
PL 13.1 Control Panel Assembly (1 of

2)
Item
Part
Description
101K63871
2
3
4
5
6
117E36220
117E36210
117E36171
105K36130
Control Panel Assembly (REP 2.2,

ADJ 2.1, ADJ 2.2)
Tilt Swivel Bracket (Not Spared)
Wire
Audio Cable
Video Cable
Power Supply Kit
V3.0
November 2008
5-47
Parts List
PL 13.1
PL 13.2 Control Panel Assembly (2 of

2)
Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
835E23750
13
14
15
16
604K61230
Rear Bezel (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)

Front Enclosure Assembly (P/O PL
13.1 Item 1)
Front Cover (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
EMI Gasket Foam (P/O PL 13.1
Item 1)
15' LCD (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
Start Button (P/O PL 13.2 Item 16)
Stop Button (P/O PL 13.2 Item 16)
Clear Button (P/O PL 13.2 Item 16)
Power Saver LED Button (P/O PL
13.2 Item 16)
Service Button (P/O PL 13.2 Item
16)
Foam Button Retention
Button Board (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
(REP 2.1)
LCD Frame (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
LCD Bezel (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
Sheet Metal Box (P/O PL 13.1 Item
1)
Button Repair Kit
Parts List
PL 13.2
November 2008
5-48
V3.0
PL 20.1 IIT Cover

Item
Part
Description
1
2
848K21410
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
848E30370
848E30380
032K04820
Upper Transport Housing Assembly

Upper Transport Assembly (Not
Spared)
Lower Transport Assembly (Not
Spared)
Left Side Cover (REP 16.11)
Right Side Cover (REP 16.10)
Left Bracket (Not Spared)
Right Bracket (Not Spared)
Left End Cover (Not Spared)
Right End Cover (Not Spared)
Left Frame Support (Not Spared)
Right Frame Support (Not Spared)
Shaft (Not Spared)
Spring Arm (Not Spared)
Spring (Not Spared)
Shaft (Not Spared)
Turn Guide Assembly
Magnet (P/O PL 20.1 Item 16)
Turn Guide (P/O PL 20.1 Item 16)
Guard Seal (Not Spared)
Label (Not Spared)
V3.0
November 2008
5-49
Parts List
PL 20.1
PL 20.2 Upper Transport Assembly

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
090K93290
022K75860
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
022K75870
35
Rear Frame Support (Not Spared)

Front Frame Support (Not Spared)
Plate (Not Spared)
Arm (Not Spared)
Platen Plate
Support (Not Spared)
Left Swing Frame (Not Spared)
Right Swing Frame (Not Spared)
Left Latch (Not Spared)
Right Latch (Not Spared)
Left Bracket (Not Spared)
Right Bracket (Not Spared)
Latch Case (Not Spared)
Slide Cover (Not Spared)
Slide Plate (Not Spared)
Actuator (Not Spared)
Pinch Roller Assembly
Support (P/O PL 20.2 Item 21, PL
20.2 Item 26)
Spring (P/O PL 20.2 Item 21, PL
20.2 Item 26)
Shaft (P/O PL 20.2 Item 21, PL
20.2 Item 26)
Pinch Roller (P/O PL 20.2 Item 21,
PL 20.2 Item 26)
Pinch Roller Assembly
Left Block (Not Spared)
Right Block (Not Spared)
Pipe Lever (Not Spared)
Gear (Not Spared)
Upper Baffle (Not Spared)
Pinch Roller Assembly (Not
Spared)
Washer Plate (P/O PL 20.2 Item
26)
Parts List
PL 20.2
November 2008
5-50
V3.0
PL 20.3 CIS Assembly/CIS AD PWB

Item
Part
Description
3
4
5
6
090K93300
130K72880
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Front Lower Baffle (Not Spared)

(REP 16.12)
Rear Lower Baffle (Not Spared)
(REP 16.12)
Platen Glass w/Mylar (REP 6.1)
Plate (Not Spared)
CIS Assembly (REP 6.2)
L/H CIS AD PWB (P/O PL 20.3
Item 5)
Center CIS AD PWB (P/O PL 20.3
Item 5)
R/H CIS AD PWB (P/O PL 20.3
Item 5)
Gasket (Not Spared)
A/D PWB Cover (Not Spared)
Image Bracket (Not Spared)
Lower Transport Assembly (Not
Spared)
CIS Bracket (P/O PL 20.3 Item 5)
V3.0
November 2008
5-51
Parts List
PL 20.3
PL 20.4 Lower Transport Assembly

Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
022K75890
022K75880
007E56850
121K20050
127K36440
121K28970
020E35680
423W58055
130E98730
068K62550
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Feed Out Roller

Feed In Roller
Gear (B30T)
Feed In Brake
IIT Main Motor
Left Rail Plate (Not Spared)
Roller (Not Spared)
Stud (Not Spared)
Spring (Not Spared)
Feed In Clutch
Pulley
Belt
Tension Bracket (Not Spared)
Pulley (Not Spared)
Right Rail Plate (Not Spared)
Platen Move Sensor
Shaft (Not Spared)
Spring (Not Spared)
Washer (Not Spared)
Document Shelf Assembly
Left Shelf Bracket (P/O PL 20.4
Item 23)
Right Shelf Bracket (P/O PL 20.4
Item 23)
Document Shelf (P/O PL 20.4 Item
23)
Guide Assembly (P/O PL 20.4 Item
23)
Parts List
PL 20.4
November 2008
5-52
V3.0
PL 20.5 Electrical
Item
Part
Description
1
2
3
930W00211
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
105K23720
960K49160
130E98730
960K49150
PWB Plate Assembly (Not Spared)

Sensor Plate (Not Spared)
A0 Size Sensor, A1 Size Sensor,
A2 Size Sensor, A3 Size Sensor,
Registration Sensor, A4 Size
Sensor, Right Skew Sensor, Exit
Sensor, Left Skew Sensor
IIT LVPS (REP 3.4)
PWB Bracket (Not Spared)
IIT I/O PWB
AC inlet (Not Spared)
R/H Cover Sensor
IIT Drive PWB
Frame (Not Spared)
V3.0
November 2008
5-53
Parts List
PL 20.5
PL 20.6 PWB Plate Assembly

Item
1
2
3
4
5
6
Part
Description
960K43410
960K44550
960K44560
144K90880
PWB Plate (Not Spared)

IIT PWB (REP 3.2)
CIPS PWB (Option)
PMEM PWB (512MB)
DIMM (512MB)
Knob (Not Spared)
Parts List
PL 20.6
November 2008
5-54
V3.0
Common Hardware
Item
Part
Description
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
AG
AH
AJ
AK
AL
AM
AN
AP
AQ
AR
AS
AT
AU
AV
AW
AX
AY
AZ
BA
102W27678
102W36278
112W35877
112W35878
112W36078
112W45088
112W50688
113W20478
113W20678
113W20698
113W20878
113W21478
113W27588
113W27688
113W27888
113W35578
113W35678
113W35878
113W36078
113W36088
113W36278
113W36878
113W37751
141W35451
153W15888
153W16088
153W16288
153W17688
153W17888
153W18088
153W18488
153W27878
158W27678
158W27688
158W27878
158W27888
158W28078
158W28678
158W35677
158W35678
158W35878
158W36078
158W36278
158W36678
158W37178
180W65878
201W24278
201W27278
201W29278
Flat Head Screw

Flat Head Screw
Deltite Sems Screw
Deltite Sems Screw
Deltite Sems Screw
Sems Screw
Sems Screw
Machine TP Screw
Hex Head Screw
TP Screw
Machine TP Screw
Screw
Pan Head Screw
Pan Head Screw
Pan Head Screw
Machine TP Screw
Machine TP Screw
Machine TP Screw
Machine TP Screw
Pan Head Screw
Machine TP Screw
Machine TP Screw
Screw
Screw Set (M4x4)
Tap WP Screw
Tap WP Screw
Tap WP Screw
Tap WP Screw
TP Screw
Tap WP Screw
Tap WP Screw
Screw
Del TP Screw
Round Tip Del Screw
Screw
Round Tip Del Screw
Screw
Del TP Screw
Del TP Screw
Del TP Screw
Screw
Del TP Screw
Del TP Screw
Del TP Screw
Del TP Screw
Wing Screw
Hexagon Nut
Hexagon Nut
Hexagon Nut
V3.0
BB
BC
BD
BE
BF
BG
BH
BJ
BK
BL
BM
BN
BP
BQ
BR
BT
BU
BV
BW
BX
BY
BZ
CA
CB
CC
CD
CE
CF
CG
CH
CJ
CK
CL
220W24378
220W27278
251W21278
251W27278
251W29278
252W26450
252W27450
252W29550
252W31550
256W21278
256W29278
271W21850
271W27850
271W28050
271W37150
354W13278
354W15278
354W21254
354W21278
354W24254
354W24278
354W26278
354W27254
354W27278
354W29278
354W30278
354W33278
620W00450
654W20852
658W10459
658W20459
658W30359
Flange Nut
Flange Nut
Plain Washer
Plain Washer
Plain Washer
Nylon Washer
Nylon Washer
Nylon Washer
Nylon Washer
Spring Lock Washer
Spring Lock Washer
Pin Dowel
Pin Dowel
Pin Dowel
Pin Dowel
E-Ring
E-Ring
KL Ring
E-Ring
KL Ring
E-Ring
E-Ring
KL Ring
E-Ring
E-Ring
E-Ring
E-Ring
E-Ring
Hex Nut
Ring
Threaded Screw (M3)
Threaded Screw (M4)
Threaded Screw (M3)
November 2008
5-55
Parts List
Common Hardware
Parts List
Common Hardware
November 2008
5-56
V3.0
ESD Kit
GP 1 ESD Field Service Kit.............................................................................................
Accxes Debug Log

6-3
GP 13 Accxes Debug Log ...............................................................................................
6-5
GP 14 IIT Boot Record ....................................................................................................
6-7
GP15 Required and Special Tools ..................................................................................
6-9
GP16 IIT Firmware Recovery Procedure ........................................................................
6-11
Change Tag Introduction.................................................................................................

IOT Tags .........................................................................................................................
S/W Download
GP 2 Firmware Upgrade .................................................................................................
IIT Boot Record
Network Connectivity
GP 3 Network Connectivity .............................................................................................
6-79
Change Tag Information
Entering Diagnostic Mode

GP 6 Entering Diagnostic Mode......................................................................................
6-77
IIT Firmware Recovery Procedure
WebPMT
GP 5 WebPMT ................................................................................................................
6-73
Tools and Supplies
Golden Print Job

GP 4 Golden Print Job ....................................................................................................
6-71
6-83
6-83
6-13
dC Routines
dC108 Software Levels ...................................................................................................
dC120 Error Log Counters ..............................................................................................
dC122 IIT Jam History ....................................................................................................
dC122 IOT Jam History...................................................................................................
dC123 IIT Jam History ....................................................................................................
dC123 IOT Jam History...................................................................................................
dC130 Machine History...................................................................................................
dC131 NVRAM or NOVRAM Access ..............................................................................
dC135 HFSI Counters.....................................................................................................
dC138 Copy Count..........................................................................................................
dC139 Feed Count ..........................................................................................................
dC188 (Call Closeout).....................................................................................................
dC301 Reset Service Counters.......................................................................................
dC315 IPS Self-Test .......................................................................................................
dC317 Pattern Test .........................................................................................................
dC330 Component Control .............................................................................................
dC361 System Data Save/Restore .................................................................................
dC505 Auto Adjustment ..................................................................................................
dC606 Test Copy ............................................................................................................
dC951 Xerographic Setup...............................................................................................
dC952 Xerographic History .............................................................................................
6-15
6-15
6-16
6-16
6-17
6-17
6-18
6-18
6-19
6-19
6-20
6-20
6-21
6-21
6-22
6-22
6-35
6-37
6-37
6-38
6-38
Boot Record Capture

GP 8 Boot Record Capture .............................................................................................
6-39
Panel Data Download

GP 9 Panel Data Download ............................................................................................
6-41
Reset Admin Password

GP 10 Reset Administrator Password.............................................................................
6-43
NVM Data List

GP 11 dC131 NVM Data List ..........................................................................................
6-45
Billing Meters
GP 12 Billing Meters .......................................................................................................
V3.0
6-69
November 2008
6-1
General Procedures
General Procedures
November 2008
6-2
V3.0
GP 1 ESD Field Service Kit

Purpose
The purpose of the Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Field Service Kit is to preserve the inherent reliability
and quality of sensitive electronic components handled by the service representative. The kit should be
used whenever handling the circuit boards or any other ESD sensitive components.
Procedure
1.
Switch on the machine power and disconnect the machine power cord.
2.
Assemble the kit:.

a.
Place the static dissipative work surface mat on a flat surface in close proximity to the
machine or the component.
b.
Connect the snap end of the green grounding cord to the snap on the static dissipative work
surface mat. Connect the male end (plug) to the frame.
c.
Connect the small snap end of the blue cord to the top snap on the green grounding cord.
d.
Connect the small snap end of the blue cord to the snap on the adjustable cloth wrist strap or
the ESD wristwatch.
e.
Install the adjustable wrist strap or ESD wristwatch securely on the wrist.
3.
The circuit boards (PWBs) and ESD sensitive components can now be handled without causing
any ESD related damage. Place all of the components removed from the machine onto the static
dissipative work surface mat.
4.
New replacement components, as well as defective components, should be handled during unpacking and repacking using the ESD Field Service Kit. During transfer from or to the packing material
or container, the PWB should be place on the static dissipative work surface mat.
NOTE: For a list of components that require the use of this procedure, refer to Using Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Protection Kit.
V3.0
November 2008
6-3
General Procedures
GP 1
General Procedures
GP 1
November 2008
6-4
V3.0
GP 2 Firmware Upgrade
Purpose
The following procedure should be used to upgrade the firmware for the IOT, IIT, and Wide Format
Scan System on a 6279 with FreeFlow Accxes Print Server Configuration.
Procedure
Refer to the Freeflow Accxes Controller Service Manual for the YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LUX procedure
located on the Freeflow Accxes Controller and Wide Format Scan System Service Documentation CD.
V3.0
November 2008
6-5
General Procedures
GP 2
General Procedures
GP 2
November 2008
6-6
V3.0
GP 3 Network Connectivity
Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to establish communication with the customer's network using the UI.
Procedure
1.
2.
Obtain the following information from the customer:

a.
ip address for the machine
b.
subnet mask
c.
gateway
Connect the required network cable from the install kit
At the UI:
1.
Select the Machine Info button or Machine Info Icon on the screen.
2.
Select the Administration Tab.
3.
Select the Network Icon on the screen.
4.
Select the ip address field and enter the ip address using the numeric pad.
5.
Select ENTER.
6.
Select the Gateway field and enter the Gateway address using the numeric pad.
7.
Select ENTER.
8.
Select the Netmask field and enter the Netmask address using the numeric pad.
9.
Select ENTER.
10.
Select SAVE.
11.
Select General Administration Icon.
12.
Select Shutdown/Restart.
13.
Select System Shutdown and Restart.
14.
After the system restarts, the information that was entered will take effect.
V3.0
November 2008
6-7
General Procedures
GP 3
General Procedures
GP 3
November 2008
6-8
V3.0
GP 4 Golden Print Job

Purpose
This procedure is used at the end of a service call to ensure that the machine is functioning correctly and
that the image quality is within specification
Procedure
1.
Open the appropriate application to send a job to the printer.
2.
Navigate to the c:\xerox\6279_SGS\12_Reference_Library\6279_plot_samples on your PWS.
3.
Select a file to print.
4.
Examine the output to determine if the image quality is within specification. Go to Image Quality
Initialization Procedure and troubleshoot any Image Quality defects.
V3.0
November 2008
6-9
General Procedures
GP 4
General Procedures
GP 4
November 2008
6-10
V3.0
GP 5 WebPMT
Purpose
The Web Print Management Tool enable the following functions:
1.
Printer Queues
2.
Configuration
3.
Emulation
4.
System Defaults
5.
Utilities
6.
Applications
7.
Session Setups
Procedure
See Starting the Web Print Management Tool in the Xerox FreeFlow Accxes System and Web Print
Management Tool Setup Guide for the step-by-step instructions for accessing the Web Print Management Tool.
V3.0
November 2008
6-11
General Procedures
GP 5
General Procedures
GP 5
November 2008
6-12
V3.0
GP 6 Entering Diagnostic Mode
END
Purpose
Call Closeout tab (same function as dC188 Call Close)
This following procedure is used to enter service diagnostic mode.
Procedure
1.
Press and hold the CLEAR key for 5 seconds and then press the START key. The password window will open.
2.
Enter the password: 6 7 8 9. The Service Diagnostics screen will display.
3.
Select the appropriate subsystem (Scanner Information, Printer Information, User Interface, etc.)
by touching its tab, then selecting the button for the desired diagnostic routine.
User Interface
Screen Calibration - ADJ 2.2
Pointer Test - ADJ 2.2
Button Status
Scanner
dC108 Software Levels
dC120 Error Log Counters
dC122 IIT Jam History
dC123 IIT Fail History
dC131 NOVRAM Access
dC139 Feed Count
dC301 Reset Service Counters
dC315 IPS Self-Test
dC317 Pattern Test
dC330 Component Control
dC361 System Data Save/Restore
dC505 Auto Adjustment
Printer
dC122 IOT Fail History
dC123 IOT Jam History
dC130 Machine History
dC131 NVRAM Access
dC135 HFSI Counters
dC138 Copy Count
dC606 Test Copy
dC951 Xerographic Setup
dC952 Xerographic History
V3.0
November 2008
6-13
General Procedures
GP 6
General Procedures
GP 6
November 2008
6-14
V3.0
Purpose
Purpose
dC108 is used to check the firmware revision level. This routine is located under the Scanner
and Printer subsystems.
This diagnostic routine is used for displaying the Error Log Counters. This routine is located
under the Scanner and Printer subsystems.
Procedure
Procedure
1.
1.
2.
Select either the Scanner Information or the Printer Information tab.
2.
3.
Select DC108 Software Levels. View/record the software levels for the selected subsystem.
3.
Select DC120 Error Log Counters. The error code numbers and counts for each error
code are displayed. Record the code numbers and counts.
Scanner
To clear the Error Log Counter
Boot Program
1.
User Program
2.
Press the ENTER button.
IPS Parameters
3.
Press CLOSE to exit the diagnostic routine.
Printer (see the Message area)
IOT Main
IOT Boot
3/11/09
15
Press the ALL CLEAR button.
Purpose
Purpose
This diagnostic routine is used for displaying the IIT Jam History. This routine is located on the
Scanner Information tab.
This diagnostic routine is used for displaying the Printer Jam History. This routine is located on
the Printer Information tab.
Procedure
Procedure
1.
1.
2.
Select the Scanner Information tab.
2.
3.
Select DC122 Jam History. The failure code numbers, dates, and times are displayed.
Record the failure code history.
3.
Select DC122 Jam History. The code numbers, dates, and times are displayed. Record
the failure code history.
To clear the Fault Log
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
3.
3/11/09
16
Purpose
Purpose
This diagnostic routine is used for displaying the Jam History. This routine is located under the
Printer subsystem.
This diagnostic routine is used for displaying the Jam History. This routine is located on the
Scanner Information tab.
Procedure
Procedure
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
Select DC123 Jam History. The code numbers, dates, and times are displayed.
3.
Select DC123 Jam History. The failure code numbers, dates, and times are displayed.
Record the failure code history.
2.
1.
3.
2.
3.
1.
3/11/09
17
dC130 Machine History
dC131 NVRAM or NOVRAM Access
Purpose
Purpose
This diagnostic routine is used for displaying the Machine History. This routine is located under
the Printer subsystem.
This diagnostic routine is used for modifying the data in Non-volatile Memory. This routine is
located under the Scanner and Printer subsystems.
Procedure
Procedure
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
Select DC130 Machine History.
3.
Select DC131 NVRAM or DC131 NOVRAM Access.
4.
Set/view/record the following:
4.
Touch the SELECT READ/WRITE button, select the required Chain-Link item from the
list, and then press ENTER. Use the following NVM Data List for initial settings and NVM
details:
Date of Assembly (set at factory; cannot be edited)
Date of Installation
Date of Uninstallation
<IIT NVM Data>

<IPS NVM Data>
5.
To set a date, select an item and press ENTER.
6.
Touch the right and left pointers beside the Month and Year to select required Month and
Year.
7.
Touch the day in the calendar to select the day.
8.
Touch ENTER to save the settings.
<IOT NVM DATA>

<Meter Counter NVM Data>
3/11/09
18
SELECT READ/WRITE - Used to select, view, and modify NVM values.
Select an NVM code by touching it.
To change a value, use the [+] or [-] buttons or touch the data entry button,
enter the new value on the keypad, and press ENTER.
Press ENTER.
Press YES on the confirmation popup.
Press CLOSE two times to return to the DC131 screen.
Press NOVRAM Save and press YES on the confirmation popup to save the
new NVM value.
Press CLOSE two times to return to the Service Diagnostics screen.
INITIALIZE - Resets all NVM values to factory default settings. Use CAUTION when
exercising this option.
Press ENTER to confirm the initialization.
A message is displayed indicating that the initialization is completed.
NOVRAM or NVRAM LOAD - Loads previously saved NVM values from the
EEPROM to working memory (SRAM).
Press ENTER to confirm the NVM loading.
A message is displayed indicating that the loading is completed.
NOVRAM or NVRAM SAVE - Saves all current NVM values to the hard drive. For
example, use this option when changing any NVM values during an adjustment.
Press YES on the confirmation popup to confirm the NVM saving.
A message displays that indicates that the NVM save is complete.
dC135 HFSI Counters
dC138 Copy Count
Purpose
Purpose
This diagnostic routine displays the service life and the current value of the periodic replacement parts. Replacement life changes and current value resets are possible. This routine is
located under the Printer subsystem.
This diagnostic routine is used for displaying the Copy Count and clearing the counters. This
routine is located under the Printer subsystem.
Procedure
Procedure
1.
1.
2.
2.
3.
Select DC138 Copy Count. There are three buttons available:
3.
Select DC135 HFSI Counters. The screen opens and displays a list of the HFSIs.
By Paper Size
4.
After service is performed on an HFSI item, select the appropriate HFSI item, then touch
the ENTER button. A screen displays that shows the LIFE value, the PRESENT value,
and the history (P1, P2, P3) for the selected item.
By Paper Type
By Paper Source
5.
To enter a new Life value touch the ENTER LIFE VALUE checkbox and enter the
new value using the spin button (data entry button with a [+] and a [-] button beside
it), then press ENTER and CLOSE.
Press the CLEAR button to clear the PRESENT and history entries, then press
CLOSE.
4.
Press the button of the report you wish to view.
5.
Press ALL CLEAR to reset the counters.
6.
Press the ENTER button to confirm.
7.
Press CLOSE two times to return to the Printer Information tab.
Press LIFE RESET to reset all of the items in the HFSI list to the default settings.
3/11/09
19
dC139 Feed Count
dC188 (Call Closeout)
Purpose
Purpose
This diagnostic routine is used for display the number of successful (not prematurely stopped
or interrupted) document feeds through the Scanner since the last time this counter was
cleared. This routine is located under the Scanner subsystem.
This diagnostic routine is used for closing a Service Call. This routine is accessed by selecting
the Call Closeout tab.
Procedure
Procedure
1.
Select the Call Closeout tab.
1.
2.
Select the Close Call button. The Services screen will display.
2.
3.
Select DC139 Feed Count. and press the ALL CLEAR button to reset the Feed Count.
4.
Press ALL CLEAR and then ENTER to reset the Feed Count.
5.
3/11/09
20
dC315 IPS Self-Test
Purpose
Purpose
This diagnostic routine is used to reset Error Log, Fail History, and Jam counters to zero. This
routine is located under the Scanner and Printer subsystems.
This diagnostic routine is used to run self-tests on the Image Process System PWBs. This routine is located under the Scanner subsystem.
Procedure
Procedure
1.
1.
2.
Select either the Scanner Information tab or the Printer Information tab.
2.
3.
Select DC301 Reset Service Counters.
3.
Select DC315 IPS Self-Test.
4.
Select the counter to reset by touching the checkbox. A checkmark will appear. (To deselect a checkbox, touch it again.)
4.
Select from the following tests:
5.
Press CLEAR and then YES on the confirmation popup.
1 FPGA NOZAWA R/W
6.
2 ASIC IPSGW-1 R/W
3 ASIC IPSGW-2 R/W
4 BKG-1 module SDRAM R/W
5 BKG-2 module SDRAM R/W
0 All Test
6 FPGA SHIGA R/W
7 FPGA SHIGA SDRAM R/W
8 JPEG CODEC IC (Encode) R/W
9 USB IC (Cont output) R/W
10 USB IC (Host output) R/W
11 FPGA HAPPO R/W
12 FPGA HAPPO SDRAM R/W
13 JPEG Codec IC (Encode) R/W
14 JPEG Codec IC (Decode) R/W
15 Page Memory R/W
21 FPGA MADARAO R/W
22 ASIC TOTO 1 R/W
23 ASIC TOTO 2 R/W
24 ASIC TOTO 3 R/W
5.
Press ENTER. The results will display in the Result column.
6.
3/11/09
21
dC317 Pattern Test
Purpose
Purpose
This diagnostic routine is used to eliminate unnecessary replacement of the IIT PWB. This routine is located under the Scanner subsystem.
This diagnostic routine is used for displaying the logic state of the input signals and to energize
the output components. This routine is located under the Scanner and Printer subsystems.
Procedure
Procedure
1.
1.
2.
2.
Select either the Scanner Information tab or the Printer Information tab.
3.
Select DC317 Pattern Test.
3.
4.
Press YES on the popup to perform the test. A popup with the message Diagnostic
Command Returned: OK will display
Select DC330 Component Control. Input and output components for the selected subsystem will display.
5.
Select OK.
Test a Digital Input Component

Digital input signals normally originate from sensors, switches, and thermistors.
They provide input to monitoring and feedback circuits
1.
Use the Scroll bar to locate the input signal to test, then select the component.
Use the Component Control List to verify the operating status of the component
being tested.
2.
Press ENTER to display the input signal level. Input signals will be either High
(1) or Low (0).
3.
To acutate and deactuate a sensor or switch input signal use a piece of paper
for sensors or actuate a switch by hand. Observe that the status of the sensor
or switch changes as the component is actuated. A blocked sensor gives a
High indication.
4.
Press CLOSE one time to return to the Component Control list. Press CLEAR
ALL to deselect all previously selected components. Press CLOSE two times
to exit the diagnostic routine.
Test an Analog Input Component

Analog input signals normally originate from temperature and humidity thermistors.
They provide input to monitoring and feedback circuits to control temperature and
humidly. They are also used with HVPS applications.
1.
Use the Scroll bar to select the analog signal to test, then select the component. Use the Component Control List to verify the operating status of the component being tested.
2.
Press ENTER to display the signal level. For thermistors, the temperature measured at the thermistor is displayed. For HVPS applications, a small DC voltage
will be displayed. This voltage corresponds to a High Voltage. Use the Component Control List tables for temperature and voltage values.
3.
Test an Output Component

Digital and analog output signals are used to operate most components in the
machine. For example, motors, fans, HVPS, and clutches can be operated. In order
to operate a component, the signal that operates the component must be activated
at the Control Panel. In most cases, to operate a component, the component control
signal must be set to HIGH. To turn off a component, the component control signal
must be set to LOW. When setting a component HIGH, enter 1 at the key pad. When
setting a component LOW, enter 0 at the key pad.
3/11/09
22
NOTE: Some components cannot be energized at the same time as another component. Some components need another component to be energized first.
1.
Use the Up or Down arrow button to select the input signal to test. Use the
Component Control List to verify the operational status of the component being
tested.
Printer (IOT) Component Code List

Type) DI: Digital Input, DO: Digital Output, AI: Analog Input, AO: Analog Output,
I I: Interrupt Input, TI: Timer Input
AI has steps between 0 and 1023 and AO has steps between 0 and 255.
2.
Press ENTER to display the status of the component.
3.
To operate the component, highlight the component and enter either a 1 or a 0

at the key pad and press ENTER. Remember, most components require a
HIGH or 1 to operate, but not all. Use the Component Control List to verify the
required signal level for to operate a component.
Table 2 IOT Component Code List

ChainLink
Component Name
(Part Name or Signal Name) Type
H/L Status
4.
To turn off the component, enter either a 1 or a 0 at the key pad and press
ENTER.
010-001
Side Heater Rod
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
(Turned OFF in 5 seconds)
5.
010-002
Side Triac Low Power
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
010-003
Center Heater Rod
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
010-004
Sub Heater Rod
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
Scanner (IIT) Component Code List

Type) DI: Digital Input, DO: Digital Output
Table 1 IIT Component Code List
010-005
L/H Exhaust Fan High Speed DO
010-006
R/H Exhaust Fan High Speed DO
H: Low Speed/L: High Speed

H: Low Speed/L: High Speed
ChainLink
Component Name
H/L Status
010-007
Exhaust Fan
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
005-001
IIT Main Motor On 100%
H: ON/L: OFF
010-080
Fuser Drive Motor
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
H: ON/L: OFF
010-081
Fuser Drive Motor Clock
DO
Clock Frequency: Bit 0 Table 3
H: OFF/L: ON.
010-082
DO
H: OFF/L: ON.
010-083
DO
H: No paper detected/L: Paper detected.
010-084
DO
Over Heat Thermostat
DI
H: Normal/L: Overheat
005-002
005-011
005-012
005-101
IIT Main Motor On 400%

Feed In Clutch On
Feed In Brake On
A4 Size Sensor
DO
DO
DO
DO
DI
005-102
A3 Size Sensor
DI
010-200
005-103
A2 Size Sensor
DI
010-201
Heat Roll Thermistor 1
DI
See Table 6 (open)
010-202
DI
See Table 7 (over heat)
010-203
DI
See Table 6 (open)
010-204
DI
See Table 6 (open)
DI
See Table 7 (over heat)
005-104
005-105
005-111
A1 Size Sensor
A0 Size Sensor
Right Skew Sensor
DI
DI
DI
005-112
Left Skew Sensor
DI
010-205
005-121
Feed In Sensor
DI
010-206
DI
See Table 6 (open)
010-207
Exit Motion Sensor
DI
H: Blocked/L: Unblocked
010-208
Exit Jam Switch
DI
H: Paper detected/L: No paper detected
010-209
Fuser Drive Motor Lock
DO
H: Motor Lock/L: Motor Unlock

H: ON/L: OFF
005-122
005-123
Registration Sensor
Exit Sensor
DI
DI
005-202
Platen Move Sensor Home

Position
DI
H: Off Home/L: Home detected.
010-210
L/H Exhaust Fan Fail
DO
005-301
R/H Cover Sensor
DI
H: Open/L: Close
010-211
R/H Exhaust Fan Fail
DO
H: ON/L: OFF
005-302
L/H Cover Sensor
DI
H: Open/L: Close
010-250
AI
See Table 8
062-002
Rear Lamp
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
010-251
AI
See Table 8
010-252
AI
See Table 8
042-001
FPGA Reset
DO
H: Disable/L: Enable
042-002
LED 1 ON
DO
042-003
LED 2 ON
DO
*1) Turns the IIT Drive Motor (100% driven) and CIS R/L ON/OFF at the same time.
*2) Checks the ON/OFF state of all sensors.
3/11/09
23

ChainLink
Component Name
042-004
LED ON
042-005
LED Color
042-006
BEEP ON
042-007
H/L Status
ChainLink
Component Name
H/L Status
DO
046-206
Monitor 24 B: RFC 2 Feeder
DI
H: Normal/L: Error
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
046-207
Monitor 24 B: RFC 1 Vertical
DI
H: Normal/L: Error
DO
H: Amber/L: Green
046-208
Monitor 24 B: RFC 2 Vertical
DI
H: Normal/L: Error
Finisher Remote On Signal
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
046-250
BTR DCV Monitor
AI
See Table 13
042-008
RFC Tray Reset
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
061-080
All Black
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
042-009
Select Cutter Jam
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
061-081
2 DOT HALF
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
042-010
Select Page SYNC (out)
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
061-200
Monitor 3.3V
DI
H: Abnormal/L: Normal
042-200
FPGA Conf Cond
DI
H: Normal/L: Error
061-201
Access Ready
DI
H: Ready/L: Busy
042-201
Finisher Ready Signal
DI
H: ON/L: OFF
061-250
LPH Temp Sensed Signal
AI
See Table 9
042-202
Upper Mode Bit 0
DI
H: Normal/L: Error
061-270
Line Sync
TI
(pulse)
042-203
Upper Mode Bit 1
DI
H: Normal/L: Error
071-001
Roll1 Clutch
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
042-204
Lower Mode Bit 0
DI
H: Undetected/L: Detect
071-002
RFC1 Feed Motor
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
042-205
Lower Mode Bit 1
DI
071-003
Roll1 Cutter Motor: Bit 0
DO
See Table 5 (Turned OFF in 0.8 second)
042-260
RFC 1 Feed Motor Stop Signal Monitor
DO
H: OFF/L: ON Table 4
071-004
Roll1 Cutter Motor: Bit 1
DO
071-080
RFC1 Feed Motor Mode Bit 0 DO
See Table 4
RFC 2 Feed Motor Stop Signal Monitor
DO
071-081
See Table 4
071-082
See Table 4
042-262
Interrupt Cutter Jam
DI
H: -/L: Interrupt
071-083
See Table 4
042-263
Interrupt Page SYNC Check
DI
H: -/L: Interrupt
RFC1 Vertical Motor Mode Bit DO

0
046-001
BTR On Signal
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
071-084
BTR +/- Control Signal
DO
H: OFF/L: ON

1
See Table 4
046-002
046-003
Fuser Bias On Signal
DO
071-085
Fuser Bias +/- Control Signal DO
H: -/L: +

2
See Table 4
046-004
046-050
BCR ACI Control Signal
See Table 12 (Refer to dC951)
071-101
Roll1 A3 Size Sensor
DI
H: No paper detected/L: Paper detected
071-102
DI
071-103
DI
071-104
Roll1 30" Size Sensor
DI
042-261
046-051
046-052
BCR DCIV Control Signal
AO
AO
H: OFF/L: ON Table 4
H: OFF/L: ON
Deve. Bias ACV Control Signal
AO
Deve. Bias DCV Control Signal
AO
046-054
BTR DCIV / BTR DCV+
AO
046-055
DTS ACV Control Signal
AO
046-080
BCR on BCR Clock
AO
046-053
071-200
RFC1 Cutter L/H Switch
DI
H: Open/L: Closed
071-201
RFC1 Cutter R/H Switch
DI
H: Open/L: Closed
071-202
Roll1 Auto Cut Switch
DI
H: Open/L: Closed
071-270
Roll1 No Paper Sensor
TI
071-300
Roll1 Open Sensor
DI
046-082
Deve. Bias on Signal
AO
071-301
RFC1 Door Interlock Switch
DI
H: Closed/L: Open
046-083
DTS On Signal
AO
072-001
Roll2 Clutch
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
046-200
24B Monitor: F4 Interlock
DI
H: Detect/L: Error
072-002
RFC2 Feed Motor
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
046-201
Monitor 24 A: F2
DI
H: Normal/L: Error
072-003
RFC2 Cutter Motor Bit 0
DO
046-202
Monitor 24 B: F3
DI
H: Normal/L: Error
072-004
RFC2 Cutter Motor Bit 1
DO
046-203
Monitor 5V: F6
DI
H: Normal/L: Error
072-101
DI
046-204
Monitor 5V: F5
DI
H: Normal/L: Error
072-102
DI
046-205
Monitor 24 B: RFC 1 Feeder
DI
H: Normal/L: Error
072-103
DI
3/11/09
24

H/L Status
ChainLink
Component Name
H/L Status
DI
DI
074-082
Tray 4 Feed Motor
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
074-101
DI
See Table 4
074-102
DI
072-081
See Table 4
074-103
DI
072-082
See Table 4
074-104
DI
072-083
Roll2 Vertical Motor: Bit 0
DO
See Table 4
074-105
Roll4 Jam Sensor
DI
072-084
DO
See Table 4
074-106
DI
072-085
DO
See Table 4
074-107
Tray 4 Size 1 Sensor
DI
072-200
RFC2 Cutter L/H Switch
DI
H: Open/L: Closed
074-108
DI
072-201
RFC2 Cutter R/H Switch
DI
H: Open/L: Closed
074-109
DI
072-202
DI
H: Open/L: Closed
074-110
Tray 4 Edge Sensor
DI
072-270
DI
074-111
Tray 4 Jam Sensor
DI
072-300
Roll2 Cutter Interlock Switch
DI
074-112
Tray 4 Near Empty Sensor
DI
072-301
RFC2 Door Interlock Switch
DI
H: Closed/L: Open
074-113
Tray 4 Face Control Sensor
DI
073-001
Roll3 Clutch
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
074-114
Tray 4 Detect
DI
073-002
Tray 3 Lift Motor
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
074-202
DI
H: Open/L: Closed
073-003
Torque L
DO
H: ON/L: OFF
074-270
DI
073-004
Torque H
DO
H: ON/L: OFF
074-300
Tray 4 Latch Switch
DI
H: Closed/L: Open
073-005
Tray 3 Clutch
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
075-001
Manual Feed Clutch
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
073-082
Tray 3 Feed Motor
DO
H: ON/L: OFF
075-100
Manual No Paper Sensor
DI
073-101
DI
075-101
Manual A3 Size Sensor
DI
073-102
DI
075-102
DI
073-103
DI
075-103
DI
073-104
DI
075-104
Manual 30" Size Sensor
DI
073-106
Tray 3 No Paper Sensor
DI
075-105
Manual Feed Stop Sensor
DI
073-107
DI
075-106
Manual Page Sync Sensor
DI
073-108
DI
075-200
Manual Connect Monitor
DI
H: Detect/L: Undetected
073-109
DI
077-001
RFC Tray Heater
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
073-110
Tray 3 Edge Sensor
DI
077-003
A-TRA Clutch
DO
H: ON/L: OFF
073-111
Tray 3 Jam Sensor
DI
077-004
B-TRA Vacuum Fan
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
073-112
Tray 3 Near Empty Sensor
DI
077-100
RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor
DI
073-113
Tray 3 Face Control Sensor
DI
077-101
RFC 1 Vertical Jam Sensor
DI
073-202
DI
H: Open/L: Closed
077-102
DI
073-270
DI
077-103
DI
073-300
Tray 3 Latch Switch
DI
H: Closed/L: Open
077-104
Tray 3 Vertical Jam Sensor
DI
074-001
Roll4 Clutch
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
077-105
A-TRA Swing Sensor
DI
074-002
Tray 4 Lift Motor
DO
H: ON/L: OFF
077-106
Torque L
DO
H: ON/L: OFF
Tray/RFC Page SYNC Sensor
DI
074-003
074-004
Torque H
DO
H: ON/L: OFF
077-107
Registration Sensor
DI
H: OFF/L: ON
077-108
B-TRA Jam Sensor Blocked
DI
ChainLink
Component Name
072-104
072-105
Roll2 Jam Sensor
072-080
074-005
Tray 4 Clutch
DO
3/11/09
25

ChainLink
Component Name
H/L Status
077-250
RFC Air Temp Signal
DI
H: Unsensed/L: Sensed
077-270
RFC 1 Feed Motor Lock
DO
H: Lock/L: Unlock
077-271
DO
H: Lock/L: Unlock
077-272
DO
H: Lock/L: Unlock
077-273
DO
H: Lock/L: Unlock
077-300
DI
H: Open/L: Close
091-080
Main Drum Motor
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
091-081
Main Motor
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
091-200
Main Motor Lock
DI
H: Lock/ L: Unlock
091-201

Full Sensed
DI
H: Full/L: Not Full
091-202
Toner Empty Sensor Empty
DI
H: No toner detected/L: Toner detected
091-203
Waste Toner Pot Set Switch
DI
H: OFF/L: ON
091-250
Open Air Humidity
AI
See Table 11
091-251
Open Air Temp
AI
See Table 11
091-300
Top Cover Sensor
DI
H: Open/L: Close
093-001
Deve Clutch
DO
H: OFF/L: ON
3/11/09
26
Fuser Drive Motor: Bit 0 to 2
Roll1/2 Cutter Motor: Bit 0 to 1
Table 3 Fuser Drive Motor: Bit 0 to 2
Table 5 Roll1/2 Cutter Motor: Bit 0 to 1

Internal Voltage Output Voltage
Output Voltage
Motor Operation
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Clock Frequency
(Hz)
H/R Rotation Speed

(reference) (mm/sec.)
0.000
1102.109
103.8
1104.238
104.0
1106.357
104.2
1108.486
104.4
1110.604
104.6
1112.734
104.8
1114.852
105.0
1116.970
105.2
1119.099
105.4
1121.218
105.6
1123.347
105.8
1125.465
106.0
1127.595
106.2
1129.713
106.4
1131.842
106.6
Bit 1
Bit 0
Motor Operation
OFF (Stops Immediately)
Reverse rotation
Set
Forward rotation at low speed
Forward rotation at high speed
Slows Down then Stops
Slows Down then Holds
Cutter Operation
0V
0V
Brakes
+24V
0V
Scan from LH side to RH side
0V
+24V
Scan from RH side to LH side
OFF
OFF
Stops
*1) RFC1: P443-21Pin, RFC2: P444-19Pin *2) RFC1: P443-19Pin, RFC2: P444-17Pin
Output Voltage
Bit 1
*1
Table 4 Roll1/2 Feeder Motor: Bit 0 to 2
*2
Roll1/2 Feeder Motor: Bit 0 to 2
Bit 2
Bit 0
3/11/09
27
Thermistor 1 - 4: Open
Table 8 Thermistor 1 - 3: Temp

Resistance
Temperature (C) (Ohm)
Amplified
Input Voltage (V) Voltage (V)
Increment
107
4833
0.501018
2.054173
637
Voltage
Internal
Voltage
108
4694
0.488742
2.003844
621
3.17V or higher
109
4560
0.476806
1.954905
606
110
4431
0.465219
1.907398
591
111
4305
0.453809
1.860618
577
112
4184
0.442766
1.815339
563
113
4067
0.432005
1.771221
549
114
3953
0.421442
1.727913
536
115
3843
0.411176
1.685821
523
116
3737
0.401214
1.644975
510
117
3634
0.391467
1.605015
498
118
3534
0.381941
1.56596
485
119
3438
0.372738
1.528226
474
120
3344
0.36367
1.491047
462
121
3254
0.354935
1.455233
451
122
3166
0.346344
1.420009
440
123
3081
0.337997
1.385789
430
124
2999
0.329901
1.352594
419
125
2920
0.322059
1.320441
409
126
2842
0.314275
1.288528
399
127
2767
0.306752
1.257685
390
128
2695
0.299495
1.227929
381
129
2625
0.292405
1.198861
372
130
2556
0.285384
1.170073
363
131
2490
0.278637
1.142411
354
132
2426
0.272066
1.115469
346
133
2364
0.265672
1.089256
338
134
2303
0.259356
1.063358
330
135
2245
0.253325
1.038634
322
136
2188
0.247376
1.01424
314
137
2133
0.241613
0.990612
307
138
2079
0.235933
0.967326
300
139
2027
0.230444
0.944821
293
140
1977
0.225148
0.923105
286
141
1928
0.219939
0.901751
280
142
1880
0.21482
0.880762
273
143
1834
0.209898
0.860582
267
144
1789
0.205068
0.840778
261
145
1746
0.200438
0.821797
255
146
1703
0.195795
0.802759
249
Table 6 Thermistor 1 - 4: Open

Thermistor
Status
Scan Temperature
Resistance
Open Circuit Lower or equal than - 680K Ohm or higher

15C equivalent
Normal
Higher than -15C

equivalent
Lower than 680K Ohm Lower than 3.17V
Thermistor 2/4: Over Heat

Table 7 Thermistor 2/4: Over Heat
Thermistor
Status
Scan Temperature
Resistance
Internal
Voltage
Voltage
Normal
247C and below
220 Ohm or higher
Lower than 0.027V
Overheat
Higher than 247C
Lower than 220 Ohm
0.027V or higher
Thermistor 1 - 3: Temp
Resistance
Amplified
Increment
87
8917
0.819281
3.35905
1024 or higher
88
8636
0.799719
3.278849
1016
89
8365
0.78056
3.200295
992
90
8102
0.761683
3.122901
968
91
7850
0.743329
3.047647
945
92
7607
0.725376
2.974043
922
93
7373
0.707849
2.902182
900
94
7147
0.690693
2.831842
878
95
6929
0.673928
2.763104
857
96
6719
0.657573
2.696049
836
97
6516
0.641568
2.63043
815
98
6320
0.62593
2.566315
796
99
6131
0.610676
2.503771
776
100
5948
0.595739
2.442529
757
101
5772
0.581216
2.382984
739
102
5602
0.567039
2.324859
721
103
5437
0.553137
2.267861
703
104
5278
0.539606
2.212384
686
105
5125
0.526459
2.158482
669
106
4976
0.513535
2.105494
653
3/11/09
28
Resistance
Amplified
Increment
Resistance
Amplified
Increment
147
1662
0.191354
0.784553
243
187
677
0.080709
0.330906
103
148
1622
0.18701
0.766741
238
188
663
0.079091
0.324274
101
149
1583
0.182762
0.749326
232
189
650
0.077519
0.317826
99
150
1546
0.178722
0.73276
227
190
636
0.075991
0.311563
97
151
1509
0.174671
0.716152
222
191
624
0.074485
0.305391
95
152
1473
0.17072
0.69995
217
192
611
0.073025
0.299403
93
153
1439
0.166978
0.684612
212
193
599
0.071587
0.293507
91
154
1405
0.163228
0.669236
207
194
587
0.070194
0.287797
89
155
1372
0.15958
0.654277
203
195
575
0.068824
0.282179
87
156
1340
0.156034
0.639739
198
196
564
0.067488
0.276699
86
157
1309
0.152591
0.625623
194
197
553
0.066185
0.27136
84
158
1279
0.149252
0.611934
190
198
542
0.064917
0.266161
83
159
1250
0.146018
0.598673
186
199
531
0.063672
0.261054
81
160
1221
0.142777
0.585384
181
200
521
0.062449
0.25604
79
161
1193
0.139641
0.572528
177
201
511
0.06126
0.251167
78
162
1166
0.136612
0.560107
174
202
501
0.060094
0.246386
76
163
1140
0.133689
0.548124
170
203
491
0.058963
0.241748
75
164
1114
0.13076
0.536118
166
204
482
0.057842
0.237154
74
165
1089
0.12794
0.524553
163
205
473
0.056757
0.232703
72
166
1065
0.125227
0.513431
159
206
464
0.055694
0.228345
71
167
1041
0.12251
0.502291
156
207
455
0.054654
0.224082
69
168
1018
0.119901
0.491596
152
208
446
0.053637
0.219912
68
169
996
0.117368
0.48121
149
209
438
0.052643
0.215837
67
170
974
0.114888
0.471041
146
210
430
0.051672
0.211857
66
171
953
0.112461
0.46109
143
211
422
0.050725
0.207972
64
172
932
0.110099
0.451405
140
212
414
0.049788
0.204133
63
173
912
0.10779
0.44194
137
213
406
0.048887
0.200437
62
174
892
0.105536
0.432696
134
214
399
0.047997
0.196788
61
175
873
0.103335
0.423674
131
215
391
0.047119
0.193186
60
176
854
0.101189
0.414875
129
216
384
0.046263
0.18968
59
177
836
0.099086
0.406253
126
217
377
0.045431
0.186269
58
178
818
0.097049
0.397903
123
218
370
0.044623
0.182953
57
179
801
0.095056
0.389731
121
219
363
0.043814
0.179637
56
180
784
0.093107
0.381738
118
220
357
0.04304
0.176464
55
181
767
0.091201
0.373925
116
221
350
0.042278
0.17334
54
182
751
0.089351
0.36634
114
222
344
0.041527
0.170262
53
183
736
0.087534
0.358888
111
223
338
0.040788
0.167233
52
184
720
0.085761
0.351619
109
224
332
0.040073
0.164299
51
185
706
0.084044
0.344579
107
225
326
0.039369
0.161413
50
186
691
0.082348
0.337627
105
226
320
0.038689
0.158624
49
3/11/09
29

Resistance
Amplified
Increment
227
315
0.038008
0.155834
48
228
309
0.037351
0.15314
47
229
304
0.036706
0.150495
47
230
298
0.036072
0.147897
46
231
293
0.035451
0.145347
45
232
288
0.034852
0.142895
44
233
283
0.034254
0.140442
44
234
278
0.033667
0.138036
43
235
274
0.033105
0.135729
42
236
269
0.032541
0.13342
41
237
264
0.03199
0.13116
41
238
260
0.031463
0.128997
40
239
256
0.030935
0.126834
39
240
251
0.030419
0.124719
39
241
247
0.029915
0.122652
38
242
243
0.029423
0.120635
37
243
239
0.028931
0.118616
37
244
235
0.028462
0.116696
36
245
231
0.027994
0.114775
36
246
227
0.027537
0.112902
35
247
224
0.027092
0.111079
34
248
220
0.026648
0.109255
34
249
216
0.026227
0.107529
33
250
213
0.025806
0.105803
33
3/11/09
30
LPH Thermistor: Temp
Table 9 LPH Thermistor: Temp

Temperature (C)
Resistance (Ohm)
Voltage (V)
Increment
29.0
4.310
1.579
489
Temperature (C)
Resistance (Ohm)
Voltage (V)
Increment
30.0
4.156
1.549
480
-10.0
21.477
2.708
839
31.0
4.007
1.519
471
-9.0
20.510
2.685
832
32.0
3.865
1.489
462
-8.0
19.593
2.662
825
33.0
3.728
1.460
453
-7.0
18.721
2.638
818
34.0
3.597
1.431
444
-6.0
17.894
2.614
810
35.0
3.471
1.402
435
-5.0
17.108
2.589
803
36.0
3.351
1.373
426
-4.0
16.360
2.564
795
37.0
3.235
1.345
417
-3.0
15.650
2.538
787
38.0
3.124
1.318
408
-2.0
14.975
2.512
779
39.0
3.017
1.290
400
-1.0
14.332
2.485
770
40.0
2.914
1.263
392
0.0
13.721
2.458
762
41.0
2.816
1.236
383
1.0
13.140
2.431
753
42.0
2.721
1.210
375
2.0
12.586
2.403
745
43.0
2.630
1.184
367
3.0
12.059
2.375
736
44.0
2.542
1.158
359
4.0
11.556
2.346
727
45.0
2.458
1.133
351
5.0
11.078
2.317
718
46.0
2.377
1.108
344
6.0
10.622
2.288
709
47.0
2.299
1.084
336
7.0
10.187
2.258
700
48.0
2.224
1.060
329
8.0
9.773
2.228
691
49.0
2.152
1.036
321
9.0
9.377
2.198
681
50.0
2.083
1.013
314
10.0
9.000
2.168
672
51.0
2.016
0.991
307
11.0
8.640
2.137
663
52.0
1.952
0.968
300
12.0
8.297
2.107
653
53.0
1.890
0.946
293
13.0
7.969
2.076
643
54.0
1.830
0.925
287
14.0
7.656
2.045
634
55.0
1.772
0.904
280
15.0
7.357
2.014
624
56.0
1.717
0.883
274
16.0
7.071
1.982
615
57.0
1.664
0.863
267
17.0
6.798
1.951
605
58.0
1.612
0.843
261
18.0
6.537
1.920
595
59.0
1.563
0.823
255
19.0
6.287
1.888
585
60.0
1.515
0.804
249
20.0
6.048
1.857
576
61.0
1.469
0.786
244
21.0
5.820
1.826
566
62.0
1.424
0.767
238
22.0
5.601
1.794
556
63.0
1.381
0.750
232
23.0
5.392
1.763
547
64.0
1.340
0.732
227
24.0
5.192
1.732
537
65.0
1.300
0.715
222
25.0
5.000
1.701
527
66.0
1.261
0.698
216
26.0
4.816
1.670
518
67.0
1.224
0.682
211
27.0
4.640
1.639
508
68.0
1.188
0.666
206
28.0
4.472
1.609
499
69.0
1.153
0.650
202
3/11/09
31

Temperature (C)
Resistance (Ohm)
Voltage (V)
Increment
70.0
1.120
0.635
197
71.0
1.087
0.620
192
72.0
1.056
0.605
188
73.0
1.026
0.591
183
74.0
0.997
0.577
179
75.0
0.968
0.564
175
76.0
0.941
0.550
171
77.0
0.915
0.538
167
78.0
0.889
0.525
163
79.0
0.864
0.513
159
80.0
0.840
0.501
155
81.0
0.817
0.489
152
82.0
0.795
0.477
148
83.0
0.773
0.466
145
84.0
0.752
0.455
141
85.0
0.732
0.445
138
86.0
0.712
0.434
135
87.0
0.693
0.424
131
88.0
0.675
0.414
128
89.0
0.657
0.405
125
90.0
0.640
0.395
123
91.0
0.623
0.386
120
92.0
0.607
0.377
117
93.0
0.591
0.369
114
94.0
0.576
0.360
112
95.0
0.561
0.352
109
96.0
0.546
0.344
107
97.0
0.533
0.336
104
98.0
0.519
0.328
102
99.0
0.506
0.321
99
100.0
0.493
0.313
97
3/11/09
32
Open Air Sensor: Temp
Table 10 Open Air Sensor: Temp
Table 10 Open Air Sensor: Temp
Temperature (oC)
Resistance (Ohm)
Voltage (V)
Increment
39.0
5.435
1.162
360
Temperature (oC)
Resistance (Ohm)
Voltage (V)
Increment
40.0
5.213
1.131
351
0.0
34.060
2.551
791
41.0
5.002
1.100
341
1.0
32.310
2.520
781
42.0
4.800
1.070
332
2.0
30.660
2.488
771
43.0
4.607
1.041
323
3.0
29.100
2.456
761
44.0
4.423
1.012
314
4.0
27.630
2.423
751
45.0
4.248
0.984
305
5.0
26.250
2.390
741
46.0
4.080
0.956
296
6.0
24.940
2.356
730
47.0
3.920
0.929
288
7.0
23.700
2.321
719
48.0
3.767
0.903
280
8.0
22.540
2.286
709
49.0
3.621
0.877
272
9.0
21.430
2.250
698
50.0
3.481
0.852
264
10.0
20.390
2.214
686
11.0
19.400
2.178
675
Open Air Sensor: Hum
12.0
18.470
2.141
664
13.0
17.590
2.104
652
Input Increment Value (0 to 1023) = X Input voltage E (V) = 3.3X/1023 Humidity (%) =
6.6015E2 + 65.428E - 7.3546
14.0
16.750
2.066
641
15.0
15.960
2.029
629
16.0
15.210
1.991
617
17.0
14.500
1.953
605
18.0
13.830
1.915
594
19.0
13.190
1.877
582
20.0
12.590
1.839
570
21.0
12.020
1.801
558
22.0
11.470
1.763
547
BCR/DB/BTR/DTS: AC/DC Control
23.0
10.960
1.726
535
Relationship between Increment Value and Remote Voltage
24.0
10.470
1.688
523
25.0
10.000
1.650
512
26.0
9.558
1.613
500
27.0
9.137
1.576
Table 11 Open Air Sensor: Hum
Table 12 BCR/DB/BTR/DTS: AC/DC Control

Increment
Remote Voltage (V)
488
0.012890625
3.3
3.3/256 x (N+1)
28.0
8.734
1.538
477
255
29.0
8.358
1.502
466
N (0 to 255)
30.0
7.997
1.466
455
31.0
7.653
1.431
443
32.0
7.326
1.395
433
33.0
7.015
1.361
422
34.0
6.719
1.326
411
35.0
6.437
1.292
401
36.0
6.168
1.259
390
37.0
5.912
1.226
380
38.0
5.668
1.194
370
Relationship between Remote Voltage and High-Voltage Output

Table 13 Remote Voltage
Component Name
High-Voltage Output Corresponding to

Remote Voltage of 0.33 to 2.97V (linear
change)
BCR: AC Control
1.0mA to 3.5mA
BCR: DC Control
-250V to -600V
3/11/09
33
Table 13 Remote Voltage
Component Name

Remote Voltage of 0.33 to 2.97V (linear
change)
DB: AC Control
500V to 1000V
DB: DC Control
-100V to -500V
BTR: DC Control
0.5mA to 40mA (at +ve output) -500V to 2500V (at -ve output)
DTS: AC Control
1500V to 4500V
BTR: DCV Monitor

Relationship between Increment Value and Monitor Voltage
Table 14 BTR: DCV Monitor
Increment
Monitor Voltage (V)
1023
3.295166016
N (1 to 1023)
3.3/1024xN-0.001611328125
Relationship between Monitor Voltage and High-Voltage Output

Table 15 Monitor Voltage
Component Name

Monitor Voltage of 0.33 to 2.97V (linear
change)
BTR: DCV Monitor
165V to 1485V (at +ve output)
3/11/09
34
dC361 System Data Save/Restore
9.
Exit dC361.
Purpose
dC361 System Data Save/Restore is used to back up and/or restore IOT NVM settings or IIT
NVM settings and IPS parameters to/from either the controllers Hard Disk Drive or a USB
Memory Stick.
NOTE: Printer Setup and Print Objects such as raster stamps, fonts, pen palettes, and labels
can be saved and restored to a USB from the Accxes service prompt. See Debug Commands
in the FreeFlow Accxes Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX for the commands to save
and restore to a USB.
Procedure
<Restore Data from the Hard Disk Drive>

1.
2.
Select the appropriate tab (Printer Information or Scanner Information).
3.
Select DC361 System Data Save/Restore.
4.
Select Restore HDD. This selection will restore settings from the Print Servers HDD to
IOT or IIT RAM.
5.
Select YES on the popup. The message Restore HDD request submitted successfully
will display.
<Save Data to the Hard Disk Drive>

1.
CAUTION
It may take several minutes for the values to be restored. Do not make any other selections
on the UI until the popup described below displays.
2.
3.
4.
Select Save HDD. This selection will save settings from IOT or IIT RAM to the HDD on
the Print Server.
5.
Select YES when the confirmation popup displays. A message will display that states
Save HDD request submitted successfully.
6.
When the confirmation popup displays, indicating Diagnostic Command Returned: Completed, select OK.
7.
Exit the diagnostic routine.
<Restore Data from a USB Memory Stick>
CAUTION
It may take several minutes for the values to be saved to the HDD. Do not make any other
selections on the UI until the popup described below displays.
1.
2.
6.
3.
4.
Connect a USB Memory Stick to a USB Port on the UI or the Print Server.
7.
Exit dC361.
5.
Select Restore USB. This selection will restore values from those previously saved on
the USB Memory Stick.
6.
Select YES on the popup. A message will display that states Restore USB request submitted successfully.
<Save Data to a USB Memory Stick>

1.
CAUTION
Enter Diagnostics GP 6.
2.
3.
It may take several minutes for the values to be restored from the USB Memory Stick. Do not
remove the USB Memory Stick or make any other selections on the UI until the popup
described below displays.
4.
Connect a USB Memory Stick to a USB Port on the UI or the Print Server.
7.
5.
Select Save USB. This selection will save settings from IOT or IIT RAM to the USB Memory Stick. The file containing the IIT data will be named nvm_iit_710.txt. The file containing the IOT data will be named nvm_iot_data.txt.
8.
Remove the USB Memory Stick from the UI or the Print Server.
9.
Exit the diagnostic routine.
6.
Select YES on the popup. The message Save USB request submitted successfully will
display.
CAUTION
<Save NVM Settings to Non-Volatile RAM>
It may take several minutes for the values to be saved to the USB Memory Stick. Do not
remove the USB Memory Stick or make any other selections on the UI until the popup
described below displays.
1.
2.
7.
3.
4.
8.
Remove the USB Memory Stick from the UI or Print Server.
Select SAVE NVRAM. This action will save the currently active NVM settings to non-volatile RAM on the EEPROM chip on either the IOT PWB or the IIT PWB.
3/11/09
35
5.
Select YES on the popup. A message will display that states Save NVRAM request submitted successfully.
CAUTION
It may take several minutes for the values to be saved. Do not make any other selections on
the UI until the popup described below displays.
6.
7.
Exit dC361.
3/11/09
36
dC505 Auto Adjustment
dC606 Test Copy
Purpose
Purpose
This diagnostic routine is used to test image data transfer. This routine is located under the
Scanner subsystem.
This diagnostic routine prints test patterns stored on the IOT PWB. The test copy has configureable parameters that remain set until they are reset or until the power is turned off. This routine is located under the Printer subsystem.
Procedure
1.
Procedure
2.
1.
Select DC505 Auto Adjustment. Perform the checks and adjustments in the sequence
shown below:
2.
3.
Select DC606 Test Copy.
1.
IIT Magnification (ADJ 6.1)
4.
2.
IIT Lead Edge Registration (ADJ 6.2)
Select PARAMETER SET to set the parameters for the test print. Select the desired
parameter and required value.
3.
IIT Document Length (ADJ 6.3)
Number of Sheets: selects the number of sheets to print. 1 to 999
4.
IIT Side Edge Registration (ADJ 6.4)
Paper Feed Device: select which paper supply to use. 1 = Roll1, 2 = Roll2, 3 =
Roll3, 4 = Roll4, 5 = Tray3, 6 = Tray4, 7 = Manual Feeding
Media Direction: select the print format. 1 = Standard Landscape, 2 = Standard Portrait (default), 3 = Non-standard, 4 = 2000 Cut Sheet [0 to 5000mm](Default
2000mm)(manually entered cut length value)
ROM Pattern Number: selects the embedded test pattern to print.
Density: sets the density of the test copy. 1 = Light, 2 = Lighter, 3 = Normal, 4 =
Dark, 5 = Darker
Jam Mask: disables jam detection. 0 = Do Not Mask [Jam Detection] (Default), 1 =
Mask (No Jam Detection)
Cut Sheet: sets the size of the cut sheet media in millimeters (Media Direction
MUST be set to 3).
Resolution: Not Implemented
3.
5.
Press ENTER and then press YES on the confirmation popup.
6.
Press CLOSE.
7.
Press COPY START to print the test print.
8.
Select PARAMETER RESET to set the parameters to the default settings. Press YES on
the confirmation popup.
9.
3/11/09
37
dC951 Xerographic Setup
dC952 Xerographic History
Purpose
Purpose
This diagnostic routine is used to adjust the output of the HVPS for the BCRs, Developer Bias,
and BTR. It should be performed whenever the HVPS is replaced. The output of the HVPS
should also be checked after replacing the Photoreceptor, BCRs, or BTR. This routine is
located under the Printer subsystem.
This diagnostic routine is used for viewing and/or clearing the Xerographic History. This routine
is located under the IOT subsystem.
Procedure
1.
Go to ADJ 9.1 Xerographic Setup for a detailed procedure for dC951.
Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Select DC952 Xerographic History. View/record the Xerographic History.
4.
To clear the Xerographic History, press ALL CLEAR.
5.
3/11/09
38
6.
GP 8 Boot Record Capture
(Figure 2) Select Logging (located under Session in the Category: pane).
Purpose
The following procedure can be used view and save the Accxes Print Server Boot Record. In order to
view the boot record, you must configure your PWS/laptop PC to communicate with the Accxes Print
Server using the terminal emulation program PuTTY. After PuTTY is configured, the boot record can be
viewed and saved to your PWS/laptop PC for fault isolation.
Procedure
1.
Power up the PWS/laptop PC.
2.
Connect one end of a DB-9 female-to-female (null modem) serial cable to the debug SERIAL port
on the Accxes Print Server and connect the other end to the serial connector on the PWS/laptop
PC.
NOTE: If the PWS/laptop PC does not have a serial port, install a Serial Port-to-USB adapter
between the serial Null Modem cable and the PWS/laptop PC.
3.
Insert the Service Tools CD into the PWS/laptop PC CD ROM drive.
4.
Launch Window Explorer and select G:\. If G:\ is not the drive letter of your PWS/laptop PC CD
ROM drive, then substitute the drive letter for your CD ROM drive.
5.
For Service Tools CD version 13.0 and above: In the root directory of the CDROM, double-click the Putty.exe file. This will launch the terminal emulation program PuTTY.
For Service Tools CD version 12.7 and below: In the root directory of the CDROM, double-click the Putty.zip file. In the zip file window, double-click the Putty.exe file. This
will launch a Putty configuration window.
(Figure 1) On the PuTTY configuration window, under Connection type click the Serial radio
button.
Figure 2 Selecting the Logging option

7.
Select the All session output radio button under Session logging.
8.
Either accept the default log file name (putty.log) or type in a different one, and then select the
Browse button and specify the location to store the log file, e.g., on the Desktop.
9.
Select Open. The PuTTY terminal emulation window will open.
10.
Perform Controller Shutdown (for details refer to section 6 General Procedures in the FreeFlow
Accxes Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX) to power down the controller, then
press the Power Switch on the controller front panel to power up the controller.
NOTE: In the next step, the PuTTY terminal emulation window will begin to scroll a series of
boot up messages. Normal boot messages appear in section 1 Service Call Procedures in the FreeFlow Accxes Controller Service Manual for YKE/YKE-N/FRX/LVX.
11.
(Figure 3) When the boot process ends, the PuTTY terminal emulation window will display the
Login prompt at the end of the message.
Figure 1 Selecting the Connection type
V3.0
November 2008
6-39
General Procedures
GP 8
Figure 3 Login prompt at end of boot

12.
Close the terminal emulation window. The log file (default putty.log) will be saved to the location
you specified earlier.
General Procedures
GP 8
November 2008
6-40
V3.0
GP 9 Panel Data Download

Procedure
Waiting for input.
V3.0
November 2008
6-41
General Procedures
GP 9
General Procedures
GP 9
November 2008
6-42
V3.0
GP 10 Reset Administrator Password

Purpose
The Accxes Print Server does not have the ability to reset the System Administrator password to a
default. However, it does have a command to view the current Administrator password.
Procedure
1.
At a customer workstation, open a command prompt window. For example, in Windows XP select
Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.
NOTE: In the following command, xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx represents the customer assigned IP address
for the LVX controller.
2.
Open a Telnet port to the LVX controller by typing the following at the command prompt:
telnet xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx 2000
3.
Press Enter
4.
Type in the following: @PJL INQUIRE PASSWORD
5.
Press Enter. The currently assigned password will appear below the command entered in the
above step.
6.
Record the current System Administrator password.
7.
To return to the Telnet prompt, hold the Ctrl key and press the right bracket symbol (CTRL +])
8.
Close the Telnet port by typing the following at the Telnet prompt: quit
9.
To change the System Administrator password, see the 6279 Printer User Guide or the 6279
Copy/Scan User Guide.
V3.0
November 2008
6-43
General Procedures
GP 10
General Procedures
GP 10
November 2008
6-44
V3.0
<IIT NVM Data>
GP 11 dC131 NVM Data List
Table 1 IIT NVM Data

Chain-Link
Item Name
Sub
Initial Value
710-000
IIT/IPS Device Configuration
IIT1
h'0101
710-002
Reserved
IIT1
710-003
Reserved
IIT1
710-004
Reserved
IIT1
710-006
Scan Speed Settings (Image Sensor Selection)
IIT1
710-010
Serial Number (5th digit: 10000 figure)
710-011
Serial Number (4th digit: 1000 figure)
710-012
Serial Number (3rd digit: 100 figure)
710-013
Serial Number (2nd digit: 10 figure)
IIT1
h'30 (0)
h'30 to h'39 (0 to 9 in ASCII data)
Hex data
Sets the 2nd digit of the serial number in ASCII data.
710-014
Serial Number (1st digit: 1 figure)
IIT1
h'30 (0)
Hex data
Sets the 1st digit of the serial number in ASCII data.
710-015
Serial Number (Reserve: fixed to 0)
IIT1
h'00
Fixed to h'00
Hex data
Sets the last code of the serial number. The setting value is fixed to
h'00.
710-016
Fast Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment

Value (ASIC RE Settings)
IIT1
-200 to +200 (-2.00 to +2.00%)
0.01%
Sets the magnification fine adjustment value in the Fast Scan

direction.
Uses the result of the magnification setting value multiplied by the
fine adjustment value for [ASIC IPS6W RE] enlargement/reduction ratio setting.
Applied evenly across the ratio of 25% to 400%.
710-018
Slow Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment

Value (ASIC RE Settings)
IIT1
-200 to +200 (-2.00 to +2.00%)
0.01%
Sets the magnification fine adjustment value in the Slow Scan

direction.
Uses the result of the magnification setting value multiplied by the
fine adjustment value for [ASIC IPS6W RE] enlargement/reduction ratio setting.
Applied evenly across the ratio of 25% to 400%.
710-020
Slow Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment

Value (Document Feed Speed)
IIT1
-200 to +200 (-2.00 to +2.00%)
0.01%
Sets the magnification fine adjustment value in the Slow Scan

direction.
Uses the result of the main motor 1-pulse feed amount multiplied
by the fine adjustment value as the main motor 1-pulse feed
amount at 400% enlargement. (Currently Not in Use)
710-022
Side Registration Adjustment Value
IIT1
-127 to +127 dots
1 dot
Sets the side registration adjustment value.

The adjustment range is approx. 5.4mm.
710-023
Registration Sensor Detection Range
IIT1
0 to 255 pulses
1 pulse
Sets the detection range of registration sensors.

This value and the lead edge registration adjustment value determine the tail edge registration adjustment value.
710-024
Top Registration Adjustment Value
IIT1
-240 to +240 pulses
1 pulse
Sets the top (lead edge) registration adjustment value.

The adjustment range is approx. 10.0mm.
710-026
Main Motor 1-Pulse Feed Amount (at 100%) IIT1
36221
0 to 65535 (0 to 0.065535mm)
(0.036221mm)
0.000001mm
Sets the 1-pulse feed amount of the main motor at 100% enlargement.
Used during enlargement/reduction by document feed and document length measurement.
710-038
Image Sensor Black Scan Level Upper Limit IIT1

Determination Value
1023
V3.0
Settings Range
Changes
Details
h'02
h'02: 76.2mm/s (2-pixel parallel output

type)
Hex data
Sets the scan speed for 100% scan.

This setting is for the image sensor type that is installed.
IIT1
h'30 (0)
Hex data
Sets the 5th digit of the serial number in ASCII data.
IIT1
h'30 (0)
Hex data
Sets the 4th digit of the serial number in ASCII data.
IIT1
h'30 (0)
Hex data
Sets the 3rd digit of the serial number in ASCII data.
November 2008
6-45
General Procedures
GP 11

Chain-Link
Item Name
Sub
Initial Value
Settings Range
710-040
Dummy Setting Value for Image Sensor

Black Scan Upper Limit Determination
IIT1
1023
0 to 1023
Changes
Sets the dummy values in upper limit determination used to overwrite the scan value during black shading.
Details
710-042
Image Sensor White Scan Level Lower

Limit Determination Value
IIT1
710-044
Dummy Setting Value for Image Sensor

White Scan Lower Limit Determination
IIT1
0 to 1023
Sets the dummy values in lower limit determination used to overwrite the scan value during white shading.
711-000
Image Sensor Invalid Pixel Settings
IIT2
711-002
IPS Process Pixel Settings
IIT2
2700
(21600 dots)
711-004
SI Pulse Width Settings
IIT2
711-005
Scan Operation Settings for Half-Speed

Mode
IIT2
h'00
711-006
Image Sensor Output Data Logic Settings
IIT2
h'01
711-007
Black Correction Value Retrieval Settings
IIT2
h'01
711-008
White Correction Value Retrieval Settings
IIT2
h'01
711-009
Use Black Correction Value at White Correc- IIT2

tion
h'01
711-010
Black Correction Value Calculation Method IIT2

Settings
h'02
711-011
White Correction Value Calculation Method IIT2

Settings
h'01
711-012
Number of Black Correction Value Retrievals
IIT2
711-013
Number of White Correction Value Retriev- IIT2

als
711-014
White Reference Value (Coefficient of White IIT2

Correction LUT Calculation)
h'03DE (990)
711-016
Image Sensor White Scan Error Level Lower IIT2

Limit
h'0100 (256)
711-024
[ASIC SDC6W] Data Process Order Settings IIT2
h'00
711-025
[ASIC IPS6W] Data Process Order Settings
IIT2
h'00
711-027
IPS Reset Timing
IIT2
h'00
711-028
Image Sensor Lamp Brightness Stability

Time
IIT2
56 (0.56sec)
711-029
White Correction Sampling Interval
IIT2
711-030
White Correction Execution Timing
IIT2
h'01
711-032
Document Insertion Detection Time
IIT2
7 (0.7sec)
0 to 255 (0 to 25.5sec)
0.1sec
The time taken from when the document was inserted until the
document is detected.
Pre-Feed starts when documents are detected to be present continuously for the specified portion of time.
711-033
Reserved
IIT2
711-034
Minimum Scan Start Wait Time
IIT2
15 (1.5 sec.)
0 to 255 (0 to 25.5sec)
0.1sec
Specifies the minimum time until the scan start is allowed after
Pre-Feed has been completed.
General Procedures
GP 11
November 2008
6-46
V3.0

Chain-Link
Item Name
Sub
Initial Value
Settings Range
Changes
Details
711-035
Feed Speed at Pre-Feed
IIT2
50
15 to 255mm/s
1mm/s
Sets the document feed speed at Pre-Feed in units of 1mm/sec.

If the value is below 15, Feed is operated at 50mm/sec.
711-036
Feed Speed at Document Output
IIT2
76
15 to 255mm/s
1mm/s
Sets the document feed speed at document output in units of

1mm/sec.
If the value is below 15, Feed is operated at 50mm/sec.
711-037
Left Skew Sensor Detection Settings
IIT2
h'00
h'00: Allow detection

h'01: Prohibit detection
Hex data
Specify whether to allow/prohibit the left skew sensor to detect a

document skew.
711-038
Document Scan Length Limit Detection Set- IIT2

ting
h'00
711-039
Continuous Scan Wait Time
IIT2
0 to 255 (0 to 25.5sec)
0.1sec
The time from when a document output has completed until it was
determined to be a continuous document feed.
The motor stops when this time has passed after output has completed.
If a subsequent document insertion is detected within this time, no
shading is performed.
711-040
Reserved
IIT2
711-041
Reserved
IIT2
711-042
Jam Clear Method Settings
IIT2
h'01
h'00: Clear Jam when document is

removed
h'01: Clear Jam when document is
removed/cover closed is detected
(Ryoma sequence)
h'02: Clear Jam when cover closed is
detected (Kamatari sequence)
Hex data
Specifies the document jam clear method.
711-043
Standard Document Length Determination

Limit Value
IIT2
30
0: Prohibit limit determination

1 to 255: Limit value
1mm
Specifies a limit value for standard document length check.

When the detected document length is longer than (standard document length + this setting value) it is determined to be Standard
Document Length Over.
Note that no limit check is performed when 0 is specified.
711-044
Document Misload Detection Settings
IIT2
h'00
h'00: Allow detection

h'01: Prohibit detection
Hex data
Specify whether to allow/prohibit detection of errors due to misloading of documents.
711-056
Operation at USB Overflow
IIT2
h'00
711-057
Response Type After USB Image Data Out- IIT2

put
h'01
711-064
Power Saving Transition Time in Single

Scanner Configuration
15
0 to 255 min.
1 min.
Sets the transition time to power saving for a single-scanner configuration.

When the system receives no commands within the setting time in
Copy Mode, it enters the power saving mode.
The system returns from the power saving mode when it receives
any command.
711-065
Reserved
IIT2
711-076
Log Output Mask Data
IIT2
h'0117
712-000
S/W Boot Mode Version Info
IIT3
h'0000
712-002
S/W User Mode Version Info
IIT3
h'0000
712-004
IPS Data Version Info
IIT3
h'0000
V3.0
IIT2
November 2008
6-47
General Procedures
GP 11

Chain-Link
Item Name
Sub
Initial Value
712-008
[ASIC SDC6W TRC] Register Setup Process Settings
IIT3
h'00
712-009
[ASIC SDC6W DF] Register Setup Process

Settings
IIT3
h'00
712-010
[ASIC IPS6W BKG] Register Setup Process IIT3

Settings
h'00
712-011
[ASIC IPS6W RE_1] Register Setup Process IIT3

Settings
h'00
712-012
[ASIC IPS6W TRC] Register Setup Process IIT3

Settings
h'00
712-013
[ASIC IPS6W DF] Register Setup Process

Settings
IIT3
h'00
712-014
[ASIC IPS6W SG_1] Register Setup Process IIT3

Settings
h'00
712-016
Forced Operation Settings: Image Process

Method
h'00
IIT3
Settings Range
Changes
Details
712-017
Forced Operation Settings: Negative Output IIT3
h'00
712-018
Forced Operation Settings: Mirror Image
IIT3
h'00
712-019
Forced Operation Settings: Half-Speed Scan IIT3
h'00
712-020
Forced Operation Settings: Document

Length Scan
IIT3
h'00
712-021
Forced Operation Settings: Scan Options
IIT3
h'00
Initial Value
Settings Range
Changes
Details
0.01
Performs gamma correction of image output. 0.01 to 655.35

Can perform density adjustment of the images to be output to the
IOT. Consistent regardless of UI features, such as document type,
etc.
Example) - Copy density is light change to 1.1 to make it darker
- Copy density is dark change to 0.9 to make it lighter
* However, note that this adjustment is common between
Copy/Scan image quality and individual adjustment is impossible.
Level
You can increase/decrease the default value of contrast (document

mode type).
Example) The image with normal contrast can be adjusted like: if contrast is soft 4 - if contrast is strong 2
<IPS NVM Data>

Table 2 IPS NVM Data
Chain-Link
Item Name
Sub
713-000
Reserved
IPS
713-001
Reserved
IPS
713-002
Output Gamma Correction
IPS
0: Do not perform gamma correction

(=100) 1 to 255
713-020
Contrast Text/Drawing
IPS
713-021
Contrast Text/Photo
IPS
0: Normal (= 3: default)
1: Softer (-2) to 5: Stronger (+2)
713-022
Contrast Printed Photo
IPS
713-023
Contrast Photograph
IPS
Level
713-024
Contrast Transparency
IPS
Level
General Procedures
GP 11
Level
Level
November 2008
6-48
V3.0
Table 2 IPS NVM Data

Chain-Link
Item Name
Sub
Initial Value
Settings Range
Changes
Details
713-026
Density Text/Drawing
IPS
Level
713-027
Density Text/Photo
IPS
0: Normal (= 3: default)
1: Lighter (-2) to 5: Darker (+2)
713-028
Density Printed Photo
IPS
Level
713-029
Density Photograph
IPS
Level
713-030
Density Transparency
IPS
Level
You can increase/decrease the default value of density adjustment

(document mode type).
Example) Image with normal density can be adjusted like: - if it
is light 4 - if it is dark 2
713-032
Density Limit with Background Suppression IPS

On: Text/Drawing
210
713-033

On: Text/Photo
210
Density
713-036

On: Transparency
210
Density
713-038
Threshold with Background Suppression On: IPS

Text/Drawing
0: Normal (= 3: default) 1: Lower (-2) to Level

5: Higher (+2)
713-039

Text/Photo
Level
713-042

Transparency
Level
713-044
Threshold with Background Suppression

OFF: Text/Drawing
IPS
0: Normal (= 3: default) 1: Lower (-2) to Level

5: Higher (+2)
713-045

Off: Text/Photo
IPS
Level
713-046

Off: Printed Photo
IPS
Level
713-047

Off: Photograph
IPS
Level
713-048

Off: Transparency
IPS
Level
713-050
IPS Setting 1 Text/Drawing
IPS
0 to 255
713-051
IPS Setting 1 Text/Photo
IPS
0 to 255
713-054
IPS Setting 1 Transparency
IPS
0 to 255
713-056
IPS
0 to 255
713-057
IPS
0 to 255
0:White to 255:Black
Level
Density
713-058
IPS Setting 2 Printed Photo
IPS
0 to 255
713-059
IPS Setting 2 Photograph
IPS
0 to 255
713-060
IPS
0 to 255
713-062
IPS
0 to 255
713-063
IPS
0 to 255
713-064
IPS Setting 3 Printed Photo
IPS
0 to 255
713-065
IPS Setting 3 Photograph
IPS
0 to 255
713-066
IPS
0 to 255
V3.0
November 2008
6-49
When the background suppression is ON, the background detection level can be set up to the upper limit of 255 density level. E.g.
Used when you do not want to suppress the background of
high-density document (document mode type).
Example) When background suppression is ON: - Do not suppress
the background of a dark document 150 - Suppress the background of a very dark document 230
When background suppression is ON, the strength of background
suppression can be specified (document mode type).
Example) Image with normal density can be adjusted like: Suppress the background 4 - Do not suppress the background
2
When background suppression is OFF, the strength of background
suppression can be specified (document mode type).
Example) Image with normal density can be adjusted like: Suppress the background 4 - Do not suppress the background
2
General Procedures
GP 11
<IOT NVM DATA>

Table 3 IOT NVM DATA
Default Default
NACO EO
Chain
Link
Item
910
000
Checksum save area (Access inhibited)
910
001
System configuration setting
513 for 910-003 129 for 910-004,

910-006
910
002
Region code
1: XC
Not Changeable
910
003
Country code
1: NACO
2: EO
The country code calls the NVM Values for each media.
910
004
Billing
0: (ft sq. 0: (ft sq.

ft)
ft)
0: ft sq., ft
1: m sq., m
Chose feet or meters per country code
910
005
Reserved
10000
910
006
Length count
0: (1ft of 0: (1ft of 0: 1ft or 1m

1m)
1m
1:0.1ft or 0.1 m
1 or 0.1
910
007
Fold counter settings
0,1
0No 1Yes
910
008
Finisher connection
0,1,2
0No 1FX, 2GFI
910
009
Attention light connection
0,1
0No 1Yes
910
010
Attention Light Extended Function 1
0 to 255
No paper (Roll1):1,No paper(Roll2):2,

No paper (Roll3):4,No paper(Roll4):8,
No paper (Tray3):16,No paper(Tray4):32,
No paper (Bypass):64, Door Open:128
910
011
Attention Light Extended Function 2
0 to 255
Low (Roll1):1, Low (Roll2):2,

Low (Roll3):4, Low Roll4):8,
Low (Tray3):16, Low (Tray4):32,
Buzzer Stop:64, Toner Pot Near Full:128
910
012
Maximum paper length control
0 to 2
0Specification 1: Extended, 2200m
910
013
Max Length ADD / Standard paper / 36"
0 to 1000
1mm
0mm -1000mm
910
014
Max Length ADD / Standard paper/ A0,A1
0 to 1000
1mm
0mm -1000mm
910
015
Max Length ADD / Standard paper / A2,A3
0 to 1000
1mm
0mm-1000mm
910
016
Max Length ADD / Vellum
0 to 1000
1mm
0mm-1000mm
910
017
Max Length ADD / Film
0 to 1000
1mm
0mm-1000mm
910
018
Min cut length settings / Standard paper / Thick paper / to A2 width
0,1,2
0210mm, 1215.9mm, 2228.6mm
910
019
Min cut length settings / Standard paper / Thick paper / A3 width
0,1,2
0210mm, 1215.9mm, 2228.6mm
910
020
Min cut length settings / Vellum / Thick paper / to A2 width
0,1,2
0210mm, 1215.9mm, 2228.6mm
910
021
Min cut length settings / Vellum / Thick paper / A3width
0,1,2
0210mm, 1215.9mm, 228.6mm
910
022
Min cut length settings / Film / Thick paper / to A2width
0,1,2
0210mm, 1215.9mm, 2228.6mm
910
023
Min cut length settings / Film / Thick paper / A3width
0,1,2
0210mm, 1215.9mm, 2228.6mm
910
024
No paper run settings
0,1
0Normal run, 1No paper run
910
025
No paper run settings / Paper size / Roll1
0,1,2,3
0A0, 1A1, 2A2, 3A3
910
026
0,1,2,3
0A0, 1A1, 2A2, 3A3
910
027
0,1,2,3
0A0, 1A1, 2A2, 3A3
910
028
0,1,2,3
0A0, 1A1, 2A2, 3A3
General Procedures
GP 11
Range
Interval DC951
Details
Exiting dC131, the set values do not save
10000
November 2008
6-50
V3.0

Chain
Link
Item
Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951
Details
910
029
No paper run settings / Paper size / Tray3
0,1,2,3
0A2LEF, 1A3LEF, 2A4LEF, 3A4SEF
910
030
No paper run settings / Paper size / Tray4
0,1,2,3
0A2LEF, 1A3LEF, 2A4LEF, 3A4SEF
910
031
No paper run settings / Paper size / Manual
0,1,2,3
0A0, 1A1, 2A2, 3A3
910
032
No paper run settings / JOB interval
0 to 60
1sec
Wait time between the last paper is output and the next
starts
910
033
Controller communication settings
0,1,2
0Enabled, 1Disabled 2Command disabled
910
101
Lead Edge Registration Adjustment Value/ RFC / Not cut
-100 to 100
0.2mm
-20 to 20mm
-20 to 20mm
910
102
Lead Edge Registration Adjustment Value / RFC / Cut
-100 to 100
0.2mm
910
103
Lead Edge Registration Adjustment Value/ Tray / 250mm or more
-100 to100
0.2mm
910
104
Lead Edge Registration Adjustment Value/ Tray / 250mm or less
-100 to100
0.2mm
910
105
Lead Edge Registration Adjustment Value / Manual
-100 to100
0.2mm
910
106
Lead Edge Registration Adjustment Value/ Vellum
-1
-1
-100 to 100
0.2mm
-20 to 20mm
910
107
Lead Edge Registration Adjustment Value/Film
-2
-2
-100 to 100
0.2mm
-20 to 20mm
910
108
RFC Initial Loop Time
58
58
10 to 100
10ms
910
109
Decreasing length of Long Paper Initial Loop
125
125
100 to 300
10mm
910
110
Decreasing time of Long Paper Initial Loop / RFC1
65
65
10 to 100
10ms
910
111
Decreasing time of Long Paper Initial Loop / RFC2
65
65
10 to 100
10ms
910
112
Decreasing judgement of Long Paper Initial Loop / Time
20
20
1 to 30
100mm
910
113
Decreasing judgement of Long Paper Initial Loop / Pulse
133
133
100 to 200
1 pulse
910
114
Tray Loop Time / 250mm or less
22
22
10 to 100
10ms
910
115
Interval of Motion Jam Detection
1 to15
100ms
910
116
Cut Length Adjustment Value / Roll1 / a
-99 to 99
910
117
Cut Length Adjustment Value/ Roll1 / b
-99 to 99
910
118
-99 to 99
910
119
Cut Length Adjustment Value / Roll2 / b
-99 to 99
910
120
-99 to99
910
121
-99 to 99
910
122
-99 to 99
910
123
-99 to 99
910
124
Cut Length Adjustment Value / a /Vellum
-5
-5
-99 to 99
910
125
Cut Length Adjustment Value / a / Film
-99 to 99
910
126
Cut Length Adjustment Value / b / Vellum
-99 to 99
910
127
Cut Length Adjustment Value / b / Film
-99 to 99
910
128
Cut Length Correction Temperature/High Temperature
30
30
22 to 50
910
129
Cut Length Correction Temperature/ Low Temperature
17
17
0 to 21
910
130
Cut Length Environment Correction Value/High Temperature
-99 to 99
910
131
Cut Length Environment Correction Value/Low Temperature
-8
-8
-99 to 99
910
132
Motor pulse length correction value
-99 to 99
910
133
Home Position Stop Timing / Roll1,3
30
30
10 to 90
10ms
Kamatari: Home position /Roll 1,3
910
134
Paper Stop Wait Time
18
18
0 to 50
10ms
Kamatari: RFC Break time for cutting paper
V3.0
November 2008
6-51
-20 to 20mm
General Procedures
GP 11

Chain
Default Default
NACO EO
Link
Item
Range
Interval DC951
20
0 to 50
100ms
20
5 to 21
10mm
103
30 to 130
1 pulse
0 to 300
10 min.
0 to 300
10 min.
Details
910
135
Lead Edge Cut Wait Time
20
910
136
RFC Remaining Paper Detection / Length
20
910
137
RFC Remaining Paper Detection /Pulses
103
910
138
RFC Blank Paper Output/Rest Time/Plain Paper
910
139
RFC Blank Paper Output/Rest Time/Vellum
910
140
RFC Blank Paper Output/Rest Time/Film
0 to 300
10 min.
910
141
RFC Blank Paper Output/Output Sheets
0 to 10
1 sheet
910
142
Feed Wait Time When Paper is Loaded
0 to200
100ms
910
143
No Paper Detection
0,1
0:Invalid 1:Valid Kamatari: RFC/
910
144
RFC No Paper Detection Start Timing/First Sheet
20
20
10 to 50
100ms
Note that the unit of measurement is different for the second and subsequent sheets.
910
145
RFC No Paper Detection Start Timing/Second Sheet Onwards
70
70
0 to 100
10ms
Note that the unit of measurement is different for the first

sheet.
0Invalid
910
146
RFC No Paper Detection Pulses
0 to 10
1 pulse
910
147
RFC No Paper Detection Interval
5 to 20
10ms
Kamatari RFC/
910
148
No Paper Detection End Timing
10
10
0 to 30
10ms
No Paper detection end delay time during cutting since

Feed stop instruction is issued until the paper completely
stopped.
910
149
RFC Jam Margin Addition/Immediately After Feed
30
30
0 to 500
10ms
Time for slow-up
910
150
Tray Jam Margin Addition/ During feed
20
20
0 to 100
100ms
910
151
Manual Bypass Media Set ON Buzzer Timing
11
11
0 to 50
100ms
910
152
Pre-feed Wait Timing
0 to100
100ms
910
153
Inter-image for Paper/Roll 1
85
85
50 to 200
10ms
910
154
85
85
50 to 200
10ms
910
155
85
85
50 to 200
10ms
910
156
85
85
50 to 200
10ms
910
157
Inter-image for Paper / Tray3
75
75
10 to 100
10ms
910
158
Inter-image for Paper/ Tray4
75
75
10 to100
10ms
910
159
Inter-image for Paper / Bypass
85
85
50 to 200
10ms
910
160
Tray Loop Time/ 250mm or more
22
22
10 to 100
10ms
910
161
Correction Value for Long Paper Cut Length
-99 to 99
910
162
Range of correction length for the cut length in lower RFC/ Start
455
455
210 to 1200
1mm
910
163
Range of correction length for the cut length in lower RFC/ End
530
530
210 to 1200
1mm
910
164
Correction value of cut length in lower RFC
12
12
0 to 50
0.1mm
910
201
Image Control (Environment/Density Control) Switch Setting
0,1
910
202
BCR AC Switch Timing / Image area
-220 to 22
10ms
910
203
BCR AC Switch Timing / Nonimage area
-80 to 200
10ms
910
204
BTR T Switch Timing
-3
-3
-50 to 50
10ms
910
205
BTR INT Switch Timing
-6
-6
-50 to 50
10ms
910
206
DTS H1 ON Timing
-12
-12
-150 to 50
10ms
General Procedures
GP 11
November 2008
6-52
V3.0

Chain
Link
Item
Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951
910
207
DTS L1 Switch Timing / Roll / Plain Paper
30
30
-50 to 350
10ms
910
208
DTS L1 Switch Timing / Roll / Vellum
30
30
-50 to 350
10ms
10ms
910
209
DTS L1 Switch Timing / Roll / Film
30
-3
-50 to 350
910
210
DTS L1 Switch Timing / Cut / Plain Paper
30
30
-50 to 350
10ms
910
211
DTS L1 Switch Timing / Cut / Vellum
30
30
-50 to 350
10ms
910
212
DTS L1 Switch Timing / Cut / Film
30
30
-50 to 350
10ms
910
213
DTS L2 Switch Timing / Roll / Plain Paper
-19
-19
-150 to 100
10ms
910
214
DTS L2 Switch Timing/ Roll / Vellum
-19
-19
-150 to 100
10ms
910
215
DTS L2 Switch Timing/ Roll / Film
-21
-21
-150 to 100
10ms
910
216
DTS L2 Switch Timing / Cut / Plain Paper
-19
-19
-150 to 100
10ms
910
217
DTS L2 Switch Timing / Cut / Vellum
-19
-19
-150 to 100
10ms
10ms
910
218
DTS L2 Switch Timing / Cut / Film
-21
-21
-150 to 100
910
219
DTS H2 Switch Timing / Roll / Plain Paper
-6
-6
-150 to 150
10ms
910
220
DTS H2 Switch Timing / Roll / Vellum
-6
-6
-150 to 150
10ms
910
221
DTS H2 Switch Timing / Roll / Film
-6
-6
-150 to150
10ms
910
222
DTS H2 Switch Timing / Cut / Plain Paper
-6
-6
-150 to 150
10ms
910
223
DTS H2 Switch Timing / Cut / Vellum
-6
-6
-150 to 150
10ms
910
224
DTS H2 Switch Timing / Cut / Film
-6
-6
-150 to 150
10ms
910
225
DTS INT Switch Timing
12
12
-50 to 400
10ms
910
226
BCR Temperature Determination Threshold Value
15
15
0 to 30
910
227
BCR AC / Image area / Normal temperature
270
270
50 to 550
0.01mA BCR
910
228
BCR AC / Image area / Low temperature
320
320
50 to 550
0.01mA BCR
910
229
BCR AC / Nonimage area/ Normal temperature
270
270
50 to 550
0.01mA BCR
910
230
BCR AC / Nonimage area / Low temperature
320
320
50 to 550
0.01mA BCR
910
231
BCR frequency / Normal temperature
7000
7000
4000 to 9999
0.1Hz
910
232
BCR frequency / Low temperature
7000
7000
4000 to 9999
0.1Hz
910
233
Reserved
10000
10000
910
234
Reserved
10000
10000
910
235
BCR DC
400
400
206 to 644
-1V DC BCR
910
236
Deve Bias AC
700
700
438 to 1063
1V AC
910
237
Deve Bias AC Frequency
1750
1750
1200 to 2500
1Hz
910
238
Deve Bias DC 1
300
300
50 to 550
-1V DC Deve
Bias
910
239
Deve Bias DC 2
300
300
50 to 550
-1V DC Deve
Bias
910
240
Deve Bias DC 3
300
300
50 to 550
-1V DC Deve
Bias
910
241
Deve Bias DC 4
300
300
50 to 550
-1V DC Deve
Bias
V3.0
November 2008
6-53
Details
Deve
Bias
General Procedures
GP 11

Chain
Link
Item
Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951
910
242
Deve Bias DC 5
300
300
50 to 550
-1V DC Deve
Bias
910
243
Deve Bias DC Humidity Correction/Reference Value
15
15
5 to 95
0.01
910
244
Deve Bias DC Humidity Correction/Changed Amount
35
35
-1000 to 1000
0.01V
Variation per 1% of humidity
910
245
Deve Bias DC Temperature Correction/Reference Value
10
10
0 to 40
Basic temperature for temperature correction
910
246
Deve Bias DC Temperature Correction/Changed Amount
100
100
-1000 to 1000
0.01V
Variation per 1% of temperature
910
247
Deve Bias DC / Vellum (Adjustment value)
-200 to 200
-1V DC
910
248
Deve Bias DC / Film (Adjustment value)
-200 to 200
-1V DC
910
249
BTR Control Bias
60
60
0 to 560
0.1A
BTR
910
250
BTR Bias Between Papers
150
150
0 to 560
0.1A
BTR
910
251
BTR Cleaning Bias (-) / A Zone
175
175
25 to 275
-10V
DC
910
252
BTR Cleaning Bias (-) / B Zone
160
160
25 to 275
-10V
DC
910
253
BTR Cleaning Bias (-) / C Zone
125
125
25 to 275
-10V
DC
910
254
BTR Cleaning Bias (+) / A Zone
150
150
0 to 563
0.1A
910
255
BTR Cleaning Bias (+) / B Zone
150
150
0 to 563
0.1A
910
256
BTR Cleaning Bias (+) / C Zone
120
120
0 to 563
0.1A
910
257
BTR transfer / Small Size Criterion
0 to 2
910
258
BTR transfer / A Zone / Plain paper / Large size
180
180
0 to 563
0.1A
Basic humidity for humidity correction
0A3 or less, 1A2 or less, 2A1 or less

BTR
910
259
BTR transfer / A Zone / Plain paper / Small size
180
180
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
260
BTR transfer / A Zone / Vellum/ Large size / Normal
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
261
BTR transfer / A Zone / Vellum / Large size / Other
200
150
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
262
BTR transfer / A Zone /Vellum / Small size / Normal
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
263
BTR transfer / A Zone / Vellum/ Small size/ Other
200
150
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
264
BTR transfer / A Zone / Film / Large size /Heavy
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
265
BTR transfer / A Zone / Film / Large size / Other
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
266
BTR transfer / A Zone / Film / Small size / Heavy
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
267
BTR transfer / A Zone /Film / Small size / Other
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
268
BTR transfer/ B Zone / Plain paper / Large size
150
150
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
269
BTR transfer / B Zone / Plain paper / Small size
150
150
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
270
BTR transfer / B Zone / Vellum / Large size / Normal
160
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
271
BTR transfer / B Zone / Vellum / Large size / Other
160
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
272
BTR transfer / B Zone / Vellum / Small size / Normal
160
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
273
BTR transfer / B Zone / Vellum / Small size / Other
160
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
274
BTR transfer / B Zone / Film / Large size / Heavy
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
275
BTR transfer / B Zone / Film / Large size / Other
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
276
BTR transfer / B Zone / Film / Small size /Heavy
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
277
BTR transfer / B Zone / Film / Small size / Other
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
General Procedures
GP 11
November 2008
6-54
Details
V3.0

Chain
Link
Item
Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951
910
278
BTR transfer / C Zone / Plain paper / Large size
150
150
0 to 563
0.1A
910
279
BTR transfer / C Zone / Plain paper / Small size
150
150
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
280
BTR transfer / C Zone / Vellum / Large size / Normal
160
160
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
281
BTR transfer / C Zone / Vellum / Large size / Other
160
160
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
282
BTR transfer / C Zone /Vellum / Small size /Normal
160
160
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
283
BTR transfer / C Zone /Vellum/ Small size / Other
160
160
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
284
BTR transfer / C Zone / Film / Large size / Heavy
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
285
BTR transfer / C Zone / Film /Large size / Other
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
286
BTR transfer / C Zone / Film / Small size /Heavy
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
287
BTR transfer / C Zone / Film / Small size /Other
130
130
0 to 563
0.1A
BTR
910
288
DTS H1 / A Zone /Roll / Plain paper
250
250
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
289
DTS H1 / A Zone / Roll / Vellum / Normal
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
290
DTS H1 / A Zone / Roll / Vellum / Other
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
291
DTS H1 / A Zone / Roll / Film
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
BTR
910
292
DTS H1 / A Zone / Cut / Plain paper
400
400
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
293
DTS H1 / A Zone / Cut / Vellum / Normal
400
400
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
294
DTS H1 / A Zone / Cut / Vellum / Other
400
400
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
295
DTS H1 / A Zone / Cut /Film
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
296
DTS H1 / B Zone / Roll / Plain paper
270
270
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
297
DTS H1 / B Zone / Roll / Vellum/Normal
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
298
DTS H1 / B Zone / Roll /Vellum /Other
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
299
DTS H1 / B Zone /Roll / Film
300
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
300
DTS H1 / B Zone / Cut / Plain paper
350
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
301
DTS H1 / B Zone / Cut / Vellum / Normal
350
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
302
DTS H1 / B Zone / Cut / Vellum / Other
350
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
303
DTS H1 / B Zone / Cut /Film
300
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
304
DTS H1 / C Zone /Roll / Plain paper
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
305
DTS H1 / C Zone / Roll /Vellum / Normal
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
306
DTS H1 / C Zone / Roll / Vellum / Other
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
307
DTS H1 / C Zone / Roll / Film
300
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
308
DTS H1 / C Zone / Cut / Plain paper
350
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
309
DTS H1 / C Zone / Cut / Vellum / Normal
350
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
310
DTS H1 / C Zone / Cut / Vellum / Normal
350
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
311
DTS H1 / C Zone / Cut / Film
300
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
312
DTS L1 / A Zone / Roll / Plain paper
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
313
DTS L1 / A Zone / Roll /Vellum / Normal
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
314
DTS L1 / A Zone / Roll / Vellum / Other
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
315
DTS L1 / A Zone / Roll /Film
300
200
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
316
DTS L1 / A Zone / Cut / Plain paper
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
317
DTS L1 / A Zone / Cut /Vellum / Normal
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
V3.0
November 2008
6-55
Details
General Procedures
GP 11

Chain
Default Default
NACO EO
Link
Item
Range
Interval DC951
910
318
DTS L1 / A Zone / Cut / Vellum / Other
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
319
DTS L1 / A Zone / Cut / Film
300
200
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
320
DTS L1 / B Zone / Roll / Plain paper
250
250
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
321
DTS L1 / B Zone / Roll / Vellum / Normal
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
322
DTS L1 / B Zone / Roll / Vellum / Other
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
323
DTS L1 / B Zone / Roll / Film
300
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
324
DTS L1 / B Zone /Cut / Plain paper
250
250
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
325
DTS L1 / B Zone / Cut / Vellum / Normal
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
326
DTS L1 / B Zone / Cut / Vellum / Other
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
327
DTS L1 / B Zone / Cut /Film
300
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
328
DTS L1 / C Zone / Roll / Plain paper
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
329
DTS L1 / C Zone / Roll / Vellum / Normal
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
330
DTS L1 / C Zone / Roll / Vellum / Other
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
331
DTS L1 / C Zone / Roll / Film
300
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
332
DTS L1 / C Zone / Cut / Plain paper
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
333
DTS L1 / C Zone / Cut / Vellum / Normal
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
334
DTS L1 / C Zone / Cut /Vellum / Other
300
300
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
335
DTS L1 / C Zone / Cut / Vellum
300
350
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
336
DTS L2 / A Zone / Roll / Plain paper
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
337
DTS L2 / A Zone / Roll / Vellum/ Normal
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
338
DTS L2 / A Zone / Roll /Vellum / Other
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
339
DTS L2 / A Zone / Roll / Film
220
220
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
340
DTS L2 / A Zone / Cut / Plain paper
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
341
DTS L2 / A Zone / Cut / Vellum / Normal
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
342
DTS L2 / A Zone / Cut / Vellum / Other
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
343
DTS L2 / A Zone / Cut / Film
220
220
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
344
DTS L2 / B Zone / Roll / Plain paper
250
250
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
345
DTS L2 / B Zone / Roll / Vellum / Normal
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
346
DTS L2 / B Zone / Roll / Vellum / Other
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
347
DTS L2 / B Zone / Roll / Film
240
240
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
348
DTS L2 / B Zone / Cut / Plain paper
250
250
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
349
DTS L2 / B Zone / Cut / Vellum / Normal
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
350
DTS L2 / B Zone / Cut / Vellum / Other
280
280
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
351
DTS L2 / B Zone / Cut / Film
240
240
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
352
DTS L2 / C Zone / Roll / Plain paper
260
260
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
353
DTS L2 / C Zone / Roll / Vellum / Normal
260
260
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
354
DTS L2 / C Zone /Roll /Vellum / Other
260
260
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
355
DTS L2 / C Zone /Roll / Film
250
250
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
356
DTS L2 / C Zone / Cut / Plain paper
260
260
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
357
DTS L2 / C Zone / Cut / Vellum / Normal
260
260
106 to 544
10V
DTS
General Procedures
GP 11
November 2008
6-56
Details
V3.0

Default Default
NACO EO
Chain
Link
Item
Range
Interval DC951
910
358
DTS L2 / C Zone / Cut / Vellum / Other
260
910
359
DTS L2 / C Zone / Cut / Film
250
260
106 to 544
10V
250
106 to 544
10V
910
360
DTS H2 / A Zone / Roll /Plain paper
380
DTS
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
361
DTS H2 / A Zone / Roll / Vellum / Normal
910
362
DTS H2 / A Zone / Roll / Vellum / Other
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
380
380
106 to 544
10V
910
363
DTS
DTS H2 / A Zone / Roll / Film
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
910
364
DTS H2 / A Zone / Cut /Plain paper
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
365
DTS H2 / A Zone / Cut / Vellum / Normal
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
366
DTS H2 / A Zone / Cut / Vellum / Other
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
367
DTS H2 / A Zone / Cut / Film
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
368
DTS H2 / B Zone / Roll / Plain paper
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
369
DTS H2 / B Zone / Roll / Vellum / Normal
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
370
DTS H2 / B Zone / Roll / Vellum / Other
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
371
DTS H2 / B Zone / Roll / Film
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
372
DTS H2 / B Zone / Cut / Plain paper
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
373
DTS H2 / B Zone / Cut / Vellum / Normal
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
374
DTS H2 / B Zone / Cut / Vellum / Other
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
DTS
DTS
910
375
DTS H2 / B Zone / Cut / Film
380
380
106 to 544
10V
910
376
DTS H2 / C Zone / Roll / Plain paper
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
377
DTS H2 / C Zone / Roll / Vellum/ Normal
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
378
DTS H2 / C Zone / Roll / Vellum / Other
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
379
DTS H2 / C Zone / Roll / Film
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
380
DTS H2 / C Zone / Cut / Plain paper
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
381
DTS H2 / C Zone / Cut /Vellum / Normal
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
382
DTS H2 / C Zone / Cut /Vellum/ Other
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
383
DTS H2 / C Zone / Cut / Film
380
380
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
384
DTS INT / A Zone / Plain paper
106
106
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
385
DTS INT / A Zone / Vellum
106
106
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
386
DTS INT / A Zone / Film
106
106
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
387
DTS INT / B Zone / Plain paper
106
106
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
388
DTS INT / B Zone / Vellum
106
106
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
389
DTS INT / B Zone / Film
106
106
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
390
DTS INT / C Zone / Plain paper
106
106
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
391
DTS INT / C Zone / Vellum
106
106
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
392
DTS INT / C Zone / Film
106
106
106 to 544
10V
DTS
910
393
Reserved
10000
10000
910
394
Reserved
10000
10000
910
395
Reserved
10000
10000
910
396
Reserved
10000
10000
910
397
Reserved
10000
10000
V3.0
November 2008
6-57
Details
General Procedures
GP 11

Chain
Link
Item
Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951
Details
0: Operation prohibited
910
398
Reserved
10000
910
399
Measure Against Bleed/Interval
10
10000
10
0 to 60
1day
910
400
Measure Against Bleed/Working Time
60
60
3 to 180
1 sec.
910
401
A Zone Determination Value: X
460
460
0 to1650
1V DC
910
402
C Zone Determination Value: Y
820
820
0 to 1650
1V DC
910
403
LPH DUTY / Default
72
72
34 to 173
0.00002
910
404
LPH DUTY / Light 2
-20
-20
-50 to50
0.01
910
405
LPH DUTY / Light 1
-10
-10
-50 to 50
0.01
910
406
LPH DUTY / Dark 1
10
10
-50 to 50
0.01
910
407
LPH DUTY / Dark 2
20
20
-50 to 50
0.01
910
408
LPH1 DUTY / Adjustment
-30 to 30
0.00002
910
409
-30 to 30
0.00002
910
410
-30 to30
0.00002
910
411
LPH DUTY/Low Humidity Switch Humidity
55
55
0 to 90
0.01
910
412
LPH DUTY/Exposure Up Ratio at Low Humidity/Plain Paper
12
12
0 to 100
0.1%/%
910
413
LPH DUTY/Exposure Up Ratio at Low Humidity/Vellum
0 to 100
0.1%/%
910
414
LPH DUTY/Exposure Up Ratio at Low Humidity/Film
0 to 100
0.1%/%
910
415
LPH DUTY / Adjustment ratio /Vellum
-50 to 50
0.01
910
416
LPH DUTY / Adjustment ratio /Film
-50 to 50
0.01
0.05
910
417
LPH POWER /Brightness Up Percentage at Joint
-8 to 10
910
418
LPH POWER/Brightness Down Percentage at Joint
-6
-6
-8 to 10
0.05
910
419
LPH Joint Control / LPH temperature
-100 to 100
0.1m/
910
420
LPH Joint Control / Environment temperature
-100 to 100
0.1m/
910
421
Left Image Shift Fast Scan
-189 to 189
1/3dots
910
422
Right Image Shift Fast Scan
-189 to189
1/3dots
910
423
Center Image Shift Slow Scan
-96 to 96
1/2dots
Adjustable range2mm
910
424
Right Image Shift Slow Scan
-48 to 48
1/2dots
Adjustable range1mm
910
425
Roll 1 Side Registration Adjustment
-30 to 30
8dots
910
426
Roll 2 Side Registration Adjustment
-30 to 30
8dots
910
427
Roll3 Side Registration Adjustment
-30 to 30
8dots
910
428
Roll4 Side Registration Adjustment
-30 to 30
8dots
910
429
Tray3 Side Registration Adjustment
-30 to 30
8dots
910
430
Tray4 Side Registration Adjustment
-30 to 30
8dots
910
431
Bypass Side Registration Adjustment
-30 to 30
8dots
910
432
Lead Edge Erase/During Copy
30
30
0 to 50
0.1mm
910
433
Tail Edge Erase/During Copy
20
20
0 to 50
0.1mm
8dots
910
434
Both Edges Erase/During Copy
0 to 50
910
435
Lead Edge Erase/During Plot
30
30
0 to 50
0.1mm
910
436
Tail Edge Erase/During Plot
20
20
0 to 50
0.1mm
910
437
Both Edges Erase/During Plot
0 to 50
8dots
General Procedures
GP 11
November 2008
6-58
V3.0

Chain
Link
Item
Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951
Details
910
438
Image Erase Disabled/Both Edges/A0 Width
0,1
0Enabled, 1Disabled
910
439
0,1
0Enabled, 2Disabled
910
440
0,1
0Enabled, 3Disabled
910
441
0,1
0Enabled, 4Disabled
910
442
0,1
0Enabled, 5Disabled
910
443
Paper Tail Edge ROS OFF Margin/Shorter Than 1.5m
-4
-4
-20 to 20
10ms
910
444
Paper Tail Edge ROS OFF Margin/1.5m or Longer
-7
-7
-20 to 20
10ms
910
445
Printable Length After Toner Empty Detection (Pixel Count)
18
18
0 to 300
1K
count
910
446
Printable Length After Waste Toner Bottle Full Detection (Pixel Count) 50
50
0 to 300
1K
count
910
447
BTR Cleaning Bias (-) Valid time
0 to 98
100ms
Adjustable value for the standard value (2200msec)
910
448
BTR leaning Bias(+) Valid time
0 to 109
100ms
Adjustable value for the standard value (1100msec)
10000
10000
910
501
Temperature Control Mode Setting
0,1
0Auto mode, 1Manual mode
910
502
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Center/Normal
0 to 50
910
503
Correction Coefficient/HIgh Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Center/Slightly Heavy
0 to 50
910
504
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Center/Heavy
0 to 50
910
505
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature/Vellum/Center/Heavy 0
0 to 50
910
506
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature/Vellumr/Center/Slightly heavy
0 to 50
910
507
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature/Vellumr/Center/Heavy 0
0 to 50
910
508
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature/Film/Center/Normal
0 to 50
910
509
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature/Film/Center/Slightly

heavy
0 to 50
910
510
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature/Film/Center/Heavy
0 to 50
910
511
Fusing Temperature/Standard Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Center/Normal
17
17
0 to 25
910
512
Fusing Temperature/Standard Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Center/Slightly Heavy
18
18
0 to 25
910
513
Fusing Temperature/Standard Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Center/Heavy
20
20
0 to 25
910
514
Fusing Temperature/Standard Room Temperature/Tracing Paper/Center/Normal
13
13
0 to 25
910
515
Fusing Temperature/Standard Room Temperature/Tracing Paper/Center/Slightly Heavy
18
18
0 to 25
910
516
Fusing Temperature/Standard Room Temperature/Tracing Paper/Center/Heavy
19
19
0 to 25
V3.0
November 2008
6-59
90+(setting value5)
General Procedures
GP 11

Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951
Fusing Temperature/Standard Room Temperature/Transparency/Center/Normal
11
11
0 to 25
518
Fusing Temperature/Standard Room Temperature/Transparency/Center/Slightly Heavy
12
12
0 to 25
910
519
Fusing Temperature/Standard Room Temperature/Transparency/Center/Heavy
13
13
0 to 25
910
520
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Center/Normal
10
10
0 to 30
910
521
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Center/Slightly Heavy
10
10
0 to 30
910
522
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Center/

Heavy
10
10
0 to 30
910
523
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Tracing Paper/Center/Normal
10
10
0 to 30
910
524
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Tracing Paper/Center/Slightly Heavy
0 to 30
910
525
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Tracing Paper/Center/Heavy
10
10
0 to 30
910
526
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Film/Center/Normal
10
10
0 to 30
910
527
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Film/Center/Slightly

heavy
10
10
0 to 30
910
528
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Film/Center/Heavy
10
10
0 to 30
910
529
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Plain paper / A0 Side 0

/ Normal
0 to 50
910
530

/ Slightly Heavy
0 to 50
910
531

/ Heavy
0 to 50
910
532
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Plain paper /A1 Side 0

/ Normal
0 to 50
910
533

/ Slightly Heavy
0 to 50
910
534

/ Heavy
0 to 50
910
535

/ Plain Paper
0 to 50
910
536

/ Slightly Heavy
0 to 50
910
537

/ Heavy
0 to 50
910
538
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Vellum / A0 Side

/Normal
0 to 50
Chain
Link
Item
910
517
910
General Procedures
GP 11
November 2008
6-60
Details
V3.0

Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Vellum / A0 Side /

Slightly Heavy
0 to 50
540

Heavy
0 to 50
910
541
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Vellum / / A1 Side /

Normal
0 to 50
910
542
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Vellum / A1 Side

/Slightly Heavy
0 to 50
910
543

Heavy
0 to 50
910
544
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Vellum/ A2 Side

/Normal
0 to 50
910
545
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Vellum/ A2 Side

/Slightly Heavy
0 to 50
910
546
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Vellum/ A2 Side /

Heavy
0 to 50
910
547
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Film / A0 Side / Nor- 0

mal
0 to 50
910
548
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Film / A0 Side /

Slightly Heavy
0 to 50
910
549
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Film / A0 Side

/Heavy
0 to 50
910
550

mal
0 to 50
910
551
Correction Coefficient/High Room Temperature / Film / A1 Side

/Slightly Heavy
0 to 50
910
552

Heavy
0 to 50
910
553

mal
0 to 50
910
554

Slightly Heavy
0 to 50
910
555

Heavy
0 to 50
910
556
Fusing Temperature / Normal Room Temperature / Plain Paper/ A0

Side / Normal
17
17
0 to 25
910
557

Side / Slightly Heavy
18
18
0 to 25
910
558
Fusing Temperature / Normal Room Temperature / Plain Paper/A0 Side 20

/ Heavy
20
0 to 25
910
559

Side / Normal
17
0 to 25
Chain
Link
Item
910
539
910
V3.0
17
November 2008
6-61
Details
90+(setting value5)
General Procedures
GP 11

Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951

18
18
0 to 25
561

Side / Heavy
20
20
0 to 25
910
562

Side / Normal
16
16
0 to 25
910
563

16
16
0 to 25
910
564

Side / Heavy
19
19
0 to 25
910
565
Fusing Temperature / Normal Room Temperature / Vellum / A0 Side /

Normal
13
13
0 to 25
910
566
Fusing Temperature / Normal Room Temperature / Vellum/ A0 Side

/Sightly Heavy
18
18
0 to 25
910
567

Heavy
19
19
0 to 25
910
568
Fusing Temperature / Normal Room Temperature / Vellum/ A1 Side /

Normal
13
13
0 to 25
910
569

Slightly Heavy
18
18
0 to 25
910
570

Heavy
19
19
0 to 25
910
571

Normal
13
13
0 to 25
910
572
Fusing Temperature / Normal Room Temperature / Vellum/ A2 Side

/Slightly Heavy
16
16
0 to 25
910
573

Heavy
17
17
0 to 25
910
574
Fusing Temperature / Normal Room Temperature / Film / A0 Side /

Normal
11
11
0 to 25
910
575

Slightly Heavy
12
12
0 to 25
910
576

Heavy
13
13
0 to 25
910
577

Normal
11
11
0 to 25
910
578

Slightly Heavy
12
12
0 to 25
910
579

Heavy
13
13
0 to 25
910
580

Normal
11
11
0 to 25
Chain
Link
Item
910
560
910
General Procedures
GP 11
November 2008
6-62
Details
V3.0

Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951

Slightly Heavy
12
12
0 to 25
582

Heavy
13
13
0 to 25
910
583
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Plain Paper / A0 Side / 10

Normal
10
0 to 30
910
584
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Plain Paper/ A0 Side / 10

Slightly Heavy
10
0 to 30
910
585

Heavy
10
0 to 30
910
586

Normal
10
0 to 30
910
587

Slightly Heavy
10
0 to 30
910
588
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Plain Paper/ A1 Side / 10

Heavy
10
0 to 30
910
589

Normal
10
0 to 30
910
590

Slightly Heavy
10
0 to 30
910
591

Heavy
10
0 to 30
910
592
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Vellum/ A0 Side / Nor- 10

mal
10
0 to 30
910
593
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Vellum / A0 Side /

Slightly Heavy
0 to 30
910
594

Heavy
10
10
0 to 30
910
595
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Vellum/ A1 Side /Nor- 10

mal
10
0 to 30
910
596
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Vellum/ A1 Side /

Slightly Heavy
0 to 30
910
597
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Vellum/ A1 Side /

Heavy
10
10
0 to 30
910
598

Normal
10
10
0 to 30
910
599

Slightly Heavy
0 to 30
910
600

Heavy
10
10
0 to 30
910
601
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Film / A0 Side / Normal
10
10
0 to 30
Chain
Link
Item
910
581
910
V3.0
November 2008
6-63
Details
General Procedures
GP 11

Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951
10
10
0 to 30
603
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Film/ A0 Side / Heavy 10
10
0 to 30
604
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Film/ A1 Side / Normal
10
10
0 to 30
910
605
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Film/ A1 Side /

Slightly Heavy
10
10
0 to 30
910
606
10
0 to 30
910
607
Correction Coefficient/Low Room Temperature/Film/ A2 Side / Normal
10
10
0 to 30
910
608

Slightly Heavy
10
10
0 to 30
910
609
10
0 to 30
910
610
Warm Up Transition Temperature/High-Standard Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Normal
0 to 28
910
611
Warm Up Transition Temperature/High-Standard Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Slightly Heavy
0 to 28
910
612
Warm Up Transition Temperature/High-Standard Room Temperature/Plain Paper/Heavy
0 to 28
910
613
Warm Up Transition Temperature/High-Standard Room Temperature/Vellum/ Normal
10
10
0 to 28
910
614
Warm Up Transition Temperature/High-Standard Room Temperature/Vellum/ Slightly Heavy
0 to 28
910
615
Warm Up Transition Temperature/High-Standard Room Temperature/Vellum / Heavy
0 to 28
910
616
Warm Up Transition Temperature/High-Standard Room Temperature/

Film /Normal
10
10
0 to 28
910
617

Film /Slightly Heavy
10
10
0 to 28
910
618

Film / Heavy
10
10
0 to 28
910
619
Warm Up Transition Temperature/Low Room Temperature/ Plain

paper/Normal
0 to 28
910
620

paper/ Slightly Heavy
0 to 28
910
621

paper/ Heavy
0 to 28
910
622
Warm Up Transition Temperature/Low Room Temperature/ Vellum

/Normal
12
12
0 to 28
910
623
Warm Up Transition Temperature/Low Room Temperature/ Vellum /

Slightly Heavy
0 to 28
910
624
Warm Up Transition Temperature/Low Room Temperature/ Vellum /

Heavy
0 to 28
Chain
Link
Item
910
602

Slightly Heavy
910
910
General Procedures
GP 11
November 2008
6-64
Details
Fusing temperature-(setting value5)
V3.0

Default Default
NACO EO
Chain
Link
Item
Range
Interval DC951
910
625
Warm Up Transition Temperature/Low Room Temperature/ Film /Nor- 12

mal
910
626
Warm Up Transition Temperature/Low Room Temperature/ Film /

Slightly Heavy
910
627
Warm Up Transition Temperature/Low Room Temperature/ Film /

Heavy
910
628
Warm Up Transition Temperature / Manual
910
629
Long Paper Warm Up Transition Temperature Applied Length/Plain

Paper/Normal
1510
910
630

Paper/Slightly Heavy
1510
910
631

Paper/ Heavy
910
632
910
12
0 to 28
12
12
0 to 28
12
12
0 to 28
0 to 28
1510
21 to 2000
10mm
1510
21 to 2000
10mm
1510
1510
21 to 2000
10mm
Long Paper Warm Up Transition Temperature Applied Length/Vvellum/Normal
260
260
21 to 2000
10mm
633
Long Paper Warm Up Transition Temperature Applied Length/Vvellum/ Slightly Heavy
260
260
21 to 2000
10mm
910
634
Long Paper Warm Up Transition Temperature Applied Length/Vellum/ 260

Heavy
260
21 to 2000
10mm
910
635
Long Paper Warm Up Transition Temperature Applied Length/Film/

Normal
260
260
21 to 2000
10mm
910
636
Long Paper Warm Up Transition Temperature Applied Length/Film /

Slightly Heavy
260
260
21 to 2000
10mm
910
637
Long Paper Warm Up Transition Temperature Applied Length/Film /

Heavy
260
260
21 to 2000
10mm
910
638
Fuser Standby Temperature Setting/Paper Weight
0,1,2
0:Normal, 1:Slightly heavy, 2: Heavy
910
639
Power Saving Mode Control Temperature
145
145
91 to 160
Consider a relation with setting value of 910-652 to 657

when changing the setting
910
640
Fuser JOB Accept Temperature
1 to 50
910
641
Fuser JOB Accept Temperature/Plain Paper/Normal
1 to 50
910
642
Fuser JOB Accept Temperature/Plain Paper/Slightly Heavy
1 to 50
910
643
Fuser JOB Accept Temperature / Manual/ High temperature / Level 0
80
80
1 to 100
910
644
15
15
1 to 100
910
645
15
15
1 to 100
910
646
15
15
1 to 100
910
647
15
15
1 to100
910
648
15
15
1 to 100
910
649
15
15
1 to 100
910
650
15
15
1 to 100
910
651
Fuser JOB Accept Temperature / Manual/ Low temperature
1 to 50
910
652
Hysteresis X/Low Temperature Control
28
28
0 to 50
Step
910
653
Hysteresis Y/Low Temperature Control
12
12
1 to 50
Step
V3.0
November 2008
6-65
Details
General Procedures
GP 11

Chain
Link
Item
Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951
910
654
Hysteresis X/Middle Temperature Control
0 to 20
Step
910
655
Hysteresis Y/Middle Temperature Control
1 to 20
Step
910
656
Hysteresis X/High Temperature Control
0 to 10
Step
910
657
Hysteresis Y/High Temperature Control
1 to 10
Step
910
658
Hysteresis/Lower Setting Temperature
150
150
100 to 150
910
659
Hysteresis/Higher Setting Temperature
187
187
180 to 195
910
660
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A0 width / Plan Paper
1 to 15
Step
910
661
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A0 width / Vellum
1 to 15
Step
910
662
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A0 width / Film
1 to 15
Step
910
663
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A1width / Plan Paper
1 to 15
Step
910
664
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A1width / Vellum
1 to 15
Step
910
665
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A1width / Film
1 to 15
Step
910
666
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A2width / Plan Paper
1 to 15
Step
910
667
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A2width / Vellum
1 to 15
Step
910
668
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A2width / Film
1 to 15
Step
910
669
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A3width or less / Plan Paper
1 to 15
Step
910
670
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A3width or less / Vellum
1 to 15
Step
910
671
Fuser Motor Low Speed / A3width or less / Film
1 to 15
Step
910
672
Fuser Motor High Speed / A0width / Plan Paper
1 to 15
Step
910
673
Fuser Motor High Speed/ A0width / Vellum
1 to15
Step
910
674
Fuser Motor High Speed / A0width / Film
1 to 15
Step
910
675
Fuser Motor High Speed / A1width / Plan Paper
1 to 15
Step
910
676
Fuser Motor High Speed / A1width / Vellum
1 to 15
Step
910
677
Fuser Motor High Speed / A1width / Film
1 to 15
Step
910
678
Fuser Motor High Speed / A2width /Plan Paper
1 to 15
Step
910
679
Fuser Motor High Speed/ A2width / Vellum
1 to 15
Step
910
680
Fuser Motor High Speed / A2 width / Film
1 to 15
Step
910
681
Fuser Motor High Speed / A3 width or less / Plan Paper
1 to 15
Step
910
682
Fuser Motor High Speed / A3 width or less / Vellum
1 to 15
Step
910
683
Fuser Motor High Speed / A3 width or less / Film
10
10
1 to 15
Step
910
684
Paper Lead Edge High Time/A0 Width/Plain Paper
24
24
0 to 50
500ms
910
685
Paper Lead Edge High Time/A0 Width/ Vellum
24
24
0 to 50
500ms
910
686
Paper Lead Edge High Time/ A0 Width / Film
24
24
0 to 50
500ms
910
687
Paper Lead Edge High Time / A1Width / Plan Paper
18
18
0 to 50
500ms
910
688
Paper Lead Edge High Time / A1Width / Vellum
18
18
0 to 50
500ms
910
689
Paper Lead Edge High Time / A1Width / Film
18
18
0 to 50
500ms
910
690
Paper Lead Edge High Time / A2Width / Plan Paper
12
12
0 to 50
500ms
910
691
Paper Lead Edge High Time / A2Width / Vellum
12
12
0 to 50
500ms
910
692
Paper Lead Edge High Time / A2Width / Film
12
12
0 to 50
500ms
910
693
Paper Lead Edge High Time/ A3 width or less / Plan Paper
10
10
0 to 50
500ms
General Procedures
GP 11
November 2008
6-66
Details
V3.0

Default Default
NACO EO
Chain
Link
Item
Range
Interval DC951
Details
910
694
Paper Lead Edge High Time / A3width or less / Vellum
10
10
0 to 50
500ms
910
695
Paper Lead Edge High Time / A3width or less / Film
10
10
0 to 50
500ms
910
696
Fuser Bias ON Timing / DC+
12
12
0 to 30
100ms
0 to 3000ms
910
697
Fuser Bias ON Timing / DC-
0 to 30
100ms
0 to 3000ms
910
698
Idle run settings /Time for idle run during warm up
15
15
0 to 255
1s
910
699
Idle run settings / Correction coefficient for idle run during warm up
0 to 255
1s
910
700
Idle run settings / Time for idle run prior to job/ Plain paper / Normal
0 to 600
1s
910
701
Idle run settings / Time for idle run prior to job/ Plain paper / Slightly
heavy
0 to 600
1s
910
702
Idle run settings / Time for idle run prior to job / Plain paper / Heavy
0 to 600
1s
910
703
Idle run settings/ Time for idle run prior to job / Vellum / Normal
0 to 600
1s
910
704
Idle run settings / Time for idle run prior to job / Vellum / Slightly
heavy
0 to 600
1s
910
705
Idle run settings / Time for idle run prior to job / Vellum / Heavy
0 to 600
1s
910
706
Idle run settings / Time for idle run prior to job / Film / Normal
0 to 600
1s
910
707
Idle run settings / Time for idle run prior to job / Film / Slightly heavy
0 to 600
1s
910
708
Idle run settings / Time for idle run prior to job / Film / Heavy
0 to 600
1s
910
709
Idle run settings / Valid time for idle run prior to job
0 to 3600
1s
910
710
Idle run settings / Time for idle run during standby
12
12
0 to 600
1s
910
711
Idle run settings / Interval of idle run during standby
900
900
1 to 3600
1s
910
712
Wait Settings When Fuser Temperature Difference Occurs/Temperature 15

Difference Before Job Start
15
5 to 100
0Always run in Ready status
910
713
Fuser Exhaust Fan RH/LH Speed Switch Delay Time
0 to 1000
1sec
910
714
Measure against skip /Process for decreasing fuser motor speed
0,1
910
715
Measure against skip/ Low speed switch timing
0 to 30
10ms
910
716
Measure against skip/ Low speed / Plain paper
1 to 15
Step
910
717
Measure against skip / Low speed / Vellum
1 to 15
Step
910
718
Measure against skip / Low speed / Film
1 to15
Step
910
719
B-Tra Fan operation
0,1
0Fuser Motor coupled, 1Fuser Motor not coupled
910
720
Apply Fuser Bias /Plain paper
0,1
0No, 1Yes
910
721
Apply Fuser Bias / Vellum
0,1
0No, 1Yes
910
722
Apply Fuser Bias / Film
0,1
0No, 1Yes
910
723
Idle run settings / Temperature to start idle run during warm up
170
170
90 to 250
910
724
Idle run settings / During standby when fuser temperature is high
0,1
910
725
Job accept temperature /High temperature / Plain paper
50
50
1 to 50
910
726
Job accept temperature /High temperature / Vellum
50
50
1 to 50
910
727
Job accept temperature /High temperature/ Film
1 to 50
910
728
Fuser Bias Off Timing
0 to 30
100ms
910
729
Standby temperature settings / Recovery time
30
30
0 to 600
1s
910
801
Toner Empty Cancel Determination Printing Length
10
10
10
1m
V3.0
November 2008
6-67
0No, 1Yes
0 to 3000ms
General Procedures
GP 11

Chain
Link
Item
Default Default
NACO EO
Range
Interval DC951
910
802
Printable Length After Waste Toner Bottle Full Cancel
10
10
10
1m
910
803
Test print / Finisher / Folder / Fold type
0 to 11
0Loca, 1No fold 2Simple fold 3Fan 4Cross, 5DIN A/C,

6DIN B, 7170mm, 8SD-1, 9SD-2, 10SD-3, 11SD-4
910
804
Test print / Finisher / Folder / Simple folding
0,1
0No 1Yes
910
805
Test print / Finisher / Folder / Rotation
0,1
0No 1Yes
910
806
Test print/ Finisher / Folder / Corner folding
0,1
0No 1Yes
910
807
Test print / Finisher / Folder / Bind margin
1 to 5
10mm, 220mm, 325mm, 430mm, 550mm
910
808
Test print / Finisher / Folder /Finishing
1,2,3
1-5mm, 20mm, 3+5mm
910
809
Test print/ Finisher / Stacker
0 to 5
0Loca, 1Job1, 2Sort 3Mix, 4Size, 5Job 2
910
810
Test print / Finisher / Stacker / Bin
0 to 255
0 to 255 bins
910
811
Test print / Finisher / Stacker / Simple folding
0,1
0No, 1Yes (A1 SEFA2SEF)
910
812
Test print / Finisher / Baler
0,1,2
0Local, 1: Non-bale, 2: Bale
910
813
Test print / Finisher / GFI / Program Number
0 to 20
0Bypass
910
814
Test print / Finisher / GFI / Override
0 to 95
Bit Assign
910
815
Test print / Finisher / GFI / Sort Byte
0 to 15
910
816
Test print / Finisher / GFI / Title Box
0 to 4
910
821
USB Command BulkOut Descriptor / End point number
3,4
910
822
USB Response Interrupting Descriptor / End point number
5,6
910
823
USB Response Interrupting Descriptor /Interruption interval
5 to 14
910
824
USB Image BulkOut Descriptor / End point number
1,2
Details
2 (setting value - 1) x 125 sec.
<Meter Counter NVM Data>

Table 4 Meter Counter NVM Data
Chain-Link
Item
Category
Initial Value
720-004
Billing Selection Info
Meter
Counter
General Procedures
GP 11
Setting
Range
Changes
Setting Data
Remarks
Only for Japanese Market
November 2008
6-68
V3.0
2.
GP 12 Billing Meters
(Figure 3) Locate the machine serial number by opening the Clam Shell, opening the Waste Toner
Door, and then swinging out the Waste Toner Bottle.
Purpose
To record the billing meter information. The billing meter information may be obtained from the UI or
from the Web Print Management Tool. The meter reads must be accompanied by the machine serial
number.
Procedure
1.
Locate the billing meters as follows:
(Figure 1) From the UI: Select the Services button to display the Services screen, and then
select either the hard or soft Machine Info. button. The meter information appears at the left,
center of the screen.
Figure 3 Serial number location

3.
Report the billing information by Serial Number as follows:
Meter A: Area usage (square units)
Meter B: Linear usage (linear units)
Total Meter: Linear (linear units)
Figure 1 Billing meter information via UI
(Figure 2) From Web Print Management Tool: Launch your web browser, enter the IP
Address of the 6279 Wide Format, and then select the Refresh button. When the Web Print
Management Tool opens, select Configuration > Printer. The area and linear usage information appear beneath the Printer Setup options.
Figure 2 Billing meter information via Web Print Management Tool

V3.0
November 2008
6-69
General Procedures
GP 12
General Procedures
GP 12
November 2008
6-70
V3.0
GP 13 Accxes Debug Log
NOTE: To view the debug log(s), open them in WordPad (Figure 1).
Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to capture and save the Accxes Debug Log. You may be
asked to provide this Debug Log when diagnosis indicates that a machine malfunction may be
software related. This procedure will work with all Accxes Controllers.
Procedure
1.
Go to the DOS prompt in Windows (select Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt).
2.
Change to the directory where you wish to save the debug log file, e.g., enter cd c:\ and
then press Enter.
3.
Type ftp ipaddress, for example, ftp xx.xxx.xx.xxx
4.
Press Enter.
5.
At the User: prompt type in service.
6.
Press Enter.
7.
At the Password: prompt type in the service password, 6789.
8.
Press Enter.
9.
At the ftp> prompt type cd /debug to change to the debug directory.
10. Press Enter.

11. At the ftp> prompt type dir.
12. Press Enter. The debug log(s) names will display (dbg1.log, dbg2.log). There may be
only one debug log.
13. At the ftp> prompt type bin (to change to binary mode).
14. Press Enter.
15. At the next ftp> prompt type get filename (filename = the name of the debug file), e.g.,
get dbg1.log.
16. Press Enter.
17. The debug log will be written to the directory you specified in step 2.
18. If there are two debug logs, request the second at the next ftp> prompt (see steps 15 and
16). It also will be saved to the destination directory you set up in step 2.
Figure 1 Beginning lines of a sample debug log displayed in WordPad
19. To exit, type bye.
V3.0
November 2008
6-71
General Procedures
GP 13
General Procedures
GP 13
November 2008
6-72
V3.0
GP 14 IIT Boot Record

Purpose
Running this procedure enables you to capture and save the IIT boot record.
Procedure
NOTE: A Serial Null Modem Cable (or adapter) is necessary to run the PuTTY program when
connected to a 6279 Scanner for troubleshooting purposes.
NOTE: The new PuTTY terminal emulation program can be found on the FreeFlow Accxes
Service Tools CD.
1.
To install PuTTY on your laptop simply extract (unzip) the file putty.exe to your Desktop.
2.
To run the PuTTY application, double click on the putty.exe icon that was created when
you extracted the file to your desktop. The PuTTY application opens.
3.
Under Connection go to Serial to configure the connection settings. The Serial line to
connect to should be already set to COM1. Adjust the COM port setting to an appropriate
setting if you are using a USB-to-Serial adapter. Use the following values to configure
your port settings for the 6279 IIT (Figure 1):
Speed (baud) = 115200
Data bits = 8
Stop bits = 1
Parity = None
Flow control = None

Figure 1 Serial connection settings
4.
Under Session specify the destination you want to connect to: choose Serial.
The screen will show Serial line = COM1 and Speed = 115200 (Figure 2)
V3.0
November 2008
6-73
General Procedures
GP 14
Figure 2 Session settings

5.
Figure 3 Terminal settings
Select Terminal and then select Implicit CR in every LF (Figure 3).
NOTE: If you would like to save this setup, return to the Session screen, enter a name for
your Session (e.g., 6279 IIT Boot Record) and select Save. The next time you open
PuTTY you will be able to return to the configuration that you saved.
NOTE: Once Your PuTTY Session has been opened and you wish to change a setting,
i.e., start a logging session, you can right click on the top of the PuTTY window frame to
open a menu of choices.
6.
Connect a Serial Null Modem Cable to the service port on the IIT (beneath the wrench
symbol), connect the other end of the cable to the Service Laptop, and power up the system.
7.
Select Open on the Putty Configuration screen.
8.
Power off the Accxess Print Server (APS), then turn off the Circuit breaker on the IOT
(this removes AC power to the IIT).
9.
Turn the Circuit Breaker on and then Turn on the APS.
10. The following (Figure 4) will display once the APS power on sequence is complete. A display similar to the one below will indicate that the IIT has power and is able to boot from
Flash on the IIT PWB.
General Procedures
GP 14
November 2008
6-74
V3.0
Figure 4 PuTTY display
V3.0
November 2008
6-75
General Procedures
GP 14
General Procedures
GP 14
November 2008
6-76
V3.0
GP15 Required and Special Tools

Table 1 Required Tools
QTY
Number
Description
600T41909
Magnetic pickup
600T40901
Long nose pliers
600T785
Flashlight
600T355
Magnetic Phillips screwdriver
600T1769
Metric tool kit
600T40205
Pocket screwdriver
600T41502
150mm ruler
600T41505
Meter/6 ft. tape
600T1616
Digital meter
499T1423
5.5mm nut driver (magnetic)
---
2mm Allen wrench
QTY
Number
Description
1 set
600T1915
(p/o 600T1923)
Test lead kit (contains probes <.97mm in diameter) for

Xerographic Adjustment and Fuser Bias Adjustment)
1 set
117E29180
(p/o 675K26850)
USB-to-Serial Interface (adapter)
Table 2 Required Special Tools
V3.0
November 2008
6-77
General Procedures
GP15
General Procedures
GP15
November 2008
6-78
V3.0
GP16 IIT Firmware Recovery Procedure
Recovery Procedure Setup
Purpose
1.
This procedure recovers the 6279 IIT in the event that a firmware download (using the FreeFlow Accxes controller) is interrupted or fails. This procedure should only be used for an unrecoverable 6279 IIT. This procedure is valid only for the 6279 IIT.
Insert the Service Tools CD and browse to the folder, Scanner_Recovery\6279, containing 6279_IIT_Recovery.zip. Unzip to the Desktop or a known location.
2.
Connect the Serial Null Modem cable to COM port #1.
3.
Connect the other end of the Serial Null Modem cable to the serial port on the IIT (there is
a Wrench or Tool icon by this serial port). Do not use the port labeled 123.
Required Components
4.
Browse to the folder containing the Tera Term application on the Service Tools CD and
install it on your service laptop
Serial Null Modem cable
Tera Term application software (available on the Service Tools CD)
5.
Open Tera Term and initiate a serial connection.
A laptop/desktop PC running Windows XP (SP2 or greater), with a serial port (see Note
below)
6.
Configure the Tera Term serial connection with the following settings (Table 1):
NOTE: If your PC does not have a serial port, obtain and use a USB-to-Serial Port Interface (adapter) (see GP15 Required and Special Tools).
6279_IIT_Recovery.zip (available on the Service Tools CD)
The latest 6279 IIT firmware (available on the Service Tools CD)
All relevant Eureka TIPs or bulletins regarding 6279 IIT firmware
Table 1 Tera Term serial connection settings

Port - COM 1
Parity - None
Baud - 115200
Stop - 1 bit
Data - 8 bit
Flow Control - None
7.
Configure the Tera Term terminal settings with the following setting:
8.
Procedure Notes
If for any reason this firmware procedure is interrupted, the procedure can be repeated to
recover the 6279 IIT. The procedure is designed to recover the IIT from any firmware
event. The procedure must be followed from step 1 to the end in order to recover the 6279
IIT.
If, during the transfer of the recovery files using the XMODEM protocol, the progress of
the transfer of the files does not start within 1-2 seconds, the 6279 IIT was not ready to
accept the recovery file and the procedure must be restarted from the beginning. This has
been witnessed in the testing of the IIT recovery procedure. Following the recovery procedure from the beginning has been found to be the only proven recovery from this eventuality.
Once the firmware has been recovered, the latest version of the 6279 IIT firmware can
and should be uploaded to the IIT using the FreeFlow Accxes controller file upload capability.
All efforts have been made to make this procedure simple and straightforward. If questions or problems arise during its execution, please contact Xerox service for assistance.
This recovery procedure should not be used as a substitute for the IIT firmware upload
mechanism within the FreeFlow Accxes controller. The FreeFlow Accxes controller was
designed to upgrade both the 6279 IIT and 6279 IOT. This procedure is a recovery mechanism only and is not a replacement methodology for upgrading the 6279 IIT.
Send and Receive New Line Transmit - CR LF
Recovery Procedure Commands

NOTE: Execute these commands at the Tera Term command prompt (#).
NOTE:
1.
Press [Enter] when the IIT boot sequence ends to display the Tera Term command
prompt (#).
2.
Type chgboot
3.
Type program save
4.
Enter the password: jinbay-program


5.
Enter: 2
V3.0
November 2008
6-79
General Procedures
GP16

6.
Type: yes

CAUTION
Wait until all three Cs display (CCC). After the third C displays, wait 5 seconds and then initiate
the file transfer.
7.
In Tera Term select: File > Transfer > XMODEM > Send...
8.
Select the file: jin_iitc.bin to submit and select the 1K checkbox at the bottom of the display.
9.
Select Open to start the file transfer process. The transfer progress display should increment to 100% when complete.
Figure 4 display in Tera Term window

10. Enter: 3
NOTE: If the transfer did not start and stays at 0%, then a reboot of the 6279 system and
restarting this procedure may resolve the transfer problem. It has also been demonstrated
that if the file transfer is not started within 10 seconds of the CCC being displayed that the
transfer progress may hang at 0%. If this is the case, then Cancel the transfer, press
[Enter] to get a #prompt, and attempt the transfer again.
Figure 5 display in Tera Term window

11. Type: yes

CAUTION
Wait until all three Cs display (CCC). After the third C displays, wait 5 seconds and then initiate
the file transfer.
12. In Tera Term select: File > Transfer > XMODEM > Send...
13. Select the file: jin_ips.bin to submit
General Procedures
GP16
November 2008
6-80
V3.0
NOTE: If the file transfer status does not start within 1 to 2 seconds, indicating that a
transfer is in process, you may not have waited long enough to initiate the transfer or the
IIT was not in a ready state. You must begin the recovery procedure again. When the
transfer is complete, a menu will display.
c.
Select DC131 NOVRAM Access.
d.
Select INITIALIZE: Adj/Debug.
e.
Select YES on the confirmation dialog box.
f.
Select INITIALIZE: ALL IPS Sys.
14. Select 0 (Program Save Cancel) to exit the menu.
g.
15. Type: reset
h.
Select NOVRAM SAVE.
i.
j.
Push the CLOSE button on the IIT DC131 NVM Access screen.
k.
Select the CALL CLOSEOUT tab.
l.
Select CLOSE CALL to exit the Diagnostic Mode.
m.
22. Using the FreeFlow Accxes controller, upload the latest version of the 6279 IIT firmware
according to the directions provided in the service manual.

16. Press [Enter] when the IIT boot sequence ends to display the Tera Term command
prompt (#).
17. Type: service entry
18. Type: novram initall 1
19. Type: reset
20. Reboot the 6279 system. The [Copy] button should now display, indicating that the IIT
was recognized and initialized correctly.
21. Initialize the IIT NVM.
a.
Enter the Diagnostic Mode (GP 6) at the 6279 UI.
b.
V3.0
November 2008
6-81
General Procedures
GP16
General Procedures
GP16
November 2008
6-82
V3.0
Change Tag Introduction
IOT Tags
Important modifications to the copier are identified by a tag number which is recorded on a tag
matrix. The tag matrix for the IOT (Processor) is molded into the inside of the Front Door.
Tags for 6279 Wide Format IOT
This section describes all of the tags associated with the copier, as well as multinational applicability, classification codes, and permanent or temporary modification information.
TAG:
P-001
CLASS:
USE:
Classification Codes
MFG SERIAL NUMBERS:
A tag number may be required to identify differences between parts that cannot be interchanged, or differences in diagnostic, repair, installation, or adjustment procedures.
NAME:
Fuser Collar
PURPOSE:
To add a newer version of the fuser collar.
KIT NUMBER:
A tag number may also be required to identify the presence of optional hardware, special nonvolatile memory programming, or whether mandatory modifications have been installed. Each
tag number is given a classification code to identify the type of change that the tag has made.
The classification codes and their descriptions are listed in the table below.
PARTS LIST ON:
PL 5.2
Table 1 Classification
Classification Code
Description
Mandatory tag
Tag not installed in the field
Optional tag
Repair tag
TAG:
P-100
CLASS:
USE:
MFG SERIAL NUMBERS:
NAME:
IOT PWB
PURPOSE:
Update the IOT PWB
KIT NUMBER:
PARTS LIST ON:
V3.0
November 2008
6-83
PL 7.1
General Procedures
Change Tag Introduction, IOT Tags
General Procedures
Change Tag Introduction, IOT Tags
November 2008
6-84
V3.0
7. Wire Nets
7.1 IIT Plug/Jack Locations
7.1.1 IIT Plug/Jack Locations ..........................................................................................
7.1.2 IIT Plug/Jack Illustrations .......................................................................................
7-3
7-4
7.1 IOT Plug/Jack Locations

7.1.1 IOT Plug/Jack Locations ........................................................................................
7.1.2 IOT Plug/Jack Illustrations .....................................................................................
7-11
7-14
7.2.1 IIT Wire Nets

7.2 IIT Wire Nets .............................................................................................................
7-25
7.2.1 IOT Wire Nets

7.2 IOT Wire Nets ...........................................................................................................
7-39
7.3.1 IIT BSDs

IIT Chain 01.....................................................................................................................
IIT Chain 03.....................................................................................................................
IIT Chain 05.....................................................................................................................
IIT Chain 06.....................................................................................................................
7-67
7-74
7-76
7-83
7.3.1 IOT BSDs

Chain 01..........................................................................................................................
Chain 02..........................................................................................................................
Chain 03..........................................................................................................................
Chain 04..........................................................................................................................
Chain 06..........................................................................................................................
Chain 07..........................................................................................................................
Chain 08..........................................................................................................................
Chain 09..........................................................................................................................
Chain 10..........................................................................................................................
V2.0
7-87
7-99
7-101
7-106
7-108
7-110
7-123
7-138
7-144
October 2008
7-1
Wiring Data
Wiring Data
October 2008
7-2
V2.0
7.1.1 IIT Plug/Jack Locations
Table 1 IIT Plug/Jack List
How to use the Plug/Jack Location List

The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices.
Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the
second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electrical termination device.
Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure.
NOTE: Connectors numbered CN and FS are listed after the P and J connectors.
IIT Plug/Jack Location List

Connector
Number
Figure
Number
Figure Title
J748
Figure 2
Main Drive/Brake
J749
Figure 2
Main Drive/Brake
J750
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
J751
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
J754
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
P/J760
Figure 3
Drive PWB
P/J761
Figure 3
Drive PWB
P/J762
Figure 3
Drive PWB
P/J763
Figure 3
Drive PWB
P/J764
Figure 3
Drive PWB
Connector
Number
Figure
Number
Figure Title
P/J765
Figure 3
Drive PWB
J710
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
P767
Figure 3
Drive PWB
J711
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
J700
Figure 4
Power Supply
J712
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
J701
Figure 4
Power Supply
J715
Figure 7
A/D PWB (center)
J702
Figure 4
Power Supply
J716
Figure 7
A/D PWB (center)
J703
Figure 4
Power Supply
J717
Figure 7
A/D PWB (center)
J704
Figure 4
Power Supply
J720
Figure 6
A/D PWB (left)
P/J770
Figure 5
Backplane PWB
J721
Figure 6
A/D PWB (left)
P/J771
Figure 5
Backplane PWB
J722
Figure 6
A/D PWB (left)
J772
Figure 5
Backplane PWB
J725
Figure 6
A/D PWB (left)
J773
Figure 5
Backplane PWB
J726
Figure 7
A/D PWB (center)
J774
Figure 5
Backplane PWB
J727
Figure 7
A/D PWB (center)
P/J775
Figure 5
Backplane PWB
J728
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
P/J777
Figure 5
Backplane PWB
J730
Figure 2
Main Drive/Brake
P/J778
Figure 5
Backplane PWB
J731
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
J780
Figure 10
IIT PWB
J732
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
J781
Figure 10
IIT PWB
J733
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
P782
Figure 10
IIT PWB
J734
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
P783
Figure 10
IIT PWB
J735
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
P786
Figure 10
IIT PWB
J736
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
P790
Figure 10
IIT PWB
J737
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
J791
Figure 12
PMEM PWB
J738
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
P791
Figure 10
IIT PWB
J739
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
J792
Figure 12
PMEM PWB
J740
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
P792
Figure 10
IIT PWB
J742
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
P/J796
Figure 11
IIT PWB
J744
Figure 1
Transport Sensors
CN1
Figure 4
Power Supply
J743
Figure 2
Main Drive/Brake
CN1
Figure 6
A/D PWB (left)
J746
Figure 2
Main Drive/Brake
CN1
Figure 7
A/D PWB (center)
J747
Figure 2
Main Drive/Brake
CN1
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
V3.0
November 2008
7-3
Wiring Data
7.1.1 IIT Plug/Jack Locations

Connector
Number
Figure
Number
7.1.2 IIT Plug/Jack Illustrations
Figure Title
CN2
Figure 6
A/D PWB (left)
CN2
Figure 7
A/D PWB (center)
CN2
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
CN3
Figure 6
A/D PWB (left)
CN3
Figure 7
A/D PWB (center)
CN3
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
CN4
Figure 6
A/D PWB (left)
CN4
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
CN2
Figure 4
Power Supply
CN3
Figure 4
Power Supply
CN4
Figure 4
Power Supply
CN5
Figure 4
Power Supply
CN5
Figure 7
A/D PWB (center)
CN6
Figure 7
A/D PWB (center)
CN8
Figure 6
A/D PWB (left)
CN8
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
CN9
Figure 4
Power Supply
CN9
Figure 6
A/D PWB (left)
CN9
Figure 8
A/D PWB (right)
J736
J744
J754
J731
J732
J733
J734
J742
J735
J737
J738
J739
J740
Figure 1 IIT Transport Sensors
Wiring Data
7.1.1 IIT Plug/Jack Locations, 7.1.2 IIT Plug/Jack Illustra-
November 2008
7-4
V3.0
P767
P/J762
Interlock Switch
J747
J746
J748
P/J764
J749
J730
J743
P/J765
P/J763
P/J760
P/J761
Figure 3 IIT Drive PWB
Figure 2 IIT Main Drive/Brake
V3.0
November 2008
7-5
Wiring Data
J774
P/J770
P/J775
P/J778
J773
P/J771
J772
J701
CN2
J704
CN5
J703
CN4
3A Fuse
IIT
LVPS
Fan
J702
CN3
J700
CN1
CN9
P/J777
Figure 4 IIT Power Supply
Wiring Data
Figure 5 IIT Backplane PWB
November 2008
7-6
V3.0
J721
CN2
J722
CN3
J725
CN4
CN9
J751
CN8
J720
CN1
Figure 6 A/D PWB (left)
V3.0
J716
CN2
J717
CN3
J726
CN6
J727
CN5
J715
CN1
Figure 7 A/D PWB (center)
November 2008
7-7
Wiring Data
P/J524
P/J523
P/J522
P/J531
J711
CN2
J712
CN3
J728
CN4
CN9
J750
CN8
J710
CN1
P/J530
P/J520
P529
P/J521
P/J525
P528
Figure 9 DC Main PWB
Figure 8 A/D PWB (right)
Wiring Data
November 2008
7-8
V3.0
P792
P790
P791
P/J796
Figure 11 CIPS PWB

J781
J780
P786
P783
P782
Figure 10 IIT PWB
V3.0
November 2008
7-9
Wiring Data
J791
J792
Figure 12 PMEM PWB
Wiring Data
November 2008
7-10
V3.0
7.1.1 IOT Plug/Jack Locations
Table 1 IOT Plug/Jack Location Table
How to use the Plug/Jack Location List

The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating devices.
Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the list. Refer to the
second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electrical termination device.
Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure.
NOTE: Connectors numbered CN and FS are listed after the P and J connectors.
IOT Plug/Jack Location List

P/J No.
Figure
No.
Item Description
P95A
7.2.7
13
Side TRIAC PWB (FX Only)
P95A
7.2.7
16
Side TRIAC PWB (IBG Only)
P95B
7.2.7
Center TRIAC PWB
P/J96
7.2.8
Side Heater Rod
P/J97
7.2.8
Center Heater Rod
P/J98
7.2.8
12
Sub Heater Rod
P/J99
7.2.7
15
J124
7.2.1
14
Main Switch (Yel)
J125
7.2.1
13
Main Switch (Vio)
J126
7.2.1
12
P/J No.
Figure
No.
Item Description
P/J127
7.2.13
RFC Air Sensor
P/J1
7.2.6
+24V Low Voltage Power supply (24A)
P/J128
7.2.8
OPEN AIR Sensor
P/J2
7.2.6
+24V Low Voltage Power supply (24B)
J130A
7.2.16
Tray 3 Latch Switch
P15
7.2.8
+3.3V Low Voltage Power Supply
J130B
7.2.16
Tray 4 Latch Switch
J15A
7.2.8
+3.3V Low Voltage Power Supply (FX Only)
P/J131
7.2.19
Tray 3 No Paper Sensor / Tray4 No Paper Sensor
J15B
7.2.8
+3.3V Low Voltage Power Supply (200-240VAC)
P/J132
7.2.19
Tray 3 Size 1 Sensor / Tray 4 Size 1 Sensor
P/J16
7.2.7
+5V Low Voltage Power Supply
P/J133
7.2.19
J31
7.2.2
13
Circuit Breaker (L1)
P/J134
7.2.19
J32
7.2.2
11
P/J135
7.2.18
Tray 3 Near Empty Sensor / Tray4 Near Empty Sensor
J33
7.2.2
12
P/J136
7.2.18
Tray 3 Face Control Sensor / Tray4 Face Control Sensor
J34
7.2.2
10
P/J137
7.2.18
Tray 3 Edge Sensor / Tray 4 Edge Sensor
P/J42
7.2.6
AC MAIN PWB
P/J138
7.2.18
10
Tray 3 Jam Sensor / Tray 4 Jam Sensor
P/J43
7.2.6
10
AC MAIN PWB
P/J139
7.2.18
11
Tray Vertical Jam Sensor (Tray 3 Only)

RFC 1 Cutter Jam Sensor / RFC 2 Cutter Jam Sensor
P/J44
7.2.6
AC MAIN PWB
P/J141
7.2.14
J50
7.2.2
14
AC Outlet (E) (IBG Only)
P/J142
7.2.14
15
RFC 1 Door Interlock Switch / RFC 2 Door Interlock Switch
J51
7.2.2
AC Outlet (L) (IBG Only)
P/J143
7.2.14
RFC 1 Cutter L/H,R/H Switch / RFC 2 Cutter L/H,R/H Switch
J52
7.2.2
AC Outlet (N) (IBG Only)
P/J144
7.2.14
12
Roll 1 A3 Size Sensor / Roll 3 A3 Size Sensor
P/J53
7.2.2
pRlN (IBG Only)
P/J145
7.2.14
P91B
7.2.7
12
Center TRIAC PWB
P/J146
7.2.14
11
P91B
7.2.7
14
P/J147
7.2.14
10
Roll 1 30" Size Sensor / Roll 3 30" Size Sensor
P91B
7.2.7
17
P/J148
7.2.15
P91A
7.2.7
14
P/J149
7.2.15
10
P91A
7.2.7
17
P/J150
7.2.15
P91B
7.2.7
12
Center TRIAC PWB
P/J151
7.2.15
Roll 2 30" Size Sensor / Roll 4 30" Size Sensor
P/J92
7.2.1
10
Side Heater Rod
P/J152
7.2.14
16
Roll 1 No Paper Sensor / Roll 3 No Paper Sensor
P/J93
7.2.1
Center Heater Rod
P/J153
7.2.14
Roll 2 No Paper Sensor / Roll 4 No Paper Sensor
P/J94
7.2.1
Sub Heater Rod
P/J154
7.2.14
14
Roll 2 Jam Sensor / Roll 4 Jam Sensor
P95B
7.2.7
Center TRIAC PWB
P/J155
7.2.14
13
RFC 1 Vertical Jam Sensor / RFC 2 Vertical Jam Sensor
P95A
7.2.7
13
P/J156
7.2.14
17
RFC 1 Open Sensor / RFC 2 Open Sensor
P95A
7.2.7
16
P/J157
7.2.15
21
Roll 1 Auto Cut Switch / Roll 3 Auto Cut Switch
V3.0
November 2008
7-11
Wiring Data
7.1.1

P/J No.
Figure
No.
Item Description
P/J No.
Figure
No.
Item Description
P/J158
7.2.15
20
Roll 2 Auto Cut Switch / Roll 4 Auto Cut Switch
P/J285
7.2.1
15
P/J161
7.2.10
12
Manual No Paper Sensor
P/J286
7.2.1
Deve. Clutch
P/J162
7.2.10
P/J291
7.2.11
L/H Exhaust Fan
P/J163
7.2.10
P/J292
7.2.11
R/H Exhaust Fan
P/J164
7.2.10
P/J293
7.2.1
Fuser Drive Motor
P/J165
7.2.10
Manual 30" Size Sensor
P321
7.2.4
10
IOT PWB (for P.C) (N.C)
P/J166
7.2.10
11
Manual Feed Stop Sensor
J328
7.2.6
pRlN (N.C)
P/J167
7.2.10
10
Manual Page SYNC Sensor
P341
7.2.15
16
I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB (N.C) / I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB (N.C)
P/J171
7.2.9
12
A-Tra. Swing Sensor
P341
7.2.16
I/O EXP Tray PWB (N.C)
P/J172
7.2.9
13
Tray/RFC Page SYNC Sensor
P342
7.2.15
17
I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB (N.C)/ I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB (N.C)
P/J173
7.2.10
Registration Sensor
P342
7.2.16
Main Motor
P/J175
7.2.12
B-Tra. Jam Sensor
P387
7.2.7
P/J185
7.2.9
15
Toner Empty Sensor
J411
7.2.3
P/J186
7.2.10
Top Cover Sensor
P419
7.2.4
12
IOT PWB (USB)
P/J187
7.2.2
P/J420
7.2.4
IOT PWB
HVPS (N.C)
Accxes Interface PWB
P/J188
7.2.2
Waste Toner Pot SET Switch
P/J421
7.2.4
IOT PWB
P/J191
7.2.11
12
P/J422
7.2.4
IOT PWB
P/j192
7.2.11
10
P/J423
7.2.4
IOT PWB
P/J193
7.2.11
P/J424
7.2.4
IOT PWB
P/J194
7.2.11
P425
7.2.4
IOT PWB
P/J195
7.2.11
Exit Motion Sensor
P/J426
7.2.4
IOT PWB
P/J196
7.2.11
11
Exit Jam Switch
P427
7.2.4
11
IOT PWB (N.C)
P/J232
7.2.18
Tray 4 L/H Paper Heater (Tray 4 Only)
P/J440
7.2.4
IOT PWB
P/J233
7.2.18
Tray 4 R/H Paper Heater (Tray 4 Only)
P/J441
7.2.15
14
I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB / I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB
P/J234
7.2.18
Tray 3 Clutch /Tray 4 Clutch
P/J441
7.2.16
I/O EXP Tray PWB
P/J235
7.2.18
Tray 3 Feed Motor / Tray 4 Feed Motor
P/J442
7.2.15
15
P/J141
7.2.15
RFC 1 L/H Paper Heater / RFC 2 L/H Paper Heater
P442
7.2.16
10
P/J242
7.2.15
RFC 1 Center Paper Heater / RFC 2 Center Paper Heater
P/J443
7.2.15
11
P/J243
7.2.15
RFC 1 R/H Heater / RFC 2 R/H Heater
P/J443
7.2.16
I/O EXP Tray PWB
P/J244
7.2.14
RFC 1 Feed Motor / RFC 2 Feed Motor
P/J444
7.2.15
12
P/J245
7.2.14
RFC 1 Vertical Motor / RFC 2 Vertical Motor
P/J444
7.2.16
I/O EXP Tray PWB
P/J246
7.2.14
RFC 1 Cutter Motor/RFC 2 Cutter Motor
P/J445
7.2.15
13
P/J247
7.2.15
19
Roll 1 Clutch / Roll 3 Clutch
P/J445
7.2.16
I/O EXP Tray PWB
P/J248
7.2.15
18
Roll 2 Clutch / Roll 4 Clutch
J480A
7.2.9
LPH 1 Driver PWB (L/H)
P/J261
7.2.1
Manual Feed Clutch
J480B
7.2.9
LPH 2 Driver PWB (Center)
P/J272
7.2.1
11
A-Tra. Clutch
J480C
7.2.9
10
LPH 3 Driver PWB (R/H)
P/J275
7.2.12
B-Tra. Vacuum Fan 1
P/J481
7.2.4
IOT PWB
P/J276
7.2.12
B-Tra. Vacuum Fan 2
J482A
7.2.9
14
P/J277
7.2.12
B-Tra. Vacuum Fan 3
J482B
7.2.9
11
P/J278
7.2.12
B-Tra. Vacuum Fan 4
J482C
7.2.9
Wiring Data
7.1.1
November 2008
7-12
V3.0

P/J No.
Figure
No.
Item Description
P/J No.
Figure
No.
Item Description
J501
7.2.6
J640B
7.2.13
RFC 2 CABLE (4Roll Only)
P/J502
7.2.6
P641A
7.2.5
pRlN (2Roll Type)
P502
7.2.6
J641A
7.2.5
pRlN (2Roll Type)
P/J505
7.2.6
P641A
7.2.5
15
pRlN (2Roll/2Tray)
P505
7.2.6
+24V Low Voltage Power supply (24A) (N.C)
P641B
7.2.5
16
pRlN (2Roll/2Tray)
P/J510
7.2.8
+3.3V Low Voltage Power Supply (200-240VAC)
J641A
7.2.5
18
pRlN (2Roll/2Tray)
P/J511
7.2.7
+5V Low Voltage Power Supply
J641B
7.2.5
19
pRlN (2Roll/2Tray)
J512
7.2.3
24
P641A
7.2.5
pRlN (4Roll Type)
J513
7.2.3
P641B
7.2.5
10
pRlN (4Roll Type)
P/J520
7.2.5
DC MAIN PWB
J641A
7.2.5
13
pRlN (4Roll Type)
P/J521
7.2.5
DC MAIN PWB
J641B
7.2.5
14
pRlN (4Roll Type)
P/J522
7.2.5
DC MAIN PWB
P642
7.2.5
pRlN (2Roll Type) (N.C)
P/J523
7.2.5
26
DC MAIN PWB
P642
7.2.5
17
pRlN (2Roll/2TRAY) (N.C)
P/J524
7.2.5
27
DC MAIN PWB
P642
7.2.5
11
pRlN (4Roll Type)
P/J525
7.2.5
24
DC MAIN PWB
J642
7.2.5
12
pRlN (4Roll Type)
P/J527
7.2.6
11
AC MAIN PWB
P/J660
7.2.10
Sensor Bracket Assembly
P528
7.2.5
DC MAIN PWB
P/J671
7.2.8
Left Side
Left Side
P529
7.2.5
DC MAIN PWB
P/J672
7.2.8
P/J530
7.2.5
25
DC MAIN PWB (Use Tray 3,4)
P/J685
7.2.8
Left Side
P/J531
7.2.5
28
DC MAIN PWB (2Roll/2Tray)
P/J691
7.2.11
Exhaust Fan
J532A
7.2.17
Filter PWB (Tray 3)
P/J692
7.2.11
Exhaust Fan
J532B
7.2.17
Filter PWB (Tray 4)
P800
7.2.5
22
pRlN
P/J540
7.2.5
25
DC MAIN PWB (Use RFC 2)
PA
7.2.1
Drum Motor PWB
P/J585
7.2.7
10
HVPS
PA
7.2.17
Filter PWB (Tray 3)
P/J586
7.2.7
11
HVPS
PA
7.2.17
Filter PWB (Tray 4)
P/J587
7.2.7
HVPS
PB
7.2.1
Drum Motor PWB
J588
7.2.1
Drum Motor PWB
PB
7.2.17
Tray 3 Lift Up Motor
J601
7.2.3
PB
7.2.17
Tray 4 Lift Up Motor
J602
7.2.3
BCR
7.2.8
11
HVPS
J603
7.2.3
BTR
7.2.7
HVPS
J604
7.2.3
CN1
7.2.9
P622
7.2.5
21
pRlN
CN1
7.2.9
P630
7.2.17
Tray 3
CN1
7.2.9
10
P630
7.2.17
Tray 4
CN2
7.2.9
J630A
7.2.17
Tray 3
CN2
7.2.9
11
J630B
7.2.17
Tray 4
CN2
7.2.9
14
P/J631
7.2.19
pRlN (Tray 3)/(Tray 4)
CN3
7.2.9
P640
7.2.13
RFC 1 (2Roll/4Roll/Tray3,4)
CN3
7.2.9
P640
7.2.13
RFC 2 CABLE (4Roll Only)
CN3
7.2.9
J640A
7.2.13
RFC 1 (2Roll/4Roll/Tray3,4)
CN 4
7.2.9
V3.0
November 2008
7-13
Wiring Data
7.1.1

P/J No.
Figure
No.
CN4
7.2.9
CN4
7.2.9
Item Description
DB
7.2.7
HVPS
DTS
7.2.8
10
HVPS
FS20
7.2.2
AC Inlet (E)
FS21
7.2.2
AC Inlet (L)
FS22
7.2.2
AC Inlet (N)
FS25
7.2.2
15
Paper Heater Switch
FS26
7.2.2
Paper Heater Switch
FS91
7.2.11
FS92
7.2.11
FSRB
7.2.7
HVPS (IBG Only)
SJ20
7.2.2
18
Shorting Plug
SJ21
7.2.2
17
Shorting Plug
SJ22
7.2.1
Shorting Plug
SJ23
7.2.1
Shorting Plug
SJ24
7.2.7
Shorting Plug
FS25
7.2.8
Shorting Plug
FS26
7.2.6
12
Shorting Plug
SJ27
7.2.2
19
Shorting Plug
J31
7.2.16
Shorting Plug (Tray 3)/(Tray 4)
J32
7.2.17
Shorting Plug (Tray)
J33
7.2.18
J34
7.2.18
J35
7.2.19
SJ41
7.2.5
23
Shorting Plug (RFC2pHarnessgp)(}f)
SJ42
7.2.5
20
Shorting Plug (RFC2pHarnessgp)(}f)
SJ43
7.2.14
Shorting Plug (RFC1)/(RFC 2)
SJ44
7.2.15
Shorting Plug (RFC 1)/(RFC 2)
SJ45
7.2.15
SJ46
7.2.14
Shorting Plug (RFC1)/(RFC 2)
SJ47
7.2.15
SJ61
7.2.10
Shorting Plug
SJ62
7.2.10
Shorting Plug
SJ75
7.2.12
Shorting Plug
Wiring Data
7.1.1, 7.1.2
7.1.2 IOT Plug/Jack Illustrations
Figure 1 7.2.1
November 2008
7-14
V3.0
J513
J604
J602
J601
J512
J603
J411
Figure 2 7.2.2
V3.0
Figure 3 7.2.3
November 2008
7-15
Wiring Data
7.1.2
Figure 4 7.2.4
Figure 5 7.2.5
Wiring Data
7.1.2
November 2008
7-16
V3.0
Figure 6 7.2.6
V3.0
Figure 7 7.2.7
November 2008
7-17
Wiring Data
7.1.2
Figure 8 7.2.8
Wiring Data
7.1.2
Figure 9 7.2.9
November 2008
7-18
V3.0
Figure 10 7.2.10
V3.0
Figure 11 7.2.11
November 2008
7-19
Wiring Data
7.1.2
Figure 12 7.2.12
Wiring Data
7.1.2
Figure 13 7.2.13
November 2008
7-20
V3.0
Figure 14 7.2.14
V3.0
Figure 15 7.2.15
November 2008
7-21
Wiring Data
7.1.2
Figure 16 7.2.16
Wiring Data
7.1.2
Figure 17 7.2.17
November 2008
7-22
V3.0
Figure 18 7.2.18
V3.0
Figure 19 7.2.19
November 2008
7-23
Wiring Data
7.1.2
Wiring Data
7.1.2
November 2008
7-24
V3.0
7.2 IIT Wire Nets

Table 1 IIT Wire Nets
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
7.2.1 ACH
7.2.2 ACN
7.2.3 Standby +3.3VDC
7.2.4 Standby 3.3VDC Return
7.2.5 +3.3VDC
7.2.6 3.3VDC Return
7.2.7 +5VDC
7.2.8 5VDC Return
7.2.9 R1 +24VDC
7.2.10 R1 24VDC Return
7.2.11 R2 +24VDC
7.2.12 R2 24VDC Return
V3.0
November 2008
7-25
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
:LUH1HWZRUN
$&+
$&,1/(7
-
%51

,,7/936
Figure 1 7.2.1 ACH
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-26
V3.0
$&1
$&,1/(7
-
%/8

,,7/936
Figure 2 7.2.2 ACN
V3.0
November 2008
7-27
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
67%<9'&
,,7,23:%
,,73:%
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
67%<
9'&
&1
-
*5<
-
3

-

Figure 3 7.2.3 Standby +3.3VDC
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-28
V3.0
67%<95(7851
,,7,23:%
,,73:%

'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
67%<
9
5(7851
&1
-
9,2
-
3

-
'&&20
Figure 4 7.2.4 Standby 3.3VDC Return
V3.0
November 2008
7-29
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
9'&
,,7,23:%
9'&
72
9'&
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
9'&
30(03:%
,,73:%
&1

-
*5<
*5<
*5<
-
3

-
3
3
*5<

-
-
237,21
&,363:%

3

-
Figure 5 7.2.5 +3.3VDC
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-30
V3.0
95(7851
,,7,23:%
,,73:%
3
-

'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
&1
9
5(7851

30(03:%

-
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
-
3

3

-
3
-

-
237,21

&,363:%
3

'&&20
,,7/936

- -
9,2
9,2

-

&,6$66(0%/<
9,2

-
-
&,65+
&$%/(
-
-
&,6&(17(5
&$%/(
-
'&&20
-
&,6/+
&$%/(

5+&,6$'3:%

&(17(5&,6$'
3:%

/+&,6$'3:%

Figure 6 7.2.6 3.3VDC Return
V3.0
November 2008
7-31
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
9'&
,,7,23:%

'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
9'&

&1
-
%51
-

&,6$66(0%/<
&1
&1
-
-
%51
-
%51
-
%51
-
%51
-

5+&,6$'3:%

&(17(5&,6$'3:%

/+&,6$'3:%
,,7'5,9(3:%

-
-
%51
3
%51
%51

%51

%51

%51

%51

%51

-
-
-
%51
-
%51
-
-
%51
-
%51
%51

/()76.(:6(1625
%51
-
%51
-
%51
-
%51
-
%51
-
%51
-
%51
5+&29(5
6(1625
3/$7(1029(
6(1625
(;,76(1625

$6,=(6(1625
$6,=(6(1625
$6,=(6(1625
$6,=(6(1625
$6,=(6(1625
)((',16(1625
5(*,675$7,21
6(1625

5,*+76.(:
6(1625

Figure 7 7.2.7 +5VDC
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-32
V3.0
95(7851
,,7,23:%

'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
9
5(7851

&1
-
9,2
-

&,6$66(0%/<
&1
-
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2

5+&,6$'3:%

&(17(5&,6$'3:%

/+&,6$'3:%
,,7'5,9(3:%

-
9,2
-

'&&20
-
9,2
3
9,2

/()76.(:6(1625
-
9,2
-
9,2
9,2

9,2

9,2

9,2

9,2

9,2

-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2

$6,=(6(1625
$6,=(6(1625
$6,=(6(1625
$6,=(6(1625
$6,=(6(1625
)((',16(1625
5(*,675$7,21
6(1625

&1
-

--
9,2

9,2
-
-
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
5+&29(5
6(1625
3/$7(1029(
6(1625
(;,76(1625
5,*+76.(:
6(1625

'&&20
Figure 8 7.2.8 5VDC Return
V3.0
November 2008
7-33
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
59'&
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
5
9'&
,,7'5,9(3:%
&1
-
251
-
)

)
251
&1

5('
6+257,1*:,5(
-
251
-
251
251
,,7/936)$1
-
251
-
-

,,7'5,9(3:%

)((',1&/87&+
)((',1%5$.(

Figure 9 7.2.9 R1 +24VDC
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-34
V3.0
595(7851
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
59
5(7851
&1
-
-
9,2

,,7'5,9(3:%

&1
9,2

%/.
,,7/936)$1
Figure 10 7.2.10 R1 24VDC Return
V3.0
November 2008
7-35
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
59'&
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
5
9'&
&1
-
251
-

,,7'5,9(3:%
Figure 11 7.2.11 R2 +24VDC
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-36
V3.0
595(7851
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
59
5(7851
,,7'5,9(3:%
&1
-
9,2
-
&,6$66(0%/<
-
-
9,2
-
9,2

5+&,6$'3:%
/+&,6$'3:%

Figure 12 7.2.12 R2 24VDC Return
V3.0
November 2008
7-37
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
Wiring Data
7.2 IIT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-38
V3.0
7.2 IOT Wire Nets

Table 1 IOT Wire Nets
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
7.2.1 ACH
7.2.2 ACN
7.2.3 Standby +3.3VDC
7.2.4 3.3VDC Return
7.2.5 +5VDC-1
7.2.6 +5VDC-2
7.2.7 +5VDC-3
7.2.8 +5VDC-4
7.2.9 +5VDC-5
7.2.10 +5VDC-6
7.2.11 5VDC Return-1
7.2.19 +24VDC-1 (24A)
7.2.20 +24VDC-2 (24A)
7.2.21 +24VDC-3 (24A)
7.2.22 +24VDC-4 (24B)
7.2.23 +24VDC-5 (24B)
7.2.24 +24VDC-6 (24B)
7.2.25 +24VDC-7 (24B)
7.2.26 +24VDC-8 (24B)
V3.0
November 2008
7-39
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
:LUH1HWZRUN
$&0$,13:%
$&+
.
&,5&8,7
%5($.(5
$&,1/(7
)6
%/.
-
/
/
-
-
-
%/.

-
%/.
-
%/.
),/7(5
3
%/.
%/.
-
%/.
.
%/.
%/.
- -
%/.
$&287/(7
9/936
%
9/936

-
-
9/936$
9/936$

&(
3
-%
3
6,'(+($7(5
52'
9/936
&(17(5
+($7(552'

Figure 1 7.2.1 ACH
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-40
V3.0
$&0$,13:%
$&1
.

&,5&8,7
%5($.(5
$&,1/(7
)6
:+7
-
/
/

-
-
-
:+7
-
:+7
3
-
:+7
),/7(5

.

- -
:+7
$&287/(7
-
3
:+7
-%
:+7
&( -%
:+7
-$
:+7
&(17(575,$&
3:%
4
6,'(75,$&3:%
4
-%
3
:+7
-$

9/936

:+7&(
-
9/936
%
3
:+7
9/936$
68%+($7(5
52'
9/936

&(17(5
+($7(552'

6,'(+($7(5
52'

Figure 2 7.2.2 ACN
V3.0
November 2008
7-41
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
9'&
/3+$66(0%/<
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
9'&
-
-$
*5<
-%
*5<
-&
*5<
/3+'5,9(53:%
/+

/3+'5,9(53:%
&(17(5

/3+'5,9(53:%
5+

Figure 3 7.2.3 Standby +3.3VDC
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-42
V3.0
95(7851
/3+$66(0%/<
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
9
5(7851
-
-$
9,2
-%
9,2
9,2
-&
/3+'5,9(53:%
/+

/3+'5,9(53:%
&(17(5

/3+'5,9(53:%
5+

Figure 4 7.2.4 3.3VDC Return
V3.0
November 2008
7-43
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
9'&
,273:%
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
-
-
*5<

9'&
72
9'&
'&0$,13:%
9'&

-
*5<
)
$

5)&
9'&
)
-
-$
*5<
%
3
-
%
,2(;35)&3:%

,273:%
%
,2(;35)&3:%

)/$7
&$%/(
-
*5<

5)&
3
-
-%
*5<
%
3
-

)/$7
&$%/(
75$<
3
)
$
9'&
)
5)&
9'&
)
5)&
75$<
9'&
)
5)&
9'&
)
75$<
-
*5<
-
%
,2(;375$<3:%

6((
9'&
6((
9'&
6((
9'&
6((
9'&
Figure 5 7.2.5 +5VDC-1
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-44
V3.0
9'&
'&0$,13:%
)520
9'&
9'&
)
5)&
5)&
,2(;35)&3:%

-
*5<
-$
$
3
-
$
-
*5<
)/$7
&$%/(
*5<
-
6-
*5<
6-

5)&&877(5-$0
6(1625
6- -
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
6- -
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
6-
*5<
52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//6,=(
6(1625

52//-$06(1625
5)&9(57,&$/-$0
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625
52//6,=(
6(1625

6-

-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//123$3(5
6(1625

52//123$3(5
6(1625

5)&23(16(1625

V3.0
November 2008
7-45
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
9'&
'&0$,13:%
)520
9'&
9'&
)
- 6-
*5<
6-
-$
*5<
-%
*5<
-
*5<

6,'(75,$&3:%
&(17(575,$&3:%
23(1$,56(1625

6-
*5<

*5<
*5<
-
*5<
-

6-
*5<
3
*5<
6-
-
*5<
3
*5<
*5<
3
*5<
*5<
3

*5<
%75$-$06(1625
:$67(721(5327
)8//6(1625

,273:%
'580027253:%

-

6-
*5<
6-
6-
*5<

*5<
-
-
*5<
-
-
*5<
(;,7027,21
6(1625
6-
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-

-
*5<
*5<
*5<
-
3
-

$75$6:,1*
6(1625

75$<5)&3$*(
6<1&6(1625

5(*,675$7,21
6(1625

0$18$/123$3(5
6(1625

0$18$/)(('6723
6(1625

0$18$/3$*(6<1&
6(1625

0$18$/$6,=(
6(1625

0$18$/$6,=(
6(1625

0$18$/$6,=(
6(1625

0$18$/6,=(
6(1625

-
723&29(56(1625

-

6-
6-
6-

*5<

Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-46
V3.0
9'&
5)&
'&0$,13:%
)520
9'&
9'&
)
5)&
,2(;35)&
3:%
3
- -%
*5<
$
3
-
$
-
*5<
)/$7
&$%/(
*5<
-
6-
6-
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-

6-
-
*5<
*5<

5)&&877(5-$0
6(1625
*5<
6-
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
6-
*5<
52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//6,=(
6(1625

52//-$06(1625
5)&9(57,&$/-$0
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//6,=(
6(1625

6-
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<

52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//123$3(5
6(1625

52//123$3(5
6(1625

5)&23(16(1625

V3.0
November 2008
7-47
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
9'&
75$<
'&0$,13:%
)520
9'&
9'&
)
75$<
75$<
3
- -$
*5<
3
6-
*5<
6-
3
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
6-
*5<
75$<1($5(037<
6(1625

75$<)$&(
&21752/6(1625

75$<('*(
6(1625

75$<-$06(1625
75$<9(57,&$/-$0
6(1625
6- -
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
75$<123$3(5
6(1625

75$<6,=(
6(1625

75$<6,=(
6(1625

75$<6,=(
6(1625

75$<123$3(5
6(1625

75$<6,=(
6(1625

75$<6,=(
6(1625
75$<6,=(
6(1625

75$<

-%
*5<
3
*5<
6-
6-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
3
*5<
-
6-
*5<
75$<1($5(037<
6(1625
75$<)$&(
&21752/6(1625
75$<('*(
6(1625
75$<-$06(1625

6- -
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<
-
*5<

1&
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-48
V3.0
9'&
,273:%
)520
9'&
$
3+9'&
-
*5<
-
5)&$,56(1625

/('
'&&20
Figure 10 7.2.10 +5VDC-6
V3.0
November 2008
7-49
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
95(7851
5)&
,2(;3
5)&3:%
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
- 6-
9,2

6- -
52//
6,=(6(1625
9,2
9,2
9
5(7851
9,2
'&&20 - 6-

9,2
6((9
5(7851
6((9
5(7851
6- -$
3 -
9,2
%
%
9,2
9,2
%
%
9,2
9,2
%
%
9,2
%
%
9,2
9,2
$
$
9,2
9,2
%
%
9,2
9,2
)/$7
&$%/(
6-

-
-
-
52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625

6-
52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625

52//6,=(
6(1625

52//-$0
6(1625

5)&9(57,&$/
-$06(1625

5)&&877(5
-$06(1625

52//$872&87
6:,7&+

52//$872&87
6:,7&+

6- -
9,2

9,2
9,2
-
-
-
-
-
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
5)&&877(5
$66(0%/<

5)&&877(5
5+6:,7&+

5)&&877(5
/+6:,7&+

6- 3
-
9,2

9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2

-
-
-
52//123$3(5
6(1625

5)&23(1
6(1625

52//123$3(5
6(1625

'&&20
Figure 11 7.2.11 5VDC Return-1
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-50
V3.0
,273:%
95(7851

)5209
5(7851

'&&20
'&&20

- 6-
9,2
6-
-
9,2
3
9,2
9,2
3
9,2
3
9,2
-
9,2
-

-
9,2
-
-
9,2
-
-
9,2
723&29(56(1625

75$<5)&3$*(
6<1&6(1625

$75$6:,1*
6(1625

5(*,675$7,21
6(1625

721(5(037<
6(1625

-
9,2

-
9,2
3
9,2
3
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
- 3
9,2
9,2

9,2
9,2
3
9,2
-
-
-
- -$
9,2
3
23(1$,56(1625
5)&$,56(1625

+936
%
3
-
+($752//
7+(50,6725

-
+($752//
7+(50,6725

-
+($752//
7+(50,6725

-
+($752//
7+(50,6725

-
%
,2(;35)&3:%
)/$7
&$%/(

3$
9,2
5)&21/<
-$ -$
$
3
-

$
,2(;35)&
3:%

$
,2(;35)&
3:%

)/$7
&$%/(
3$
5)&
-% -%
$
3
-
)/$7
&$%/(
3$
%
'&&20
75$<
-%
-
-
9,2
-%
$
,2(;375$<3:%
%
/3+'5,9(53:%
&(17(5

/3+,)&$%/(
V3.0
November 2008
7-51
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
95(7851
'&0$,13:%
'&&20
-
6-
9,2

)5209
5(7851
'&&20
-
9,2
-
'&&20
5)&
'&&20
5)&
6-
9,2

6-
-
9,2
3
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
6-
3
9,2
9,2

3

%75$-$06(1625
:$67(721(5327
)8//6(1625

:$67(721(5327
6(76:,7&+

-
3
9,2
-
9,2

6-
9,2

(;,7-$06:,7&+
9,2
6((9
5(7851
'&&20
75$<
-
-

9,2

&/$06+(//
% ,17(5/2&.6:,7&+

6-
9,2
6-
6-
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
(;,7027,21
6(1625

0$18$/123$3(5
6(1625

0$18$/$6,=(
6(1625

0$18$/)(('6723
6(1625

0$18$/3$*(6<1&
6(1625

9,2
6((9
5(7851
-
'&&20
6+257,1*:,5(
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2

0$18$/6,=(
6(1625

0$18$/$6,=(
6(1625

0$18$/$6,=(
6(1625

Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-52
V3.0
95(7851
5)&
,2(;3
5)&
- 6-
3:%

9,2
'&0$,13:%
6- -
9,2
)5209
5(7851
9,2
'&&20
5)&
3
- 6-
9,2
9,2

6- -%
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
%
3 -
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
$
$
%
%
%
5)&
% '(7(&7
6-
9,2

)/$7
&$%/(
-
-
9,2
-
9,2
52//
6,=(6(1625

52//$6,=(
6(1625
52//$6,=(
6(1625
52//$6,=(
6(1625
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
9,2
-
5)&&877(5
/+6:,7&+

6-
9,2
5)&&877(5
5+6:,7&+

9,2
6- -
5)&&877(5
$66(0%/<

52//$6,=(
6(1625
52//$6,=(
6(1625
52//$6,=(
6(1625
52//6,=(
6(1625
52//-$0
6(1625

5)&9(57,&$/
-$06(1625

5)&&877(5
-$06(1625

52//$872
&876:,7&+

52//$872
&876:,7&+

6- 3
9,2
9,2
-
9,2
-
52//12
3$3(56(1625

-

9,2
5)&23(1
6(1625

-

9,2
52//12
3$3(56(1625

'&&20
V3.0
November 2008
7-53
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
95(7851
75$<
'&0$,1
3:%
3
,2(;375$<
3:%

-
6-
9,2
75$<
-$
9,2
3 6-
9,2

6- 3
9,2
-
6-
9,2

6-
-
9,2
75$<12
3$3(56(1625

75$<6,=(
6(1625

75$<6,=(
6(1625

75$<6,=(
6(1625

-
9,2
75$<1($5
(037<6(1625

75$<)$&(

-
9,2

-
9,2
&21752/6(1625
-

9,2

-
9,2
75$<('*(
6(1625

75$<-$0
6(1625

75$<9(57,&$/
-$06(1625

-

9,2

-
9,2

-
9,2
6- -
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
$

75$<
'(7(&7
%
%
%
%
$
%
'&&20
75$<
'&&20
75$<
-%
3 6-
9,2
9,2

)5209
5(7851
6- 3
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
9,2
-
6-
9,2
75$<1($5
(037<6(1625

75$<)$&(

&21752/6(1625

75$<('*(
6(1625

75$<-$0
6(1625

6+257,1*:,5(

6-

-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2
75$<12
3$3(56(1625

75$<6,=(
6(1625

75$<6,=(
6(1625

75$<6,=(
6(1625

Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-54
V3.0
95(7851
$&&;(6,)3:%
)5209
5(7851
'&&20
-
-
0$,16:,7&+

V3.0
November 2008
7-55
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
9'&$
$&&;(6
$&&;(6,)3:%
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
- -
251

3 '&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
9'&
9'&
72
9'&
9'&
$
'&0$,13:%
251
-
)
$

)
$
9'&
$)
9'&
$)
3$3(5
+($7(5
9'&
$)
-
251
-
$&0$,13:%

6((
9'&
$
6((
9'&
$
Figure 17 7.2.19 +24VDC-1 (24A)
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-56
V3.0
9'&$
'&0$,13:%
)520
9'&
$
9'&$)
3$3(5
+($7(5
3$3(5
+($7(5
6:,7&+
- )6
251
'&0$,1
3:%

)6 -

251
+($76:
219'&
,273:%
-
251
-

9'&
3+9'&
72
3+9'&
5)&
-$
3
$
251
6((
9'&
,2
(;3
5)&
- 3:%
- 6-
$
251

6- 3
5)&/+
251
3$3(5+($7(5
)/$7
&$%/(
251
251
5)&
3
--%
3
251
$
,2(;3
5)&
3:%
-
- 6-
$
251

3
3
5)&&(17(5

5)&5+

3$3(5+($7(5
3$3(5+($7(5
6- 3
5)&/+
251
3$3(5+($7(5
)/$7
&$%/(
251
251
3
3

5)&&(17(5
3$3(5+($7(5
5)&5+
3$3(5+($7(5

75$<
3
- -%
251
251
3 3

251
3
251
75$</+3$3(5
+($7(5

75$<5+3$3(5
+($7(5

Figure 18 7.2.20 +24VDC-2 (24A)
V3.0
November 2008
7-57
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
9'&$
'&0$,13:%
)520
9'&
$
9'&
$)
&/$0
6+(//
,17(5/2&.
6:,7&+
-
251
6-
6-
251
-

-
% 251
$
6-
6- -
251

251
251
251
251
251
3
-
3
-
3

'&0$,13:%
-
)6
251
29(5+($7
7+(50267$7

$75$&/87&+
'(9(&/87&+
0$18$/)(('
&/87&+

,273:%

Figure 19 7.2.21 +24VDC-3 (24A)
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-58
V3.0
9'&%
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
9'&
%
'&0$,13:%
- -
251
)
$

,273:%
9'&
%)
- 6-
251

6-
251
-
5)&
9'&
%)
5)&
-$
3
%
251
-

9'&%)
'(7(&7
,2(;35)&
3:%
)
$
%
6((
9'&
%

- -
251

251
)
$
251
%
%
251
-
251
9'&
%)
75$<
6((
9'&
%
)
$
9'&
%)

5)&)(('02725

5)&9(57,&$/
02725
5)&'225
,17(5/2&.
6:,7&+
251
$
$
--
251

251
$
$
251
)/$7
&$%/(
251
3
3

-
-

- -
251

,2(;3
5)&
3:%

52//&/87&+

52//&/87&+
9'&
6((
9'&
%
Figure 20 7.2.22 +24VDC-4 (24B)
V3.0
November 2008
7-59
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
9'&%
5)&
'&0$,13:%
)520
9'&
%
9'&
%)
5)& 3
,2(;35)&3:%
- 6-
251
6- -%
251
%
3
-
)
$
%
-
251
-
5)&)(('02725
251
)
$
251
%
%
251
-
251
251
$
$
-
251
251
$
$
251
)/$7
&$%/(
251

5)&9(57,&$/
02725

5)&
'225
,17(5/2&.
- 6:,7&+
- -
,2(;35)&

251
3:%
3
3
-
-

52//&/87&+

52//&/87&+
9'&
Figure 21 7.2.23 +24VDC-5 (24B)
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-60
V3.0
9'&%
75$<
'&0$,13:%
)520
9'&
%
9'&
%)
75$< 3
9'&
%)
75$<
- 6-
251
6- -
251
$

,2(;375$<3:%
75$<
6((
9'&
%
6+257,1*
:,5(
251
-$
3
251
251
251
3
251

-$ -$
251
3
251
3$
),/7(5
3%
75$</,)783
02725

-
75$<&/87&+
251
6+257,1*
:,5(
251
),/7(53:%75$<

251

251
75$<
6+257,1*
:,5(
-%
251
251
3
251
),/7(53:%75$<

3
251

-% -%
251
3
251
3$
),/7(5
-
3%
75$</,)783
02725

75$<&/87&+
Figure 22 7.2.24 +24VDC-6 (24B)
V3.0
November 2008
7-61
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
9'&%
75$<
75$<
75$<
'&0$,13:%
)520
9'&
%
9'&
%)
75$<
75$<
/$7&+
6:,7&+
/

-
-$
251
,2(;375$<3:%

-$
-
)
$
%
251
-
251
-$
3
3

75$<)(('
02725
'
251
75$<
-%
251
75$<
/$7&+
6:,7&+

75$<

-%

)
$
%
251
251
251
-%
3
3

75$<)(('
02725

Figure 23 7.2.25 +24VDC-7 (24B)
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-62
V3.0
9'&%
'&0$,13:%
)520
9'&
%
9'&
%)
.
-
251
251
251
-
-
6-

,273:%
+936
6-

-
251
-
251

0$,102725
)86(5'5,9(
02725

'580027253:%
-
251
)
$
3$
3%

'58002725

-
251
251
3
6-
-
-
251
6-
251
251
251
251
3
3
3
3
721(5(037<
6(1625

%75$9$&880)$1

%75$9$&880)$1

%75$9$&880)$1

%75$9$&880)$1

Figure 24 7.2.26 +24VDC-8 (24B)
V3.0
November 2008
7-63
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
95(7851
$&&;(6
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
$&&;(6,)3:%
9
5(7851
-
9,2

6((9
5(7851
'&0$,13:%

-
9,2
-
251
3
251
-
-
9,2
-
9,2
3
3
/+(;+$867)$1
5+(;+$867)$1

'&&20
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-64
V3.0
95(7851
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
-
6-
9,2
6-
-
9,2
-
9,2
9
5(7851
-
9,2
-
9,2
-
9,2

0$,102725
)86(5'5,9(
02725
'580027253:%
+936
,273:%

'&0$,13:%

-
9,2
,2(;35)&3:%
'&&20
'&&20
-
6-
9,2
9,2

6((9
5(7851
6-
9,2
9,2
9,2
-$
%
3
-
%
%

%
%
%
)/$7
&$%/(
V3.0
November 2008
7-65
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
95(7851
'&0$,13:%
5)&
,2(;35)&3:%
)5209
5(7851
'&&20
3

-
6-
9,2
9,2

6-
9,2
9,2
9,2
-%
%
3
-
%

%

%
%
%
)/$7
&$%/(
75$<
,2(;375$<3:%
-
9,2
6-

6-
-
9,2
%

%
9,2
%
9,2
Wiring Data
7.2 IOT Wire Nets
November 2008
7-66
V3.0
IIT Chain 01
Table 1 Chain 01
IIT BSDs
1.1 Main Power ON (1 of 2)
1.2 Power Supply
1.3 Standby 3.3VDC Distribution
1.4 5VDC Distribution
1.5 24VDC Distribution
1.6 Interlock and Cover Sensing
V3.0
November 2008
7-67
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 01
&
'
0$,132:(5212)
12,6(),/7(53:%
3/
*),%5($.(5
3/
&,5&8,7
3527(&725
*),

7
3/8*,1$&+
-
7 3/8*,1$&+
%/.
12,6(
),/7(5
3/8*,1$&1
7
:+7
3/8*,1
$&+

3/8*,1
$&1

%/.
7
3/8*,1$&1
:+7
)6
*1</
7
,,73:%
3/
,,7,23:%
3/
-
&21752//(5
3
-
<(/
'&&20

86%
86%&$%/(
6(59,&(
722/
&211(&725

32:(56$9(
212))6,*1$/
21/9'&

&211(&725
9,2
3
86%
3

9,2
'&&20
'&&20

'&&20
(
3

Figure 1 1.1 Main Power ON (1 of 2)
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 01
November 2008
7-68
V3.0
&
'
'&32:(56833/<

32:(521
$&+
,,7/936
3/
-
67%<
9'
&
571

32:(56$9(
212))6,*1$/
21/9'&
+
,,7,2
3:%
3/
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
32:(521
$&1
67%<9'&
,,7/936)$1
)$,/+9'&
-

'&&20

9'&

'&&20

9'&

'&&20

59'&

<(/
,,73:%
3/
67%<
9'&
3

-

-
&1

'&&20
32:(5
6$9(
212))
6,*1$/
9'
&
571

'&&20

9'&
127(
571
v 6KRUW3URWHFWLRQ2YHUFXUUHQW3URWHFWLRQ
,IWKH67%<9'&RXWSXWLVVKRUWHGWKH67%<9'&RXWSXWLVPDGH
WRGURS
,IWKH9'&RXWSXWLVVKRUWHGWKH9'&RXWSXWLVPDGHWRGURS
,IWKH9'&RXWSXWLVVKRUWHGWKH9'&RXWSXWLVPDGHWRGURS
,IWKH559'&RXWSXWLVVKRUWHGFXWVRIIWKHRXWSXWVH[FHSW
67%<9'&
7RUHVWRUHWKHRXWSXWUHSDLUWKHVKRUWFLUFXLWSRZHURIIZDLWVHF
DQGWKHQSRZHURQ
v 2YHUYROWDJHSURWHFWLRQ
,IWKHHDFKRXWSXWVUHDFKHVLWVRYHUYROWDJHRQWKHWDEOHDOOWKHRXWSXWV
DUHFXWRII
7RUHVWRUHWKHRXWSXWUHSDLUWKHRYHUYROWDJHSRZHURIIZDLWVHF
DQGWKHQSRZHURQ
RXWSXW
2YHUYROWDJH
67%<9'&
9'&
9'&
9'&
9'&
59'&
59'&
9'&
*DQJHGFRQWURO559'&
5
9'
&
0272
5
&/87&
+
571
571
,,7/936)$1
59'& &1
,,7/936
3/
5('
<(/
&1 &1
-
<(/
027
'&&20
'&&20

59'&

'&&20

%/.
)$,/&2'(

$SDUWLQ,,7/936
,,7/936)DQ)DLOXUH
&XWVRIIWKHRXWSXWVH[FHSW67%<9'&LQWKH6OHHSPRGH
Figure 2 1.2 Power Supply
V3.0
November 2008
7-69
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 01
&
'
67%<9'&9'&'&&20',675,%87,21

,,7/936
3/
,,7,23:%
3/
67%<9'&
&1
-
67%<9'&
*5<
-
,,73:%
3/
3
67%<
9'&
)
'&&20
9,2
'&&20
)
9'&
9'&
9'&
)

'&&20
'&&20
)
-
67%<
9'&
$//
/'
'&&20

9'&
*5<
9'&
*5<
9'&
*5<
9'&
*5<
'&&20
9,2
'&&20
9,2
'&&20
9,2
9,2
'&&20

'&&20
$//

9'&
$//
$//

/'

'&&20
$//

'&&20
$//

Figure 3 1.3 Standby 3.3VDC Distribution
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 01
November 2008
7-70
V3.0
&
'
9'&'&&20',675,%87,21

,,7/936
3/
,,7,23:%
3/
9'&
&1
-
%51
9'&
-
9'&

$//
&,6$66(0%/<
3/
5+&,6$'3:%
9'&
)
&1
-
%51
9'&
-
&1
9'&

&(17(5&,6$'3:%

%51
9'&
-
&1
9'&

/+&,6$'3:%
%51
&1
-
%51
9'&
9'&
-
-
,,7'5,9(3:%
3/
9'&
,,7,23:%
3/
'&&20
&1
-
9,2
'&&20
-
'&&20
-

'&&20
&1
9'&

$//
$//
&,6$66(0%/<
3/
5+&,6$'3:%
'&&20
)
&1
-
9,2
&1
'&&20

&(17(5&,6$'3:%

'&&20
-
9,2
&1
'&&20

/+&,6$'3:%

&1
'&&20
-
9,2
-
9,2
'&&20
-
,,7'5,9(3:%
3/
'&&20
&1
'&&20

$//
Figure 4 1.4 5VDC Distribution
V3.0
November 2008
7-71
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 01
&
'
59'&59'&'&&20',675,%87,21

,,7/936
3/
,,7'5,9(3:%
3/
59'&
5
9'&
)
'&&20

59'&
5
9'&
)
-
251
251
'&&20
)
&1
'&&20
59'&
'&&20
9,2
'&&20
9,2
251
59'&
59'&
'&&20
9,2
-
)
59'&
)
59'&

'&&20

$//
$//
)

59'&
'&&20
$//
$//
'&&20
)
Figure 5 1.5 24VDC Distribution
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 01
November 2008
7-72
V3.0
1.6 INTERLOCK AND COVER SENSING

1
IIT DRIVE PWB

PL20.5
IIT DRIVE PWB

PL20.5
SHORTING WIRE
J763
J763
R1+24VDC
ORN
ORN
INTLK ON
R1+24VDC
J
FAIL CODE
005-300
IIT Cover Open Jam
5.1
005-301
IIT Cover Door Open
R1
+24VDC
(1.5 F1)
IIT I/O PWB

PL20.5
R/H COVER SENSOR

PL20.5
J777
30 VIO
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
28 BRN
DC COM
+5VDC
J739
IIT I/O
PWB
PL20.5
3
2
DC330 005-301
R/H COVER SENSOR
CLOSED (L)+3.3VDC J777
J739
YEL
IIT PWB
PL20.6
+3.3VDC
29
P780
73
J780
005-300
005-301
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
IIT PWB
CIPS PWB
(OPTION)
R/H COVER SENSOR
PMEM PWB
IIT MAIN POWER SWITCH

(STAND-ALONE IIT)
IIT LVPS
IIT I/O PWB
6
IIT DRIVE PWB
Figure 6 1.6 Interlock and Cover Sensing
V3.0
November 2008
7-73
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 01
IIT Chain 03
Table 1 Chain 03
IIT BSDs
3.1 PWBs Communication
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 03
November 2008
7-74
V3.0
&
'
3:%6&20081,&$7,21

&21752//(5

B
B

B

B
B

B
B
B
B

,,7$6,&&KHFN1*
3
',00
0
3/

B
3

,,76HQVRU6WD\-DP$

-
B
,,7)3*$)DLOXUH
,,7,23:%
3/
-

B

B

B

B

B
,,7$6,&)DLOXUH
3

,,73RVW&RGHF)DLOXUH
'&
B

,,7,1387$//
,,7)3*$2XW)DLOXUH
B
,,786%,&)DLOXUH
-

,,7',00&RPELQDWLRQ(UURU
B
B
3

,,7',001RW,PSOHPHQWHG
B
,,7&KHFN6XP1*

,,7)3*$+$332&KHFN1*

,,7&385$0&KHFN1*
B
,,73UH&RGHF&KHFN1*

,,7)3*$0$'$5$2&KHFN1*
B
,,76HQVRU6WDWLF-DP% ,,7)ODVK520)DLOXUH
B

,,7&RORU0RGXOH1RW,PSOHPHQWHG

,,76HQVRU6WDWLF-DP$ ,,7([WHUQDO5$0&KHFN1*
B
B
,,7%XV)DLOXUH
,,76HQVRU6WDWLF-DP% ,,7((3520)DLOXUH
,,76HQVRU6WD\-DP%
237,21
&,363:%
3/

B
,,7$6,&7272)DLOXUH
B
)$,/&2'(

',00
0
3/
237,21
-
B
,,7)3*$0$'$5$2)DLOXUH
,,76HQVRU6WDWLF-DP$ ,,7((3520&KHFN6XP1* ,,7',00&KHFN1*
-
B
B
,,786%,&&KHFN1*
'(%8*3&
30(03:%
3/
3
B
,,73UH&RGHF)DLOXUH
B
56&
&$%/(
B
,,73RVW&RGHF&KHFN1*
86%
&$%/(
3
B

+2673&
,,7)3*$+$332)DLOXUH
B
3

,,7)3*$&KHFN1*
&3&,,7
&$%/(
B
,,7,36'DWD1RW6XSSRUW
B
'$7$&200$1'
67$786
3

,,73:%
3/
B
B
,,7$6,&7272&KHFN1*
B
B
'LDJQRVWLF(UURU
,,7%XV)DLOXUH
B
&RQWUROOHU&RPP(UURU

3DJH0HPRU\2YHU)ORZ
B
+RVW&RPPXQLFDWLRQ(UURU

86%7UDQVIHU2YHU)ORZ

,363DUDPHWHU5HQHZ)DLOXUH

,,7:DWFK'RJ)DLOXUH
Figure 1 3.1 PWBs Communication
V3.0
November 2008
7-75
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 03
IIT Chain 05
Table 1 Chain 05
IIT BSDs
5.1 Document Drive Control
5.2 Document Size Sensing
5.3 Document Feed IN
5.4 Document Feed
5.5 Document Exit
5.6 Document Path
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 05
November 2008
7-76
V3.0
5.1 DOCUMENT DRIVE CONTROL

1
IIT PWB
PL20.6
IIT DRIVE PWB

PL20.5
IIT I/O PWB

PL20.5
J780
31
P780
J775
1 YEL
DC COM
30
29
IIT MAIN MOTOR

ENABLE
YEL
DC COM
IIT MAIN MOTOR

CW
YEL
DC COM
70
IIT MAIN MOTOR

J761
CLOCK
IIT MAIN MOTOR

RESET
YEL
+5VDC
DC330 005-001 IIT MAIN MOTOR ON 100%
INTLK ON
R1+24VDC
(1.6 H1)
IIT MAIN
DC330 005-002 IIT MAIN MOTOR ON 400% MOTOR
PL20.4
IIT MAIN MOTOR
J765
ON +24VDC CLOCK
1 BLU
+5VDC
DC COM
3
+5VDC
2 RED
DC COM
3 ORN
+5VDC
DC COM
DC COM
4 GRN
DC COM
2,4,11
12,14,16
VIO
18,20,22
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
DC COM
2,4,11
12,14,16
18,20,22
5 BLK
DC COM
(1.4 E6)
IIT MAIN MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
IIT MAIN MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
MOT
FEED IN ROLLER
FEED OUT ROLLER
IIT MAIN MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
IIT MAIN MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
DC COM
FEED OUT ROLLER
5
FEED IN
BRAKE
(CH5.3)
FEED IN
CLUTCH
(CH5.3)
6
FEED IN ROLLER
IIT MAIN MOTOR
Figure 1 5.1 Document Drive Control
V3.0
November 2008
7-77
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 05
5.2 DOCUMENT SIZE SENSING

IIT I/O PWB
PL20.5
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
6 VIO
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
7
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
BRN
9 VIO
10
BRN
12 VIO
13 BRN
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
15 VIO
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
16
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
DC COM
+5VDC
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
DC COM
+5VDC
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
DC COM
+5VDC
DC COM
+5VDC
BRN
18 VIO
DC COM
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
+5VDC
J777 +5VDC P754

J754 J731
1
4 BRN
4
BR
J731
VIO
3
A0 SIZE SENSOR
PL20.5
2 YEL
BRN
VIO
+5VDC
J733
1
BR
12
VIO
3
A2 SIZE SENSOR
PL20.5
J734
BRN
18
VIO
BR
N
VIO
+5VDC
1
3
A4 SIZE SENSOR
PL20.5
J777
YEL
P780
77
J780
3
A1 SIZE SENSOR
PL20.5
J732
2 YEL
11
DC330 005-104
A1 SIZE SENSOR
SENSED (L)+5VDC
YEL
37
DC COM
DC330 005-103
A2 SIZE SENSOR
SENSED (L)+5VDC
YEL
11
+5VDC
1
3
A3 SIZE SENSOR
PL20.5
J734
2 YEL
J735
2 YEL
14
DC330 005-102
A3 SIZE SENSOR
SENSED (L)+5VDC
YEL
14
005-104
005-105
76
005-904
DC COM
15
16
2 YEL
13
J735
+5VDC
J733
DC330 005-105
A0 SIZE SENSOR
P754 SENSED (L)+5VDC
IIT PWB
PL20.6
DC COM
J732
10
J754
IIT I/O
PWB
PL20.5
005-905
36
DC COM
17
DC330 005-101
A4 SIZE SENSOR
SENSED (L)+5VDC
YEL
17
75
DC COM
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
FAIL CODE
005-104
IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 2A
005-105
IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 2B
005-904
IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 1A
A4 SIZE SENSOR
005-905
A3 SIZE SENSOR
IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 1B
A2 SIZE SENSOR
A1 SIZE SENSOR
6
A0 SIZE SENSOR
Figure 2 5.2 Document Size Sensing
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 05
November 2008
7-78
V3.0
5.3 DOCUMENT FEED IN

1
IIT PWB
PL20.6
IIT I/O PWB

PL20.5
J777 +5VDC P754
19 BR
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
21 VIO
DC COM
19
J754 J736
21
BR
N
VIO
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
+3.3VDC
J780
28
P780
J775
7 YEL
DC330 005-011
FEED IN CLUTCH
J761
ON (L)+3.3VDC
+5VDC
J736
3
FEED IN SENSOR
PL20.5
2 YEL
20
YEL
20
IIT PWB
PL20.6
P780
35
J780
DC COM
IIT DRIVE PWB

PL20.5
J764
3 BLU
J754
DC330 005-121
FEED IN SENSOR
P754 SENSED (L)+5VDC J777
IIT I/O
PWB
PL20.5
DC330 005-011
FEED IN CLUTCH
J744
ON (L)+24VDC
005-106
005-107
005-108
005-109
005-131
005-906
FEED IN
CLUTCH
PL120.4
005-907
005-908
005-909
DC COM
005-910
1
ORN
R1+24VDC
(1.5 F2)
3
+3.3VDC
69
8 YEL
DC330 005-012
FEED IN BRAKE
ON (L)+3.3VDC
7 BLU
DC330 005-012
FEED IN BRAKE
ON (L)+24VDC
J743
FEED IN
BRAKE
PL20.4
4
DC COM
ORN
R1+24VDC
(1.5 F2)
4
FAIL CODE
005-106
FEED IN BRAKE
IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 2A
005-107
5
IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 2B
FEED IN
CLUTCH
FEED IN SENSOR
005-108
IIT Sensor Push In Jam 2A
005-109
IIT Sensor Push In Jam 2B
005-131
6
005-906
IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 1A
005-907
IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 1B
005-908
IIT Sensor Push In Jam 1A
005-909
IIT Sensor Push In Jam 1B
005-910
IIT Feed-In Sensor Tail Edge Jam IIT Feed-In Sensor Lead Edge Jam
IIT MAIN MOTOR

(CH5.1)
Figure 3 5.3 Document Feed IN
V3.0
November 2008
7-79
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 05
5.4 DOCUMENT FEED

IIT I/O PWB
PL20.5
J777 +5VDC
1 BRN
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
3 VIO
J730
DC COM
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
27 VIO
+5VDC P754
DC COM
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
24 VIO
+5VDC
DC COM
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
YEL
25
J754
J738
BRN
24
+5VDC
J738J754
3
VIO
RIGHT SKEW
SENSOR
PL20.5
27
22
J737
BR
N
P780
IIT PWB
PL20.6
39
J780
005-121
DC COM
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
22 BRN
DC330 005-112
LEFT SKEW SENSOR
SENSED (L)+5VDC J777
J730
3
LEFT SKEW
SENSOR
PL20.5
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
25 BRN
+5VDC
IIT I/O
PWB
PL20.5
2 YEL
26
J737
3
VIO
REGISTRATION
SENSOR
PL20.5
23
2 YEL
YEL
26
005-120
34
DC COM
+5VDC
DC330 005-111
RIGHT SKEW SENSOR
P754 SENSED (L)+5VDC
DC330 005-122
REGISTRATION SENSOR
SENSED (L)+5VDC
005-122
23
YEL
005-132
74
DC COM
RIGHT SKEW SENSOR
005-133
FAIL CODE
005-120
IIT Feed Right Over Skew
005-121
IIT Feed Left Over Skew
LEFT SKEW SENSOR
005-122
IIT Feed MAX Length Over
005-132
IIT Registration Sensor Lead Edge Jam
005-133
IIT Registration Sensor Tail Edge Jam
REGISTRATION SENSOR
Figure 4 5.4 Document Feed
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 05
November 2008
7-80
V3.0
H
FAIL CODE
5.5 DOCUMENT EXIT

1
IIT I/O
PWB
PL20.5
IIT I/O PWB

PL20.5
J778
7 BRN
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
9 VIO
+5VDC
DC COM
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
J742
+5VDC
1
2
J742
DC330 005-123
EXIT SENSOR
SENSED (L)+5VDC
J778
YEL
P780
IIT Exit Sensor Lead Edge Jam
J780
IIT Exit Sensor Tail Edge Jam
005-135
78
3
EXIT SENSOR
PL20.5
005-134
IIT PWB
PL20.6
DC COM
005-134
005-135
2
EXIT SENSOR
6
Figure 5 5.5 Document Exit
V3.0
November 2008
7-81
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 05
5.6 DOCUMENT PATH

Document Path Sensor
No.
Sensor Name
CH
PL
A0-A4 SIZE SENSOR
5.2
20.5
FEED IN SENSOR
5.3
20.5
LEFT SKEW SENSOR
5.4
20.5
RIGHT SKEW SENSOR
5.4
20.5
REGISTRATION SENSOR
5.4
20.5
EXIT SENSOR
5.5
20.5
3
1
5
6
FEED OUT ROLLER
FEED IN ROLLER
IIT MAIN MOTOR
6
Figure 6 5.6 Document Path
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 05
November 2008
7-82
V3.0
IIT Chain 06
Table 1 Chain 06
IIT BSDs
6.1 Exposure Lamp and Platen Control
6.2 Image Input Control
6.3 Video Data Transmission
V3.0
November 2008
7-83
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 06
6.1 EXPOSURE LAMP AND PLATEN CONTROL

1
IIT PWB
PL20.6
IIT I/O PWB

PL20.5
PLATEN MOVE SENSOR

PL20.4
J778
3 VIO
DC COM
(1.4 E4)
1 BRN
DC COM
J740
+5VDC
IIT I/O
PWB
PL20.5
3
2
J740
DC330 005-202
PLATEN MOVE SENSOR
HOME POSITION (L)+3.3VDC
IIT PWB
PL20.6
+3.3VDC
J778
YEL
P780
33
J780
005-940
+5VDC
(1.4 E1)
2
+3.3VDC
J780
68
P780
DC330 062-002
REAR LAMP
J775 ON (L)+3.3VDC J761
10 YEL
IIT DRIVE PWB

PL20.5
CIS ASSEMBLY
PL20.3
R2+24VDC
10
DC COM
J762
2 ORN
J750
1 VIO
R/H CIS AD PWB

1
CN8
CN9
REAR R/H
LED
1
2
J752
ORN
VIO
DC COM
(1.5 F3)
L/H CIS AD PWB

R2+24VDC
4 ORN
3 VIO
J751
1
3
CN8
CN9
REAR L/H
LED
1
3
J753
ORN
VIO
DC COM
(1.5 F3)
REAR R/H LED
FAIL CODE
005-940
PLATEN MOVE SENSOR
IIT Plate Position Error
REAR L/H LED
R/H CIS AD PWB
L/H CIS AD PWB

Figure 1 6.1 Exposure Lamp and Platen Control
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 06
November 2008
7-84
V3.0
6.2 IMAGE INPUT CONTROL

1
IIT PWB
PL20.6
CIS ASSEMBLY
PL20.3 R/H CIS AD PWB
IIT I/O PWB

PL20.5
J781
062-371
1-80
P781
1-26
J772
062-372
J711
CIS R/H
CABLE
062-373
CN2
CN3
1-26
J712
26
J725
+5VDC
(1.4 H2)
062-374
2
1-26
CIS
DC COM
(1.4 H4)
062-375
14 J713
12 J714
CN4
1-8
1-14
1-12
CN1
CN2
CENTER CIS AD PWB

1-26
J773
J716
CIS CENTER
CABLE
1-26
CN2
+5VDC
(1.4 H2)
DC COM
(1.4 H5)
CN5
CN3
CN6
1-8
1-26
1-8
J726
J717
26
J727
14 J718
12 J719
1-14
1-12
CN1
CN2
L/H CIS AD PWB

1-26
J774
J721
CIS L/H
CABLE
1-26
CN2
+5VDC
(1.4 H3)
CN4
CN3
1-8
1-26
J728
J722
26
DC COM
(1.4 H6)
12 J724
CIS
FAIL CODE
062-371
R/H CIS AD PWB
14 J723
IIT Exposure Lamp R Failure
062-372
IIT Image Sensor Failure
1-14
1-12
CN1
CN2
062-374
IIT Image Sensor Communication
062-375
IIT Image Sensor Control Error
062-373
CENTER CIS AD PWB
6
IIT Image Sensor Not Connect
L/H CIS AD PWB

Figure 2 6.2 Image Input Control
V3.0
November 2008
7-85
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 06
6.3 VIDEO DATA TRANSMISSION

PMEM PWB
PL20.6
IMAGE PROJECTION
UPPER TRANSPORT
OPTION
OPTION
DIMM
(512M)
PL1.6
VIDEO DATA
CIPS PWB
PL20.6
DIMM
(512M)
PL1.6
CIS
REAR L/H LED

DOCUMENT
REAR R/H LED
CIS ASSEMBLY
PL20.3
IIT I/O PWB

PL20.5
J791
J792
P796
IIT PWB
P791
PL20.6
P792
J796
CIS
R/H CIS AD
PWB
J772
P781
J781
CONTROLLER
P782
4
J773
P783
HOST PC
J774
6
Figure 3 6.3 Video Data Transmission
Wiring Data
IIT Chain 06
November 2008
7-86
V3.0
Chain 01
Table 1 Chain 01
Chain 01 IOT BSD

1.1 Main Power ON
1.2 DC Power Generation (1 of 8)
1.10 Power Interlock Switching (1 of 2)
1.11 Power Interlock Switching (2 of 2)
V3.0
November 2008
7-87
Wiring Data
Chain 01
&
'
0$,132:(521
$&0$,13:%
3/

$&,1/(7
3/
&,5&8,7
%5($.(5
3/
/
)6
-
%/.
)6
/
/
-
)6
-
:+7
$&&;(6,)3:%
3/

3/8*,1
$&1

),/7(5

%/.
-
-
9,2
-
/
/
0$,1
6:,7&+
3/

-
3/8*,1
$&1

:+7
3/8*,1$&1
9/936$

:+7
0$,16:,7&+
- 21/9'&
<(/
3
%/.
-
%/.
-
*1</
:+7
%/8
-
7
<(/

%/.
9'& '&&20
'
3/8*,1$&+
9/936$
7
*1</
3/8*,1
-
$&+
3/8*,1
$&+
,275(/$<.
21/9'&
-
%/.
-
%/8
&(
:+7
.

-)9'&
-
:+7

251
%/.
:+7
%/.
&(

*
1
3/8*,1$&+
9/936$

3/8*,1$&1
9/936$

%/.
'&&20
'&0$,1
3:%
3/
$&287/(7
3/
/
:+7
32:(521$&+
9/936%

32:(521$&1
9/936%

32:(521$&+
9/936

32:(521$&1
9/936

:+7
9'&$)
)
127(
&+DSSOLHVWR9$&PDFKLQHV
&+DSSOLHVWR9$&PDFKLQHV
7-,1
Figure 1 1.1 Main Power ON
Wiring Data
Chain 01
November 2008
7-88
V3.0
1.2 DC POWER GENERATION (1 OF 8)
LPH ASSEMBLY
PL1.1
CONSOLE PWB
1
+3.3V LOW VOLTAGE POWER
SUPPLY
PL7.4
DC POWER
GENERATION
J510 +3.3VDC J480A

GRY
DC COM
VIO
+3.3VDC
DC COM
DC MAIN PWB
6.1
LPH 3
DRIVER PWB
(R/H)
+3.3V
LVPS
6.1
200-240VAC
10.4
10.4
K2 ON ACH
+3.3V LVPS J15B
K2 ON ACN
+3.3V LVPS
BLK
T11B
MAIN
SWITCH
+3.3VDC
+3.3VDC J480B
GRY
+3.3VDC
6.1
DC COM
6.1
T12B
GN/YL
MAIN
FRAME
1
3
WHT
H
J
LPH 2
LPH 1
DRIVER PWB DRIVER PWB
(CENTER)
(L/H)
SWING
FRAME
RETURN
DC COM
+3.3VDC
GRY
4
12
VIO
DC COM
VIO
J480C
+3.3VDC
DC COM
+24V
LVPS (24B)
+5V LVPS
IOT PWB
6.1
HVPS
CP CONT
CP
CONTROL
LVPS
CENTER
TRIAC PWB
(CH10.3/10.4)
+24V
LVPS (24A)
SIDE TRIAC PWB
(CH10.3/10.4)
HDD
CP
CONTROL
PWB
6.1
AC
OUTLET
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
AC
INLET
PAPER HEATER
SWITCH(CH7.10)
AC MAIN PWB
5
NOTE:
1
100-120V :125V 8A
200-240V :250V 6.3A
Short Circuit Protection (Over-current Protection)

If the +3.3VDC output is shorted, it is made to drop.
The output is automatically restored 10 sec after the short circuit
is repaired.?
Over-voltage Protection
If the +3.3VDC output reaches +4VDC, the output is cut off.
To restore the output, power off, wait 60 sec, and then power on.
T731102-JIN
Figure 2 1.2 DC Power Generation (1 of 8)
V3.0
November 2008
7-89
Wiring Data
Chain 01
&
'
'&32:(5*(1(5$7,212)
9/2:92/7$*(32:(5
6833/<
3/
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
-
*5<
9,2
32:(521$&+
9/936

32:(521$&1
9/936

-
%/.
:+7
)
,273:%
3/
9'&
-
9'&
571
9'&
9'&
72
9'&
9'& -
'&0$,13:%
3/
)
$
9'&) $//
9'&)
9'&
$//
'&&20
$//
)
$
'&&20-
'&&20
9'&)
-
-

*5<
9'&)

9'&) $//
9'&)

9'&)
$//
$95()
$//
9'&
*5<
9,2
'&&20
-6-
*5<

6-
*5<

9'&)

$//
9'& $//
)
5)&
,2(;35)&3:%
3/

6-
9,2
127(

99$
99$
v 6KRUW&LUFXLW3URWHFWLRQ2YHUFXUUHQW3URWHFWLRQ
,IWKH9'&RXWSXWLVVKRUWHGLWLVPDGHWRGURS
7KHRXWSXWLVDXWRPDWLFDOO\UHVWRUHGVHFDIWHUWKH
VKRUWFLUFXLWLVUHSDLUHG
v 2YHUYROWDJH3URWHFWLRQ
,IWKH9'&RXWSXWUHDFKHV9'&WKHRXWSXWLVFXWRII
7RUHVWRUHWKHRXWSXWSRZHURIIZDLWVHFDQGWKHQ
SRZHURQ

6--$
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
%
%
%
%
$
%
3 -
'&&20
%
%
%
%
$
%
$//
-6-
9,2

6- 6-
9,2

'&&20
9,2
6-

'& $//
&20
$//
'&&20
$//
)/$7
&$%/(
9,2
'&&20
6-
'&&20
$//
)$,/&2'(

/9369)0RQLWRU(UURU

/9369)0RQLWRU(UURU
7-,1
Wiring Data
Chain 01
November 2008
7-90
V3.0
&
'
'&32:(5*(1(5$7,212)
5)&
'&0$,13:%
3/
9'&)
,2(;35)&3:%
3/
-
*5<
9'&)
-$
%
3
-
%
9'&)

$//

9'&)
)
9'&)
-
9'&)
$
*5<
9'&)
)
$
9'&)
-
6-
*5<
6-
*5<
6- 6-
*5<
9'&)
6-
*5<
6-
*5<
9'&)
6-
9'&)
$//
9'&)
$//

)/$7
&$%/(
9'&)
9'&)
$//
3
-
$//
$//
9'&)
6-
6-
*5<
9'&)
6-
*5<
$//
6- 6-
*5<
9'&)
9'&)
$//
$//
'&&20
-
9,2
'&&20
6-
'&&20
)
'&&20
$//
9,2
9,2
'&&20
6-

6-
9,2
'&&20
$//
6-
9,2

6- 6-

9,2
'&&20
'&&20
$//
$//

7-,1
V3.0
November 2008
7-91
Wiring Data
Chain 01
&
'
'&32:(5*(1(5$7,212)

5)&
'&0$,13:%
3/
9'&)
-
*5<
9'&)
-%
%
3
-
*5<
9'&)
)
9'&)
9'&)
*5<
9'&)
)
'&&20
)
75$<
'&0$,13:%
3/
9'&)
9'&)
) '&&20
$
'&&20
'&&20
'&&20
) 9'&)
6-
9,2

9,2

$
9'&)
6-
6-
6- 6-
6--%
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
*5<
9'&)
%
%
%
%
$
%
3
%
%
%
%
$
%
'&&20
9'&)
$//
9'&)
$//

$//
$//
-
9,2
6-

6-
9,2
'&&20
9,2
6-

6-

'&&20
$//
$//
'&&20
$//
)/$7
&$%/(
-
*5<
6-
9,2
*5<
-$
9,2
75$<
3 6-
*5<
9,2
6-

'&&20
)
6-
*5<
3
9'&)
$//
6-
9,2
'&&20

*5<
9,2
-%
,2(;375$<3:%
3/
9'&) $//
-
%
9'&)
9'&)
)
'&&20
-
*5<
,2(;35)&3:%
3/
$//
9'&)
%
75$<
3 6-
*5<
9,2
6-

9,2
6-

9'&)
'&&20
$//
$//
3
9'&)
$//
6-
9,2

6-
-6-
*5<

9,2
6-

%
%
%
%
$
%
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
9,2
'&&20
$//
6-
*5<
'&&20
-6-
*5<

'&&20
$//

9'&) $//
'&&20
$//
$//

7-,1
Wiring Data
Chain 01
November 2008
7-92
V3.0
&
'
'&32:(5*(1(5$7,212)
9/2:92/7$*(32:(5
6833/<$
3/
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
- 9'&$
251
9,2

3/8*,1$&+
9/936$
3/8*,1$&1
9/936$
)
9$
-
'&&20
9'&$
&21752//(5

'&&20
&21752//(5

%/.
:+7
'&0$,13:%
3/
9'&
$

251
9'&$-
)
$

)
$
571
9'& $//
$)
9'&
$)

9,2
9,2
'&&20 -
,273:%
3/
9'&
$)
9'& $//
$)
'&&20
'&&20
- 6-
251
6-
-
251

9'& $//
$)
$//

127(

)$,/&2'(

,IWKH9'&$RXWSXWLVVKRUWHGLWLVFXWRII
7RUHVWRUHWKHRXWSXWUHSDLUWKHVKRUWFLUFXLW
SRZHURIIZDLWVHFDQGWKHQSRZHURQ
,IWKH9'&$RXWSXWUHDFKHV9'&WKHRXWSXW
LVFXWRII7RUHVWRUHWKHRXWSXWSRZHURIIZDLWVHF
DQGWKHQSRZHURQ
/936$)0RQLWRU(UURU
7-,1
V3.0
November 2008
7-93
Wiring Data
Chain 01
&
'
'&32:(5*(1(5$7,212)

9'&$
&21752//(5

'&&20
&21752//(5
251
9,2
$&&;(6,)3:%
3/
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,21
3

9'&
9'&
72
9'&
9'&
$//
9'&
$//
'&&20
$//

7-,1
Wiring Data
Chain 01
November 2008
7-94
V3.0
&
'
'&32:(5*(1(5$7,212)
9/2:92/7$*(
32:(56833/<%
3/
'&32:(5
*(1(5$7,
21
)
9$

32:(521$&+
9/936%
32:(521$&1
9/936%
-

%/.
:+7
'&
'&0$,13:%
3/

-
251
9'&%
-
)
$

- 6-
251
9'& $//
%)
)
$
-
-
<(/
9'&
%)
$//
21
2))
'&&20
$//

571
'&&20
'&&20 -
9,2

- 6-
9,2
'&&20 -
9,2

9,2
'&&20
251
%
3 -
%
'&&20 -
127(
9,2
'&&20
$//

%
%
251
$
$
$
$
6-
9,2
%
%

9,2
%
%
9,2
%
%

) 9'&
$ 9(57,&$/

9'&%)
5)&'225

9'&%)
$//
)027571

9027571

'&&20
$//
)/$7
&$%/(
)$,/&2'(

',1%)0RQLWRU(UURU

,IWKH9'&$RXWSXWLVVKRUWHGLWLVFXWRII
7RUHVWRUHWKHRXWSXWUHSDLUWKHVKRUWFLUFXLW
SRZHURIIZDLWVHFDQGWKHQSRZHURQ
251
$//
+936
3/
-$
251

,273:%
3/
,273:%
3/
,2(;35)&3:%
3/ 9'&
)$ )(('(5
9'&
%
9/936%
(1$%/(+9'&

251
5)&
,273:%
3/
9'&%)
'(7(&7+9'&
6-
-
9'&)
-

/936%)0RQLWRU(UURU

',1%5)&)HHGHU0RQLWRU(UURU /936%5)&)HHGHU0RQLWRU(UURU
'&&20 6-

9,2

'&&20
$//

',1%5)&9HUWLFDO0RQLWRU(UURU /936%5)&9HUWLFDO0RQLWRU(UURU
,IWKH9'&$RXWSXWUHDFKHV9'&WKHRXWSXW
LVFXWRII7RUHVWRUHWKHRXWSXWSRZHURIIZDLW
VHFDQGWKHQSRZHURQ
7-,1
V3.0
November 2008
7-95
Wiring Data
Chain 01
1.9 DC POWER GENERATION (8 OF 8)

RFC 2
DIN 24B RFC 2 Feeder Monitor Error
I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB

PL10.6
F2 0.9A +24VDC
FEEDER
DC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
+24VDC B-F3
J540
6 ORN
SJ42
+24VDC B-F3
(1.8 F2)
2
3
SJ42
J640B
ORN
B14
P640
J441
B13
ORN
B13
F3
0.9A
5
DC COM
DC COM
(1.8 F3)
11 VIO
SJ42
12 VIO
11
12
A11
ORN
ORN
SJ42
8 VIO
042-324
DIN 24B RFC 2 Vertical Monitor Error
8.4
046-314
B14
FAIL CODE
042-322
A11
A12
A12
B12
B12
9 VIO
B11
B11
10 VIO
B10
B10
042-322
046-314
042-324
046-316
+24VDC
VERTICAL
8.6
+24VDC B-F3
RFC 2 DOOR
1.11
LVPS 24B RFC 2 Feeder Monitor Error
046-316
LVPS 24B RFC 2 Vertical Monitor Error
+24VDC B-F3
ALL
F MOT RTN
8.4
V MOT RTN
8.6
DC COM
ALL
I/O EXP
RFC 1 PWB
FLAT
CABLE
I/O EXP
RFC 2 PWB
TRAY 3,4
+24VDC
B-F3
DC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
+24VDC B-F3
J530
6 ORN
SJ32
SJ32
I/O EXP TRAY PWB

PL11.2
ALL
J441
10
SJ32
7 VIO
B10
8 VIO
B12
9 VIO
B11
ORN
A12
+24VDC B-F3
(1.8 F2)
DC COM
DC COM
(1.8 F3)
10 VIO
SJ32
DC COM
ALL
TRAY 3
F MOT RTN
8.7
TRAY 4
F MOT RTN
8.9
I/O EXP
TRAY PWB
T731109-JIN
Wiring Data
Chain 01
November 2008
7-96
V3.0
1.10 POWER INTERLOCK SWITCHING (1 OF 2)

DC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
IOT PWB
PL7.1
K1 RELAY INTLK
ON (L)+24VDC
J422
25 BLU
K1
J522
2
2
SJ21 J126
1A
OR
+24VDC A-F2
(1.6 H5)
J126 SJ21
1B ORN
7
SJ21
INTLK ON
+24VDC A-F2
OR
N
INTLK ON
+24VDC A-F2
2B
VIO
046-312
HVPS
PL7.4
INTLK ON
+24VDC B-F4
J585
1
4 ORN
3
SJ26
042-319
+24VDC B-F4
(1.8 F2)
DC COM
CLAM
SHELL
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
PL7.1
IOT PWB
DC330 046-200
PL7.1
INTLK ON +24VDC B-F4
DETECT (H)+24VDC
J522
J421
3 ORN
1
2A YEL
DC330 077-300
CLAM SHELL
INTERLOCK SWITCH
CLOSED (L)+5VDC
ALL
1
10.3
10.4
5 ORN
SJ23
INTLK ON
+24VDC B-F4
ALL
IOT PWB
PL7.1
+5VDC
J421
077-300
077-301
DC COM
(1.4 E5)
RFC 1 DOOR
INTERLOCK SWITCH
RFC 1 OPEN
SENSOR
CLAM SHELL
INTERLOCK SWITCH
NOTE:
1
CH10.3 applies to 100-120VAC machines.

CH10.4 applies to 200-240VAC machines.
TRAY 3,4
TRAY 3
LATCH SWITCH
FAIL CODE
042-319
DIN 24B F4 Interlock Monitor Error
046-312
LVPS 24B F4 Interlock Monitor Error
077-300
TRAY 4
LATCH SWITCH
Clam Shell Open
077-301
Clam Shell Open (During Print)
RFC 2
RFC 2 OPEN SENSORRFC 2 DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH

T731110-JIN
Figure 10 1.10 Power Interlock Switching (1 of 2)
V3.0
November 2008
7-97
Wiring Data
Chain 01
&
'
32:(5,17(5/2&.6:,7&+,1*2)
5)&
,2(;3
5)&
3:%
3/
-
251
9'&%)
5)&'225
-
-
5)&
'225
,17(5/2&
.6:,7&+
3/
6-

'&
5)&'225
,17(5/2&.6:,7&+
&/26('+9'& -
-
-
*5<
9'&)
-
6-
9,2
'&&20
-
-
251
9'&%)
5)&'225
*
251
'&
5)&23(16(1625
- %/2&.('+9'&
<(/
,2(;35)&3:%
3/
)
$ ,17/.21
9'&)

9'&

'&&20

5)&23(1
6(1625
3/
',17UD\/DWFK(UURU

',17UD\/DWFK(UURU

',15)&&XWWHU,QWHUORFN(UURU

',15)&&XWWHU,QWHUORFN(UURU

5)&&XWWHU'RRU2SHQ

5)&
'225
,17(5/2&.
6:,7&+
- 3/
-

6-
9'&)
-

'&
5)&'225
,17(5/2&.6:,7&+
&/26('+9'& -
-

*5<
6-
9,2
'&&20
-
'&
5)&23(16(1625
- %/2&.('+9'&

9'&

'&&20

<(/

5)&23(1
6(1625
3/

5)&&XWWHU'RRU2SHQ'XULQJ3ULQW

5)&'UDZHU2SHQ'XULQJ3ULQW

5)&&XWWHU'RRU2SHQ

5)&'UDZHU2SHQ

5)&&XWWHU'RRU2SHQ'XULQJ3ULQW

/
'
-
251
-$
5)&'UDZHU2SHQ'XULQJ3ULQW
,2(;375$<3:%
3/
75$<
'&0$,13:%
3/
9'&%)
)
,2(;35)&3:%
3/
) ,17/.21
$ 9'&)

251
75$<
5)&'UDZHU2SHQ
5)&
,2(;3
5)&
3:%
3/
+
)$,/&2'(

75$<
/$7&+
6:,7&+
3/

-$
'&
75$<
/$7&+6:,7&+
&/26('+9'&
)
$ ,17/.21
9'&)

- %
251
251
-%
75$<
/$7&+
6:,7&+
3/

-%
)
$ ,17/.21

9'&)
'&
75$<
/$7&+6:,7&+
&/26('+9'&

'&&20
75$<
7UD\/DWFK2SHQ
%
'&&20

7UD\/DWFK2SHQ

251

7UD\/DWFK2SHQ'XULQJ3ULQW

7UD\/DWFK2SHQ'XULQJ3ULQW

5)&&XWWHU'RRU(UURU

5)&&XWWHU'RRU(UURU
7-,1
Figure 11 1.11 Power Interlock Switching (2 of 2)
Wiring Data
Chain 01
November 2008
7-98
V3.0
Chain 02
Table 1 Chain 02
Chain 02 IOT BSDs

2.1 UI
V3.0
November 2008
7-99
Wiring Data
Chain 02
&
'
8,
8,
3/
3RZHU6XSSO\
3/

$&+
9'&
$&1
'&&20
$FF[HV,QWHUIDFH
3:%
3/
86%
-

9$&
&RQWUROOHU
9,'(2
$8',2

7-,1
Figure 1 2.1 Mini Control Panel (FX ONLY)
Wiring Data
Chain 02
November 2008
7-100
V3.0
Chain 03
Table 1 Chain 03
Chain 03 IOT BSDs

3.1 PWBs Communication
3.2 PWBs Communication (RFC 1 Only)
3.3 PWBs Communication (RFC 2)
3.4 PWBs Communication (Tray)
V3.0
November 2008
7-101
Wiring Data
Chain 03
&
'
3:%6&20081,&$7,21&217

,,7
3/
$&&;(6
$&&;(6
/$186%
'$7$&200$1'
67$786
,273:%
3/
&3&,,7
&$%/(

$&&;(6,)
3:%
3/
3 3
86%
&$%/(
/$186%
'$7$&200$1'
67$786
3
&3&,27
&$%/(

3 3
/$186%
86%
&$%/(
)$,/&2'(

&RPPDQG'DWD/HQJWK(UURU

'UD\&XW/HQJWK(UURU

1R,PDJH/HQJWK(UURU

:DWFK'RJ7LPHU(UURU

)ODVK520(UURU
)3*$
'&
)3*$5(6(7
9'&
'&
/('21
'&&20
/('
9'&
'&
/('21
'&&20

'&
)3*$&21)'21(
/('
8,
3/
3
'$7$&200$1'
67$786
&3&5%8,
&$%/(

86%'LVFRQQHFW(UURU
((35205HDG7LPHRXW(UURU

((3520:ULWH1R$&.(UURU
86%8QGHU5XQ(UURU

((35201R,QLWLDOL]HG(UURU
((3520:ULWH7LPHRXW(UURU

195$0&KHFN6XP(UURU
195$0%RWK(UURU

((35205HDG1R$&.(UURU
195$0)ODVK520(UURU

195$0((3520(UURU

((35209HULI\6HULDO(UURU

6WDWLF-DP$IWHU3DSHU2XWSXW

((35209HULI\195$0(UURU

6WDWLF-DP/RZ3RZHU0RGH

((35209HULI\5HF\FOH(UURU
0DQXDO6WDWLF-DP
6WDWLF-DP
,,7&RPPXQLFDWLRQ(UURU

,27&RPPXQLFDWLRQ(UURU
7-,1
Figure 1 3.1 PWBs Communication
Wiring Data
Chain 03
November 2008
7-102
V3.0
&
'
,275)&
- &200$1' -$
3 -
<(/
$
$
<(/

9,2
'&&20
$
%
%
%
%
$
$
'&&20
*
'&&20
*
-$ -$
<(/
<(/
9,2
5)&,27
67$786
3$
-
)/$7
&$%/(
<(/

,2(;3'LVFRQQHFW(UURU

5)&,27
67$786
<(/
'&&20
9,2

,2(;3&RPPXQLFDWLRQ(UURU

5)&6WDWLF-DP

'&&20
-
9'&
%
'&
833(502'(%,7
1&+9'&
$
1&
9'&
$
'&
5)&5(6(7
21/9'&
<(/
- 3
%
'&
833(502'(%,7
1&+9'&
%
1&
$
%
'&&20
-
,273:%
3/
,2(;35)&3:%
3/
,275)&
&200$1'
)$,/&2'(
3:%6&20081,&$7,215)&21/<
,273:%
3/
9'&
$
$
)/$7
&$%/(
'&&20
'&
5)&5(6(7
21/9'&
<(/
3$
1&

7-,1
Figure 2 3.2 PWBs Communication (RFC 1 Only)
V3.0
November 2008
7-103
Wiring Data
Chain 03
&
'
3:%6&20081,&$7,215)&

,273:%
3/
,275)&
- &200$1' -$
<(/
<(/
9,2
,275)&
&200$1'
'&&20
,2(;35)&3:%
3/
$
3 -
$
%
%
%
%
$

%
'&&20
*
9,2
'&&20
-$-$
<(/
3%-%
<(/
$
3-
$
<(/
%
<(/
9,2
%
%
9,2
'&
/2:(502'(%,7
5)&'(7(&7/9'&
6-
-
%
9,2
'&&20
&
%
9'&
%

,2(;3&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
(UURU
9'&
$
1&
%
'&
/2:(502'(%,7
1&+9'&
)$,/&2'(

'&&20
(

5)&6WDWLF-DP
$

5)&6WDWLF-DP
$
)/$7
&$%/(
3$
9'&
-%
$
<(/
$
$
9,2
'&&20
-
$
)/$7
&$%/(
'&&20
(

$
5)&,27
67$786 3
%
$
9'&
$
<(/
$
)/$7
&$%/(
$
'&
5)&5(6(7
21/9'&
'&
5)&5(6(7
21/9'&
'&&20
*
9'&
$
'&&20
%
%
'&
833(502'(%,7
1&+9'&
<(/
$
9'&
%
1&
- 3
)/$7
&$%/(
'&
833(502'(%,7
1&+9'&
$
'&&20
-
1&
,2(;35)&3:%
3/
5)&,27
67$786
,273:%
3/
$
-%-%
<(/
3$-
<(/

%
<(/
<(/

)/$7
&$%/(
7-,1
Figure 3 3.3 PWBs Communication (RFC 2)
Wiring Data
Chain 03
November 2008
7-104
V3.0
&
'
3:%6&20081,&$7,2175$<

,273:%
3/
,275)&75$<
- &200$1' -$
<(/
<(/
,275)&75$<
&200$1'
5)&75$<
&20081,&$7,21
3%
-
,2(;35)&3:%
3/
$
3 -
%
$
$
%
- 3
%
$
%
-$ -$
<(/
<(/
5)&75$<
&20081,&$7,21
<(/
<(/
,2(;375$<3:%
3/
$
5)&75$<,27
- 67$786
$ <(/
$
5)&75$<,27
67$786
%
% <(/
9,2
'&&20
%
%
'&&20
-
'&
833(502'(%,7
1&+9'&
%
1&
%
9,2
)$,/&2'(

'&&20
-
'&
/2:(502'(%,7
1&+9'&
1&
$
'&
/2:(502'(%,7
75$<'(7(&7/9'&
6-
9,2
9'&

%
,2(;3&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
(UURU
9'&

5)&6WDWLF-DP
$

'&&20
+
9'&
7UD\6WDWLF-DP

$
7UD\6WDWLF-DP
'&
5)&75$<5(6(7
21/9'&
<(/
9,2
9,2
9'&
$
'&&20
$
)/$7
&$%/(
%
'&
5)&75$<5(6(7
21/9'&
<(/
'&&20
*
9'&
'&
833(502'(%,7
1&+9'&
$
1&
$
'&&20
*
'&&20
)/$7
&$%/(
3$
'&&20
9'&
-%
$
<(/
$
9,2
'&&20
-
'&&20
-
,273:%
3/
$

5)&75$<,27
67$786
-%

<(/
3$
-

<(/

5)&75$<,27
67$786
<(/
<(/

7-,1
Figure 4 3.4 PWBs Communication (Tray)
V3.0
November 2008
7-105
Wiring Data
Chain 03
Chain 04
Table 1 Chain 04
Chain 04 IOT BSDs

4.1 Main Drive Control
Wiring Data
Chain 04
November 2008
7-106
V3.0
4.1 MAIN DRIVE CONTROL

1
IOT PWB
PL7.1
5
DC330 091-081
MAIN MOTOR
ON (L)+5VDC
J422
J285
YEL
DC COM
MAIN MOTOR
CLOCK
YEL
ORN
INTLK ON
+24VDC B-F4
(1.10 J3)
MOT
INTLK ON
+24VDC B-F4
SJ23
DC COM
SJ23
DC COM
IOT PWB
PL7.1
MAIN MOTOR
PL3.1
DC330 091-200
MAIN MOTOR
LOCK (H)+5VDC
J285
+5VDC
J421
042-327
091-316
6
YEL
MANUAL FEED ROLLER

A-TRA. FEED ROLLER
REGISTRATION ROLLER
MAGNET ROLL
AGITATOR
VIO
DC COM
(1.8 F6)
DEVE. CLUTCH
(CH9.3)
MAIN MOTOR
DIN Main Motor Lock Error
MANUAL FEED CLUTCH

(CH8.11)
4
FAIL CODE
042-327
091-316
Main Motor Lock Error
MANUAL FEED ROLLER
MAGNET ROLL
A-TRA. CLUTCH
(CH8.12)
A-TRA. FEED ROLLER
5
REGISTRATION ROLLER
AGITATOR
T731401-JIN
Figure 1 4.1 Main Drive Control
V3.0
November 2008
7-107
Wiring Data
Chain 04
Chain 06
Table 1 Chain 06
Chain 06 IOT BSDs

6.1 Exposure Lamp and Platen Control
Wiring Data
Chain 06
November 2008
7-108
V3.0
6.1 LPH CONTROL

1
061-318
061-311
061-319
061-312
061-320
061-313
061-321
061-314
061-322
061-315
061-326
061-316
061-327
061-317
061-328
3
061-323
061-324
A1-A10
B1-B10
J481
J482A
A1-A10
B1-B10
CN3
DC330 061-080
ALL BLACK
LPH 1
(L/H)
+3.3VDC
(1.2 F1)
LPH 3 DRIVER
LPH 1 DRIVER LPH 2 DRIVER PWB (R/H)
PWB (L/H)
PWB (CENTER)
1-40
1-40
FFC
LPH 1 (L/H)
LPH 2 DRIVER PWB

(CENTER)
J482B
A11-A19
B11-B19
A20
A1-A9
B1-B9
THERMISTOR
A10
CN3
1-40
FFC
CN4
B20
LPH 2 (CENTER) LPH 3 (R/H)
FAIL CODE
042-325
1-40
FFC
DC330 061-201
ACCESS READY
DC330 061-270
LINE SYNC
B10
DIN LPH 3.3V Monitor Error
042-336
DIN Pixel Count Error
061-310
LPH 3.3V Monitor Error
061-311
DC COM
(1.3 J2)
ROS On Timing Error (Roll 1)
+3.3VDC
(1.2 F3)
061-312
DC COM
(1.2 F3)
DC330 061-200
MONITOR 3.3V
061-313
042-325
061-314
LPH 3 DRIVER PWB (R/H)
061-310

J482C
A21-A30
B21-B30
A1-A10
B1-B10
CN3
IMAGE
DATA
LPH I/F
CABLE
061-315
1-40
FFC
CN4
USB
DC COM
(1.2 F2)
DC330 061-081
2 DOT HALF
DC330 061-250
LPH TEMP
SENSED SIGNAL
G
H
FFC
CN4
061-325
4
LPH ASSEMBLY
PL1.1
LPH 1 DRIVER PWB (L/H)
IOT PWB
PL7.1
042-336
+3.3VDC
(1.2 F4)
1-40
ROS On Timing Error (Tray 3)
061-316
ROS On Timing Error (Tray 4)
FFC
061-317
061-319
LPH FPGA Ready Error
061-320
LPH Data Get Error
061-321
LPH Data Read Error
061-322
LPH Data Put Error
061-323
LPH Thermistor Open Error
061-324
LPH Thermistor Ground Error
061-325
LPH Delay Access Ready Error
061-326
LPH Delay TXOK Error
061-327
ROS On Timing Error (USB)
061-328
ROS On Timing Error (Manual) ROS On Timing Error (Expose)

CONTROLLER
DC COM
(1.2 F4)
061-318
Clear Feature Delay Error
Figure 1 6.1 Exposure Lamp and Platen Control
V3.0
November 2008
7-109
Wiring Data
Chain 06
Chain 07
Table 1 Chain 07
Chain 07 IOT BSDs

7.1 RFC 1, Roll 1 Setting and Size Sensing
7.5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing
7.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing
7.7 Manual Paper Size Sensing
7.8 Tray 3 Paper Stacking
7.9 Tray 4 Paper Stacking
7.10 Paper Heater Control (1 of 3)
Wiring Data
Chain 07
November 2008
7-110
V3.0
7.1 RFC 1 ROLL 1 SETTING AND SIZE SENSING

1
2
SJ43
J144
SJ46
GR
Y
J144
2 YEL
3
VIO
DC330 071-101
ROLL 1 A3 SIZE
SENSOR
PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC
I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB

PL10.6
ROLL 1 NO
PAPER SENSOR
+5VDC
J443
071-103
071-104
ROLL 1 A3 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.5
2
3
J145
GRY
GRY
VIO
J146
GRY
GRY
3
VIO
GRY
9
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
SJ45
ROLL 1 A2
SIZE SENSOR
DC330 071-103
ROLL 1 A1 SIZE
SENSOR
+5VDC
ROLL 1 A3
SIZE SENSOR
ROLL 1 A1
SIZE SENSOR
DC330 071-104
ROLL 1 30" SIZE
SENSOR
J147 PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC
2 YEL
3
ROLL 1 30" SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.5
J152
ROLL 1 A1 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.5
VIO
SJ45
+5VDC
ROLL 1 A2 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.5
2 YEL
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 J2)
2 YEL
J146
J147
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 J1)
DC330 071-102
ROLL 1 A2 SIZE
SENSOR
J145 PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC
J152
2 YEL
RFC 1
ROLL 1
ROLL 1 30"
SIZE SENSOR
+5VDC
FAIL CODE
071-103
DC330 071-270
ROLL 1 NO PAPER
SENSOR
BLOCKED (H)+5VDC
Roll 1 A3 Size Sensor Off Jam (Rewind)
+5VDC
071-104
071-940
Roll 1 Feed Jam (Peeled Core)
071-940
3
VIO
Roll 1 No Paper
ROLL 1 NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL10.4
Figure 1 7.1 RFC 1, Roll 1 Setting and Size Sensing
V3.0
November 2008
7-111
Wiring Data
Chain 07

1
2
SJ44
J148
GRY
SJ44
3
VIO
J148
2 YEL
DC330 072-101
ROLL 2 A3 SIZE
SENSOR
SJ45J149
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 J2)
3
VIO
GR
Y
GRY
10
VIO
J149
2 YEL
GRY
VIO
SJ45
J153
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 J2)
11
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
SJ45
DC330 072-102
ROLL 2 A2 SIZE
SENSOR
RFC 1
ROLL 2
+5VDC
12
ROLL 2 A2
SIZE SENSOR
+5VDC
13
ROLL 2 A3
SIZE SENSOR
J151
2 YEL
11
ROLL 2 NO
PAPER SENSOR
072-103
11
ROLL 2 A1 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.6
DC COM
(1.3 H5)
J443
DC330 072-103
ROLL 2 A1 SIZE
SENSOR
J150
2 YEL
J151
GR
+5VDC-F6 Y
(1.4 H2)
+5VDC
ROLL 2 A2 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.6
072-104
3
J150
I/O EXP RFC 1

PWB
PL10.6
ROLL 2 A3 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.6
2
2
G
DC330 072-104
ROLL 2 30" SIZE
SENSOR
ROLL 2 A1
SIZE SENSOR
+5VDC
ROLL 2 30"
SIZE SENSOR
14
3
ROLL 2 30" SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.6
J153
2 YEL
DC330072-270
ROLL 2 NO PAPER
SENSOR
BLOCKED (H)+5VDC
FAIL CODE
+5VDC
072-103
072-940
ROLL 2 A3 Size Sensor Off Jam (Rewind)
072-104
3
VIO
ROLL 2 Feed Jam (Peeled Core)
ROLL 2 NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL10.4
072-940
ROLL 2 No Paper
6
T731702-JIN
Wiring Data
Chain 07
November 2008
7-112
V3.0

1
2
SJ43
J144
GRY
SJ46
3
VIO
J144
2 YEL
DC330 073-101
ROLL 3 A3 SIZE
SENSOR
GR
Y
GRY
3
VIO
J145
2 YEL
J146
GR
Y
GRY
3
VIO
4
GR
+5VDC-F6 Y
(1.5 J1)
5
3
J147
2 YEL
VIO
DC COM
(1.5 H3)
SJ45
J152
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 J2)
9
DC COM
(1.5 J3)
SJ45
073-103
DC330 073-102
ROLL 3 A2 SIZE
SENSOR
+5VDC
ROLL 3 A2
SIZE SENSOR
+5VDC
ROLL 3 A3
SIZE SENSOR
ROLL 3 A1 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.5
GRY
J443
DC330 073-103
ROLL 3 A1 SIZE
SENSOR
J146
2 YEL
J147
ROLL 3 NO
PAPER SENSOR
+5VDC
ROLL 3 A2 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.5
3
4
073-104
2
3
I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB

PL10.6
ROLL 3 A3 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.5
J145
G
DC330 073-104
ROLL 3 30" SIZE
SENSOR
ROLL 3 A1
SIZE SENSOR
+5VDC
RFC 2
ROLL 3
ROLL 3 30"
SIZE SENSOR
3
ROLL 3 30" SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.5
J152
2 YEL
DC330 073-270
ROLL 3 NO PAPER
SENSOR
BLOCKED (H)+5VDC
FAIL CODE
+5VDC
073-103
073-940
073-104
3
VIO
ROLL 3 NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL10.4
073-940
ROLL 3 No Paper
6
T731703-JIN
V3.0
November 2008
7-113
Wiring Data
Chain 07
SJ44
J148
GRY
SJ44
3
VIO
J148
2 YEL
DC330 074-101
ROLL 4 A3 SIZE
SENSOR
SJ45J149
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 J2)
J150
GRY
J149
2 YEL
3
VIO
J150
2 YEL
GRY
11
VIO
DC COM
(1.5 H3)
3
ROLL 4 30" SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.6
5
4
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 J2)
11
DC COM
(1.5 J3)
SJ45
VIO
RFC 2
ROLL 4
+5VDC
12
ROLL 4 A2
SIZE SENSOR
+5VDC
13
ROLL 4 A3
SIZE SENSOR
J151
2 YEL
J153
074-103
11
ROLL 4 A1 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.6
J151
4 GR
SJ45
DC330 074-102
ROLL 4 A2 SIZE
SENSOR
DC330 074-103
ROLL 4 A1 SIZE
SENSOR
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 H2)
J443
3
VIO
ROLL 4 A2 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.6
10
ROLL 4 NO
PAPER SENSOR
+5VDC
074-104
3
3 GR
I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB

PL10.6
ROLL 4 A3 SIZE
SENSOR
PL10.6
2
2

1
J153
2 YEL
DC330 074-104
ROLL 4 30" SIZE
SENSOR
DC330 074-270
ROLL 4 NO PAPER
SENSOR
BLOCKED (H)+5VDC
ROLL 4 A1
SIZE SENSOR
+5VDC
ROLL 4 30"
SIZE SENSOR
14
+5VDC
FAIL CODE
074-940
074-103
074-104
3
ROLL 4 NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL10.4
074-940
ROLL 4 No Paper
6
Wiring Data
Chain 07
November 2008
7-114
V3.0
7.5 TRAY 3 PAPER SIZE SENSING

1
SJ35
J132
GRY
SJ35
VIO
1
2
3
J132
J631
YEL
P631
YEL
P630
10
TRAY 3 SIZE 1
SENSOR
PL11.7
J133
GRY
GRY
10
VIO
J134
GRY
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 F4)
11
DC COM
(1.5 F5)
VIO
1
2
3
YEL
YEL
11
I/O EXP TRAY PWB

PL11.2
+5VDC
J443
YEL
DC330 073-108
TRAY 3 SIZE 2
SENSOR
+5VDC
YEL
TRAY 3 SIZE 2
SENSOR
PL11.7
1
2
3
J133
J630A
DC330 073-107
TRAY 3 SIZE 1
SENSOR
J134
YEL
YEL
12
DC330 073-109
TRAY 3 SIZE 3
SENSOR
+5VDC
YEL
TRAY 3 SIZE 3
SENSOR
PL11.7
4
TRAY 3
SIZE 2 SENSOR
TRAY 3
SIZE 1 SENSOR
TRAY 3
SIZE 3 SENSOR
6
Figure 5 7.5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing
V3.0
November 2008
7-115
Wiring Data
Chain 07
7.6 TRAY 4 PAPER SIZE SENSING

1
SJ35
J132
GRY
SJ35
VIO
1
2
3
J133
GRY
GRY
VIO
J134
GRY
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 F5)
11
DC COM
(1.5 F6)
VIO
J631
YEL
P631
YEL
P630
10
J630B
I/O EXP TRAY PWB

PL11.2
+5VDC
J443
YEL
11
TRAY 4 SIZE 1
SENSOR
PL11.7
10
J132
DC330 074-107
TRAY 4 SIZE 1
SENSOR
1
2
3
J133
YEL
YEL
11
TRAY 4 SIZE 2
SENSOR
PL11.7
1
2
3
DC330 074-108
TRAY 4 SIZE 2
SENSOR
+5VDC
YEL
12
DC330 074-109
J134
YEL
YEL
12
TRAY 4 SIZE 3
SENSOR
+5VDC
YEL
13
TRAY 4 SIZE 3
SENSOR
PL11.7
4
TRAY 4
SIZE 2 SENSOR
TRAY 4
SIZE 1 SENSOR
TRAY 4
SIZE 3 SENSOR
6
Figure 6 7.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing
Wiring Data
Chain 07
November 2008
7-116
V3.0
7.7 MANUAL PAPER SIZE SENSING

1
8
SJ62
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 J4)
J161
SJ62
VIO
1
3
MANUAL NO PAPER
SENSOR
PL2.3
SJ61
J162
3 GRY
GRY
VIO
DC COM
(1.4 J6)
J163
GRY
3
7
SJ61
VIO
GRY
6 GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 H4)
GRY
2 YEL
J163
2 YEL
VIO
J164
3
VIO
MANUAL A1
SIZE SENSOR
PL2.3
J165
1
3
MANUAL 30"
SIZE SENSOR
PL2.3
2 YEL
DC330 075-100
MANUAL NO PAPER
SENSOR
P660
J421
YEL
DC330 075-101
MANUAL A3 SIZE
SENSOR
IOT PWB
PL7.1
MANUAL NO
PAPER SENSOR
+5VDC
26
075-940
+5VDC
YEL
27
J165
2 YEL
VIO
DC330 075-102
MANUAL A2 SIZE
SENSOR
MANUAL 30"
SIZE SENSOR
+5VDC
YEL
28
MANUAL A3
SIZE SENSOR
DC330 075-103
MANUAL A1 SIZE
SENSOR
+5VDC
YEL
VIO
10
DC330 075-104
MANUAL 30" SIZE
SENSOR
MANUAL A1
SIZE SENSOR
MANUAL A2
SIZE SENSOR
29
075-941
SHORTING
WIRE
10
MANUAL A3
SIZE SENSOR
PL2.3
3
MANUAL A2
SIZE SENSOR
PL2.3
5 GRY
J660
J162
J164
J161
2 YEL
1
3
+5VDC
30
YEL
DC330 075-200
MANUAL CONNECT MONITOR
MANUAL DETECT (L)+5VDC
VIO
FAIL CODE
075-940
Manual No Paper
075-941
Manual Paper Size Mismatch
+5VDC
32
DC COM
(1.4 H6)
6
T731707-JIN
Figure 7 7.7 Manual Paper Size Sensing
V3.0
November 2008
7-117
Wiring Data
Chain 07
7.8 TRAY 3 PAPER STACKING

1
3
SJ32 J630A
P630
SHORTI
NG
WIRE
7 ORN
ORN
FILTER PWB (TRAY

3)
PL11.2
P630
ORN
23
J630A
J532A
ORN
PA FILTER
PB
TRAY 3 NEAR
EMPTY SENSOR
TRAY 3
LIFT UP
MOTOR
PL11.2
TRAY 3 FACE
CONTROL SENSOR
FILTER PWB
(TRAY 3)
+24VDC B-F3
(1.9 C5)
I/O EXP TRAY PWB

PL11.2
2
7
MOT
DC330 073-002
TRAY 3
LIFT UP MOTOR
ON (L)+24VDC
J444
BLU
DC COM
LIFT UP
MECHANISM
TRAY 3 NO
PAPER SENSOR
TRAY 3
LIFT UP MOTOR
SJ33
J135
GRY
SJ34
3
VIO
TRAY 3 NEAR
EMPTY SENSOR
PL11.5
J136
4 GR
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 D5)
GRY
VIO
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 F4)
SJ35
J131
GRY
8
DC COM
(1.5 F5)
SJ35
VIO
P630
YEL
13
YEL
I/O EXP TRAY PWB

PL11.2
+5VDC
FAIL CODE
073-310
21
Tray 3 Up Time Out Error
J136
2 YEL
DC COM
(1.5 D5)
J135
DC330 073-112
TRAY 3 NEAR
EMPTY SENSOR
J630A
J443
25
DC330 073-113
TRAY 3 FACE
CONTROL SENSOR
BLOCKED (H)+5VDC
+5VDC
YEL
073-310
3
TRAY 3 FACE
CONTROL SENSOR
PL11.5
1
2
3
TRAY 3 NO
PAPER SENSOR
PL11.7
J131J631
YEL
P631
YEL
DC330 073-106
TRAY 3 NO
PAPER SENSOR
YEL
+5VDC
6
T731708-JIN
Figure 8 7.8 Tray 3 Paper Stacking
Wiring Data
Chain 07
November 2008
7-118
V3.0
7.9 TRAY 4 PAPER STACKING

1
TRAY 3
J630A
P630
5
ORN
SJ32
4 ORN
+24VDC B-F3
(1.9 C5)
ORN
21
TRAY 4 NEAR
EMPTY SENSOR
J630B
ORN
ORN
P630
7 ORN
FILTER PWB (TRAY

4)
PL11.2
P630
23
J630B J532B
PA
GRY
SJ34
VIO
J136
4 GRY
J135
3
TRAY 4 NEAR
EMPTY SENSOR
PL11.5
GRY
VIO
2
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 F6)
SJ35
J131
GRY
8
DC COM
(1.5 F6)
SJ35
VIO
P630
2 YEL
PB
TRAY 4 NO
PAPER SENSOR
13
LIFT UP
DC330 074-112 MECHANISM
TRAY 4 NEAR
EMPTY SENSOR
J630B
J443
YEL
TRAY 4
LIFT UP MOTOR
I/O EXP TRAY PWB

PL11.2
+5VDC
FAIL CODE
074-310
22
Tray 4 Up Time Out Error
J136
2 YEL
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 D6)
DC COM
(1.5 D6)
FILTER
TRAY 4
LIFT UP
MOTOR
PL11.2
MOT
BLU
J135
ORN
DC330 074-002
TRAY 4
LIFT UP MOTOR
ON (L)+24VDC
J444
SJ33
TRAY 4 FACE
CONTROL SENSOR
FILTER PWB
(TRAY 4)
DC COM
ORN
I/O EXP TRAY PWB

PL11.2
SHORTING
WIRE
SHORTING
WIRE
25
DC330 074-113
TRAY 4 FACE
CONTROL SENSOR
BLOCKED (H)+5VDC
+5VDC
YEL
074-310
16
3
TRAY 4 FACE
CONTROL SENSOR
PL11.5
1
3
J131 J631
2 YEL
P631
YEL
DC330 074-106
TRAY 4 NO
PAPER SENSOR
+5VDC
YEL
10
TRAY 4 NO PAPER
SENSOR
PL11.7
Figure 9 7.5 Tray 4 Paper Stacking
V3.0
November 2008
7-119
Wiring Data
Chain 07
7.10 PAPER HEATER CONTROL (1 OF 3)

1
DC MAIN
PWB
PL7.3
J521 FS25
1 ORN
PAPER
HEATER
SWITCH
PL7.1
DC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
FS26 J524
ORN
J424 PH +5VDC J127

3 GRY
1
J423
16 VIO
J524 J424
ORN
+24VDC
TO
PH
+5VDC
PH +5VDC ZONE
HEAT SW
7.12
ON +24VDC
IOT PWB
PL7.1
ZONE
F2
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
7.11
+24VDC A-F2
(1.6 F4)
IOT PWB
PL7.1
DC COM
RFC AIR
SENSOR
PL7.1
2
LED3
RFC AIR HUMIDITY

SENSED SIGNAL
J127
DC COM
YEL
DC330 077-250
RFC AIR TEMP
SENSED SIGNAL
A2
AMP
DC330077-001
RFC TRAY
HEATER
ON (H)+5VDC
J424
J524
2 YEL
DC MAIN PWB
7.11
PL7.3
RFC TRAY
HEATER
7.12
RETURN
10
DC COM
DC COM
J423
15
YEL
077-310
077-311
DC COM
(1.3 J2)
DC COM
FAIL CODE
077-310
RFC Air Sensor Disconnect Error
077-311
RFC Air Sensor Short Circuit Error
PAPER HEATER
SWITCH
RFC AIR
SENSOR
6
Figure 10 7.10 Paper Heater Control (1 of 3)
Wiring Data
Chain 07
November 2008
7-120
V3.0

1
DC MAIN
PWB
PL7.3
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
J524
J640A
6 ORN
RFC 1
A14
P640
I/O EXP RFC 1

PWB
PL10.6
J441 A1
4
J442 SJ47
1 ORN
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
SJ47
2 ORN
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
(7.10 D2)
SJ47
9 BLU
4 ORN
A13
RFC TRAY
HEATER
RETURN
(7.10 J3)
FLAT
CABLE
A1
3
2 BLU
SJ47
RFC TRAY
HEATER
RETURN
10
P242
OR
N
BLU
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
OR
N
BLU
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
3 ORN
DC330 077-001
RFC TRAY
HEATER
ON (L)+24VDC
RFC TRAY
HEATER
RETURN
P241
RFC TRAY
HEATER
RETURN
P243
OR
N
BLU
RFC 1 L/H PAPER

HEATER
PL10.6
RFC 1 CENTER
PAPER HEATER
PL10.6
RFC 1 R/H PAPER

HEATER
PL10.6
4
RFC 1 L/H PAPER HEATER

RFC 1 CENTER PAPER HEATER
RFC 1 R/H PAPER HEATER
5
RFC 2 L/H PAPER HEATER
(CH7.12)
RFC 2 CENTER PAPER HEATER
(CH7.12)
RFC 2 R/H PAPER HEATER

(CH7.12)
V3.0
November 2008
7-121
Wiring Data
Chain 07

1
DC MAIN
PWB
PL7.3
RFC 2
HEAT SW
J540 ON +24VDC J640B A1 P640
3 ORN
4
J441
I/O EXP RFC

2 PWB
PL10.6
A14
J442
ORN
SJ47
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
(7.10 D2)
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
SJ47
ORN
2
3
8 BLU
A1
3
A1
3
RFC TRAY
HEATER
RETURN
(7.10 J3)
ORN
TRAY
HEAT SW
J530 ON +24VDC J630B
3 ORN
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
(7.10 D2)
7 BLU
RFC TRAY
HEATER
RETURN
(7.10 J3)
4 ORN
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
(7.10 D2)
8 BLU
BLU
2
RFC 2 CENTER
PAPER HEATER
PL10.6
1
RFC 2 R/H
PAPER HEATER
P243 PL10.6
1
ORN
ORN
SJ47
10
RFC TRAY
HEATER
RETURN
BLU
FLAT
CABLE
P242
RFC TRAY
HEATER
RETURN
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
2 BLU
BLU
ORN
3
4
RFC TRAY
HEATER
RETURN
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
DC330 077-001
RFC TRAY
HEATER
ON (L)+24VDC
SJ47
RFC 2 L/H
PAPER HEATER
P241 PL10.6
1
OR
DC330 077-001
RFC TRAY
HEATER
ON (L)+24VDC
HEAT SW
ON +24VDC
DC330 077-001
RFC TRAY
HEATER
ON (L)+24VDC
17
16
32
P630
P232
ORN
TRAY 4 L/H
PAPER HEATER
PL11.7
TRAY 4 L/H
PAPER HEATER
TRAY 4 R/H
PAPER HEATER
2
BLU
P233
ORN
BLU
TRAY 4 R/H
PAPER HEATER
PL11.7
RFC TRAY
HEATER
RETURN
(7.10 J3)
Wiring Data
Chain 07
November 2008
7-122
V3.0
Chain 08
Table 1 Chain 08
Chain 08 IOT BSDs

8.1 RFC 1 Paper Feed Drive
8.2 RFC 1 Paper Cutter
8.3 RFC 1 Feed and Transportation
8.4 RFC 2 Paper Feed Drive
8.5 RFC 2 Paper Cutting
8.6 RFC 2 Feed and Transportation
8.7 Tray 3 Paper Feed Drive
8.8 Tray 3 Feed and Transportation
8.9 Tray 4 Paper Feed Drive
8.10 Tray 4 Feed and Transportation
8.11 Manual Paper Feeding
8.12 A-Transportation
8.13 Transportation
8.14 Paper Path
V3.0
November 2008
7-123
Wiring Data
Chain 08
8.1 RFC 1 PAPER FEED DRIVE
J440
7 YEL
J640A
A6
+5VDC
P640
J441
NOTE:
2
FAIL CODE
Control of motor rotation is based on combinations 042-210
of mode bit signals (Bit 0, Bit 1, Bit 2).
Mode Bit Signal

Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 0
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
L
H
H
L
L
L
H
H
L
H
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
Motor Status
Stops immediately.
Rotates in reverse.
Set
Rotates forward at low speed
Rotates forward at high speed
Slows down then stops.
Slows down then holds.
A6
A5
DC330 042-260
RFC 1 FEED MOTOR
STOP SIGNAL MONITOR
FLAT
CABLE
DC COM
DC330 077-270
DC330 077-271
RFC 1 FEED MOTOR
LOCK (H)+3.3VDC
I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB

PL10.6
DC330 071-002
RFC 1 FEED MOTOR
STOP (L)+5VDC
IOT PWB
PL7.1
RFC 1 Feed Motor Stop Error
071-310
RFC 1 Feed Motor Pulse Error
DC330 071-080
RFC 1 FEED MOTOR 1
MODE BIT 0
DC330 071-081
RFC 1 FEED MOTOR 1
MODE BIT 1
DC330 071-082
RFC 1 FEED MOTOR 1
MODE BIT 2
DC COM
DC COM
4 BLU
DC COM
5 BLU
DC COM
6 BLU
F MOT
RTN
(1.8 J3)
P640
A5
J640A
J440
YEL
+3.3VDC
042-210
071-310
FLAT
CABLE
J445
3 BLU
RFC 1 FEED MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
J244
RFC 1 FEED MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
RFC 1 FEED MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
RFC 1 FEED MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
RFC 1 FEED
MOTOR
PL10.4
4
6
MOT
ROLL 1,2
FEED ROLLER
DC COM
1 ORN
2 ORN
ROLL 2
FEED ROLLER
J441
IOT PWB
PL7.1
+24VDC
FEEDER
(1.8 J2)
J444
5 BLU
RFC 1 FEED MOTOR
+24VDC F2
+24VDC F2
DC330 071-001
ROLL 1 CLUTCH
ON (L)+24VDC
P247
1 2
J247
ROLL 1
CLUTCH
PL10.4
J248
ROLL 2
CLUTCH
PL10.4
DC COM
J442
3 ORN
+24VDC F2
2 1
+24VDC B-F3
(1.8 J3)
ROLL 1
FEED ROLLER
J444
6 BLU
DC330 072-001
ROLL 2 CLUTCH
ON (L)+24VDC
P248
1 2
DC COM
J442
4 ORN
+24VDC F2
2 1
+24VDC B-F3
(1.8 J3)
ROLL 1
CLUTCH
ROLL 2
CLUTCH
Figure 1 8.1 RFC 1 Paper Feed Drive
Wiring Data
Chain 08
November 2008
7-124
V3.0
8.2 RFC 1 PAPER CUTTING

RFC 1 CUTTER
ASSEMBLY
PL10.1
SJ45 P143
VIO
1 4
RFC 1
CUTTER L/H
SWITCH
J143
J143
3 2
DC330 071-200
RFC 1 CUTTER
L/H SWITCH
CLOSED (L)+5VDC
P143
J443
YEL
I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB

PL10.6
DC330 071-003
RFC 1 CUTTER
J444 MOTOR BIT 0 P246
+5VDC
071-311
22
2 BLU
2 1
RFC 1
CUTTER
J246 MOTOR
RFC 1
CUTTER
ASSEMBLY
PL10.1
071-312
RFC 1
CUTTER R/H
SWITCH
2
7
3 2
VIO
1 4
DC330 071-201
RFC 1 CUTTER
R/H SWITCH
CLOSED (L)+5VDC
YEL
INTLK ON
+24VDC F1
(1.11 G1)
+5VDC
071-313
077-102
21
1 BLU
DC330 071-004
RFC 1 CUTTER
MOTOR BIT 1
MOT
CUTTER
MECHANISM
1 2
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
I/O EXP
RFC 1 PWB
PL10.6
J442
J157
VIO
DC COM
(1.3 G5)
10 VIO
J158
ROLL 1 AUTO
CUT SWITCH
PL10.5
2
ROLL 2 AUTO
CUT SWITCH
PL10.5
2
J157
DC330 071-202
ROLL 1 AUTO
CUT SWITCH
CLOSED (L)+5VDC
YEL
J158
DC330 072-202
ROLL 2 AUTO CUT
SWITCH
CLOSED (L)+5VDC
YEL
+5VDC
+5VDC
15
DC COM
(1.3 G5)
4
NOTE:
1
Control of cutter operation is based on combinations of control signals

(Bit 0, Bit 1) from I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB.
*[071-003]
*[071-004]
-
Signal
Bit 1 Bit 0
H
H
L
H
H
L
L
L
Volt.(J444)
1 Pin 2 Pin
0V
0V
+24V 0V
0V +24V
OFF
Cutter Operation
Brakes
Moves from left to right
Moves from right to left
Stops
RFC 1 CUTTER
JAM SENSOR
(CH8.3)
ROLL 2 AUTO
CUT SWITCH
ROLL 1 AUTO
CUT SWITCH
FAIL CODE
071-311
RFC 1 Cutter Un-Reach Error
071-312
RFC 1
CUTTER MOTOR
RFC 1 Cutter Overrun Error
071-313
RFC 1 Cutter Position Error
077-102
RFC 1 Miss Cut Jam
*DC330[071-003/004] is ON for 0.8 sec before turning OFF.
RFC 1 CUTTER
R/H SWITCH
RFC 1 CUTTER
L/H SWITCH
JIN
Figure 2 8.2 RFC 1 Paper Cutter
V3.0
November 2008
7-125
Wiring Data
Chain 08
8.3 RFC 1 FEED AND TRANSPORTATION

I/O EXP RFC
1 PWB
PL10.6
J442 J141
12 GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 E2)
2
3
RFC 1 CUTTER
JAM SENSOR
PL10.5
VIO
DC COM
(1.3 G5)
7
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 J1)
SJ43
J155
GRY
SJ46
VIO
DC COM
(1.3 J5)
DC330 077-100
RFC 1 CUTTER
JAM SENSOR
J141
J442
YEL
I/O EXP RFC 1

PWB
PL10.6
11
A7
1
2
DC330 077-101
RFC 1 VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
J155
J443
YEL
3
RFC 1 VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
PL10.5
+5VDC
V MOT
RTN
(1.8 J4)
RFC 1 VERTICAL MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
J445
J245
9 BLU
ON +24VDC CLOCK
10 BLU
ON +24VDC CLOCK
11 BLU
DC COM
ON +24VDC CLOCK
12 BLU
YEL
077-104
077-114
8
DC330 042-009
SELECT
CUTTER JAM
077100
077-
DC330 042-262
INTERRUPT
CUTTER JAM
077-104
ON Jam
077-105
ON Jam
077-114
OFF Jam
077-115
Control of motor rotation is based on combinations

Mode Bit Signal
Motor Status
Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 0
H
H
H
Stops immediately.
H
H
L
Rotates in reverse.
H
L
H
Set
H
L
L
L
H
H
Rotates forward at low speed.
L
H
L
Rotates forward at high speed.
L
L
H
L
L
L
RFC 1
ROLL 1 CLUTCH
(CH8.1)
6
MOT

OFF Jam (Rewind)

OFF Jam
RFC 1 CUTTER
JAM SENSOR
RFC 1 VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
RFC 1
VERTICAL MOTOR
RFC 1 FEED
MOTOR (CH8.1)
RFC 1
VERTICAL MOTOR
RFC 1 CUTTER
JAM SENSOR
RFC VERTICAL
ROLLER 1
DC COM
8
+24VDC
VERTICAL
(1.8 J3)
J640AJ440
105
077115
17
RFC 1
VERTICAL
MOTOR
PL10.3
DC COM
A7
P640
+5VDC
NOTE:
I/O EXP RFC 1 PWB

PL10.6
DC COM
J441
FLAT
CABLE
DC330 071-083
MODE BIT 0
DC330 071-084
MODE BIT 1
DC330 071-085
MODE BIT 2
IOT PWB
PL7.1
J
FAIL CODE
077-100
+24VDC VERTICAL
ORN
+24VDC VERTICAL
ORN
RFC 1 VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
ROLL 2 CLUTCH
(CH8.1)
RFC VERTICAL
ROLLER 2
RFC VERTICAL
ROLLER 1,2
ROLL 2 30"/A1/A2/A3
SIZE SENSOR (CH7.2)
ROLL 1 30"/A1/A2/A3
SIZE SENSOR (CH7.1)
ROLL 2 JAM SENSOR

(CH7.2)
FROM
RFC2 OR TRAY
T731803-JIN
Figure 3 8.3 RFC 1 Feed and Transportation
Wiring Data
Chain 08
November 2008
7-126
V3.0
8.4 RFC 2 PAPER FEED DRIVE

1
IOT PWB
PL7.1
DC330 072-002
RFC 2 FEED MOTOR
STOP (L)+5VDC
J440
P642
J642J640B
P640
15 YEL
1 YEL
A6
+5VDC
NOTE:
2
FAIL CODE
RFC 2 Feed Motor Stop Error
Mode Bit Signal

072-310
Motor Status
Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 0
RFC 2 Feed Motor Pulse Error
H
H
H
Stops immediately.
H
H
L
Rotates in reverse.
H
L
H
Set
H
L
L
L
H
H
L
H
L
Rotates forward at high speed.
L
L
H
L
L
L
A6
A5
DC330 042-261
RFC 2 FEED MOTOR
STOP SIGNAL MONITOR
FLAT
CABLE
DC COM
DC330 072-080
RFC 2 FEED MOTOR 1
MODE BIT 0
DC330 072-081
RFC 2 FEED MOTOR 1
MODE BIT 1
DC330 072-082
RFC 2 FEED MOTOR 1
MODE BIT 2
DC COM
J441
A5
J640B
J642
YEL
RFC 2 FEED MOTOR

J445 ON +24VDC CLOCK J244
3 BLU
DC COM
4 BLU
DC COM
5 BLU
6 BLU
F MOT
RTN
(1.9 G3)
P640
P642 J440
YEL
042-211
14
072-310
FLAT
CABLE
DC COM
RFC 2 FEED MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
RFC 2 FEED MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
RFC 2 FEED MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
RFC 2 FEED
MOTOR
PL10.4
4
6
MOT
ROLL 3,4
FEED ROLLER
DC COM
1 ORN
ROLL 4
FEED ROLLER
2 ORN
+24VDC
FEEDER
(1.9 G1)
RFC 2 FEED MOTOR
DC330 077-272
IOT PWB
DC330 077-273
RFC 2 FEED MOTOR PL7.1
LOCK (H)+3.3VDC
+3.3VDC
I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB

PL10.6
J441
+24VDC F2
+24VDC F2
DC330 073-001
ROLL 3 CLUTCH
J444ON (L)+24VDC
5 BLU
P247
1 2
J247
ROLL 3
CLUTCH
PL10.4
J248
ROLL 4
CLUTCH
PL10.4
DC COM
J442+24VDC F2
3 ORN
2 1
+24VDC B-F3
(1.9 G3)
DC330 074-001
ROLL 4 CLUTCH
J444ON (L)+24VDC
ROLL 3
FEED ROLLER
6 BLU
P248
1 2
DC COM
J442+24VDC F2
4 ORN
ROLL 3
CLUTCH
ROLL 4
CLUTCH
2 1
+24VDC B-F3
(1.9 G3)
Figure 4 8.4 RFC 2 Paper Feed Drive
V3.0
November 2008
7-127
Wiring Data
Chain 08
8.5 RFC 2 PAPER CUTTING

1
8
SJ45 P143
VIO
1 4
RFC 2 CUTTER
ASSEMBLY
PL10.1
RFC 2
CUTTER L/H
SWITCH
J143
RFC 2
CUTTER R/H
SWITCH
2
7
3 2
VIO
J143
1 4
DC COM
(1.5 J3)
I/O EXP
RFC 2 PWB
PL10.6
J442
9 VIO
J157
DC COM
(1.5 E2)
10 VIO
J158
ROLL 3 AUTO
CUT SWITCH
PL10.5
2
ROLL 4 AUTO
CUT SWITCH
PL10.5
2
DC COM
(1.5 E2)
12 GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 E2)
DC COM
(1.5 E2)
8 VIO
J141
3 2
1
2
J157
DC330 072-200
RFC 2 CUTTER
L/H SWITCH
CLOSED (L)+5VDC
P143
J443
YEL
DC330 072-201
RFC 2 CUTTER
R/H SWITCH
CLOSED (L)+5VDC
YEL
J444
2 BLU
072-313
077-103
+5VDC
21
1 BLU
IOT PWB
PL7.1
DC330 042-009
SELECT
CUTTER JAM
DC330 042-262
INTERRUPT
CUTTER JAM
+5VDC
+5VDC
YEL
YEL
15
A7
J441 P640
J640B J642
P642 J440
A7
3
16
YEL
YEL
077-106
077-116
FLAT
CABLE
11
RFC 2 CUTTER
JAM SENSOR
ROLL 4 AUTO ROLL 3 AUTO

CUT SWITCH CUT SWITCH
RFC 2
CUTTER MOTOR
FAIL CODE
Control of cutter operation is based on combinations of control signals072-311
Signal
Volt.(J444)
Cutter Operation
Bit 1 Bit 0 1 Pin 2 Pin
H
H
0V
0V
Brakes
*[072-003]
L
H
+24V
0V Moves from left to right
*[072-004] H
L
0V
+24V Moves from left to right
L
L
Off
Stops
CUTTER
MECHANISM
1 2
+5VDC
DC330 077-102
RFC 2 CUTTER
JAM SENSOR
J141
J442
(Bit 0, Bit 1) from I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB.
MOT
DC330 072-004
RFC 2 CUTTER
MOTOR BIT 1
NOTE:
5
RFC 2
CUTTER
ASSEMBLY
PL10.1
DC330 072-003
RFC 2
RFC 2 CUTTER
CUTTER
MOTOR BIT 0 P246
J246
MOTOR
2 1
072-312
INTLK ON
+24VDC F1
(1.11 G3)
DC330 074-202
ROLL 4 AUTO CUT
SWITCH
CLOSED (L)+5VDC
3
RFC 2 CUTTER
JAM SENSOR
PL10.5
072-311
22
+5VDC
DC330 073-202
ROLL 3 AUTO
CUT SWITCH
CLOSED (L)+5VDC
YEL
J158
I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB

PL10.6
077-106
RFC 2 Cutter Un Reach Error RFC 2 Cutter Jam Sensor On Jam
072-312
077-116
RFC 2 Cutter Overrun Error RFC 2 Cutter Jam Sensor Off Jam
072-313
RFC 2 CUTTER
R/H SWITCH
RFC 2 Cutter Position Error
077-103
RFC 2 Miss Cut Jam
*DC330[072-003/004] is On for 0.8 sec before turning Off.
RFC 2 CUTTER
L/H SWITCH
T731805-JIN
Figure 5 8.5 RFC 2 Paper Cutting
Wiring Data
Chain 08
November 2008
7-128
V3.0
8.6 RFC 2 FEED AND TRANSPORTATION

1
6
SJ43
J154
GRY
SJ46
VIO
1
2
DC330 074-105
ROLL 4 JAM
SENSOR
J154
J443
YEL
I/O EXP RFC 2

PWB
PL10.6
+5VDC
16
ROLL 4 JAM
SENSOR
PL10.5
J155
7 GR
+5VDC-F6 Y
(1.5 J2)
GRY
9
DC COM
(1.5 H3)
VIO
1
2
J155
NOTE:
DC330 077-103
RFC 2 VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
+5VDC
3
RFC 2
VERTICAL JAM
SENSOR
PL10.5
077-101
077-106
17
YEL
FAIL CODE
Mode Bit Signal

Motor Status
Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 0
H
H
H
Stops immediately.
H
H
L
Rotates in reverse.
H
L
H
Set
H
L
L
L
H
H
L
H
L Rotates forward at high speed.
L
L
H
L
L
L

Off Jam (Rewind)
077-106
On Jam
077-116
Off Jam
077-116
ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS RFC 2 VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
3
I/O EXP RFC 2 PWB
PL10.6
RFC 2
VERTICAL
MOTOR
PL10.3
DC330 072-083
MODE BIT 0
DC330 072-084
MODE BIT 1
DC330 072-085
MODE BIT 2
V MOT
RTN
(1.9 G3)

ON +24VDC CLOCK
J445
J245
RFC VERTICAL
ROLLER 4
9 BLU
4
DC COM
ON +24VDC CLOCK
1
10 BLU
DC COM
RFC VERTICAL
ROLLER 3
RFC 2

ON +24VDC CLOCK
6
11 BLU
DC COM
ON +24VDC CLOCK
3
12 BLU
ROLL 4
JAM SENSOR
ROLL 3
CLUTCH
RFC 2 FEED (CH8.4)
MOTOR
(CH8.4)
MOT
RFC 2 CUTTER
JAM SENSOR
(CH8.5)
RFC 2
VERTICAL MOTOR
RFC 2
VERTICAL MOTOR
RFC VERTICAL
ROLLER 3
DC COM
+24VDC F3
7 ORN
+24VDC F3
8 ORN
+24VDC
VERTICAL
(1.9 G2)
ROLL 4
CLUTCH
(CH8.4)
RFC 2 VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
RFC VERTICAL
ROLLER 4
RFC VERTICAL
ROLLER 3,4
ROLL 4 30"/A1/A2/A3
SIZE SENSOR
(CH7.4)
ROLL 3 30"/A1/A2/A3
SIZE SENSOR
(CH7.3)
ROLL 4
JAM SENSOR
T731806-JIN
Figure 6 8.6 RFC 2 Feed and Transportation
V3.0
November 2008
7-129
Wiring Data
Chain 08
8.7 TRAY 3 PAPER FEED DRIVE

1
DC330 073-082 MOTOR ON

DC330 073-003 TORQUE L
DC330 073-004 TORQUE H
TRAY 3 FEED MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
J630A
I/O EXP TRAY PWB

PL11.2
J445
3 BLU
DC COM
TRAY 3 FEED MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
4 BLU
DC COM
TRAY 3 FEED MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
5 BLU
DC COM
TRAY 3 FEED MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
6 BLU
TRAY 3
F MOT
RTN
(1.9 G6)
DC COM
INTLK ON
+24VDC F2
ORN
INTLK ON
+24VDC F2
ORN
TREY 3
NUDGER ROLL
TRAY 3 FEED
ROLL
TRAY 3
FEED
MOTOR
P630 P235 PL11.3
3
1
TRAY 3 T/A
ROLLER
19
20
TRAY VERTICAL
ROLLER
TRAY 3 T/A
ROLLER
TRAY 3 FEED
ROLL
TREY 3
NUDGER ROLL
MOT
TRAY 3
CLUTCH
TRAY VERTICAL
ROLLER
18
TRAY 3
FEED MOTOR
INTLK ON
+24VDC F2
(1.11 G5)
DC330 073-005
TRAY 3 CLUTCH
ON (L)+24VDC
J444
5 BLU
22
P234
BLU
1 2
J234
TRAY 3
CLUTCH
PL11.3
TREY 3
NUDGER ROLL
TRAY 3
CLUTCH
DC COM
SJ32 +24VDC B-F3
ORN
+24VDC B-F3
(1.9 C5)
T30A
GRN
31
ORN
TRAY 3 FEED
ROLL
TRAY 3
2 1
T31
GRN
TRAY 3 T/A
ROLLER
TRAY VERTICAL
ROLLER
TRAY 3
FEED MOTOR
TRAY 4
TRAY 4
FEED MOTOR
(CH8.9)
TRAY 4
CLUTCH
(CH8.9)
Figure 7 8.7 Tray 3 Paper Feed Drive
Wiring Data
Chain 08
November 2008
7-130
V3.0
8.8 TRAY 3 FEED AND TRANSPORTATION

1
SJ33
J137
1
GRY
SJ34
VIO
J137
P630
YEL
26
DC330 073-110
TRAY 3 EDGE SENSOR
J630A PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDCJ443
YEL
I/O EXP TRAY PWB

PL11.2
+5VDC
J138
6 GRY
Tray Vertical Jam Sensor On Jam
077-118
Tray Vertical Jam Sensor Off Jam
GRY
2
3
VIO
Tray 3 Jam Sensor On Jam
077-108
7
TRAY 3 EDGE
SENSOR
PL11.5
FAIL CODE
073-106
J138
DC330 073-111
TRAY 3 JAM SENSOR
27
YEL
+5VDC
YEL
073-106
TRAY 3 JAM
SENSOR
PL11.5
J139
7 GRY
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 D5)
VIO
DC COM
(1.5 D5)
1
2
3
TRAY VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
PL11.6
4
J139
YEL
DC330 077-104
TRAY VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
28
+5VDC
17
YEL
TRAY 3
TRAY VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
TRAY 3
EDGE SENSOR
TRAY 4
TRAY 4
JAM SENSOR
(CH8.10)
TRAY 3 VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
6
077-118
TRAY 3
JAM SENSOR
TRAY 3 EDGE SENSOR
077-108
TRAY 4
EDGE SENSOR
(CH8.10)
TRAY 3 JAM SENSOR
Figure 8 8.8 Tray 3 Feed and Transportation
V3.0
November 2008
7-131
Wiring Data
Chain 08
8.9 TRAY 4 PAPER FEED DRIVE

1
DC330 074-082 MOTOR ON

DC330 074-003 TORQUE L
DC330 074-004 TORQUE H
TRAY 4 FEED MOTOR
ON +24VDC CLOCK
J630B
I/O EXP TRAY PWB

PL11.2
J445
9 BLU
DC COM
TRAY 4 FEED MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
10 BLU
DC COM
TRAY 4 FEED MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
11 BLU
DC COM
TRAY 4 FEED MOTOR

ON +24VDC CLOCK
12 BLU
TRAY 4
F MOT
RTN
(1.9 G6)
DC COM
INTLK ON
+24VDC F2
ORN
INTLK ON
+24VDC F2
ORN
G
H
TREY 4
NUDGER ROLL
P630
TRAY 4 FEED
ROLL
TRAY 4
FEED
MOTOR
P235 PL11.3
1
19
20
18
TRAY 4 T/A
ROLLER
TRAY 4 FEED
ROLL
TREY 4
NUDGER ROLL
MOT
TRAY 4 T/A
ROLLER
TRAY 4
CLUTCH
TRAY 4
FEED MOTOR
INTLK ON
+24VDC F3
(1.11 G6)
DC330 074-005
TRAY 4 CLUTCH
ON (L)+24VDC
J444
6 BLU
22
P234
BLU
1 2
J234
TRAY 4
CLUTCH
PL11.3
TRAY 3
DC COM
SJ32
ORN
+24VDC B-F3
ORN
TRAY 3 CLUTCH
(CH8.7)
2 1
+24VDC B-F3
(1.9 C5)
T30B
GRN
31
T31
GRN
TRAY 3
FEED MOTOR
(CH8.7)
TRAY 4
TREY 4
NUDGER ROLL
TRAY 4
FEED MOTOR
TRAY 4 FEED
ROLL
TRAY 4 T/A
ROLLER
TRAY 4
CLUTCH
Figure 9 8.9 Tray 4 Paper Feed Drive
Wiring Data
Chain 08
November 2008
7-132
V3.0
8.10 TRAY 4 FEED AND TRANSPORTATION

1
SJ33
J137
GRY
SJ34
VIO
1
2
3
J137
P630
YEL
26
J630B
DC330 074-110
TRAY 4 EDGE SENSOR
PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC J443
YEL
I/O EXP TRAY PWB

PL11.2
+5VDC
FAIL CODE
074-106
TRAY 4 Jam Sensor On Jam
14
TRAY 4 EDGE
SENSOR
PL11.5
J138
6 GRY
GRY
VIO
1
2
3
J138
YEL
27
DC330 074-111
TRAY 4 JAM SENSOR
+5VDC
YEL
074-106
15
TRAY 4 JAM
SENSOR
PL11.5
7
+5VDC-F6
(1.5 D6)
N.C
+5VDC
DC330 074-114
9
VIO
VIO
28
TRAY 4 DETECT (L)+5VDC

YEL
19
DC COM
(1.5 D6)
4
TRAY 4 EDGE SENSOR
TRAY 3
TRAY 3
EDGE SENSOR
(CH8.8)
TRAY 3
JAM SENSOR
(CH8.8)
TRAY VERTICAL
JAM SENSOR
(CH8.8)
TRAY 4
TRAY 4
JAM SENSOR
TRAY 4
EDGE SENSOR
TRAY 4 JAM SENSOR
Figure 10 8.10 Tray 4 Feed and Transportation
V3.0
November 2008
7-133
Wiring Data
Chain 08
8.11 MANUAL PAPER FEEDING

1
9
SJ62
J166
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 J3)
SJ62
J660
P660
IOT PWB
PL7.1
Manual Feed Stop Sensor On Jam
+5VDC
J421
YEL
31
075-100
MANUAL FEED
STOP SENSOR
PL2.3
DC COM
(1.4 J5)
J166
2 YEL
3
VIO
DC330 075-105
MANUAL FEED
STOP SENSOR
H
FAIL CODE
075-100
IOT PWB
PL7.1
J422
27 BLU
DC330 075-001
MANUAL FEED CLUTCH
ON (L)+24VDC
MANUAL
FEED
CLUTCH
P261 PL2.3
2
BLU
DC COM
SJ21
+24VDC A-F2
ORN
+24VDC A-F2
(1.6 H4)
MANUAL FEED
STOP SENSOR
MAIN MOTOR
(CH4.1)
MAIN MOTOR
(CH4.1)
MANUAL
FEED CLUTCH
MANUAL
FEED CLUTCH
MANUAL FEED
STOP SENSOR
DRUM
MANUAL
FEED ROLLER
MANUAL
FEED ROLLER
Figure 11 8.11 Manual Paper Feeding
Wiring Data
Chain 08
November 2008
7-134
V3.0
8.12 A-TRANSPORTATION
1
9
SJ25
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 F3)
P671
3
SJ25
GR
Y
VIO
J671
J171
GR
Y
VIO
DC COM
(1.3 F6)
J
FAIL CODE
077-109
IOT PWB
PL7.1
1
3
A-TRA. SWING
SENSOR
PL2.2
DC330 077-003
A-TRA. CLUTCH
ON (L)+24VDC
J422
29 BLU
J171
2 YEL
J671
DC330 077-105
A-TRA. SWING
SENSOR
P671 PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC J421
YEL
IOT PWB
PL7.1
A-Tra. Swing Sensor On Jam
077-119
+5VDC
A-Tra. Swing Sensor Off Jam

3
077-109
077-119
A-TRA.
CLUTCH
P272 PL2.4
2
BLU
DC COM
SJ21
+24VDC A-F2
ORN
+24VDC A-F2
(1.6 H4)
A-TRA.
SWING SENSOR
MAIN MOTOR
(CH4.1)
MAIN MOTOR
(CH4.1)
DRUM
A-TRA.
SWING SENSOR
A-TRA. CLUTCH
A-TRA. FEED ROLLER
A-TRA.
CLUTCH
A-TRA.
FEED ROLLER
FROM
RFC1
Figure 12 9.12 A-Transportation
V3.0
November 2008
7-135
Wiring Data
Chain 08
8.13 REGISTRATION
1
10
SJ62
J167
SJ62
VIO
10
SJ25
P671
SJ25
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 F3)
GR
Y
VIO
DC330 075-106
MANUAL PAGE
SYNC SENSOR
PAPER SENSED (L)+5VDC J421
P660
YEL
MANUAL PAGE
SYNC SENSOR
PL2.3
J671
J172
GRY
J672
MANUAL PAGE
SYNC SENSOR
J172
2 YEL
J671
+5VDC
YEL
DC330 042-010
SELECT
PAGE SYNC (OUT)
GRY
VIO
075-102
077-110
17
077-120
TRAY/RFC
PAGE SYNC
SENSOR
PL2.2
J173
075-101
25
DC330 042-263
INTERRUPT
+5VDC PAGE SYNC CHECK
DC330 077-106
TRAY/RFC PAGE
SYNC SENSOR
P671
IOT PWB
PL7.1
3
VIO
DC COM
(1.3 F6)
J660
2 YEL
6
VIO
P672
11 GRY
GR
Y
J167
DC COM
(1.4 J6)
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 J4)
J173 J672
2 YEL
P672
DC330 077-107
REGISTRATION
SENSOR
YEL
+5VDC
077-111
077-121
REGISTRATION
SENSOR
PL2.2
REGISTRATIONMANUAL PAGE
SYNC SENSOR
SENSOR
MANUAL FEED MANUAL NO

STOP SENSOR PAPER SENSOR
(CH7.7)
(CH8.11)
FAIL CODE
075-101
Manual Page Sync Sensor On Jam
075-102
REGISTRATION
SENSOR
Manual Page Sync Sensor Off Jam
077-110
DRUM
Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor On Jam
MANUAL 30"/A1/A2/A3 077-111

SIZE SENSOR
Registration Sensor On Jam
(CH7.7)
077-120
Tray/RFC Page Sync Sensor Off Jam
077-121
Registration Sensor Off Jam
TRAY/RFC PAGE
SYNC SENSOR
TRAY/RFC PAGE
SYNC SENSOR
A-TRA.
SWING SENSOR FROM
(CH8.12)
RFC1
T731813-JIN
Figure 13 8.13 Transportation
Wiring Data
Chain 08
November 2008
7-136
V3.0
8.14 PAPER PATH
Paper Path Sensor

FUSER DRIVE
MOTOR (CH10.2)
Interlock Switch
1
No.
SWITCH NAME
I-1 CLAM SHELL INTERLOCK SWITCH
I-2 RFC 1 DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH
CH
PL
1.10 PL7.1
1.11 PL10.5
I-3 RFC 2 DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH

I-4 TRAY 3 LATCH SWITCH
I-5 TRAY 4 LATCH SWITCH
1.11 PL10.5
1.11 PL11.2
1.11 PL11.2
DRUM MOTOR
(CH9.1)
MAIN MOTOR
(CH4.1)
3230
37 36
No.
1
2
3
4
1112
34
I-1
33 31
35
19
RFC 1 VERTICAL
MOTOR (CH8.3)
RFC 1 FEED
MOTOR
(CH8.1)
I-2
21
1
20
22
RFC 2 VERTICAL
MOTOR (CH8.6)
RFC 2 FEED
MOTOR
(CH8.4)
I-3
24
5
23
14
I-4
25 26
27
13
TRAY 3
FEED MOTOR
9 (CH8.7)
15
17
I-5
28 29
16
TRAY 4
FEED MOTOR
10 (CH8.9)
18
5
6
7
8
SENSOR NAME
ROLL 1 30"/A1/A2/A3 SIZE SENSOR
ROLL 1 NO PAPER SENSOR
ROLL 2 NO PARER SENSOR
9
10
11
12
TRAY 3 1/2/3/ SIZE SENSOR
13
14
15
16
17
TRAY 3 NEAR EMPTY SENSOR
18
19
TRAY 4 NO PAPER SENSOR
20
21
22
23
24
25
ROLL 2 JAM SENSOR
26
27
TRAY 3 JAM SENSOR
28
29
30
31
32
33
TRAY 4 EDGE SENSOR
34
35
36
37
REGISTRATION SENSOR
TRAY 4 1/2/3/ SIZE SENSOR

MANUAL 30"/A1/A2/A3 SIZE SENSOR
MANUAL NO PARER SENSOR
TRAY 3 FACE CONTROL SENSOR

TRAY 3 NO PAPER SENSOR
TRAY 4 NEAR EMPTY SENSOR
TRAY 4 FACE CONTROL SENSOR
RFC 1 CUTTER JAM SENSOR
RFC 1 VERTICAL JAM SENSOR

RFC 2 CUTTER JAM SENSOR
ROLL 4 JAM SENSOR
RFC 2 VERTICAL JAM SENSOR
TRAY 3 EDGE SENSOR
TRAY 3 VERTICAL JAM SENSOR
TRAY 4 JAM SENSOR

MANUAL FEED STOP SENSOR
A-TRA. SWING SENSOR
MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR
TRAY/RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR
B-TRA JAM SENSOR

EXIT MOTION SENSOR
EXIT JAM SWITCH
CH
7.1
7.1
7.2
7.2
7.3
7.3
7.4
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.7
7.8
7.8
7.8
7.9
7.9
7.9
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.5
8.6
8.6
8.8
8.8
8.8
8.10
8.10
8.11
8.12
8.13
8.13
8.13
10.1
10.7
10.7
PL
10.5
10.4
10.6
10.4
10.5
10.4
10.4
10.6
11.7
11.7
2.3
2.3
11.5
11.5
11.7
11.5
11.5
11.7
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
10.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.5
2.3
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.5
5.3
5.3
6
T731814-JIN
Figure 14 8.14 Paper Path
V3.0
November 2008
7-137
Wiring Data
Chain 08
Chain 09
Table 1 Chain 09
Chain 09 IOT BSDs

9.1 Drum Drive Control
9.2 Charging and Exposure
9.3 Development
9.4 Image Transfer and Stripping
9.5 Environment Sensing and Cleaning
Wiring Data
Chain 09
November 2008
7-138
V3.0
9.1 DRUM DRIVE CONTROL

1
IOT PWB
PL7.1
DRUM MOTOR PWB

PL3.2
J422
1 YEL
DC COM
2 YEL
DC330 091-080
DRUM MOTOR ON
PA
PB
+5VDC
6
2
DRUM MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK
DRUM MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK
SJ22
+5VDC-F6
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 E4)
BTR
DRUM MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK
MOT
DRUM
BTR
CLEANER
(AUGER)
DC COM
SJ23
DC COM
VIO
DC COM
(1.8 F6)
DRUM MOTOR
DRUM MOTOR
ON +24V CLOCK
DC COM
CLEANER
(AUGER)
DC COM
DC COM
DC COM
+5VDC
3 YEL
DC COM
DRUM MOTOR
RESET
DRUM
DRUM
MOTOR
PL3.2
+5VDC
DRUM MOTOR
J588
CLOCK
SJ23
INTLK ON
+24VDC B-F4
ORN
3
F1
1.35A
INTLK ON
+24VDC B-F4
(1.10 J3)
6
T731901-JIN
Figure 1 9.1 Drum Drive Control
V3.0
November 2008
7-139
Wiring Data
Chain 09
9.2 CHARGING AND EXPOSURE

IOT PWB
PL7.1
HVPS
PL7.4
DC330 046-080
BCR ON
BCR CLOCK
J422
9 YEL
1
DC COM
20 YEL
BCR
J587
1 YEL
DC330 046-051
BCR DCV
CONTROL SIGNAL
2 YEL
12 VIO
BCR VOLTAGE
WHT
DC330 046-050
BCR ACI
CONTROL SIGNAL
J423
19 YEL
J586
INTLK ON
+24VDC
B-F4
(1.10 J2)
DC330 046-080 046-050

BCR ACI
P387
CHECK SIGNAL
DC330 046-080 046-051
BCR DCV
CHECK SIGNAL
DC COM
N.C
N.C
BCR R/H
BCR
CENTER
BCR L/H
12 N.C
DC COM
DC COM
(1.8 F5)
HVPS
4
NOTE:
1
The following shows the relation between diag value and remote control voltage.
Value
Remote Control Voltage (V)
0.012890625
255
3.3
N (0 -to- 255)
3.3 x {(N+1)/256}
5
The following shows the relation between remote control voltage and high-pressure output.
Component Name
High-Pressure Output (linearly changes) corresponding

to Remote Control Voltage 0.33 -to- 2.97V
BCR ACI CONTROL
1.0mA -to- 5mA
BCR DCV CONTROL
-250V -to- -600V
6
T731902-JIN
Figure 2 9.2 Charging and Exposure
Wiring Data
Chain 09
November 2008
7-140
V3.0
F
G
9.3 DEVELOPMENT
1
IOT PWB
PL7.1
J422
10 YEL
DC COM
J423
21 YEL
22 YEL
DC330 046-082
DEVE. BIAS
ON SIGNAL
J586
DC330 046-052
DEVE. BIAS ACV
CONTROL SIGNAL
DC330 046-053
DEVE. BIAS DCV
CONTROL SIGNAL
HVPS
PL7.4
DB
WHT
3 YEL
DEVE. CLUTCH
ON (L)+24VDC
J422
J286
30 BLU
BLU
4 YEL
12 VIO
SJ21 +24VDC A-F2

ORN
1
+24VDC
B-F4
(1.8 F2)
P685
ORN
SJ25
VIO
T85
GRN
DEVE.
CLUTCH
PL3.1
J685
DC COM
TOP COVER
SENSOR
N.C
12 N.C
HVPS
The following shows the relation between

diag value and remote control voltage.
Remote Control
Voltage (V)
0.012890625
255
N (0 -to- 255)
3.3
3.3 x {(N+1)/256}
Value
J185
ORN
VIO
TONER EMPTY
SENSOR
The following shows the relation between remote control voltage and
high-pressure output.
High-Pressure Output (linearly
changes) corresponding to Remote
Component Name
Control Voltage 0.33 -to- 2.97V
DEVE. BIAS ACV CONTROL
500V -to- 1000V
DEVE. BIAS DCV CONTROL
J185 J685
4 YEL
DC330 091-202
TONER EMPTY SENSOR
EMPTY (H)+5VDC
P685
J421
YEL
DIN Toner Empty Error
+5VDC
042-334
091-941
N.C
DEVE. UNIT
FRAME
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 F3)
DC COM
(1.3 F6)
GRY
091-302
091-941
Toner Empty Error
10KO
J186
091-300
Top Cover Open
Top Cover Open (During Print)
GRN
SJ25
-100V -to- -500V
FAIL CODE
042-334
IOT PWB
PL7.1
T86
8
1
DEVE.
CLUTCH
MAIN
FRAME
DEVE. BIAS DCV

CHECK SIGNAL
TONER
EMPTY
SENSOR
PL4.2
J523
N.C
NOTE:
+24VDC A-F2
(1.6 H4)
DC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
DEVE. BIAS ACV

CHECK SIGNAL
P387
3
DC330 046-082
DC COM
DC COM
MAIN MOTOR
(CH4.1)
MAGNET ROLL
046-053
DC COM
(1.8 F5)
DC330 093-001
046-052
J587
INTLK ON
+24VDC
B-F4
(1.10 J2)
DEVE. BIAS
VOLTAGE
DC330 046-082
J186
3
VIO
TOP COVER
SENSOR
PL9.1
2 YEL
DC330 091-300
TOP COVER SENSOR
COVER OPEN (H)+5VDC
YEL
+5VDC
11
091-300
091-302
T731903-JIN
Figure 3 9.3 Development
V3.0
November 2008
7-141
Wiring Data
Chain 09
G
H
9.4 IMAGE TRANSFER AND STRIPPING

1
IOT PWB
PL7.1
DC330 046-001
J422 BTR ON SIGNAL J586
12 YEL
DC330 046-002
BTR +/CONTROL SIGNAL
DC COM
13 YEL
DC330 046-054
BTR DCIV
J423 CONTROL SIGNAL
DC COM
HVPS
PL7.4
10
J586
YEL
BTR
DTS
042-318
FINGER
091-314
17
DRUM
091-315
BTR VOLTAGE
WHT
23 YEL
DC330 046-250
BTR DCV
J423
MONITOR
IOT PWB
PL7.1
J587
5 YEL
BTR DCI
CHECK SIGNAL
P387
5
DC330 046-001 046-054
N.C
046-002
6 YEL
INTLK ON
+24VDC
B-F4
(1.10 J2)
3
J422
11 YEL
DC COM
J423
24 YEL
DC330 046-083
DTS ON SIGNAL
DC330 046-055
DTS ACV
CONTROL SIGNAL
7 YEL
DC COM
(1.8 F5)
11
8 YEL
12
12 VIO
BTR DCV+
CHECK SIGNAL
N.C
HVPS
BTR DCVCHECK SIGNAL

DC330 046-083 046-055
DTS ACV
CHECK SIGNAL
DC COM
N.C
N.C
BTR
12 N.C
DC COM
18 VIO
ANALOG GND
DC COM
(1.3 J2)
NOTE: 1
DTS
16
DTS VOLTAGE
WHT
ANALOG
GND
The following shows the relation between diag value and remote control voltage. 2 The following shows the relation between diag value and monitor
voltage.
Value
Remote Control Voltage (V)
0
255
N (0 -to- 255)
0.012890625
3.3
Value
0
Monitor Value (V)

0
N (1-1023)
3.3
3.3x{(N-0.001611328125)/1024}
3.3 x {(N+1)/256}
The following shows the relation between remote control voltage and
High-Pressure Output (linearly changes)
corresponding to Remote Control Voltage
Component Name
0.33 -to- 2.97V
0A -to- 50A (+output)
BTR DCIV CONTROL
-500V -to- -2500V (-output)
DTS ACV CONTROL
1500V -to- 5000V
FAIL CODE
042-318
DIN BTR DCV Monitor Error
The following shows the relation between monitor voltage and

091-314
BTR DCV Monitor 1 Error
091-315
BTR DCV Monitor 2 Error
High-Pressure Output (linearly changes)

Component Name corresponding to Monitor Voltage
0.33 -to- 2.97V
BTR DCV
165V -to- 1485V (+output)
T731904-JIN
Figure 4 9.4 Image Transfer and Stripping
Wiring Data
Chain 09
November 2008
7-142
V3.0
9.5 ENVIRONMENT SENSING AND CLEANING

1
4
SJ24
J128
GRY
OPEN AIR
SENSOR
PL7.4
1
J128
YEL
12
J423
VIO
091-310
13
DC330 091-251
OPEN AIR TEMP
SENSED SIGNAL
YEL
091-312
11
091-313
SJ26
J188
VIO
WASTE
TONER POT
SET SWITCH
PL6.3
2
DC330 091-203
WASTE TONER POT
SET SWITCH
SET (L)+5VDC
J421
J188
YEL
+5VDC
091-301
091-303
SJ26
J187
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.3 H4)
VIO
DC COM
(1.4 E5)
J187
DC330 091-201
WASTE TONER POT
FULL SENSOR
FULL SENSED (H)+5VDC
YEL
+5VDC
091-940
OPEN
AIR SENSOR
Open Air Sensor Humidity 1 Error
091-311
Open Air Sensor Humidity 2 Error
The following shows the relation between diag value and monitor
voltage E.
Value
0
WASTE TONER
POT FULL SENSOR
FAIL CODE
091-310
WASTE TONER
POT FULL
SENSOR
PL6.3
NOTE:
WASTE TONER
POT SET SWITCH
IOT PWB
PL7.1
DC COM
(1.3 J2)
091-311
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 E3)
IOT PWB
PL7.1
DC330 091-250
OPEN AIR HUMIDITY
SENSED SIGNAL
J423
G
Monitor Value E(V)

0
2 For the relation between diag value and temperature, see
2.5 System Data/Component Code List in Chapter 2

Troubleshooting.
091-312
Open Air Sensor Disconnect Error
091-313
Open Air Sensor Short Circuit Error
3.3
091-301
N (1-1023) 3.3x{(N-0.001611328125)/1024}
No Waste Toner Pot
The following shows the relation between monitor voltage E and

humid output.
Humid (%)=65.428E - 6.6015E 2 - 7.3546
091-303
No Waste Toner Pot (During Print)
091-940
Waste Toner Pot Full

T731905-JIN
Figure 5 9.5 Environment Sensing and Cleaning
V3.0
November 2008
7-143
Wiring Data
Chain 09
Chain 10
Table 1 Chain 10
Chain 10 IOT BSDs

10.1 B-Transportation
10.2 Fuser Drive Control
10.3 Fusing Heat Control (100-120V) (1 of 3)
10.4 Fusing Heat Control (200-240V) (2 of 3)
10.5 Fusing Heat Control (3 of 3)
10.6 Electrical Components (Fusing Heat Control)
10.7 Electrical Components (Fusing Heat Control)
10.8 Fuser Exhaust Fan Control)
Wiring Data
Chain 10
November 2008
7-144
V3.0
1
8
P175
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.3 H4)
SJ26
VIO
DC COM
(1.4 E5)
IOT PWB
PL7.1
J422
35 BLU
J
FAIL CODE
10.1 B-TRANSPORTATION
SJ26
P175
DC330 077-108
B-TRA. JAM SENSOR
BLOCKED (H)+5VDC J421
YEL
077-112
IOT PWB
PL7.1
B-Tra. Sensor On Jam
+5VDC
077-112
3
B-TRA. JAM
SENSOR
PL2.5
DC330 077-004
B-TRA. VACUUM FAN
ON (L)+24VDC
SJ75
12
SJ75
P275
BLU
B-TRA. VACUUM
FAN 1
PL2.5
2
DC COM
B-TRA. DRIVE
(CH10.2)
B-TRA.
JAM SENSOR
MOT
SJ75
1
ORN
OR
N
P276
BLU
B-TRA. VACUUM
FAN 2
PL2.5
2
MOT
1
ORN
OR
N
4
10
P277
BLU
B-TRA. VACUUM
FAN 3
PL2.5
2
MOT
1
ORN
OR
N
5
11
DC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
P278
2
BLU
B-TRA. VACUUM
FAN 4
PL2.5
B-TRA.
VACUUM FAN 1
B-TRA.
VACUUM FAN 2
MOT
J523
2 ORN
SJ75
ORN
B-TRA.
VACUUM FAN 3
+24VDC
B-F4
(1.8 F2)
B-TRA.
VACUUM FAN 4
T731011-JIN
Figure 1 10.1 B-Transportation
V3.0
November 2008
7-145
Wiring Data
Chain 10
10.2 FUSER DRIVE CONTROL

IOT PWB
PL7.1
DC330 010-080
FUSER DRIVE MOTOR
ON (L)+5VDC
J422
J293
YEL
DC COM
DC330 010-081 To 010-084

FUSER DRIVE MOTOR
CLOCK
YEL
DC COM
SJ23
+5VDC
J421
14
YEL
010-324
042-326
ORN
INTLK ON
+24VDC B-F4
(1.10 J3)
DC330 010-209
FUSER DRIVE MOTOR
LOCK (H)+5VDC
HEAT ROLLER
EXIT ROLLER
B-TRA. DRIVE
MOT
INTLK ON
+24VDC B-F4
SJ23
J293
DC COM
IOT PWB
PL7.1
FUSER DRIVE
MOTOR
PL5.1
VIO
DC COM
(1.8 F6)
NOTE:
1
FAIL CODE
010-324
Control of motor rotation is based on combinations of signal outputs (Bit 0, Bit 1, Bit 2, Bit 3) from IOT PWB.
For details, see the table below.
Fuser Drive Motor Lock Error
FUSER DRIVE MOTOR
010-084 010-083 010-082 010-081

Bit
Bit
Bit
Bit
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
H
L
H
Motor Operation
Clock Frequency H/R Rotation Speed
(Hz) J293-7
(Ref) (mm/sec)
0.000
0.0
1102.109
103.8
1104.238
104.0
H
H
H
L
L
H
L
H
1106.357
1108.486
104.2
104.4
H
H
H
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
H
L
1110.604
1112.734
1114.852
104.6
104.8
105.0
L
L
L
H
H
H
H
H
L
H
L
H
1116.970
1119.099
1121.218
105.2
105.4
105.6
L
L
H
L
L
H
L
H
1123.347
1125.465
105.8
106.0
L
L
L
L
L
L
H
L
L
L
H
L
1127.595
1129.713
1131.842
106.2
106.4
106.6
042-326
B-TRA. DRIVE
DIN Fuser Drive Motor Lock Error
HEAT ROLLER
EXIT ROLLER
6
T731012-JIN
Figure 2 10.2 Fuser Drive Control
Wiring Data
Chain 10
November 2008
7-146
V3.0
10.3 FUSING HEAT CONTROL (100-120V) (1 OF 3)
IOT PWB
PL7.1
SJ21 P691
ORN
J691 FS91
OVER HEAT
THERMOST
AT
PL5.2
FS92 J691
ORN
ORN
DC330 010-200
OVER HEAT
THERMOSTAT
CLOSED (H)+24VDC
P691
J422
DC COM
39
J422 J527
INTLK ON
+24VDC-A-F2
(1.10 D3)
SIDE TRIAC PWB

PL7.3
IOT PWB
PL7.1
J422 RESERVED
18 YEL
J95A
Q3
DC COM
3
17 YEL
DC COM
19 YEL
GRY
DC330 010-001
SIDE HEATER ROD +5VDC-F6
(1.4 E3)
ON (L)+5VDC
Q1
Q4
K2 ON ACN
J44
J91A
WHT
DC330 010-003
CENTER HEATER ROD
ON (L)+5VDC
J95B
20 YEL
5
DC COM
K2 ON ACN
AC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
K2 ON ACH
CENTER TRIAC
PWB
PL7.3
Q3
J44
WHT
ZONE
H1
K2 ON ACH
J91B
1 WHT
1 BLK
1.2
WHT
(L/H)
(R/H)
CENTER HEATER ROD

PL5.2
J44
3 BLK
CE91
P93
BLK
P97
WHT
1
1
Q1
(L/H)
(R/H)
SUB HEATER ROD

PL5.2
P94
BLK
J91B
K2 ON ACN
+3.3V LVPS
Q4
P98
WHT
1
1
(L/H)
(R/H)
NOTE:
1
P92
P96
2 WHT
Q2
4
1.2
SIDE HEATER ROD

PL5.2
J44
AC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
AC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
ZONE
H2
26 BLU
K2 ON ACH
+3.3V LVPS
DC COM
ZONE
H1
ZONE
B4/B6
J91A
2 WHT
Q2
DC COM
SJ24
3 GRY
DC330 010-004
SUB HEATER ROD +5VDC-F6
(1.4 E3)
ON (L)+5VDC
RESERVED
AC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
ZONE
H2
SJ24
J99
K2 ON ACH J44
2 BLK
K2 ON ACN
5
PLUG IN
ACH
(1.1 F1)
40 ORN
ZONE
F3/F4
PLUG IN
ACH
(1.1 F1)
F1
0.25A
ORN
AC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
K2
010-313
If it is detected that one of THs 1-to-4 has an open wire or that TH 2,4 is overheated,
+24VDC is not output. (TH=Heat Roll Thermistor)
FAIL CODE
010-313
Overheated Thermostat (Hardware)
T731013-JIN
Figure 3 10.3 Fusing Heat Control (100-120V) (1 of 3)
V3.0
November 2008
7-147
Wiring Data
Chain 10
10.4 FUSING HEAT CONTROL (200-240V) (2 OF 3)
F
IOT PWB
PL7.1
AC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
K2
010-313
SJ21 P691
ORN
J691 FS91
OVER HEAT
THERMOST
AT
PL5.2
ORN
FS92 J691
ORN
DC330 010-200
OVER HEAT
THERMOSTAT
CLOSED (H)+24VDC
P691
J422
ORN
DC COM
PLUG IN
ACH
(1.1 F1)
F1
0.25A
39
PLUG IN
ACH
(1.1 F1)
J422
17 YEL
J95A
Q3
Q1
DC COM
DC330 010-002
SIDE TRIAC LOW POWER
ON (L)+5VDC
SJ24
GRY
26 BLU
K2 ON ACN
5 WHT
1.2
K2 ON ACN
+3.3V LVPS
1.2
ZONE
F6/B6
DC COM
J91A
3 WHT
AC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
Q4
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 E3)
18 YEL
ZONE
F3/F4
K2 ON ACH
+3.3V LVPS
SIDE TRIAC PWB

PL7.3
DC330 010-001
SIDE TRIAC FULL POWER
ON (L)+5VDC
K2 ON ACH J44
2 BLK
J422 J527
40 OR
1
INTLK ON
+24VDC-A-F2
(1.10 D3)
IOT PWB
PL7.1
ZONE
H1
K2 ON ACH
SIDE HEATER ROD

PL5.2
1
J44
P92
BLK
P96
DC COM
WHT
1
1
(L/H)
(R/H)
Q2
J91A
A
19 YEL
DC COM
3
DC330 010-004
CENTER TRIAC LOW POWER +5VDC-F6
(1.4 E3)
ON (L)+5VDC
20 YEL
DC COM
AC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
K2 ON ACN
ZONE
H2
2 BLK
CENTER TRIAC
PWB
PL7.3
J95B
Q3
2
Q1
DC330 010-003
CENTER TRIAC FULL POWER
ON (L)+5VDC
WHT
SJ24
GRY
AC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
ZONE
H1
K2 ON ACH
J44
P93
BLK
J91B
3 WHT
P97
WHT
1
1
CE93
J44
J91B
6 WHT
1
CE92 WHT
P98
BLK
Q2
(L/H)
(R/H)
SUB HEATER ROD

PL5.2
Q4
2 BLK
AC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
K2 ON ACN
ZONE
H2
NOTE:
1
CENTER HEATER ROD

PL5.2
J44
P94
WHT
(L/H)
(R/H)
FAIL CODE
010-313
If it is detected that one of THs 1-to-4 has an open wire or that TH 2,4 is overheated,
+24VDC is not output. (TH=Heat Roll Thermistor)
Overheated Thermostat (Hardware)

T731014-JIN
Figure 4 10.4 Fusing Heat Control (200-240V) (2 of 3)
Wiring Data
Chain 10
November 2008
7-148
V3.0
10.5 FUSING HEAT CONTROL (3 OF 3)
IOT PWB
PL7.1
1
HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 1
PL5.2
IOT PWB
PL7.1
2
J423
DC COM
VIO
P691
4
1
J691 P191
VIO
1 2
J191
J191
P191 J691
P691
1 2 YEL
3
1
DC COM
(1.3 J2)
DC COM
VIO
P192
VIO
1 2
J192
DC330 010-201 (OPEN)

DC330 010-250 (TEMP)
HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 1
SENSED SIGNAL
J423
AVREF
(+3.3VDC)
(1.3 J1)
1
YEL
DC330 010-202 (OVER HEAT)

DC330 010-203 (OPEN)
HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 2
PL5.2
2
4
J192
P192
1 2 YEL
DC330 010-251 (TEMP)

HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 2
SENSED SIGNAL
010-316
010-318
010-322
010-311
3
YEL
010-314
010-319
DC COM
(1.3 J2)
HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 3
PL5.2
3
6
DC COM
VIO
P193
VIO
1 2
J193
J193
P193
1 2 YEL
DC330 010-204 (OPEN)

DC330 010-252 (TEMP)
HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 3
SENSED SIGNAL
010-312
010-317
5
YEL
010-320
010-323
DC COM
(1.3 J2)
HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 4
PL5.2
8
010-310
DC COM
VIO
10 VIO
P194
1 2
J194
J194
P194
1 2 YEL
DC330 010-205 (OVER HEAT)

DC330 010-206 (OPEN)
HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 4
SENSED SIGNAL
7
YEL
DC COM
(1.3 J2)
Overheated Thermistor 1 (Software)
010-311
010-312
010-314
Overheated Thermistor 2 (Hardware)
010-321
010-970
FAIL CODE
010-310
5
010-315
010-315
Overheated Thermistor 4 (Hardware)
010-316
Low Temp. Thermistor 1
010-317
Low Temp. Thermistor 3
010-318
Thermistor 1 Open
010-319
Thermistor 2 Open
010-321
Thermistor 4 Open
010-322
Warm Up Timeout Thermistor 1
010-323
Warm Up Timeout Thermistor 3
010-970
Re Warm Up Error
010-320
Thermistor 3 Open
T731015-JIN
Figure 5 10.5 Fusing Heat Control (3 of 3)
V3.0
November 2008
7-149
Wiring Data
Chain 10
10.6 ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS (FUSING HEAT CONTROL)

1
OVER HEAT
THERMOSTAT
HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 1
SIDE
HEATER ROD
HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 2
HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 3
HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 4
CENTER
HEATER ROD
4
SUB
HEATER ROD
5
CENTER
TRIAC PWB
SIDE
TRIAC PWB
6
T731016-JIN
Figure 6 10.6 Electrical Components (Fusing Heat Control)
Wiring Data
Chain 10
November 2008
7-150
V3.0
10.7 EXIT TRANSPORTATION
077-113
IOT PWB
PL7.1
1
4
SJ22
P691
12
GRY
+5VDC-F6
(1.4 E4)
10
SJ22
VIO
14
J691
J
FAIL CODE
J195
GRY
VIO
J195
J691
3 YEL
13
DC330 010-207
EXIT MOTION SENSOR
P691 BLOCKED (H)+5VDC J421
YEL
Exit Jam Switch On Jam
077-122
+5VDC
12
077-123
Exit Jam Switch Off Jam
077-123
Exit Motion Sensor Jam
2
EXIT MOTION
SENSOR
PL5.3
EXIT JAM
SWITCH
PL5.3
11
16
VIO
P196
VIO
1 2
J196
J196
P196
1 2 YEL
15
DC330 010-208
+5VDC
EXIT JAM SWITCH
PAPER SENSED (H)+5VDC
13
YEL
077-113
077-122
DC COM
(1.4 E6)
3
IOT PWB
PL7.1
DC330 046-003
J422
14 YEL
DC COM
15 YEL
FUSER BIAS
ON SIGNAL
J586
HVPS
PL7.4
FSRB FUSER BIAS VOLTAGE
14
WH
T
DC330 046-004
FUSER BIAS +/CONTROL SIGNAL
15
J587
10 YEL
DC330 046-003 046-004

FUSER BIAS DCV +/CHECK SIGNAL P387
10 N.C
DC COM
12 VIO
INTLK ON
+24VDC
B-F4
(1.10 J2)
DC COM
12 N.C
DC COM
(1.8 F5)
EXIT MOTION
SENSOR
DC COM
(1.8 F5)
EXIT JAM
SWITCH
6
T731017-JIN
Figure 7 10.7 Electrical Components (Fusing Heat Control)
V3.0
November 2008
7-151
Wiring Data
Chain 10
10.8 FUSER EXHAUST FAN CONTROL

1
IOT PWB
PL7.1
F2 0.25A
+24VDC
A-F2
(1.6 J4)
DC330 010-007
EXHAUST FAN
J422 ON (H)+24VDC P692
DC COM
33 YEL
DC330 010-005
L/H EXHAUST FAN
SPEED CONTROL
21 YEL
J692
1 YEL
J291
1 1
P291
P291
2 2
J291 J692
5
3
YEL
DC330 010-210
L/H EXHAUST FAN
P692 FAIL (H)+5VDC
+5VDC
010-326
J421
042-328
15
YEL
DC COM
N/C
DC COM
MOT
OR
N
7 VIO
3 3
N/C
R/H EXHAUST
FAN
PL5.1
DC330 010-007
EXHAUST FAN
ON (H)+24VDC
34 YEL
DC330 010-006
R/H EXHAUST FAN
SPEED CONTROL
22 YEL
IOT PWB
PL7.1
L/H EXHAUST
FAN
PL5.1
2 YEL
J292
1 1
P292
P292
2 2
J292
010-325
042-329
16
YEL
N/C
MOT
ORN
8 VIO
3 3
R/H
EXHAUST FAN
L/H
EXHAUST FAN
+5VDC
DC COM
DC COM
DC MAIN PWB
PL7.3
6
YEL
DC330 010-211
R/H EXHAUST FAN
FAIL (H)+5VDC
J525 DC COM
FAIL CODE
010-325
R/H Exhaust Fan Error
010-326
L/H Exhaust Fan Error
042-328
ORN
DIN L/H Exhaust Fan Error
10 ORN
DIN R/H Exhaust Fan Error
042-329
DC COM
(1.6 F5)
6
T7310018-JIN
Figure 8 10.8 Fuser Exhaust Fan Control)
Wiring Data
Chain 10
November 2008
7-152
V3.0

Xerox 6279 - Service - Manual

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Xerox 6279 - Service - Manual

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

WARNING

Xerox 6279 Wide Format Solution Service Documentation

***Xerox Private Data***

About this Manual

This Service Manual is part of the multinational documentation system for

Section 1: Service Call Procedures

Section 2: Status Indicator RAPs

Service Manual Revision

Section 3: Image Quality

Section 5: Parts Lists

Section 6: General Procedures/Information

Section 7: Wiring Data

How to Use this Documentation

Section 8: Options and Accessories

Use of the Circuit Diagrams

This section contains installation information for option and accessory.

Use of the Block Schematic Diagrams

Symbology and Nomenclature

The following reference symbols are used throughout the documentation.

Warnings, Cautions, and Notes

For additional information, review the Laser Safety Training program.

Figure 2 Customer Access Label

A Caution is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or

Machine Safety Icons

Figure 3 Heated Surface Label

Figure 4 Shock Hazard Label

Figure 1 Laser Hazard Symbol

Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Field Service Kit

Figure 6 Illustration Symbols

DC Voltage Measurements in RAPs

Figure 7 Signal Nomenclature

Voltage Measurement and Specifications

INPUT POWER 220 V

198 VAC TO 242 VAC

INPUT POWER 100 V

90 VAC TO 135 VAC

INPUT POWER 120 V

90 VAC TO 135 VAC

+4.75 VDC TO +5.25 VDC

+23.37 VDC TO +27.06 VDC

Logic Voltage Levels

H= +3.00 TO +5.25 VDC

H= +23.37 TO +27.06 VDC

1. Service Call Procedures

Xerox 6279 Wide Format Solution Service Documentation

Service Call Procedures

Service Call Procedures

Always wear protective gloves.

Never heat an organic solvent.

Service Call Procedures

Recommended Work Practices

Service Call Procedures

Initial Actions - This procedure is designed to identify the printer problem.

Service Call Procedures

Recommended Work Practices, Service Call Procedures

This procedure should be performed at every service call.

Review the logbook for previous service activities.

Perform the Initial Actions.

Go to the Status Codes list if an error/fault code is displayed on the UI.

Service Call Procedures

Initial Actions, Call Flow

Have customer troubleshoot the workstation or network connectivity for a problem.

If the problem continues, escalate the call.

Xerox Private Data